R H DONNELLEY CORP
S-4, 1998-07-17
ENGINEERING, ACCOUNTING, RESEARCH, MANAGEMENT
Previous: R H DONNELLEY CORP, 8-K, 1998-07-17
Next: EVI WEATHERFORD INC, 424B3, 1998-07-17



<PAGE>   1
 
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 17, 1998
 
                                                 REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                    FORM S-4
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                              R.H. DONNELLEY INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>                                     <C>
               DELAWARE                                  2741                                 36-2467635
      (STATE OR JURISDICTION OF              (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL                  (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
    INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)           CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)                 IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
 
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>                                     <C>
               DELAWARE                                  2741                                 13-270040
      (STATE OR JURISDICTION OF              (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL                  (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
    INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)           CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)                 IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
 
                            ONE MANHATTANVILLE ROAD
                            PURCHASE, NEW YORK 10577
                                 (914) 933-6400
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                              STEPHEN B. WIZNITZER
                              R.H. DONNELLEY INC.
                            ONE MANHATTANVILLE ROAD
                            PURCHASE, NEW YORK 10577
                                 (914) 933-6400
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
                                JULIA K. COWLES
                             DAVIS POLK & WARDWELL
                              450 LEXINGTON AVENUE
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10017
                                 (212) 450-4000
                            ------------------------
 
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  As soon
as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.
     If the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box:  [ ]
                            ------------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          AMOUNT                 PROPOSED                PROPOSED                AMOUNT OF
     TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                TO BE             MAXIMUM OFFERING        MAXIMUM AGGREGATE         REGISTRATION
 SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED(1)        REGISTERED(1)          PRICE PER UNIT         OFFERING PRICE(2)              FEE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>                     <C>                     <C>                     <C>
9 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes
  due 2008 of R.H. Donnelley Inc.
  ("Notes")......................      $150,000,000                100%                $150,000,000               $44,250
Guarantee of the Notes by R.H.
  Donnelley Corporation
  ("Guarantee")(3)...............
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration
    fee.
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f).
(3) No separate consideration will be received for the Guarantee.
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2
 
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY
SUCH STATE.
 
PROSPECTUS
 
JULY [  ], 1998
 
                               OFFER TO EXCHANGE
                   9 1/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008
                          FOR ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING
                   9 1/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008
                                       OF
 
                              R.H. DONNELLEY INC.
          FULLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY GUARANTEED AS SET FORTH HEREIN BY
 
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
                  THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M.,
       NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON [                  ], 1998, UNLESS EXTENDED
                            ------------------------
 
     R.H. Donnelley Inc. ("Donnelley") hereby offers, upon the terms and subject
to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of
Transmittal (which together constitute the "Exchange Offer"), to exchange $1,000
principal amount of 9 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Exchange
Notes") of Donnelley for each $1,000 principal amount of the issued and
outstanding 9 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Old Notes," and
together with the Exchange Notes, the "Notes") of Donnelley. As of the date of
this Prospectus there were outstanding $150,000,000 principal amount of Old
Notes. The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects to
the Old Notes except that the offer of the Exchange Notes will have been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act")
and, therefore, the Exchange Notes will not be subject to certain transfer
restrictions, registration rights and related liquidated damage provisions
applicable to the Old Notes.
 
     Cash interest will be payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of
each year, commencing December 1, 1998. See "Description of Notes." No interest
will have accrued on the Old Notes on the date of exchange for the Exchange
Notes and therefore no interest will be paid thereon. In addition, at any time
prior to June 1, 2001, up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of
the Notes will be redeemable at the option of Donnelley at a redemption price
equal to 109.125% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the date of redemption, out of the proceeds of Equity
Offerings (as defined) of Donnelley or of R.H. Donnelley Corporation ("Donnelley
Corp"). In addition, upon a Change of Control (as defined), Donnelley will be
required to offer to repurchase the Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of
the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
date of purchase.
 
     The Notes will be general unsecured obligations of Donnelley and will be
subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt (as
defined), will rank pari passu with all future senior subordinated debt of
Donnelley and will rank senior in right of payment to all of Donnelley's future
subordinated debt. The Notes will be guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis
by Donnelley Corp. and any future Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined) of
Donnelley. Donnelley has an aggregate of approximately $350 million of Senior
Debt represented by borrowings under the New Credit Facility (as defined). In
addition, Donnelley has an additional $50 million of unused capacity available
under the revolving credit portion of the New Credit Facility. The New Credit
Facility will be secured by substantially all the assets and the capital stock
of Donnelley and will be guaranteed by Donnelley Corp. See "Capitalization",
"Description of New Credit Facility" and "Description of Notes".
                                                        (continued on next page)
 
     SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 11 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISK
FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY HOLDERS PRIOR TO TENDERING THEIR OLD NOTES
IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
                            ------------------------
 
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
                    ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
           ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                            ------------------------
<PAGE>   3
 
(continued from cover)
 
     The Exchange Notes are being offered hereunder in order to satisfy certain
obligations of Donnelley under the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of June 5, 1998, among Donnelley and the other signatories thereto (the
"Registration Rights Agreement"). Based upon interpretations contained in
letters issued to third parties by the staff of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission"), Donnelley believes that the Exchange Notes issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for
resale, resold and otherwise transferred by each holder thereof (other than a
broker-dealer, as set forth below, and any such holder which is an "affiliate"
of Donnelley within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act; provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary
course of such holder's business and such holder has no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such
Exchange Notes. Each holder wishing to accept the Exchange Offer must represent
to Donnelley in the Letter of Transmittal that such conditions have been met.
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. The Letter of Transmittal
states that by so acknowledging and delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer
will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of
the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from
time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of
Exchange Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. Donnelley has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after
the Expiration Date (as defined herein) or such time as such broker-dealers no
longer own any Registrable Notes (as defined in the Registration Rights
Agreement), it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use
in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."
 
     Donnelley will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer. All of the
Company's expenses incident to the Exchange Offer will be reimbursed by New D&B
(as defined). Tenders of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be
withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date. In the event Donnelley
terminates the Exchange Offer and does not accept for exchange any Old Notes,
Donnelley will promptly return all previously tendered Old Notes to the holders
thereof. See "The Exchange Offer."
 
     Prior to this Exchange Offer, there has been no public market for the
Exchange Notes. Donnelley does not currently intend to list the Exchange Notes
on any securities exchange or to seek approval for quotation through any
automated quotation system. There can be no assurance that an active public
market for the Exchange Notes will develop.
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>   4
 
                                  MARKET DATA
 
     Market data and competitive position data used throughout this Prospectus
are approximations based on internal research of the Company or surveys or
studies conducted by National Yellow Pages Monitor, Simba Information Inc.
(appearing in its Yellow Pages Market Forecast, 1998) and other third parties.
Donnelley has not independently verified market data and competitive position
data provided by third parties or industry or general publications, and,
accordingly, no assurance can be given that any of such data is accurate.
Similarly, internal research of the Company, while believed by Donnelley to be
accurate and reliable, has not been verified by any independent sources.
 
     No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained or incorporated by reference in this
Prospectus in connection with the offer made hereby and, if given or made, such
information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized
by the Company or any other person. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor
any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication
that there has been no change in the affairs of the Company since the date
hereof or that the information contained or incorporated by reference herein is
correct as of any time subsequent to it date. This Prospectus does not
constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy the securities
offered hereby by anyone in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation
is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is
not qualified to do so or to anyone to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or
solicitation.
 
                           FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
     The statements contained in this Prospectus that are not historical facts
are "forward-looking" statements, which can be identified by the use of
forward-looking terminology such as "believes", "expects", "may", "will",
"should" or "anticipates" or the negative thereof or other variations thereon or
comparable terminology, or by discussions of strategy that involve risks and
uncertainties. In addition, from time to time Donnelley Corp., the Company or
the representatives of either have made or may make forward-looking statements,
orally or in writing.
 
     Management wishes to caution the reader that these forward-looking
statements, such as the statements regarding the Company's ability to grow its
business in the markets in which it currently operates, the opportunities for
expansion in new markets from outsourcing by local telephone companies and from
cross-selling other advertising media, Donnelley's ability to capitalize on its
new publishing center in Raleigh, North Carolina, its relationship with
Donnelley Corp. following the Distribution (as defined), the Company's
anticipated future operating performance, capital expenditures and financing
sources, litigation and other statements contained in this Prospectus regarding
matters that are not historical facts, involve predictions. No assurance can be
given that the future results will be achieved; actual events or results may
differ materially as a result of risks and uncertainties facing the Company.
Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the extent to
which local telephone companies will outsource their yellow pages sales and
publishing, Donnelley's ability to service the indebtedness it will incur in
connection with the Distribution and comply with the covenants contained in the
Indenture (as defined) and the New Credit Facility, Donnelley's maintenance of
its relationships with local telephone companies with which it has entered into
partnership, sales agency agreements and other contracts, Donnelley's exposure
to potential contingent liabilities, the outcome of pending litigation,
increased competition from competitors or other advertising media, changing
technology, changes in the yellow pages industry and the Company's markets,
Donnelley's ability to timely and cost-effectively resolve issues associated
with the year 2000, Donnelley's ability to obtain future financing on
satisfactory terms, the final allocation of assets and liabilities in connection
with the Distribution as well as regulatory, legislative and judicial
developments that could cause actual results to vary materially from future
results indicated, expressed or implied, in such forward-looking statements. See
"Risk Factors."
 
                                       iii
<PAGE>   5
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial data, including
the financial statements and notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus. Unless otherwise stated in this Prospectus, references to (i)
"Donnelley" shall mean R.H. Donnelley Inc., (ii) the "Company" shall mean
Donnelley, together with the partnerships in which it holds an equity interest,
(iii) the "Parent Company" shall mean, prior to the Distribution Date (as
defined), The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, (iv) "Donnelley Corp." shall mean,
as of and after the Distribution Date and a name change of such entity, R.H.
Donnelley Corporation and (v) "New D&B" shall mean, prior to the Distribution
Date, The New Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and as of and after the Distribution
Date and a name change of such entity, The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation. On July
14, 1998, Donnelley Corp.'s Board of Directors approved a reverse one-for-five
stock split of its common stock subject to approval by its shareholders to be
sought at a special meeting of shareholders. The share and per share information
provided herein has not been adjusted to reflect such reverse stock split.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     The Company is the largest independent marketer of yellow pages advertising
in the United States. The Company sold over $1 billion of advertising in 1997
and is the leader in all of its major markets. Donnelley is also a leading
provider of pre-press publishing services for yellow pages directories
(including a majority of the directories for which it sells advertising). In
operation since 1886, the Company provides services for over 300 directories,
including providing advertising sales for over 270 directories in 13 states
which collectively had a total circulation of approximately 30 million in 1997.
The Company has a diversified customer base of approximately 500,000 businesses,
many of which rely on yellow pages directories as their principal or sole form
of advertising. Over the past three years, the Company achieved average
advertising sales renewal rates ranging from 100% to 90% in its major markets.
 
     Donnelley is strategically aligned on a long-term basis with the
established, leading telephone service provider (the incumbent telephone
company) in each of its major markets, which include Illinois (including
Chicago), New York State (including New York City), Nevada (primarily Las Vegas)
and Florida (including Tallahassee and Orlando). The Company provides yellow
pages advertising marketing and sales in these markets through long-term
contractual agreements with subsidiaries of these incumbent telephone companies,
which are Ameritech Corporation ("Ameritech"), Bell Atlantic Corporation ("Bell
Atlantic") and Sprint Corporation ("Sprint"). Donnelley has a partnership
("DonTech") with no expiration date with a subsidiary of Ameritech and long-term
contracts with subsidiaries of Sprint and Bell Atlantic which extend through
2004 and 2005, respectively. These relationships allow the incumbent telephone
companies to gain the benefits of Donnelley's long-term presence in its markets,
yellow pages marketing and publishing expertise, established infrastructure and
performance-focused, non-union sales force. The Company benefits from its
relationship with the incumbent telephone company's yellow pages directories,
which are the leading directories in terms of numbers of advertisers,
utilization and distribution in the majority of the Company's markets.
 
     Management believes that Donnelley's competitive strengths and business
strategy position it to take advantage of significant business opportunities and
anticipated industry trends, including (i) opportunities for yellow pages
advertising sales growth within the Company's existing markets, (ii) the
potential outsourcing of yellow pages operations by local telephone companies
(including those companies with which Donnelley is currently affiliated) in new
markets and (iii) the increasing use of the yellow pages sales channel across
other advertising media (such as yellow pages advertising on cable television
and the Internet). Management has completed several actions that it believes
will position the Company for these future growth opportunities and improve
earnings stability, including the completion of the new publishing center in
Raleigh, North Carolina, the
 
                                        1
<PAGE>   6
 
restructuring of the DonTech relationship with Ameritech and the rescheduling of
related directories, and the sale of the majority of Donnelley's proprietary
yellow pages operations.
 
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
 
     Donnelley believes that it has been able to maintain long-term telephone
company relationships through the quality of its sales force and marketing
techniques and its advanced technology and product innovation. Based on these
attributes and its extensive yellow pages expertise, Donnelley has been able to
successfully manage significant strategic relationships with incumbent telephone
companies and complex systems integration issues inherent in its business.
Donnelley believes that it has a strong competitive advantage in each of its
markets primarily due to the following:
 
     Largest Independent Marketer of Yellow Pages Advertising.  In 1997, the
Company sold over $1 billion of yellow pages advertising, accounting for
approximately 9% of the $11.4 billion of yellow pages advertising sold in the
U.S. All other independent marketers of yellow pages advertising combined
accounted for only 7% of total U.S. yellow pages advertising sales. Donnelley's
market leadership position, scale of operations and long-standing relationships
with incumbent telephone companies uniquely position it to capitalize on future
growth opportunities by expanding its current relationships into new markets,
developing new relationships and capturing potential yellow pages outsourcing
opportunities.
 
     High Rates of Advertising Sales Renewal.  The Company has achieved high and
stable advertising sales renewal rates, with three-year averages of
approximately 91% overall, including 92% in Chicago, 90% in New York City, 100%
in Las Vegas and 90% in Orlando. For many businesses, yellow pages directory
advertising is their principal or sole form of advertising due to its relatively
low cost, widespread distribution, lasting presence and high consumer usage.
These positive features are especially present in an incumbent telephone
company's directories, which are frequently a company's first choice for
advertising. Donnelley is affiliated with the incumbent local telephone company
in each of its major markets.
 
     Leading Directory Market Shares.  In each of the Company's major markets,
the directory with which the Company is affiliated has a commanding market
share, based on directory usage. These markets include Chicago (with a 98%
market share in 1996, the latest date for which data is available), New York
City (97% in 1997) and Las Vegas (95%), as well as Donnelley's markets in New
York State (90%) and other regions. Management believes that these directories
will continue to enjoy a leading market share because of their affiliation with
incumbent telephone companies and high-quality, and the Company's established
relationships with advertisers and economies of scale. Management also believes
that these directories are utilized more than any other directories by both
residential and business consumers in its major markets.
 
     Stable Underlying Business Fundamentals.  Donnelley's advertising sales and
profitability are derived primarily from yellow pages advertising sales pursuant
to long-term contractual relationships with subsidiaries of several of the
country's largest local telephone service providers. Its relationships with
Ameritech, Bell Atlantic and Sprint began in 1908, 1909 and 1980, respectively.
Furthermore, the Company's business is characterized by a high level of
recurring advertising sales, leading market share positions and the geographic
and industry diversification of its over 500,000 advertisers. Management
believes that these underlying business fundamentals, in combination with
Donnelley's predictable cost structure and capital expenditure requirements,
provide Donnelley with a solid base from which to grow.
 
     Experienced Management Team.  Donnelley has assembled a strong and
experienced management team at both the corporate and operating levels.
Donnelley's management is responsible for the Company's long-term relationships
with incumbent telephone companies and its market leadership position. In
addition, Donnelley's account managers average over 12 years of experience in
the yellow pages industry.
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   7
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
     The Company has identified its major sources of potential growth and has
developed a business strategy to capitalize on these opportunities. Principal
elements of the Company's business strategy include:
 
     Grow the Core Business in Existing Markets.  The Company has developed
specialized sales and marketing techniques and infrastructure in order to
increase advertising sales. The Company leverages sophisticated information
systems, access to the local telephone company's extensive telephone subscriber
databases and its experienced sales management team in order to (i) better
identify, segment and prioritize profitable sales opportunities, (ii) ensure
continuity with existing customers, (iii) identify the most cost-effective
customer contact method (e.g., mail, telephone or on-site visits) and (iv)
assign industry specialists, who offer customized products and services, to
certain high-potential accounts. Furthermore, the Company attempts to increase
advertisements and revenue per customer by (i) encouraging the use of larger
advertisements, specialized type face and other graphic features, including
color, (ii) increasing the number of headings in directories and (iii) providing
advertising sales for regional, neighborhood, bilingual and foreign language
directories that complement directories with greater geographic coverage.
 
     Capture Potential Outsourcing Opportunities in New Markets.  Management
anticipates that local telephone service providers, which accounted for 84% of
total U.S. yellow pages advertising sales in 1997, will outsource an increasing
amount of their non-core business, including yellow pages advertising sales and
publishing. Management believes that Donnelley is well positioned to leverage
certain of its existing strategic relationships into new markets and to capture
other potential outsourcing opportunities due to (i) Donnelley's extensive
experience and proven track record of success, (ii) its ability to provide a
cost-effective, integrated yellow pages advertising and publishing solution and
(iii) its neutral position as a non-competitor to local telephone service
providers. In addition, in May 1998 Donnelley became the exclusive advertising
sales agent beginning with directories published in 1999, for Bell Atlantic's 26
yellow pages directories in the greater Buffalo area, which were previously
outsourced by Bell Atlantic to another third-party marketer.
 
     Leverage Existing Account Relationships to New Advertising Media.  The
Company's strategy is to provide its small to medium-sized advertisers with an
integrated solution to their advertising needs. For many of these businesses,
printed yellow pages advertising historically has been their principal form of
advertising, and in recent years an increasing number have been seeking to
expand their advertising programs. Donnelley began selling yellow pages-style
advertising for airing on cable television stations in 1995 and for placement on
the Internet in late 1996, and management believes that it has the opportunity
to expand its core business and cross-sell these growing advertising media to
its current customer base. In addition, certain local telephone companies have
expressed an interest in using Donnelley's established yellow pages sales
channels to market their telecommunications products and services in the
current, more competitive local telephone market.
 
     Capitalize on New Technology and Established Infrastructure.  In mid-1997,
Donnelley completed its $40 million publishing center in Raleigh, North
Carolina. Donnelley believes that this investment and its established
infrastructure are critical to marketing its yellow pages advertising sales and
publishing services to potential outsourcers. The new publishing center has
enabled Donnelley to reduce publishing costs by approximately 30% and publishing
cycle times by approximately 50%. The publishing center utilizes
state-of-the-art digital technology to support the entire yellow pages
advertising sales and publishing process on an integrated basis. Other
significant yellow pages publishers (primarily telephone service providers) are
making similar investments, but management believes that these publishers are at
varying stages in the conversion process which Donnelley has already completed.
Management also believes that smaller yellow pages publishers may decide not to
undertake such a significant investment program.
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   8
 
                      THE DISTRIBUTION AND THE FINANCINGS
 
     On December 17, 1997, the Parent Company announced its intention to
separate itself into two independent, publicly-traded companies by means of a
pro rata tax-free distribution (the "Distribution") of all of the outstanding
common shares of New D&B to holders of the common shares of the Parent Company.
On June 3, 1998, the Board of Directors of the Parent Company declared the
Distribution and announced that the Distribution will be effected on June 30,
1998 (such date, or such other date on which the Distribution is effected, the
"Distribution Date"). Following the Distribution, Donnelley Corp.'s only
remaining subsidiary is Donnelley, and each of Donnelley Corp. and New D&B are
independent, publicly-traded companies.
 
     Prior to the Distribution, Donnelley entered into a $400 million senior
secured credit facility, consisting of a revolving credit facility of $100
million (the "Revolving Facility") and term loan facilities of $300 million (the
"Term Facilities" and, together with the Revolving Facility, the "New Credit
Facility"), and borrowed $350 million thereunder. The New Credit Facility is
secured by substantially all the assets and the capital stock of Donnelley and
is guaranteed by Donnelley Corp. Net proceeds from the New Credit Facility and
the Notes were dividended to the Parent Company to be used (i) to repay
indebtedness of the Parent Company, primarily commercial paper, (ii) to pay
costs and expenses related to the Distribution and (iii) to repay indebtedness
of the Parent Company to subsidiaries which, following the Distribution, are
subsidiaries of New D&B. Donnelley has $50 million of unused capacity available
under the Revolving Facility. In connection with the Distribution, the Parent
Company was renamed R.H. Donnelley Corporation and New D&B was renamed The Dun &
Bradstreet Corporation. See "Description of New Credit Facility" and "Use of
Proceeds".
 
     In connection with the Distribution, Donnelley Corp. and New D&B entered
into certain agreements governing their relationship following the Distribution
and providing for the allocation of tax, employee benefits and certain other
liabilities and obligations arising from periods prior to the Distribution. See
"Relationship Between Donnelley Corp. and The New Dun & Bradstreet Corporation
After the Distribution".
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   9
 
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
Securities Offered............   $150,000,000 principal amount at maturity of
                                 9 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008. The
                                 terms of the Exchange Notes and the Old Notes
                                 are identical in all material respects, except
                                 that the offer of the Exchange Notes will have
                                 been registered under the Securities Act and,
                                 therefore, the Exchange Notes will not be
                                 subject to certain transfer restrictions,
                                 registration rights and related special
                                 interest provisions applicable to the Old
                                 Notes.
 
The Exchange Offer............   Donnelley is offering, upon the terms and
                                 subject to the conditions of the Exchange
                                 Offer, to exchange $1,000 principal amount of
                                 Exchange Notes for each $1,000 principal amount
                                 of Old Notes. See "The Exchange Offer" for a
                                 description of the procedures for tendering Old
                                 Notes. The Exchange Offer is intended to
                                 satisfy obligations of the Company under the
                                 Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement,
                                 dated as of June 5, 1998, among Donnelley, the
                                 Parent Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and
                                 Chase Securities Inc. (collectively, the
                                 "Initial Purchasers").
 
Tenders, Expiration Date;
  Withdrawal..................   The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m.,
                                 New York City time, on [                    ],
                                 1998, or such later date and time to which it
                                 is extended. The tender of Old Notes pursuant
                                 to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any
                                 time prior to the Expiration Date. Any Old
                                 Notes not accepted for exchange for any reason
                                 will be returned without expense to the
                                 tendering holder thereof as promptly as
                                 practicable after the expiration or termination
                                 of the Exchange Offer.
 
Certain Federal Income Tax
  Considerations..............   The exchange of Old Notes for Exchange Notes
                                 pursuant to the Exchange Offer will not result
                                 in any income, gain or loss to the holders or
                                 the Company for federal income tax purposes.
                                 See "Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax
                                 Considerations."
 
Use of Proceeds...............   There will be no proceeds to the Company from
                                 the issuance of the Exchange Notes pursuant to
                                 the Exchange Offer.
 
Exchange Agent................   The Bank of New York is serving as Exchange
                                 Agent in connection with the Exchange Offer.
 
                      CONSEQUENCES OF EXCHANGING OLD NOTES
                         PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     Based upon interpretations contained in letters issued to third parties by
the staff of the Commission, the Company believes that, generally, any holder of
Old Notes (other than a broker-dealer, as set forth below, and any holder who is
an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the
Securities Act) who exchanges its Old Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer may offer such Exchange Notes for resale, resell such Exchange
Notes, or otherwise transfer such Exchange Notes without compliance with the
registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided
such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holder's business
and such holder has no arrangement or understanding with any
                                        5
<PAGE>   10
 
person to participate in a distribution of such Exchange Notes. Each holder
wishing to accept the Exchange Offer must represent to the Company in the Letter
of Transmittal that such conditions have been met. Each broker-dealer that
receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Notes. See "Plan of Distribution." To comply with the securities
laws of certain jurisdictions, it may be necessary to qualify for sale or
register the Exchange Notes prior to offering or selling such Exchange Notes.
The Company does not currently intend to take any action to register or qualify
the Exchange Notes for resale in any such jurisdictions. If a holder of Old
Notes does not exchange such Old Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer, such Old Notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions
on transfer contained in the legend thereon. In general, the Old Notes may not
be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant
to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. Any holder who tenders in the Exchange Offer
with the intention to participate, or for the purpose of participating, in a
distribution of Exchange Notes could not rely on the position of the staff of
the Commission enunciated in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May
13, 1988) or similar no-action letters and, in the absence of an exemption
therefrom, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale
transaction. Failure to comply with such requirements in such instance may
result in such holder incurring liability under the Securities Act for which the
holder is not indemnified by the Company. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Consequences of Failure to Exchange."
 
                   SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES
 
Notes Offered.................   $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount at
                                 maturity of 9 1/8% of Senior Subordinated Notes
                                 due 2008.
 
Maturity Date.................   June 1, 2008.
 
Donnelley Corp. Guarantee.....   Donnelley's payment obligations under the Notes
                                 will be guaranteed on a senior subordinated
                                 basis by Donnelley Corp. (the "Donnelley Corp.
                                 Guarantee"). The Donnelley Corp. Guarantee will
                                 be subordinated to all Donnelley Corp. Senior
                                 Debt (as defined). See "Description of Notes --
                                 General".
 
Interest Payment Dates........   June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing
December 1, 1998.
 
Optional Redemption...........   The Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in
                                 part, at the option of Donnelley at any time on
                                 or after June 1, 2003, at the redemption prices
                                 set forth herein plus accrued and unpaid
                                 interest, if any, to the date of redemption. In
                                 addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2001,
                                 Donnelley may, at its option and subject to
                                 certain requirements, use all or a portion of
                                 the net proceeds from one or more Equity
                                 Offerings (as defined) of Donnelley or of
                                 Donnelley Corp. to redeem, from time to time,
                                 in the aggregate up to 35% of the original
                                 aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a
                                 redemption price equal to 109.125% of the
                                 principal amount thereof plus accrued and
                                 unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption
                                 date, provided that at least 65% of the
                                 original aggregate principal amount of the
                                 Notes remains outstanding after any such
                                 redemption.
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   11
 
Ranking.......................   The Notes will constitute general unsecured
                                 indebtedness of Donnelley, subordinated in
                                 right of payment to all existing and future
                                 Senior Debt of Donnelley. Donnelley has an
                                 aggregate of approximately $350 million
                                 principal amount of Senior Debt represented by
                                 borrowings under the New Credit Facility. In
                                 addition, Donnelley has $50 million of unused
                                 capacity available under the Revolving Facility
                                 portion of the New Credit Facility. See
                                 "Capitalization" and "Description of
                                 Notes -- Subordination".
 
Change of Control.............   In the event of a Change of Control (as
                                 defined), Donnelley will be required to offer
                                 to repurchase the Notes at a purchase price
                                 equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount
                                 thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
                                 any, to the date of purchase. See "Description
                                 of Notes Covenants -- Change of Control".
 
Sinking Fund..................   None.
 
Asset Sale Proceeds...........   Donnelley may not make any Asset Disposition
                                 (as defined) in one or more related
                                 transactions unless (i) Donnelley receives fair
                                 market value, as determined by the Board of
                                 Directors, (ii) at least 75% of the
                                 consideration consists of cash, readily
                                 marketable cash equivalents or the assumption
                                 of debt and (iii) all Net Available Proceeds
                                 (as defined), less any amounts invested within
                                 360 days of such disposition in assets related
                                 to the business of Donnelley, are applied to
                                 (a) the permanent repayment or reduction of
                                 Senior Debt then outstanding, (b) an offer to
                                 purchase any outstanding Notes at 100% of their
                                 principal amount plus accrued and unpaid
                                 interest, if any, to the date of purchase and,
                                 to the extent required by their terms, any
                                 other pari passu obligations and (c) any other
                                 use not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.
 
Certain Covenants.............   The Indenture will contain certain covenants
                                 which, among other things, will restrict the
                                 ability of Donnelley and its Restricted
                                 Subsidiaries, if any, to: (i) incur additional
                                 Debt (as defined), (ii) pay dividends or make
                                 distributions in respect of Donnelley's capital
                                 stock or make other restricted payments, (iii)
                                 incur certain liens, (iv) enter into
                                 transactions with affiliates or (v) merge or
                                 consolidate Donnelley.
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Holders of Old Notes should carefully consider all of the information set
forth in this Prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific risk
factors set forth under "Risk Factors," beginning on page 11, for a discussion
of certain risks involved with an investment in the Exchange Notes before
accepting the Exchange Offer.
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   12
 
                SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
 
     Donnelley is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Donnelley Corp. Donnelley Corp.
has no other operations other than through the Donnelley subsidiary. Therefore,
on a consolidated basis, the financial statements of Donnelley Corp. and
Donnelley are substantially identical. The historical summary consolidated
financial data of Donnelley Corp. as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and for each
of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1997, are derived from
the audited consolidated financial statements of Donnelley Corp. included
elsewhere herein. Donnelley Corp's audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere herein are presented as if Donnelley Corp. were a stand-alone
entity for all periods presented. The historical summary consolidated financial
data of Donnelley Corp. as of December 31, 1995, March 31, 1998 and for the
three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 are derived from the unaudited
consolidated financial statements of Donnelley Corp., and, in the opinion of
management, include all necessary adjustments for a fair presentation of such
data in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The financial
data included herein may not necessarily reflect the results of operations and
financial position of Donnelley Corp. in the future. The information set forth
below should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by,
the information under "Capitalization", "Selected Financial Data", "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
the financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                     ---------------------------------------------------    ----------------------------------
                                                  HISTORICAL                PRO FORMA(1)        HISTORICAL        PRO FORMA(1)
                                     ------------------------------------   ------------    -------------------   ------------
                                        1995         1996         1997          1997          1997       1998         1998
                                     ----------   ----------   ----------   ------------    --------   --------   ------------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIOS)
<S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
  OPERATIONS DATA(2):
Revenues...........................  $  312,940   $  270,029   $  239,865    $  239,865     $ 20,200   $ 24,344     $ 24,344
Expenses:
  Operating Expenses (3)...........     157,559      135,500      132,278       132,278        5,553      7,093        7,093
  General and Administrative(3)....      75,754       83,803       81,089        81,089(4)    16,963     17,695       17,695(4)
  Depreciation and Amortization....      16,322       16,229       21,930        21,930        5,416      4,952        4,952
  Restructuring Charges............      17,690           --           --            --           --         --           --
                                     ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------     --------   --------     --------
    Total Expenses.................     267,325      235,532      235,297       235,297       27,932     29,740       29,740
Income from Partnerships and
  Related Fees.....................     137,180      132,945      130,171       130,171        5,442     25,642       25,642
Operating Income...................     182,795      167,442      134,739       134,739       (2,290)    20,246       20,246
Gain(Loss) on Dispositions.........          --      (28,500)       9,412         9,412           --         --           --
Interest Expense...................          --           --           --        40,955(5)        --         --       10,239(5)
                                     ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------     --------   --------     --------
  Income Before Provision for
    Income Taxes...................     182,795      138,942      144,151       103,196       (2,290)    20,246       10,007
Provision for Income Taxes.........      74,398       60,857       59,246        42,864         (916)     8,098        4,002
                                     ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------     --------   --------     --------
  Net Income(2)(4).................  $  108,397   $   78,085   $   84,905    $   60,332     $ (1,374)  $ 12,148     $  6,005
                                     ==========   ==========   ==========    ==========     ========   ========     ========
EARNINGS PER SHARE DATA(6):
  Basic............................  $     0.64   $     0.46   $     0.50    $     0.35     $  (0.01)  $   0.07     $   0.04
  Diluted..........................  $     0.64   $     0.46   $     0.50    $     0.35     $  (0.01)  $   0.07     $   0.03
SHARES USED IN COMPUTING EARNINGS
  PER SHARE(6):
  Basic............................     169,522      170,017      170,765       170,765      171,189    171,153      171,153
  Diluted..........................     169,883      170,289      171,065       171,065      171,189    172,396      172,396
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA(2)(3)(7)....................  $  199,117   $  183,671   $  156,669    $  156,669(4)  $  3,126   $ 25,198     $ 25,198
Cash Flows from Operating
  Activities(8)....................  $  136,602   $  100,538   $   99,654    $   75,081(5)  $ 57,704   $ 27,405     $ 21,263(5)
Cash Flows from Investing
  Activities(8)....................  $  (43,012)  $  (16,456)  $  105,732    $  105,732     $ (8,690)  $ (2,485)    $ (2,485)
Cash Flows from Financing
  Activities(8)....................  $  (92,146)  $  (85,466)  $ (205,414)   $ (180,841)(5) $(49,010)  $(24,935)    $(18,792)(5)
Capital Expenditures(9)............  $   43,012   $   37,824   $   16,268    $   16,268     $  8,690   $  2,485     $  2,485
Gross Advertising Sales(10)........  $1,145,944   $1,115,560   $1,067,242    $1,067,242     $ 68,136   $147,226     $147,226
</TABLE>
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   13
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            AS OF DECEMBER 31,               AS OF MARCH 31,
                                     --------------------------------    -----------------------
                                                HISTORICAL               HISTORICAL    PRO FORMA
                                     --------------------------------    ----------    ---------
                                       1995        1996        1997         1998         1998
                                     --------    --------    --------    ----------    ---------
                                              (IN THOUSANDS)                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total Assets(2)....................  $520,214    $502,193    $382,286     $359,174     $ 369,674   (11)
Long Term Debt.....................        --          --          --           --     $ 500,000   (12)
Shareholders' Equity (Deficit).....  $386,565    $379,184    $258,675     $245,887     $(243,613)  (13)
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 (1) See "Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements".
 
 (2) The summary financial data above include amounts related to businesses that
     have been sold and will not be included in Donnelley's results in future
     periods. Donnelley's West Coast proprietary yellow pages business was sold
     in May 1996 and Donnelley's East Coast proprietary yellow pages business
     was sold in December 1997. The above summary financial data contain the
     following amounts applicable to those businesses:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                              1995       1996       1997        MARCH 31, 1997
                                            --------    -------    -------    ------------------
         <S>                                <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
         Revenues.........................  $140,104    $97,263    $77,979         $   635
         Operating Income.................  $ 22,250    $18,587    $10,969         $  (914)
         Depreciation and Amortization....  $  2,944    $ 1,323    $   848         $   213
         Total Assets.....................  $131,751    $80,962         --         $68,660
         Gross Advertising Sales..........  $133,389    $89,939    $73,753         $ 1,513
</TABLE>
 
 (3) Allocations of historical corporate expenses of the Parent Company are
     included in operating expenses and general and administrative expenses.
     Donnelley's management believes these allocations are reasonable. However,
     the costs of these services and benefits allocated to Donnelley are not
     necessarily indicative of the costs that would have been incurred if
     Donnelley had performed or provided these services as a separate entity.
     These allocations were $24.1 million, $18.6 million and $21.5 million in
     1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, and were $5.9 million and $5.3 million
     for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and the three months ended March
     31, 1998, respectively.
 
 (4) Donnelley estimates a net increase in general and administrative expenses
     associated with operating as an independent, publicly-traded company which
     may be as much as approximately $8.6 million annually above the amount
     which was allocated in 1997 from the Parent Company. This amount is not
     reflected in the applicable pro forma figures.
 
 (5) Adjusted to reflect the Offering and borrowings under the New Credit
     Facility, as if each were effected on January 1, 1997. In connection with
     the Distribution, Donnelley borrowed $350 million under the New Credit
     Facility and issued $150 million of Notes in the Offering of the Old Notes
     (the "Offering"). The net proceeds of the Notes, along with Donnelley's
     borrowings under the New Credit Facility, will be used (i) to repay
     indebtedness of the Parent Company, primarily commercial paper, (ii) to pay
     costs and expenses related to the Distribution and (iii) to repay
     indebtedness of the Parent Company to subsidiaries which, following the
     Distribution, are subsidiaries of New D&B. This $500 million of debt is an
     obligation of Donnelley after the Distribution. The debt is currently
     estimated to be comprised of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      BANK FINANCING
                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       REVOLVER      A LOAN       B LOAN        C LOAN         TOTAL         NOTES
                                      ----------   ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
         <S>                          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
         Amount.....................  50 million   75 million   125 million   100 million   350 million   150 million
         Estimated Interest.........       7.19%        7.19%         7.44%         7.69%                       9.13%
         Estimated Financing
           Costs....................                                                        5.8 million   4.7 million
         Estimated Financing Term...     6 years      6 years     7.5 years     8.5 years   6-8.5 years      10 years
</TABLE>
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   14
 
     As of June 30, 1998, the weighted average interest rate under the New
     Credit Facility was 7.422%. Subsequent to borrowings under the New Credit
     Facility, Donnelley entered into 3 interest rate swap transactions with
     respect to the LIBOR component of the loans which converted part of its
     floating rates interest obligations to fixed rates. The swap transactions
     total in aggregate $175 million of the $350 million of loans under the New
     Credit Facility. As a result of the foregoing swaps, the weighted average
     interest rate is 7.517%. The swap agreements have terms of 3, 4 and 5
     years. Therefore, at the end of the first 3 year period, the weighted
     average interest rate will change.
 
      Interest expense also includes the amortization of estimated financing
costs.
 
 (6) On July 14, 1998, Donnelley Corp.'s Board of Directors approved a reverse
     one-for-five stock split of its common stock subject to approval by its
     shareholders to be sought at a special meeting of shareholders. The share
     and per share information provided herein has not been adjusted to reflect
     such reverse stock split.
 
 (7) EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation,
     amortization and gains and losses on dispositions of businesses. EBITDA is
     a widely recognized financial indicator of a company's ability to service
     or incur debt. EBITDA is not a measurement of operating performance
     computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and
     should not be considered as a substitute for operating income, net income,
     cash flows from operations or other statement of operations or cash flow
     data prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles,
     or as a measure of profitability or liquidity. In addition, EBITDA may not
     be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. EBITDA may
     not be indicative of the historical operating results of Donnelley, nor is
     it meant to be predictive of future results of operations or cash flows.
     EBITDA as presented does not give effect to the sale of businesses
     described in note 2 above or the increase in expenses described in note 4
     above. The Company estimates that after giving effect to such items, its
     EBITDA for 1997 would have been approximately $136,923.
 
 (8) No data is available prior to the year ended December 31, 1995.
 
 (9) Capital expenditures include Donnelley's investment in its new publishing
     center in Raleigh, North Carolina, which totaled approximately $23 million
     and $18 million in 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
(10) The unaudited gross advertising sales figures represent the billing value
     of advertisements sold by Donnelley and DonTech.
 
(11) Adjusted to reflect $10.5 million of deferred financing costs related to
     the Offering and to Donnelley's anticipated borrowings under the New Credit
     Facility as if each were effected on March 31, 1998.
 
(12) Adjusted to reflect the Offering and borrowings under the New Credit
     Facility.
 
(13) Adjusted to reflect the use of proceeds of the Offering and borrowings
     under the New Credit Facility, after $10.5 million of deferred financing
     costs.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   15
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     In addition to the other information set forth herein, prospective
investors should carefully consider the following information in evaluating the
Company and its business prior to accepting the Exchange Offer.
 
LEVERAGE AND ABILITY TO SERVICE DEBT; NEGATIVE SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
     As of March 31, 1998, after giving pro forma effect to borrowings under the
New Credit Facility, Donnelley will have approximately $500 million of
indebtedness (of which $150 million consists of the Notes and the balance
consists of $350 million of borrowings under the New Credit Facility) and a
shareholder's deficit of approximately $244 million. Donnelley had $50 million
of unused capacity available under the Revolving Facility following the
Offering. See "Capitalization". In addition, the Indenture and the New Credit
Facility will allow Donnelley to incur additional indebtedness under certain
circumstances. The ability of Donnelley to make payments with respect to the
Notes and to satisfy its other debt obligations will depend on the Company's
future operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic
conditions and financial, business, competitive and other factors, many of which
are beyond the Company's control.
 
     Donnelley believes, based on current circumstances, that Donnelley's cash
flow, together with available credit capacity under the New Credit Facility,
will be sufficient to permit Donnelley to meet its operating expenses and
capital expenditures and to service its debt requirements as they become due for
the foreseeable future. Donnelley may, however, need to refinance all or a
portion of the Notes on or prior to maturity, and there can be no assurance that
Donnelley will generate sufficient cash flow or that future borrowings will be
available under the New Credit Facility in an amount sufficient to enable
Donnelley to service its indebtedness, including the Notes, or to fund its other
liquidity needs. If Donnelley is unable to service its indebtedness, it will be
required to adopt alternative strategies, which may include actions such as
reducing or delaying capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or
refinancing its indebtedness or seeking additional equity capital. There can be
no assurance that any of these strategies could be effected on satisfactory
terms.
 
     The degree to which Donnelley is leveraged could have important
consequences to holders of the Notes, including (i) Donnelley's ability to
obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital
expenditures, acquisitions or general corporate purposes may be impaired; (ii) a
substantial portion of Donnelley's cash flows from operations may be dedicated
to the payment of debt service on its indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds
available to Donnelley for its operations; (iii) Donnelley may be more leveraged
than certain of its competitors, which may place Donnelley at a relative
competitive disadvantage; (iv) Donnelley's flexibility in planning for, or
reacting to, changes in its business and industry may be limited; and (v)
Donnelley's level of indebtedness could make it more vulnerable in the event of
a downturn in its business or industry or the economy in general. In addition,
the Indenture and the New Credit Facility contain financial and other
restrictive covenants that will limit the ability of Donnelley to, among other
things, borrow additional funds. Failure by Donnelley to comply with such
covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived,
could have a material adverse effect on Donnelley. In addition, the degree to
which Donnelley is leveraged could prevent it from repurchasing all of the Notes
tendered to it upon the occurrence of a Change of Control. See "Description of
Notes -- Covenants -- Change of Control" and "Description of New Credit
Facility".
 
SUBORDINATION OF THE NOTES; DONNELLEY CORP. GUARANTEE
 
     The Notes and the Donnelley Corp. Guarantee will be subordinated in right
of payment to all current and future Senior Debt and Donnelley Corp. Senior
Debt. Upon any distribution to creditors of Donnelley or Donnelley Corp. in a
liquidation or dissolution of Donnelley or Donnelley Corp. or in a bankruptcy,
reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to
Donnelley or Donnelley Corp. or its property, the holders of Senior Debt and
Donnelley Corp. Senior Debt will be
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   16
 
entitled to be paid in full before any payment may be made with respect to the
Notes. In addition, the subordination provisions of the Indenture provide that
payments with respect to the Notes will be blocked in the event of a payment
default on Senior Debt and may be blocked for up to 179 of each 360 days in the
event of certain non-payment defaults on Senior Debt. In the event of a
bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of Donnelley or Donnelley Corp.,
holders of the Notes will participate ratably with all holders of subordinated
indebtedness of Donnelley or Donnelley Corp. that is deemed to be of the same
class as the Notes, and potentially with all other general creditors of
Donnelley, based upon the respective amounts owed to each holder or creditor, in
the remaining assets of Donnelley. In any of the foregoing events, there can be
no assurance that there would be sufficient assets to pay amounts due on the
Notes. As a result, holders of Notes may receive less, ratably, than the holders
of Senior Debt and other general creditors of Donnelley. As of March 31, 1998,
on a pro forma basis after giving effect to borrowings under the New Credit
Facility, approximately $350 million of Senior Debt is outstanding under the New
Credit Facility. Donnelley had $50 million of unused capacity under the
Revolving Facility following the Offering. The Indenture and the New Credit
Facility permit the incurrence of additional indebtedness, including Senior
Debt, by Donnelley under certain circumstances. See "Description of New Credit
Facility" and "Description of Notes".
 
RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY THE NEW CREDIT FACILITY AND THE INDENTURE
 
     The New Credit Facility and the Indenture contain a number of significant
covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of Donnelley
to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, repay other indebtedness,
pay dividends, enter into certain investments or acquisitions, repurchase or
redeem capital stock, engage in mergers or consolidations, or engage in certain
transactions with subsidiaries and affiliates and otherwise restrict corporate
activities. There can be no assurance that such limitations and restrictions
will not adversely affect Donnelley's ability to finance its future operations
or capital needs or engage in other business activities that may be in the
interest of Donnelley. In addition, the New Credit Facility also requires
Donnelley to maintain compliance with certain financial ratios. The ability of
Donnelley to comply with such ratios may be affected by events beyond
Donnelley's control. A breach of any of these covenants or the inability of
Donnelley to comply with the required financial ratios could result in a default
under the Indenture and the New Credit Facility, as applicable. In the event of
any such default, (i) the indebtedness under the Notes could be accelerated and
(ii) the lenders under the New Credit Facility could elect to declare all
borrowings outstanding under the New Credit Facility, together with accrued
interest and other fees, to be due and payable, to require Donnelley to apply
all of its available cash to repay such borrowings or to prevent Donnelley from
making debt service payments on the Notes. If Donnelley were unable to repay any
such borrowings when due, the lenders could proceed against their collateral,
which consists of substantially all of Donnelley's assets. If the indebtedness
under the New Credit Facility or the Notes were to be accelerated, there can be
no assurance that the assets of Donnelley would be sufficient to repay such
indebtedness in full. See "Description of the Notes" and "Description of New
Credit Facility".
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY CONTRACTS
 
     Donnelley's business is dependent upon several significant partnership and
sales agency agreements. These agreements include the DonTech partnership, a
partnership with a subsidiary of Ameritech, and the CenDon partnership
("CenDon"), a partnership with a subsidiary of Sprint, as well as sales agency
agreements with subsidiaries of Bell Atlantic and Sprint. The equity income from
the DonTech partnership and the fees from other arrangements with an affiliate
of Ameritech, as well as the equity income from the CenDon partnership, are
included in Donnelley's (and Donnelley Corp.'s) income statement as income from
partnerships and related fees. The DonTech partnership and other arrangements
with an affiliate of Ameritech represented approximately 64%, and the CenDon
partnership and other arrangements with a subsidiary of Sprint represented
approximately 15%, of Donnelley's (and Donnelley Corp.'s) operating income
before corporate
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   17
 
overhead and depreciation and amortization expense in 1997. The Bell Atlantic
sales agency agreement represented approximately 18% of Donnelley's (and
Donnelley Corp.'s) operating income before corporate overhead and depreciation
and amortization expense in 1997.
 
     Under their existing terms, the DonTech partnership has no expiration date,
and the CenDon partnership and sales agency agreement and the Sprint sales
agency agreement continue through 2004 (subject to, in the case of the Sprint
sales agency agreement, a five year performance review no later than March 2000
and agreement on a new price schedule for publishing services by that date) and
the Bell Atlantic sales agency agreement continues through 2005. While these
partnerships and sales agency agreements currently extend for significant
periods, no assurance can be given that Donnelley will be able to maintain these
agreements and relationships after expiration of the current terms, and a
termination, expiration or modification of these arrangements could have a
material adverse effect on Donnelley's business, financial condition and results
of operations. In addition, although profits from the DonTech and CenDon
partnerships have historically been distributed to Donnelley on a monthly basis,
Donnelley does not control either partnership and its failure to receive
distributions from either for any reason would have a material adverse effect on
Donnelley's (and Donnelley Corp.'s) business, financial condition and results of
operations. Certain of these agreements are also subject to termination upon a
change of control (as defined therein) of Donnelley and Donnelley Corp.,
including the DonTech partnership. The Distribution does not constitute a change
of control under these agreements.
 
     From these relationships, Donnelley maintains significant account
receivable balances with an Ameritech affiliate, a Bell Atlantic affiliate and
the CenDon partnership. The failure of any of these parties to fulfill its
obligations to Donnelley with respect to these account receivable balances could
have a material adverse effect on Donnelley's business, operating results and
financial condition.
 
OUTSOURCING -- RELATED RISKS
 
     Local telephone companies currently conduct their yellow pages advertising
sales and publishing operations either internally, through independent providers
of such services or through some combination of both. Donnelley provides yellow
pages advertising sales and publishing services to local telephone companies
pursuant to long-standing partnership and other agreements with subsidiaries of
Ameritech, Bell Atlantic and Sprint. Donnelley recently expanded its
relationship with Bell Atlantic to provide, beginning with directories published
in 1999, advertising sales for yellow pages directories in a new market, the
greater Buffalo area, which Bell Atlantic had previously outsourced to another
third-party marketer of yellow pages advertising. Ameritech, Bell Atlantic and
Sprint currently market yellow pages advertising with internal sales forces in
many of their other markets. In addition, each of them, along with other
significant yellow pages publishers, are making investments to acquire
publishing services technology similar to the technology used at Donnelley's new
Raleigh publishing center. There can be no assurance that Ameritech, Bell
Atlantic, Sprint or any other local telephone company will decide to outsource
yellow pages advertising sales or publishing services in any of the markets
which they currently cover internally or with independent providers of such
services.
 
     Donnelley's ability to capitalize on any outsourced yellow pages
advertising sales and publishing opportunities from local telephone companies
will depend on a variety of factors, some of which are beyond Donnelley's
control, These factors include, among others, Donnelley's ability to: attract,
train, retain and manage qualified personnel for advertising sales or for its
new publishing center in Raleigh, North Carolina and its graphics center in
Dunmore, Pennsylvania (to the extent that the size or scheduling of the related
directories would require Donnelley to increase its publishing services
capacity); and integrate the information systems, software and other technology
used by Donnelley's personnel in new markets with Donnelley's other information
systems, software and technology. There can be no assurance that Donnelley will
be able to effectively operate and manage any yellow pages advertising sales and
publishing business outsourced to it by local telephone companies.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   18
 
COMPETITION
 
     There is competition for yellow pages advertising sales to varying degrees
in the Company's markets from the sales forces of yellow pages publishers with
which the Company is not affiliated. These yellow pages publishers include local
telephone companies with which the Company does not maintain a contractual
relationship, independent publishers (publishers that are not affiliated with
any telephone company), which have slightly increased their share of the total
market for yellow pages advertising sales in the U.S. in recent years, and
national yellow pages sales agents. In the majority of its markets, Donnelley
benefits from its long-term contractual relationships with affiliates of the
largest potential competitor in a directory market, the incumbent local
telephone company. While Donnelley's operating results to date have not been
adversely impacted, the Telecommunications Act of 1996 effectively opened local
telephone markets to increased competition, and there can be no assurance that
these incumbent local telephone companies will remain the dominant telephone
service providers in the Company's markets. There is also competition for
advertising sales from other media, including newspapers, magazines, radio,
direct mail, on-line information services, television and cable television, and
advances in technology have brought to the industry new participants, new
products and new channels. The increasing use of the Internet by consumers and
businesses as a means to transact business may result in new technologies being
developed and services provided that could compete with the Company's products
and services. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
successfully compete in responding to any such developments.
 
TECHNOLOGICAL ADAPTATION AND COMPETITION
 
     The Company competes in a business which requires sophisticated information
systems, software and other technology, as well as for its systems to be able to
interface with those of the local telephone companies with which it has
strategic relationships. Donnelley's technology and databases at its publishing
center in Raleigh, North Carolina also must interface with the systems of yellow
pages publishers for which it provides publishing services and the systems of
printers to which it delivers electronic output. The yellow pages directory
advertising market is subject to changes arising from developments in technology
(including methods used to distribute yellow pages-style information) and yellow
pages users' technological preferences. As a result of these factors, the
Company's growth and future financial performance may depend upon its ability to
develop and market new products and services and to create new distribution
channels, while enhancing existing products, services and distribution channels,
in order to accommodate the latest technological advances and user preferences,
including use of the Internet. A failure by the Company to anticipate or respond
adequately to changes in technology and user preferences, or an inability to
finance any related capital expenditures (including, if necessary, adaptation or
replacement of its information systems, software, databases or other
technology), could have a material adverse effect on Donnelley's business,
operating results and financial condition.
 
POTENTIAL CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
 
     In connection with the Distribution, Donnelley Corp. and New D&B have
entered into an agreement (the "Distribution Agreement"), which, in part,
provides that New D&B has assumed substantially all liabilities of the Parent
Company and any subsidiaries of the Parent Company immediately prior to the
Distribution (except for certain liabilities which relate primarily to
Donnelley's business, the Offering and the borrowings under the New Credit
Facility) and that New D&B will indemnify Donnelley Corp. and Donnelley for all
such liabilities. The liabilities assumed by New D&B include contingent
liabilities that could be very substantial and, if such contingent liabilities
were to become payable and New D&B were unable to meet its obligations with
respect to such liabilities, could have a material adverse effect on the
financial position of Donnelley Corp. and Donnelley.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   19
 
     The Distribution Agreement provides that Donnelley Corp. and New D&B will
comply, and otherwise not take action inconsistent, with each representation and
statement made to the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") in connection with the
Parent Company's request for a ruling as to certain tax aspects of the
Distribution. Although the Parent Company has received a ruling from the IRS to
the effect that the Distribution qualifies as a tax-free distribution, the
ruling is based on these representations and statements, and there can be no
assurance that events occurring subsequent to the Distribution, or events not
disclosed in the Parent Company's request for the ruling (of which Donnelley
Corp. believes there to be none), will not cause the Distribution to be deemed a
taxable distribution. In the event that the Distribution fails to constitute a
tax-free distribution, a corporate tax (which would be in the range of
approximately $1.5 to $2.0 billion) would be payable by the consolidated group,
of which Donnelley Corp. is the common parent, and each member of the
consolidated group, including Donnelley, would be jointly and severally liable
for any such tax.
 
     Among the contingent liabilities which New D&B's indemnity would cover is
any judgment against Donnelley Corp. or Donnelley in a law suit brought by
Information Resources, Inc. See "-- Litigation" below.
 
LITIGATION
 
     On July 29, 1996, Information Resources, Inc. ("IRI") filed a complaint in
the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, naming
as defendants the Parent Company, A.C. Nielsen Company and IMS International
Inc. (former subsidiaries of the Parent Company) (the "IRI Action"). The
complaint alleges, among other things, various violations of the antitrust laws
and damages in excess of $350 million, which IRI is seeking to have trebled
under the antitrust laws. IRI also seeks punitive damages in an unspecified
amount. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, New D&B will assume and
indemnify Donnelley Corp. and Donnelley against any payments to be made by
Donnelley Corp. or Donnelley in respect of the IRI Action under the Distribution
Agreement, under the Indemnity and Joint Defense Agreement (as described below)
or otherwise, including any ongoing legal fees and expenses related thereto.
 
     In addition to the indemnity within the Distribution Agreement generally
covering the IRI Action, the Parent Company, ACNielsen Corporation ("ACNielsen")
and Cognizant Corporation ("Cognizant") have entered into an Indemnity and Joint
Defense Agreement (the "Indemnity and Joint Defense Agreement") pursuant to
which ACNielsen has agreed to be responsible for any potential liabilities which
may ultimately be incurred by the Parent Company or Cognizant as a result of
such action, up to a maximum amount to be determined by an independent
investment bank if and when any such liabilities are incurred. The determination
of such maximum amount will be based on ACNielsen's ability to satisfy such
liabilities and remain financially viable, subject to certain assumptions and
limitations. However, the Parent Company and Cognizant have agreed that to the
extent that ACNielsen is unable to satisfy any such liabilities in full and
remain financially viable, the Parent Company and Cognizant will each be
responsible for 50% of the difference between the amount, if any, which may be
payable as a result of such litigation and the maximum amount which ACNielsen is
then able to pay as determined by such investment bank. Under the terms of a
distribution agreement, dated as of October 28, 1996, among the Parent Company,
Cognizant and ACNielsen, as a condition to the Distribution, New D&B is required
to undertake to be jointly and severally liable with Donnelley Corp. to
Cognizant and ACNielsen.
 
TRANSITION TO AN INDEPENDENT PUBLIC COMPANY
 
     Donnelley does not have an operating history as an independent company.
Accordingly, the financial statements included herein may not necessarily
reflect the results of operations, financial condition and cash flows that would
have been achieved had Donnelley been operated independently during the periods
presented. Historically, the Parent Company has provided substantially all of
Donnelley's corporate services and employee benefits. While Donnelley's
management believes the costs of these services and benefits charged to
Donnelley have been reasonably equivalent to
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   20
 
terms which could have been obtained through arm's-length negotiations with the
Parent Company, these costs may not be indicative of the costs that would have
been incurred if Donnelley had performed or provided these services as an
independent company. In addition, following the Distribution, Donnelley will
also be responsible for the additional costs associated with being an
independent public company, including costs associated with corporate
governance, listed and registered securities and investor relations.
 
SENSITIVITY OF FINANCIAL RESULTS TO ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
 
     The Company derives its sales commissions and partnership income and
related fees from the sale of advertising in yellow pages directories.
Advertising sales by the Company, as well as those of yellow pages publishers in
general, generally do not fluctuate widely with economic cycles. However, a
prolonged national or regional economic recession could have a material adverse
effect on Donnelley's business, operating results and financial condition.
 
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
     In connection with the Distribution, Donnelley Corp. has determined certain
contractual and other relationships between itself (which currently holds
Donnelley as its only subsidiary), and New D&B (which currently holds Dun &
Bradstreet, Inc. and Moody's Investors Service, Inc. as subsidiaries). These
determinations will survive the Distribution and provide for the allocation
between those entities of tax, employee benefits and certain other liabilities
and obligations arising from periods prior to the Distribution, as well as for
the use of the net proceeds of the Offering by Donnelley and the borrowings
under the New Credit Facility. While Donnelley considers these contractual and
other relationships among Donnelley Corp. and New D&B to be equivalent to terms
which could have been obtained through arm's-length negotiations, these
contractual and other relationships generally were not the result of
arm's-length negotiations.
 
POTENTIAL INABILITY TO REPURCHASE NOTES UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
     Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, Donnelley will be required to
offer to repurchase the Notes at 101% of the principal amount of the Notes,
together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. The
New Credit Facility contains, and future Senior Debt of Donnelley may also
contain, prohibitions on the purchase by Donnelley of any Notes prior to their
stated maturity, and provisions which require obligations thereunder to be
repurchased upon a Change of Control. In such circumstances, Donnelley will be
required to (i) repay all or a portion of the outstanding principal of, and pay
any accrued interest on, its Senior Debt, including indebtedness under the New
Credit Facility or (ii) obtain any requisite consent from its lenders (including
under the New Credit Facility) to permit the purchase of the Notes. If Donnelley
is unable to repay all of such indebtedness or is unable to obtain the necessary
consents, Donnelley may be unable to offer to repurchase the Notes, which would
constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture. There can be no assurance
that Donnelley will have sufficient funds available at the time of any Change of
Control to make any debt payment (including repurchases of the Notes) as
described above or that Donnelley would be able to refinance its outstanding
indebtedness in order to permit it to repurchase the Notes or, if such
refinancing were to occur, that such financing would be on terms favorable to
Donnelley. See "Description of Notes -- Covenants -- Change of Control".
 
     The events that constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture may also
be events of default under the New Credit Facility or other Senior Debt of
Donnelley. Such events may permit the holders under such debt instruments to
accelerate the payment of such debt and, if the debt is not paid, to proceed
against their collateral (which, in the case of the New Credit Facility, will
consist of substantially all of the assets and the capital stock of Donnelley),
if any, or to commence litigation that could ultimately result in a sale of
substantially all of the assets of Donnelley, thereby limiting Donnelley's
ability to raise cash to repurchase the Notes.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   21
 
ABSENCE OF A PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE NOTES
 
     The Exchange Notes are being offered to holders of Old Notes. The Exchange
Notes are new securities for which there currently is no established trading
market. Although the Initial Purchasers have informed the Company that they
currently intend to make a market in the Notes, they are not obligated to do so,
and any such market-making may be discontinued at any time without notice.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any
market for the Notes, including the Exchange Notes. The Company does not intend
to apply for listing of the Notes on any securities exchange or for quotation
through NASDAQ. If a trading market develops for the Exchange Notes, future
trading prices of such securities will depend on many factors, including
prevailing interest rates, the Company's results of operations and financial
condition and the market for similar securities.
 
RISK OF FRAUDULENT TRANSFER
 
     The net proceeds of the Offering and borrowings under the New Credit
Facility were dividended to the Parent Company to be used (i) to repay
indebtedness of the Parent Company, primarily commercial paper, (ii) to pay
costs and expenses related to the Distribution and (iii) to repay indebtedness
of the Parent Company to subsidiaries of New D&B. Under applicable provisions of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer
or conveyance laws, if Donnelley or Donnelley Corp., at the time it issued the
Notes or Donnelley Corp. Guarantee, as the case may be, (i) incurred such
indebtedness with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud creditors, or (ii) (a)
received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for
incurring such indebtedness and (b) (1) was insolvent at the time of incurrence,
(2) was rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence (and the application of
the proceeds thereof), (3) was engaged or was about to engage in a business or
transaction for which the assets remaining with Donnelley or Donnelley Corp.
constituted unreasonably small capital to carry on its businesses, or (4)
intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to
pay such debts as they mature, then, in each case, a court of competent
jurisdiction could void, in whole or in part, the Notes or the Donnelley Corp.
Guarantee, or, in the alternative, subordinate the Notes or Donnelley Corp.
Guarantee to existing and future indebtedness of Donnelley or Donnelley Corp. In
addition, the payment of interest and principal by Donnelley or Donnelley Corp.
pursuant to the Notes could be voided and required to be returned to the person
making such payment, or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of Donnelley
or Donnelley Corp. The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will
vary depending upon the law applied in such case. Generally, however, Donnelley
or Donnelley Corp. would be considered insolvent if the sum of its debts,
including contingent liabilities, was greater than all of its assets at fair
valuation or if the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the
amount that would be required to pay the probable liability on its existing
debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature, or
if it could not pay its debts as they become due.
 
     On the basis of historical financial information, recent operating history
and other factors, Donnelley and Donnelley Corp. believe that, for purposes of
all such insolvency, bankruptcy and fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, the
Notes and Donnelley Corp. Guarantee were (and in the case of the Exchange Notes,
are being) issued without the intent to hinder, delay or defraud creditors and
for proper purposes and in good faith and that Donnelley and Donnelley Corp.,
after the issuance of the Notes and the Donnelley Corp. Guarantee and the
application of the proceeds thereof, will be solvent, will have sufficient
capital for carrying on their business and will be able to pay their debts as
they mature. There can be no assurance, however, that a court passing on such
questions would agree with Donnelley's and Donnelley Corp.'s view.
 
POTENTIAL YEAR 2000 PROBLEMS
 
     The Year 2000 problem is the result of computer programs being written
using two digits rather than four to define the applicable year. Computer
programs that have date-sensitive software may
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   22
 
recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This
could result in a system failure or miscalculations causing disruptions of
operations, including, among other things, a temporary inability to process
transactions.
 
     As part of its Year 2000 compliance program, many of Donnelley's currently
installed computer systems and software products have been tested for Year 2000
problems and Donnelley anticipates that these computer systems and software
products will be fully Year 2000 compliant. Also, Donnelley is requesting
assurances from all software vendors from which it has purchased or licensed or
from which it may purchase or license software that such software will correctly
process all date information at all times. Through continued modifications to
existing software and conversions to new software, Donnelley believes that it
will be able to mitigate its exposure to the Year 2000 problem before 2000.
However, if continued modifications and conversions are not made, or are not
timely completed, the Year 2000 problem could have a material adverse effect on
Donnelley's operating results and financial condition.
 
     Donnelley plans to have its Year 2000 compliance program substantially
completed by the end of 1998. In 1997, Donnelley spent approximately $0.5
million addressing the Year 2000 problem and has budgeted expenditures of
approximately $3.5 million for 1998 and approximately $1.1 million for 1999.
These costs will be funded through cash flows from operations.
 
     In addition, it is possible that certain computer systems or software
products with which Donnelley's computer systems, software, databases or other
technology interface or are integrated or those of third parties with which
Donnelley maintains business relationships may not accept input of, store,
manipulate and output dates in the year 2000 or thereafter without error or
interruption. Donnelley has conducted a review of its computer systems to
attempt to identify ways in which its systems could be affected by interface- or
integration-related or third party problems in correctly processing date
information. Donnelley is also querying applicable third parties with which it
maintains business relationships as to their progress in identifying and
addressing their Year 2000 problems. However, there can be no assurance that
Donnelley will identify all interface- or integration-related or third party
date-handling problems in advance of their occurrence, or that Donnelley will be
able to successfully remedy problems that are discovered. The expenses of
Donnelley's efforts to identify and address such problems, or the expenses or
liabilities to which Donnelley may become subject as a result of such problems,
could have a material adverse effect on its operating results and financial
condition.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     There will be no proceeds to the Company from the issuance of the Exchange
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. In consideration for issuing the Exchange
Notes in exchange for the Old Notes as described in this Prospectus, the Company
will receive Old Notes in like principal amount. The Old Notes surrendered in
exchange for the Exchange Notes will be retired and canceled. Accordingly, the
issuance of the Exchange Notes will not result in any change in the indebtedness
of the Company. The net proceeds to Donnelley from the sale of the Old Notes was
approximately $145.3 million after deducting the Initial Purchasers' discount
and estimated expenses payable by Donnelley. The net proceeds, along with
Donnelley's borrowings under the New Credit Facility of $350 million
(approximately $344.2 million after deducting estimated fees and expenses), were
dividended to the Parent Company to be used (i) to repay indebtedness of the
Parent Company, primarily commercial paper, (ii) to pay costs and expenses
related to the Distribution and (iii) to repay indebtedness of the Parent
Company to subsidiaries of New D&B. Donnelley has $50 million of unused capacity
available under the Revolving Facility.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   23
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table sets forth the capitalization of Donnelley Corp. (i) as
of March 31, 1998 and (ii) as adjusted for the Offering and borrowings under the
New Credit Facility and the application of the net proceeds therefrom. This
table should be read in conjunction with "Selected Financial Data",
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations", "Use of Proceeds" and the financial statements and related notes
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. On July 14, 1998, Donnelley Corp.'s
Board of Directors approved a reverse one-for-five stock split of its common
stock subject to approval by its shareholders to be sought at a special meeting
of shareholders. The share and per share information provided herein has not
been adjusted to reflect such reverse stock split.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AS OF MARCH 31, 1998
                                                              -------------------------
                                                              HISTORICAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                              ----------    -----------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
Cash and cash equivalents...................................   $     17      $     17(2)
Debt:
  New Credit Facility(2)....................................         --      $350,000
  Notes.....................................................         --       150,000
                                                               --------      --------
     Total debt.............................................         --       500,000
                                                               --------      --------
Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share, authorized --
  10,000,000 shares.........................................         --            --
                                                               --------      --------
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share, authorized --
  400,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding -- 188,420,996
  shares, less treasury shares of 16,850,856................    171,570       171,570
Retained Earnings (Deficit).................................     74,317      (415,183)
                                                               --------      --------
     Total Equity (Deficit).................................    245,887      (243,613)
                                                               --------      --------
Total capitalization........................................   $245,887      $256,387
                                                               ========      ========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) In connection with the Distribution, Donnelley dividended substantially all
    of its cash to the Parent Company for transfer to New D&B.
 
(2) The New Credit Facility provides for up to $100 million of revolving credit
    borrowings under the Revolving Facility and up to $300 million of term loans
    under the Term Facilities. Loans obtained under the Revolving Facility
    mature in 2004, and loans obtained under the Term Facilities mature in
    varying amounts from 1998 through 2006. Donnelley borrowed $50 million and
    $300 million under the Revolving Facility and Term Facilities, respectively,
    concurrently with the closing of the Offering. Donnelley has $50 million of
    unused capacity available under the Revolving Facility. See "Management's
    Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
    Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Description of New
    Credit Facility".
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   24
 
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     Donnelley is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Donnelley Corp. Donnelley Corp.
has no other operations other than through the Donnelley subsidiary. Therefore,
on a consolidated basis, the financial statements of Donnelley Corp. and
Donnelley are substantially identical. The historical selected consolidated
financial data of Donnelley Corp. as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and for each
of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1997, are derived from
the audited consolidated financial statements of the Donnelley Corp. included
elsewhere herein. Donnelley Corp.'s audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere herein are presented as if Donnelley Corp. were a stand-alone
entity for all periods presented. The historical selected consolidated financial
data of Donnelley Corp. as of December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, and for the
years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994, are derived from the unaudited
consolidated financial statements of Donnelley Corp., and, in the opinion of
management, include all necessary adjustments for a fair presentation of such
data in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The historical
selected consolidated financial data as of March 31, 1998 and for the three
months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 have been derived from the unaudited
interim consolidated financial statements of Donnelley Corp., and, in the
opinion of management, include all necessary adjustments for a fair presentation
of such data in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The
financial data included herein may not necessarily reflect the results of
operations and financial position of Donnelley Corp. in the future. The
information set forth below should be read in conjunction with the information
under "Capitalization", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and the financial statements and notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   25
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                      PRO
                                                            HISTORICAL                              FORMA(1)
                                  --------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
                                     1993         1994         1995         1996         1997         1997
                                  ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIOS)
<S>                               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
 OPERATIONS DATA(2):
Revenues........................  $  333,047   $  310,313   $  312,940   $  270,029   $  239,865   $ 239,865
Expenses:
 Operating Expenses(3)..........     157,546      139,022      157,559      135,500      132,278     132,278
 General and Administrative(3)..     124,992       91,368       75,754       83,803       81,089      81,089(4)
 Depreciation and Amortization..      15,694       15,444       16,322       16,229       21,930      21,930
 Restructuring Charges..........          --           --       17,690           --           --          --
                                  ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
   Total Expenses...............     298,232      245,834      267,325      235,532      235,297     235,297
Income from Partnerships and
 Related Fees...................     129,873      148,770      137,180      132,945      130,171     130,171
Operating Income................     164,688      213,249      182,795      167,442      134,739     134,739
Gain(Loss) on Dispositions......          --           --           --      (28,500)       9,412       9,412
Interest Expense................          --           --           --           --           --      40,955(5)
                                  ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
 Income Before Provision for
   Income Taxes.................     164,688      213,249      182,795      138,942      144,151     103,196
Provision for Income Taxes......      65,875       85,300       74,398       60,857       59,246      42,864
                                  ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
   Net Income(2)(4).............  $   98,813   $  127,949   $  108,397   $   78,085   $   84,905   $  60,332
                                  ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
EARNINGS PER SHARE(6):
 Basic..........................  $0.56......  $     0.75   $     0.64   $     0.46   $     0.50   $    0.35
 Diluted........................  $0.56......  $     0.75   $     0.64   $     0.46   $     0.50   $    0.35
SHARES USED IN COMPUTING
 EARNINGS PER SHARE(6):
 Basic..........................  177,200...      169,946      169,522      170,017      170,765     170,765
 Diluted........................  177,200...      169,946      169,883      170,289      171,065     171,065
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA(2)(3)(7).................  $180,382...  $  228,693   $  199,117   $  183,671   $  156,669   $ 156,669(4)
Cash Flow from Operating
 Activities(8)..................  --........           --   $  136,602   $  100,538   $   99,654   $  75,081(5)
Cash Flows from Investing
 Activities(8)..................  --........           --   $  (43,012)  $  (16,456)  $  105,732   $ 105,732
Cash Flows from Financing
 Activities(8)..................  --........           --   $  (92,146)  $  (85,466)  $ (205,414)  $(180,841)(5)
Capital Expenditures(9).........  --........           --   $   43,012   $   37,824   $   16,268   $  16,268
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
 Charges(10)....................  --........           --           --           --           --         3.3x
Gross Advertising Sales(11).....  $1,151,700.. $1,108,705   $1,145,944   $1,115,560   $1,067,242   $1,067,242
 
<CAPTION>
                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                             ------------------------------
                                                                     PRO
                                                 HISTORICAL        FORMA(1)
                                             -------------------   --------
                                               1997       1998       1998
                                             --------   --------   --------
<S>                                          <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
 OPERATIONS DATA(2):
Revenues........................             $ 20,200   $ 24,344   $ 24,344
Expenses:
 Operating Expenses(3)..........                5,553      7,093      7,093
 General and Administrative(3)..               16,963     17,695     17,695(4)
 Depreciation and Amortization..                5,416      4,952      4,952
 Restructuring Charges..........                   --         --         --
                                             --------   --------   --------
   Total Expenses...............               27,932     29,740     29,740
Income from Partnerships and
 Related Fees...................                5,442     25,642     25,642
Operating Income................               (2,290)    20,246     20,246
Gain(Loss) on Dispositions......                   --         --         --
Interest Expense................                   --         --     10,239(5)
                                             --------   --------   --------
 Income Before Provision for
   Income Taxes.................               (2,290)    20,246     10,007
Provision for Income Taxes......                 (916)     8,098      4,002
                                             --------   --------   --------
   Net Income(2)(4).............             $ (1,374)  $ 12,148   $  6,005
                                             ========   ========   ========
EARNINGS PER SHARE(6):
 Basic..........................             $  (0.01)  $   0.07   $   0.04
 Diluted........................             $  (0.01)  $   0.07   $   0.03
SHARES USED IN COMPUTING
 EARNINGS PER SHARE(6):
 Basic..........................              171,189    171,153    171,153
 Diluted........................              171,189    172,396    172,396
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA(2)(3)(7).................             $  3,126   $ 25,198   $ 25,198
Cash Flow from Operating
 Activities(8)..................             $ 57,704   $ 27,406   $ 21,263(5)
Cash Flows from Investing
 Activities(8)..................             $ (8,690)  $ (2,485)  $ (2,485)
Cash Flows from Financing
 Activities(8)..................             $(49,010)  $(24,935)  $(18,792)(5)
Capital Expenditures(9).........             $  8,690   $  2,485   $  2,485
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
 Charges(10)....................                   --         --        2.8x
Gross Advertising Sales(11).....             $ 68,136   $147,226   $147,226
</TABLE>
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   26
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                AS OF DECEMBER 31,                        AS OF MARCH 31,
                              ------------------------------------------------------   ----------------------
                                                    HISTORICAL                         HISTORICAL   PRO FORMA
                              ------------------------------------------------------   ----------   ---------
                                1993       1994        1995        1996       1997        1998        1998
                              --------   --------   ----------   --------   --------   ----------   ---------
                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                           <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
  DATA:
Total Assets(l).............  $512,165   $526,168    $520,214    $502,193   $382,286    $359,174    $ 369,674(12)
Long Term Debt..............        --         --          --          --         --          --    $ 500,000(13)
Shareholders' Equity
  (Deficit).................  $350,942   $370,314    $386,565    $379,184   $258,675    $245,887    $(243,613)(14)
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 (1) See "Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements".
 
 (2) The selected financial data above include amounts related to businesses
     that have been sold and will not be included in Donnelley's results in
     future periods. Donnelley's West Coast proprietary yellow pages business
     was sold in May 1996 and Donnelley's East Coast proprietary yellow pages
     business was sold in December 1997. The above selected financial data
     contain the following amounts applicable to those businesses:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              THREE MONTHS
                                                                                                 ENDED
                                          1993       1994       1995      1996      1997     MARCH 31, 1997
                                        --------   --------   --------   -------   -------   --------------
      <S>                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>
      Revenues........................  $166,176   $148,785   $140,104   $97,263   $77,979      $   635
      Operating Income................  $ 13,199   $ 27,926   $ 22,250   $18,587   $10,969      $  (914)
      Depreciation and Amortization...  $  4,095   $  2,842   $  2,944   $ 1,323   $   848      $   213
      Total Assets....................  $163,440   $138,345   $131,751   $80,962        --      $68,660
      Gross Advertising Sales.........  $156,631   $139,060   $133,389   $89,939   $73,753      $ 1,513
</TABLE>
 
 (3) Allocations of historical corporate expense of the Parent Company are
     included in operating expenses and general and administrative expenses.
     Donnelley's management believes these allocations are reasonable. However,
     the costs of these services and benefits allocated to Donnelley are not
     necessarily indicative of the costs that would have been incurred if
     Donnelley had performed or provided these services as a separate entity.
     These allocations were $24.1 million, $18.6 million and $21.5 million in
     1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, and were $5.9 million and $5.3 million
     for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and the three months ended March
     31, 1998, respectively. No data is available prior to the year ended
     December 31, 1995.
 
 (4) Donnelley estimates a net increase in general and administrative expenses
     associated with operating as an independent, publicly-traded company which
     may be as much as $8.6 million annually above the amount which was
     allocated in 1997 from the Parent Company. This amount is not reflected in
     the applicable pro forma figures.
 
 (5) Adjusted to reflect the Offering and borrowings under the New Credit
     Facility, as if each were effected on January 1, 1997. In connection with
     the Distribution, Donnelley borrowed $350 million under the New Credit
     Facility and issued $150 million of Notes in the Offering. The net proceeds
     of the Notes, along with Donnelley's anticipated borrowings under the New
     Credit Facility, will be used (i) to repay indebtedness of the Parent
     Company, primarily commercial paper, (ii) to pay costs and expenses related
     to the Distribution and (iii) to repay indebtedness of the Parent Company
     to subsidiaries which, following the Distribution, are subsidiaries of New
     D&B. This $500 million of debt is an obligation of Donnelley. The debt is
     currently estimated to be comprised of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                BANK FINANCING
                             -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              REVOLVER       A LOAN         B LOAN         C LOAN         TOTAL          NOTES
                             -----------   -----------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
      <S>                    <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
      Amount...............  $50 million   $75 million   $125 million   $100 million   $350 million   $150 million
      Estimated Interest...        7.19%         7.19%          7.44%          7.69%                         9.13%
      Estimated Financing
        Costs..............                                                            $5.8 million   $4.7 million
      Estimated Financing
        Term...............      6 years       6 years      7.5 years      8.5 years    6-8.5 years       10 years
</TABLE>
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   27
     As of June 30, 1998, the weighted average interest rate under the New
     Credit Facility was 7.422%. Subsequent to borrowings under the New Credit
     Facility, Donnelley entered into 3 interest rate swap transactions with
     respect to the LIBOR component of the loans which converted part of its
     floating rates interest obligations to fixed rates. The swap transactions
     total in aggregate $175 million of the $350 million of loans under the New
     Credit Facility. As a result of the foregoing swaps, the weighted average
     interest rate is 7.517%. The swap agreements have terms of 3, 4 and 5
     years. Therefore, at the end of the first 3 year period, the weighted
     average interest rate will change.
 
     Interest expense also includes the amortization of estimated financing
     costs.
 
 (6) On July 14, 1998, Donnelley Corp.'s Board of Directors approved a reverse
     one-for-five stock split of its common stock subject to approval by its
     shareholders to be sought at a special meeting of shareholders. The share
     and per share information provided herein has not been adjusted to reflect
     such reverse stock split.
 
 (7) EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation,
     amortization and gains and losses on dispositions of businesses. EBITDA is
     a widely recognized financial indicator of a company's ability to service
     or incur debt. EBITDA is not a measurement of operating performance
     computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and
     should not be considered as a substitute for operating income, net income,
     cash flows from operations or other statement of operations or cash flow
     data prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles,
     or as a measure of profitability or liquidity. In addition, EBITDA may not
     be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. EBITDA may
     not be indicative of the historical operating results of Donnelley, nor is
     it meant to be predictive of future results of operations or cash flows.
     EBITDA as presented does not give effect to the sale of businesses
     described in note 2 above or the increase in expenses described in note 4
     above. The Company estimates that after giving effect to such items, its
     EBITDA for 1997 would have been approximately $136,923.
 
 (8) No data is available prior to the year ended December 31, 1995.
 
 (9) Capital expenditures include Donnelley's investment in its new publishing
     center in Raleigh, North Carolina, which totaled approximately $23 million
     and $18 million in 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
(10) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges has been calculated by dividing
     income before income taxes and fixed charges by fixed charges. Fixed
     charges consists of interest expense and one-third of operating rental
     expense, which management believes is representative of the interest
     component of rent expense.
 
(11) The unaudited gross advertising sales figures represent the billing value
     of advertisements sold by Donnelley and DonTech.
 
(12) Adjusted to reflect $10.5 million of deferred financing costs related to
     the Offering and to Donnelley's anticipated borrowings under the New Credit
     Facility as if each were effected on March 31, 1998.
 
(13) Adjusted to reflect the Offering and borrowings under the New Credit
     Facility.
 
(14) Adjusted to reflect the use of proceeds of the Offering and borrowings
     under the New Credit Facility, after $10.5 million of deferred financing
     costs.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   28
 
             PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial
statements have been prepared giving effect to the Distribution as if it
occurred on March 31, 1998 for the pro forma condensed consolidated balance
sheet and January 1, 1997 for the pro forma condensed consolidated statements of
operations. The pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet and statements of
operations set forth below do not purport to represent what Donnelley Corp.'s
financial position and results of operations actually would have been had the
Distribution occurred on the date indicated or to project Donnelley Corp.'s
operating results for any future period. The pro forma adjustments are based
upon available information and certain assumptions that Donnelley Corp.'s
management believes are reasonable. The pro forma condensed consolidated
financial statements set forth should be read in conjunction with, and are
qualified in their entirety by, the information under "Selected Financial Data"
and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and in the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Registration Statement.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   29
 
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
            PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                    ----------------------------------------------
                                                    HISTORICAL     ADJUSTMENTS          PRO FORMA
                                                    -----------    ------------         ----------
                                                    (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>                  <C>
Revenues..........................................   $239,865                            $239,865(A)
Expenses:
  Operating Expenses..............................    132,278                             132,278
  General and Administrative......................     81,089                              81,089(B)
  Depreciation and Amortization...................     21,930                              21,930
                                                     --------                            --------
     Total Expenses...............................    235,297                             235,297
Income from Partnerships and Other Related Fees...    130,171                             130,171
                                                     --------                            --------
Operating Income..................................    134,739                             134,739(A)
Gain on Disposition...............................      9,412                               9,412
Interest Expense..................................         --         (39,656)(C)(D)      (40,955)
                                                                     --------            --------
                                                                       (1,299)(E)
                                                     --------        --------            --------
Income before Provision for Income Taxes..........    144,151         (40,955)            103,196
                                                                     --------            --------
Provision for Income Taxes........................     59,246         (16,382)(F)          42,864
                                                     --------        --------            --------
Net Income........................................   $ 84,905        $(24,573)           $ 60,332
                                                     ========        ========            ========
Earnings Per Share:
  Basic...........................................   $   0.50                            $   0.35
                                                     ========                            ========
  Diluted.........................................   $   0.50                            $   0.35
                                                     ========                            ========
Shares Used in Computing Earnings Per Share:
  Basic...........................................    170,765                             170,765
                                                     ========                            ========
  Diluted.........................................    171,065                             171,065
                                                     ========                            ========
</TABLE>
 
       See notes to pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements
                                       25
<PAGE>   30
 
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
            PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
                                                      ---------------------------------------------
                                                      HISTORICAL    ADJUSTMENTS          PRO FORMA
                                                      -----------   ------------         ----------
                                                      (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>                  <C>
Revenues............................................   $ 24,344                           $ 24,344
Expenses:
  Operating Expenses................................      7,093                              7,093
  General and Administrative........................     17,695                             17,695(B)
  Depreciation and Amortization.....................      4,952                              4,952
                                                       --------                           --------
     Total Expenses.................................     29,740                             29,740
Income from Partnerships and Other Related Fees.....     25,642                             25,642
                                                       --------                           --------
Operating Income....................................     20,246                             20,246
Interest Expense....................................         --       $ (9,914)(C)(D)      (10,239)
                                                                      --------            --------
                                                                          (325)(E)
                                                       --------       --------            --------
Income before Provision for Income Taxes............     20,246        (10,239)             10,007
                                                                      --------            --------
Provision for Income Taxes..........................      8,098         (4,096)(F)           4,002
                                                       --------       --------            --------
Net Income..........................................   $ 12,148       $ (6,143)           $  6,005
                                                       ========       ========            ========
Earnings Per Share:
  Basic.............................................   $   0.07                           $   0.04
                                                       ========                           ========
  Diluted...........................................   $   0.07                           $   0.03
                                                       ========                           ========
Shares Used in Computing Earnings Per Share:
  Basic.............................................    171,153                            171,153
                                                       ========                           ========
  Diluted...........................................    172,396                            172,396
                                                       ========                           ========
</TABLE>
 
       See notes to pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements
                                       26
<PAGE>   31
 
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
                 PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   AS OF MARCH 31, 1998
                                                       ---------------------------------------------
                                                        HISTORICAL       ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
                                                       ------------     -------------    -----------
                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>              <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA
ASSETS:
Cash and Cash Equivalents............................    $     17                         $      17
Other Current Assets.................................     136,703                           136,703
                                                         --------                         ---------
          Total Current Assets.......................     136,720                           136,720
Non-Current Assets...................................     222,454         $  10,500(G)      232,954
                                                         --------         ---------       ---------
          Total Assets...............................    $359,174         $  10,500       $ 369,674
                                                         ========         =========       =========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Current Liabilities..................................    $ 50,527                         $  50,527
Long Term Debt.......................................          --         $ 500,000(C)      500,000
Other Liabilities....................................      62,760                            62,760
                                                         --------         ---------       ---------
          Total Liabilities..........................     113,287           500,000         613,287
Shareholders' Equity:
Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share,
  Authorized -- 10,000,000 shares
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share,
  Authorized -- 400,000,000 shares; Issued --
  188,420,996 shares, less treasury shares of
  16,850,856.........................................     171,570                --         171,570
Retained Earnings (Deficit)..........................      74,317          (489,500)       (415,183)
                                                         --------         ---------       ---------
          Total Shareholders' Equity.................     245,887          (489,500)       (243,613)
                                                         --------         ---------       ---------
          Total Liabilities and Shareholders'
            Equity...................................    $359,174         $  10,500       $ 369,674
                                                         ========         =========       =========
</TABLE>
 
       See notes to pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements
                                       27
<PAGE>   32
 
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
         NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
A.  The pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year
    ended December 31, 1997 includes amounts related to the P-East business that
    was sold in December 1997 and will not be included in the results going
    forward. The following amounts were related to this business.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>
Revenues....................................................     $77,979
Operating Income............................................      10,969
</TABLE>
 
B.  Donnelley estimates a net increase in operating expense of as much as
    approximately $8.6 million annually associated with operating as a publicly
    owned company which is not reflected in the pro form condensed consolidated
    financial statements.
 
C.  In connection with the Distribution, Donnelley borrowed $350 million under
    the New Credit Facility and issued $150 million of senior subordinated
    notes. The net proceeds of the Offering, along with Donnelley's borrowings
    under the New Credit Facility, were used (i) to repay indebtedness of D&B,
    primarily commercial paper, (ii) to pay costs and expenses related to the
    Distribution and (iii) to repay indebtedness of D&B to subsidiaries which
    are subsidiaries of New D&B. This $500 million of debt is an obligation of
    Donnelley. The debt is comprised of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            BANK FINANCING                               SENIOR
                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------  SUBORDINATED
                                   REVOLVER      A LOAN        B LOAN        C LOAN        TOTAL         NOTES
                                  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    <S>                           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
    Amount......................  $50 million  $75 million  $125 million  $100 million  $350 million  $150 million
    Estimated Interest..........        7.19%        7.19%         7.44%         7.69%                       9.13%
    Estimated Financing Costs...                                                        $5.8 million  $4.7 million
    Estimated Financing Term....      6 years      6 years     7.5 years     8.5 years   6-8.5 years      10 years
</TABLE>
 
    As of June 30, 1998, the weighted average interest rate under the New Credit
    Facility was 7.422%. Subsequent to borrowings under the New Credit Facility,
    Donnelley entered into 3 interest rate swap transactions with respect to the
    LIBOR component of the loans which converted part of its floating rates
    interest obligations to fixed rates. The swap transactions total in
    aggregate $175 million of the $350 million of loans under the New Credit
    Facility. As a result of the foregoing swaps, the weighted average interest
    rate is 7.517%. The swap agreements have terms of 3, 4 and 5 years.
    Therefore, at the end of the first 3 year period, the weighted average
    interest rate will change.
 
D.  Gives effect to the interest expense on $500 million of debt based on a
    weighted average interest rate of 7.93% per annum.
 
E.  Gives effect to the amortization of $10.5 million of estimated deferred
    financing costs related to the $500 million of debt. The deferred financing
    costs will be amortized over the life of the debt.
 
F.  To reflect the tax effect of the pro forma adjustments at the statutory tax
    rate.
 
G.  To reflect the $10.5 million of deferred financing costs related to the $500
    million of debt.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   33
 
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     This discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of
operations is prepared as if Donnelley Corp. was a stand-alone entity for all
periods discussed. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the
financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
OVERVIEW
 
     On June 3, 1998, the Board of Directors of the Parent Company declared the
Distribution and announced that the Distribution would be effected on June 30,
1998. Following the Distribution, Donnelley Corp.'s only remaining subsidiary is
Donnelley, and each of Donnelley Corp. and New D&B are independent,
publicly-traded companies. In connection with the Distribution, the Parent
Company has been renamed R.H. Donnelley Corporation and New D&B has been renamed
The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation. Donnelley provides sales, marketing and
publishing services for yellow pages directories and is the largest independent
marketer of yellow pages advertising in the United States. Donnelley is also a
leading provider of pre-press publishing services for yellow pages directories
(including a majority of the directories for which it sells advertising).
Donnelley has retained all the assets and liabilities related to yellow pages
sales, marketing and publishing services after the Distribution. Donnelley is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Donnelley Corp. Donnelley Corp. has no other
operations other than through the Donnelley subsidiary. Therefore, on a
consolidated basis, the financial statements of Donnelley Corp. and Donnelley
are substantially identical.
 
     The financial statements generally reflect the financial position, results
of operations and cash flows of Donnelley Corp. as if it were a stand-alone
entity for all periods presented. The financial statements include allocations
of certain Parent Company corporate headquarters assets (including prepaid
pension assets) and liabilities (including postretirement benefits) and expenses
(including cash management, legal, accounting, tax, employee benefits, insurance
services, data services and other Parent Company corporate overhead) relating to
Donnelley's business which Donnelley's management believes to be reasonable.
However, the costs of these services and benefits charged to Donnelley are not
necessarily indicative of the costs that would have been incurred if Donnelley
had performed or provided these functions as a separate entity. Donnelley
estimates a net increase in general and administrative expenses associated with
operating as an independent, publicly-traded company, which may be as much as
approximately $8.6 million annually above the amount which was allocated in 1997
from the Parent Company.
 
     The financial information included herein may not necessarily reflect the
results of operations, financial position, changes in shareholder's equity and
cash flows of Donnelley Corp. in the future or what they would have been had it
been a separate entity during the periods presented. The financial statements
reflect effective tax rates of the Parent Company on a separate company basis.
These rates do not reflect the historical benefit of the Parent Company's global
tax planning actions which have resulted in lower consolidated tax rates.
Historically, the Parent Company used a centralized cash management system to
finance Donnelley's operations. Cash deposits from Donnelley's business were
transferred to the Parent Company on a daily basis and the Parent Company funded
Donnelley's disbursement bank accounts as required. No interest was charged on
these transactions with the Parent Company. Donnelley will not continue to
participate in New D&B's cash management system after the Distribution.
Donnelley will have its own bank accounts and control the use of its cash.
 
     For purposes of governing certain of the ongoing relationships between New
D&B, Donnelley Corp. and Donnelley after the Distribution and to provide for an
orderly transition, Donnelley Corp. and New D&B entered into various agreements
including a Distribution Agreement, Tax Allocation Agreement, Employee Benefits
Agreement, Intellectual Property Agreement, Shared Transaction Services
Agreement, Data Services Agreement and Transition Services Agreements. For
further
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   34
 
descriptions of these agreements see "Relationship Between Donnelley Corp. And
The New Dun & Bradstreet Corporation After The Distribution".
 
     Donnelley earns income from three primary sources: sales commission
revenues, publishing services revenues and partnership income and related fees.
Sales commission revenues from Donnelley's Bell Atlantic operations and its
Sprint sales agency operations are recognized by Donnelley when an advertising
contract is signed with a customer. Sales commission revenues for advertising
sales for the CenDon partnership, for which CenDon is the publisher, are
recognized by Donnelley when a directory is published. Publishing services
revenues are recognized by Donnelley on a straight-line basis as services are
provided to a customer. Donnelley does not recognize the revenues of the DonTech
or CenDon partnerships.
 
     Donnelley recognizes income from the DonTech partnership when an
advertising contract is signed with a customer. Donnelley also receives direct
fees ("Revenue Participation") from an affiliate of Ameritech, which are tied to
advertising sales generated by the DonTech partnership. Donnelley recognizes
income from the CenDon partnership when a directory is published. These items
are included in income from partnerships and related fees.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  Three Months ended March 31, 1998 Compared with Three Months ended March 31,
1997
 
     Gross advertising sales is the billing value of advertisements sold by the
Company and DonTech. Gross advertising sales in the first quarter of 1998
increased by 116.2% over the corresponding period in the prior year, from $68.1
million in the first quarter of 1997 to $147.2 million in the first quarter of
1998. This increase is primarily due to a restructuring of the DonTech
partnership and a corresponding change in the timing of the DonTech
partnership's recognition of gross advertising sales. In the first quarter of
1997, DonTech recognized gross advertising sales when the related directories
were published. As restructured, in the first quarter of 1998 and thereafter,
DonTech recognizes gross advertising sales when a customer signs an advertising
contract. As a result of the restructured DonTech partnership arrangement, gross
advertising sales are recognized more evenly throughout the year and on an
annual basis should not be materially different than during 1997. Also, in
December 1997, Donnelley sold its East Coast proprietary yellow pages business
("P-East"). Excluding DonTech's gross advertising sales of $10.0 million in the
first quarter of 1997 and $75.6 million in the first quarter of 1998 and
P-East's gross advertising sales of $1.5 million in the first quarter of 1997,
gross advertising sales increased 26.3%, from $56.6 million in 1997 to $71.6
million in 1998. The increase is primarily due to a shift in advertising sales
in Donnelley's Bell Atlantic markets from 1997 to 1998 due to the rescheduling
of certain directories in these markets; gross advertising sales in these
markets increased by $15.1 million in the first quarter of 1998 compared to the
first quarter of 1997, from $53.4 million in 1997 to $68.5 million in 1998.
 
     Revenues are derived from commissions related to advertising sales and do
not include revenues generated by sales of advertising by the DonTech
partnership. Revenues increased from $20.2 million in the first quarter of 1997
to $24.3 million in the first quarter of 1998. Excluding P-East revenues of $0.6
million in the first quarter of 1997, revenues increased by 24.4%, from $19.6
million in the first quarter of 1997 to $24.3 million in the first quarter of
1998. This increase was primarily due to the timing shift in Donnelley's Bell
Atlantic markets discussed above, which resulted in a $3.1 million increase in
revenues in those markets, from $12.9 million in the first quarter of 1997 to
$16.0 million in the first quarter of 1998. In 1997, scheduling shifts for
certain directories in the Bell Atlantic region affected the timing of Donnelley
servicing those directories' customers and recording revenues, which resulted in
a shift of revenue into the first quarter of 1998. Publishing revenues increased
by $1.8 million, from $5.8 million in the first quarter of 1997 to $7.6 million
in the first quarter of 1998 due to revenues for publishing services which
Donnelley began providing to Yellow Book USA, L.P. in 1998.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   35
 
     Partnership income and related fees increased by $20.2 million in the first
quarter of 1998, from $5.4 million in the first quarter of 1997 to $25.6 million
in the first quarter of 1998. Donnelley receives partnership income and related
fees primarily from two sources, the CenDon partnership and the DonTech
partnership. Donnelley receives 50% of the profits generated by the CenDon
partnership. Donnelley receives a percentage share of the profits generated by
the DonTech partnership (which percentage share is 50% under the restructured
DonTech partnership arrangement) and, beginning in the third quarter of 1997,
also receives direct fees (Revenue Participation) from an affiliate of Ameritech
which are tied to advertising sales generated by the DonTech partnership. These
items are included in income from partnerships and related fees. Due to the
DonTech restructuring discussed above, Donnelley recorded $20.0 million of
partnership income and related fees from DonTech's operations in the first
quarter of 1998, compared to $1.0 million in the first quarter of 1997, an
increase of $19.0 million. Donnelley's partnership income from CenDon increased
27.3% in the first quarter of 1998, from $4.4 million in the first quarter of
1997 to $5.6 million in the first quarter of 1998 due to sales performance in
the Company's markets that was well above industry averages.
 
     Donnelley's operating and general and administrative expenses increased
from $22.5 million in the first quarter of 1997 to $24.8 million in the first
quarter of 1998. Excluding P-East operating expenses of $1.4 million in the
first quarter of 1997, these costs increased by $3.7 million, from $21.1 million
in the first quarter of 1997 to $24.8 million in the first quarter of 1998. For
interim reporting purposes, Donnelley recognizes certain expenses on a
percentage-of-advertising-sales basis. Consequently, since gross advertising
sales in Donnelley's Bell Atlantic markets increased in the first quarter of
1998 as compared to the first quarter of 1997 as discussed above, operating and
general and administrative expenses in these markets increased from $6.5 million
in the first quarter of 1997 to $10.5 million in the first quarter of 1998.
 
     Donnelley's net income before taxes in the first quarter of 1998 was $20.2
million compared to a loss of $2.3 million in the first quarter of 1997.
Excluding P-East operating results in the first quarter of 1997, net income
before taxes was a loss of $1.4 million. Prior to the DonTech restructuring
discussed above, Donnelley's operating results in the first quarter were
significantly below its operating results in other quarters due to the
relatively few directories that were published in the first quarter as compared
to other quarters. The net income increase in the first quarter of 1998 is
primarily due to the DonTech restructuring, which resulted in the significant
increase in partnership income and related fees, also discussed above. In
addition, Donnelley recorded equity earnings from the CenDon partnership of $5.6
million in the first quarter of 1998 as compared to $4.4 million in the first
quarter of 1997.
 
  Year ended December 31, 1997 Compared with Year ended December 31, 1996
 
     Gross advertising sales is the billing value of advertisements sold by the
Company. Gross advertising sales in 1997 decreased 4.3%, from $1,115.6 million
in 1996 to $1,067.2 million in 1997. In December 1997, Donnelley sold its East
Coast proprietary yellow pages business (P-East) and in May 1996, Donnelley sold
its West Coast proprietary yellow pages business ("P-West"). The decline in
gross advertising sales in 1997 was primarily due to the sale of P-East, which
accounted for gross advertising sales of $87.8 million in 1996 and $73.8 million
in 1997, and the expiration of Donnelley's contract with Cincinnati Bell during
August 1997, which led to a reduction in the related gross advertising sales
from that contract from $65.0 million in 1996 to $50.1 million in 1997. Gross
advertising sales in the Company's other markets, after adjusting for P-West's
gross advertising sales of $2.1 million in 1996, decreased by 1.8%, from $960.6
million in 1996 to $943.4 million in 1997 due to lower sales for Bell Atlantic
directories because of the rescheduling of certain directories in those markets,
which created a shift in sales from 1997 to 1998. This decline was partially
offset by gross advertising sales growth in Donnelley's Sprint markets
(primarily Las Vegas), which was well above industry average levels. DonTech's
gross advertising sales also increased by 1.3%, from $403.5 million in 1996 to
$408.6 million in 1997.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   36
 
     Revenues are derived from commissions related to advertising sales and do
not include revenues generated by sales of advertising by the DonTech
partnership. Revenues decreased from $270.0 million in 1996 to $239.9 million in
1997, primarily reflecting the sale of P-East and the expiration of Donnelley's
contract with Cincinnati Bell. Adjusted for P-East revenues of $95.1 million in
1996 and $78.0 million in 1997, P-West revenues of $2.2 million in 1996 and
Cincinnati Bell revenues of $17.1 million in 1996 and $13.1 million in 1997, the
Company's revenues declined 4.4% from $155.6 million in 1996 to $148.8 million
in 1997. Revenues were adversely affected by scheduling shifts in the
publication schedules for certain Bell Atlantic directories, which resulted in a
9.9% decrease in revenues for Donnelley in its Bell Atlantic markets, from $95.9
million in 1996 to $86.4 million in 1997. This decrease was partially offset by
a 7.7% increase in revenues in Donnelley's Sprint markets, from $37.0 million in
1996 to $39.9 million in 1997; revenue growth was especially strong in Las
Vegas, where directories are published semi-annually due to the strong economic
growth in the Las Vegas market and resulting above-average growth in yellow
pages advertising.
 
     Partnership income and related fees decreased in 1997 by 2.1%, from $132.9
million in 1996 to $130.2 million in 1997. Donnelley receives partnership income
primarily from two sources, the CenDon partnership and the DonTech partnership.
Donnelley receives 50% of the profits generated by the CenDon partnership.
Donnelley receives a percentage share of the profits generated by the DonTech
partnership (which percentage share is 50% under the restructured DonTech
partnership arrangement) and, beginning in the third quarter of 1997, also
receives direct fees (Revenue Participation) from an affiliate of Ameritech
which are tied to advertising sales generated by the DonTech partnership. These
items are included in income from partnerships and related fees. Donnelley's
income related to DonTech declined 4.3% in 1997, from $121.4 million in 1996 to
$116.2 million in 1997, primarily due to a contractual reduction in Donnelley's
share of DonTech's profits. In 1990, Donnelley accepted such contractual
reductions in its share of DonTech's profits in return for amending the DonTech
partnership agreement so that it would have no termination date, and these
contractual reductions ended in 1997. A portion of the decline was also due to
sales and production inefficiencies that arose from an unbalanced production
schedule in which the majority of the directories with which DonTech is
affiliated were published in the fourth quarter. In 1997, a two-year program was
instituted that is intended to correct the imbalance and increase the
effectiveness of DonTech's sales force and support operations. Donnelley's
partnership income from CenDon increased 25.8% in 1997 from $9.7 million in 1996
to $12.2 million in 1997 due to sales growth in CenDon's Las Vegas markets that
was well above industry averages.
 
     Donnelley's 1997 operating and general and administrative expenses
decreased by 2.7%, from $219.3 million in 1996 to $213.4 million in 1997.
Excluding operating and general and administrative expenses related to P-East
($75.1 million in 1996 and $66.2 million in 1997) and P-West ($1.9 million in
1996), these costs increased by 3.4%, from $142.3 million in 1996 to $147.2
million in 1997. The increase is primarily due to $4 million in start-up costs
that were expensed in 1997 for Donnelley's new proprietary Cincinnati
directories, which are scheduled to be published in the third quarter of 1998.
 
     Depreciation and amortization increased from $16.2 million in 1996 to $21.9
million in 1997, principally due to the first full year of depreciation and
amortization costs related to the $40 million investment made in 1995 and 1996
for the software, equipment and start-up costs of Donnelley's new publishing
center in Raleigh, North Carolina. The depreciation and amortization costs on
this investment were approximately $4 million in 1996 and approximately $9
million in 1997.
 
     Donnelley's net income before taxes for 1997 was $144.2 million compared to
$138.9 million for 1996. Excluding the gain on the sale of P-East of $9.4
million and the operating results of P-East of $11.0 million in 1997, net income
before taxes was $123.8 million in 1997. Excluding the loss on the sale of
P-West of $28.5 million and the operating results of P-East ($19.2 million) and
P-West ($0.6 million loss) in 1996, net income before taxes was $148.8 million
in 1996. The net income decline was primarily due to several factors discussed
above, including (i) the rescheduling of certain
                                       32
<PAGE>   37
 
directories in Donnelley's Bell Atlantic markets, (ii) a decrease in Donnelley's
share of partnership income from DonTech, (iii) the first full year of
amortization costs related to Donnelley's new publishing facility and (iv)
expensed start-up costs for the new proprietary Cincinnati directories.
 
  Year ended December 31, 1996 Compared with Year ended December 31, 1995
 
     Gross advertising sales in 1996 decreased 2.7% compared to the prior year,
from $1,145.9 million in 1995 to $1,115.6 million in 1996. Excluding gross
advertising sales from P-East and P-West, which declined from $133.4 million in
1995 to $89.9 million in 1996 due to the mid-year sale of P-West in 1996 and the
resulting recognition of less than a full year of advertising sales from P-West,
gross advertising sales increased 1.3% from $1,012.6 million in 1995 to $1,025.6
million in 1996. This increase was primarily due to a 9.2% increase in gross
advertising sales in Sprint markets, which was primarily driven by the high
level of economic growth in the Las Vegas market. DonTech's gross advertising
sales decreased by 1.9%, from $411.3 million in 1995 to $403.5 million in 1996,
primarily because DonTech's gross advertising sales in 1995 were benefitted by
extensions in the publishing cycles for certain of its directories.
 
     Revenues decreased from $312.9 million in 1995 to $270.0 million in 1996,
primarily due to the sale of Donnelley's P-West operations in May 1996; P-West
accounted for revenues of $45.0 million in 1995 and $2.2 million in 1996.
Excluding the revenues of P-West and P-East (which was sold in December 1997),
which were $140.1 million in 1995 and $97.3 million in 1996, Donnelley's
revenues were essentially flat with $172.8 million of revenues in 1995 and
$172.7 million in 1996. Revenue growth in Donnelley's Sprint markets was 7.2%,
from $34.5 million in 1995 to $37.0 million in 1996. This growth was partially
offset by a revenue decline of 4.2% in Donnelley's Bell Atlantic markets from
$100.1 million in 1995 to $95.9 million in 1996, which was due to the scheduling
shift, discussed above, in the publication dates of certain Bell Atlantic
directories, and a one-time contractual decrease in Donnelley's sales
commission.
 
     Partnership income decreased in 1996 by 3.1%, from $137.2 million in 1995
to $132.9 million in 1996. Donnelley's partnership income from DonTech declined
3.3% in 1996, from $125.6 million in 1995 to $121.4 million in 1996, primarily
due to the contractual decrease, discussed above, in Donnelley's share of
DonTech's profits and the benefit in 1995 from extending the publishing cycles
for certain directories. Donnelley's partnership income from CenDon was
essentially flat in 1996 compared to 1995 with $9.5 million in 1995 and $9.7
million in 1996. Donnelley's 1995 partnership income from CenDon included a
reversal of prior year excess provision accruals of $1.5 million.
 
     Donnelley's 1996 operating costs and general and administrative expenses
decreased by 6.0%, from $233.3 million in 1995 to $219.3 million in 1996.
Excluding operating and general and administrative expenses related to P-East
($73.1 million in 1995 and $75.1 million in 1996) and P-West ($43.2 million in
1995 and $1.9 million in 1996), and a one-time reversal of prior year excess
provision accruals of $19.9 million in 1995, these expenses increased from
$136.9 million in 1995 to $142.3 million in 1996 primarily due to costs
associated with shifting operations to the new Raleigh publishing center and
legal fees incurred in litigation (which has since been concluded) involving its
Illinois markets.
 
     Depreciation and amortization was essentially flat in 1996 compared to 1995
with $16.3 million in 1995 and $16.2 million in 1996.
 
     Donnelley's net income before taxes for 1996 was $138.9 million compared to
$182.8 million for 1995. Excluding the loss on the sale of P-West of $28.5
million in 1996 and the operating results of both P-East ($21.3 million in 1995
and $19.2 million in 1996) and P-West ($1.0 million in 1995 and a $0.6 million
loss in 1996), net income before taxes was $148.8 million in 1996 compared to
$160.5 million in 1995. A non-recurring charge of $17.7 million was also
recorded in 1995 related to the closing of the Terre Haute publishing facility.
After adjusting for this non-recurring charge and the $19.9 million reversal of
bad debt reserves in 1995 discussed above, net income before taxes for 1996
compared to 1995 was $148.8 million and $158.3 million, respectively. This
variance was
                                       33
<PAGE>   38
 
primarily caused by Donnelley's lower sales commission rate, discussed above, on
sales in its Bell Atlantic markets in 1996, costs associated with shifting
operations to the new Raleigh publishing center and legal fees, and the benefit
to 1995 results from extending the publishing cycles for certain DonTech
directories.
 
  Restructuring Charge
 
     In 1995, Donnelley recorded a restructuring charge of $17.7 million for the
closing of the Terre Haute publishing facility. The charge included fixed asset
write-offs, as well as severance (cash outlays were made primarily in 1996 and
1997), legal costs (cash outlays were made in 1996) and a reserve for additional
advertising claims expected to result from the conversion to the Raleigh
publishing center. Donnelley moved its publishing operations from Terre Haute,
Indiana to Raleigh, North Carolina to enhance its integrated, cost-effective
advertising sales and publishing services. It is expected that this investment
will result in improved productivity, quality and cycle times. To date,
Donnelley has been able to reduce publishing costs by approximately 30% and
publishing cycle times by approximately 50%.
 
  Income Taxes
 
     The financial statements reflect effective tax rates of Donnelley on a
separate company basis. Donnelley's effective tax rates were 40.7%, 43.8% and
41.1% in 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The increase in the rate in 1996 is
related to non-deductible capital losses related to the sale of P-West which
increased the rate by 2.8%.
 
CHANGES IN FINANCIAL POSITION AT MARCH 31, 1998 COMPARED WITH DECEMBER 31, 1997
 
     Donnelley's accounts receivable, net, decreased by $12.3 million in the
first quarter of 1998, primarily due to the collection of Bell Atlantic and
CenDon year-end receivables, which was partially offset by an increase in
receivables related to the DonTech partnership. This decrease is consistent with
prior years.
 
     Donnelley's total liabilities decreased by $10.3 million in the first
quarter of 1998, primarily due to the payment of year-end accrued liabilities
such as bonuses. This decrease is consistent with prior years.
 
CHANGES IN FINANCIAL POSITION AT DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED WITH DECEMBER 31,
1996
 
     Donnelley's accounts receivable, net, decreased $22.3 million in 1997
primarily due to the sale of P-East assets, including receivables of $61.9
million at December 31, 1996. This was off set by the recording of a receivable
for the Revenue Participation portion of the DonTech agreement ($51.6 million),
which arose due to the DonTech restructuring discussed above. In addition,
receivables also decreased due to delays in publication of certain directories
in the markets served by Bell Atlantic, which created lower revenues and lower
year-end receivables in 1997.
 
     Donnelley's total liabilities remained essentially flat at $123.6 million
in 1997 as compared to $123.0 million in 1996. A decrease of $19.5 million in
the deferred income tax liability and a decrease in liabilities as a result of
the sale of P-East were offset by a related increase in reserves in connection
with the sale.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
  Three Months ended March 31, 1998 Compared with Three Months ended March 31,
1997
 
     Cash and cash equivalents for the quarters ending March 31, 1998 and March
31, 1997 were $17,000 and $64,000, respectively. These balances reflect the
Parent Company's centralized cash management system, where historically cash
deposits were transferred to the Parent Company on a daily basis and the Parent
Company funded Donnelley's disbursement bank accounts as required.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   39
 
     Net cash provided by operations was $27.4 million in the first quarter of
1998 and $57.7 million in the first quarter of 1997, a decrease of $30.3
million. Excluding cash provided by P-East in the first quarter of 1997 of $7.4
million, cash provided by operations in the first quarter of 1998 decreased by
$22.9 million. The decrease in 1998 is primarily due to a change in the timing
of cash receipts from DonTech related to the DonTech restructuring discussed
above.
 
     Net cash used in investing activities was $2.5 million in the first quarter
of 1998, compared to $8.7 million in the first quarter of 1997. This decrease is
a result of an increased amount of capital spending, primarily on computer
equipment and furniture and fixtures, in 1997 in connection with office moves
made in late 1996.
 
     Net cash used in financing activities represents cash transferred to the
Parent Company throughout the quarter. As stated above, historically all cash
deposits have been transferred to the Parent Company on a daily basis and the
Parent Company has funded Donnelley's disbursement bank accounts as required.
The net amounts transferred to the Parent Company were $24.9 million in the
first quarter of 1998 and $49.0 million in the first quarter of 1997. The
increased transfer in 1997 is primarily due to higher amounts of cash received
from the DonTech and CenDon partnerships and from P-East receivables.
 
  Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995
 
     Cash and cash equivalents for the years ended 1995, 1996 and 1997 were $1.4
million, $60,000 and $32,000, respectively. These balances reflect the Parent
Company's centralized cash management system, where historically cash deposits
were transferred to the Parent Company on a daily basis and the Parent Company
funded Donnelley's disbursement bank accounts as required. The 1995 balance
reflects certain marketable securities held by Donnelley.
 
     Net cash provided by operations was $136.6 million, $100.5 million and
$99.7 million in 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. In 1997, Donnelley received
cash from its partnerships in excess of the related income that was recorded;
consequently, investments in partnerships decreased in 1997. Investments in
partnerships also declined in 1997 due to the DonTech restructuring discussed
above, as the Revenue Participation portion of DonTech-related income is
recorded in accounts receivable, as compared to 1996 and 1995 when all
DonTech-related income was recorded as a component of investments in
partnerships. The investment in partnerships account will increase or decrease
in the future depending on the operating results of DonTech and CenDon and the
related amounts of cash disbursements that Donnelley receives. After the
Distribution, Donnelley has approximately $50 million of unused capacity
available under the Revolving Facility, which will be used as necessary to off
set any fluctuations in liquidity caused by the timing of cash receipts from
DonTech and CenDon. The decrease from 1995 to 1996 was due to an increase of
accounts payable in 1995.
 
     Net cash provided from investing activities in 1997 was $105.7 million,
which was primarily derived from the sale of the P-East business for $122.0
million in cash. Net cash used in investing activities in 1995 and 1996 was
$43.0 million and $16.5 million, respectively. In both years there was an
increased amount of capital spending on property and equipment and computer
software.
 
     The majority of capital spending for Donnelley is computer hardware,
software and upgrades for its production and operating systems. Capital spending
excluding computer software in 1995, 1996 and 1997 was $19.3 million, $16.0
million and $9.1 million, respectively. Computer software spending for those
years was $23.7 million, $21.9 million and $7.2 million, respectively. The
increased spending in 1995 and 1996 is due to the investment Donnelley has made
in its new publishing facility in Raleigh, North Carolina, which totaled
approximately $23 million in 1995 and approximately $18 million in 1996. Net of
the Raleigh investment, capital and computer software spending in 1995, 1996 and
1997 was $20.0 million, $19.9 million and $16.3 million, respectively.
Currently, Donnelley has no material commitments for capital expenditures.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   40
 
     Net cash used in financing activities represents cash transferred to the
Parent Company throughout the year. As stated above, all cash deposits were
transferred to the Parent Company on a daily basis and the Parent Company funded
Donnelley's disbursement bank accounts as required. The net amounts transferred
to the Parent Company were $92.1 million, $85.4 million and $205.4 million in
1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The 1997 transfer includes the proceeds
received from the sale of P-East.
 
     In connection with the Distribution, Donnelley issued the Notes and
borrowed approximately $350 million under the New Credit Facility. The net
proceeds of the Offering and the borrowings under the New Credit Facility were
dividended to the Parent Company to be used (i) to repay indebtedness of the
Parent Company, primarily commercial paper, (ii) to pay costs and expenses
related to the Distribution and (iii) to repay indebtedness of the Parent
Company to subsidiaries of New D&B. This approximately $500 million of debt is
an obligation of Donnelley after the Distribution. As of March 31, 1998, after
giving pro forma effect to the indebtedness described above and the application
of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, Donnelley has approximately $500
million of indebtedness and a shareholder's deficit of approximately $244
million. The projected future interest expense, after tax, on the $500 million
of debt will result initially in a reduction to net income of approximately $25
million per year. Donnelley has $50 million of unused capacity available under
the Revolving Facility portion of the New Credit Facility. Loans obtained under
the New Credit Facility mature in the amounts of $2.25 million, $6.0 million,
$13.5 million, $17.25 million, $21.0 million, $28.5 million, $38.5 million,
$81.0 million and $92.0 million in the first through ninth years, respectively,
of the New Credit Facility. See "Description of New Credit Facility". Donnelley
believes, based on current circumstances, that Donnelley's cash flow, together
with available credit capacity under the New Credit Facility, will be sufficient
to permit Donnelley to meet its operating expenses and capital expenditures and
to service its debt requirements as they become due for the foreseeable future.
 
ADOPTION OF STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting
Comprehensive Income" ("SFAS No. 130"), which establishes standards for
reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components in a full set
of general-purpose financial statements. Donnelley adopted the statement in
1998. The adoption of SFAS No. 130 will have no impact on Donnelley's results of
operations, financial position and cash flows.
 
     Also in June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" ("SFAS No. 131"), which
revises disclosure requirements about operating segments and establishes
standards for related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas
and major customers. SFAS No. 131 requires that public business enterprises
report financial and descriptive information about their reportable operating
segments. The statement will be adopted by Donnelley effective December 31, 1998
and will require restatement of prior years. Donnelley is in the process of
evaluating the disclosure requirements. The adoption of SFAS No. 131 will have
no impact on Donnelley's results of operations, financial position or cash
flows.
 
     In February 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132, "Employers' Disclosures
about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits" ("SFAS No. 132"). SFAS No. 132
revises employers' disclosures about pension and other postretirement benefit
plans. SFAS No. 132 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
1997. Restatement of disclosures for earlier periods provided for comparative
purposes is required unless the information is not readily available, in which
case the notes to the financial statements should include all available
information and a description of the information not available. Donnelley is in
the process of evaluating the disclosure requirements. The adoption of SFAS No.
132 will have no impact on Donnelley's results of operations, financial position
or cash flows.
                                       36
<PAGE>   41
 
     In June, 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS No. 133"), which establishes
accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain
derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities.
SFAS No. 133 is effective for all fiscal quarters of all fiscal years beginning
after June 15, 1999. Restatement of prior period financials are not required.
Donnelley is in the process of evaluating the effect this statement will have on
its financial statements and footnote disclosures.
 
YEAR 2000
 
     The Year 2000 problem is the result of computer programs being written
using two digits rather than four to define the applicable year. Computer
programs that have date-sensitive software may recognize a date using "00" as
the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This could result in a system failure
or miscalculations causing disruptions of operations, including, among other
things, a temporary inability to process transactions.
 
     As part of its Year 2000 compliance program, many of Donnelley's currently
installed computer systems and software products have been tested for Year 2000
problems and Donnelley anticipates that these computer systems and software
products will be fully Year 2000 compliant. Also, Donnelley is requesting
assurances from all software vendors from which it has purchased or licensed or
from which it may purchase or license software that such software will correctly
process all date information at all times. Through continued modifications to
existing software and conversions to new software, Donnelley believes that it
will be able to mitigate its exposure to the Year 2000 problem before 2000.
However, if continued modifications and conversions are not made, or are not
timely completed, the Year 2000 problem could have a material adverse effect on
Donnelley's operating results and financial condition.
 
     Donnelley plans to have its Year 2000 compliance program substantially
completed by the end of 1998. In 1997, Donnelley spent approximately $0.5
million addressing the Year 2000 problem and has budgeted expenditures of
approximately $4.4 million for 1998 and approximately $0.3 million for 1999.
These costs will be funded through cash flows from operations.
 
     In addition, it is possible that certain computer systems or software
products with which Donnelley's computer systems, software, databases or other
technology interface or are integrated or those of third parties with which
Donnelley maintains business relationships may not accept input of, store,
manipulate and output dates in the year 2000 or thereafter without error or
interruption. Donnelley has conducted a review of its computer systems to
attempt to identify ways in which its systems could be affected by interface- or
integration-related or third-party problems in correctly processing date
information. Donnelley is also querying applicable third parties with which it
maintains business relationships as to their progress in identifying and
addressing their Year 2000 problems. However, there can be no assurance that
Donnelley will identify all interface- or integration-related or third-party
date-handling problems in advance of their occurrence, or that Donnelley will be
able to successfully remedy problems that are discovered. The expenses of
Donnelley's efforts to identify and address such problems, or the expenses or
liabilities to which Donnelley may become subject as a result of such problems,
could have a material adverse effect on its operating results and financial
condition.
 
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER; PERIOD FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES
 
     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus
and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the
Exchange Offer), the Company will accept for exchange Old Notes which are
properly tendered on or prior to the Expiration Date and not withdrawn as
permitted below. As used herein, the term "Expiration Date" means 5:00 p.m., New
York City time, on [            ], 1998; provided, however, that if the Company,
in its sole discretion,
                                       37
<PAGE>   42
 
has extended the period of time for which the Exchange Offer is open, the term
"Expiration Date" means the latest time and date to which the Exchange Offer is
extended.
 
     As of the date of this Prospectus, $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount
at maturity of the Old Notes was outstanding. This Prospectus, together with the
Letter of Transmittal, is first being sent on or about the date set forth on the
cover page to all holders of Old Notes at the addresses set forth in the
security register with respect to Old Notes maintained by the Trustee (as
defined in "Description of the Notes"). The Company's obligations to accept Old
Notes for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer is subject to certain
conditions as set forth under "Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below.
 
     The Company expressly reserves the right, at any time or from time to time,
to extend the period of time during which the Exchange Offer is open, and
thereby delay acceptance of any Old Notes, by giving oral or written notice of
such extension to the Exchange Agent and notice of such extension to the holders
as described below. During any such extension, all Old Notes previously tendered
will remain subject to the Exchange Offer and may be accepted for exchange by
the Company. Any Old Notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be
returned without expense to the tendering holder thereof as promptly as
practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.
 
     The Company expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the Exchange
Offer, and not to accept for exchange any Old Notes not theretofore accepted for
exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the Exchange Offer
specified below under "Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer." The Company
will give oral or written notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or
termination to the holders of the Old Notes as promptly as practicable, such
notice in the case of any extension to be issued by means of a press release or
other public announcement no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the
next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.
 
     Holders of Old Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or under the Indenture in
connection with the Exchange Offer. The Company intends to conduct the Exchange
Offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and the rules and regulations of
the Commission thereunder.
 
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES
 
     The tender to the Company of Old Notes by a holder thereof as set forth
below and the acceptance thereof by the Company will constitute a binding
agreement between the tendering holder and the Company upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and in the accompanying
Letter of Transmittal. Except as set forth below, a holder who wishes to tender
Old Notes for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer must transmit a properly
completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal, including all other documents
required by such Letter of Transmittal, to The Bank of New York (the "Exchange
Agent") at one of the addresses set forth below under "Exchange Agent" on or
prior to the Expiration Date. In addition, (i) a timely confirmation of a
book-entry transfer (a "Book-Entry Confirmation") of such Old Notes, if such
procedure is available, into the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository
Trust Company (the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility") pursuant to the procedure for
book-entry transfer described below, must be received by the Exchange Agent
prior to the Expiration Date, (ii) certificates for such Old Notes must be
received by the Exchange Agent along with the Letter of Transmittal or (iii) the
holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below. THE
METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES, LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED
DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE HOLDERS. IF SUCH DELIVERY IS BY
MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT REGISTERED MAIL, PROPERLY INSURED, WITH RETURN
RECEIPT REQUESTED, BE USED. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO
ASSURE
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   43
 
TIMELY DELIVERY. NO LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL OR OLD NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE
COMPANY.
 
     Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, must be guaranteed unless the Old Notes surrendered for exchange
pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder of the Old Notes who
has not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special
Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of
an Eligible Institution (as defined below). In the event that signatures on a
Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are
required to be guaranteed, such guarantees must be by a firm which is a member
of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or by a commercial bank or trust company
having an office or correspondent in the United States (collectively, "Eligible
Institutions"). If Old Notes are registered in the name of a person other than
the person signing the Letter of Transmittal, the Old Notes surrendered for
exchange must be endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or
instruments of transfer or exchange, in satisfactory form as determined by the
Company in its sole discretion, duly executed by the registered holder with the
signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
 
     All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt) and acceptance of Old Notes tendered for exchange will be determined by
the Company in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and
binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders
of any particular Old Notes not properly tendered or to not accept any
particular Old Notes which acceptance might, in the judgment of the Company or
its counsel, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the absolute right in its
sole discretion to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the
Exchange Offer as to any particular Old Notes either before or after the
Expiration Date (including the right to waive the ineligibility of any holder
who seeks to tender Old Notes in the Exchange Offer). The interpretation of the
terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer as to any particular Old Notes either
before or after the Expiration Date (including the Letter of Transmittal and the
instructions thereto) by the Company shall be final and binding on all parties.
Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with the tenders of
Old Notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as
the Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any
other person shall be under any duty to give notification of any defect or
irregularity with respect to any tender of Old Notes for exchange, nor shall any
of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.
 
     If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person or persons other than
the registered holder or holders of Old Notes, such Old Notes must be endorsed
or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney, in either case signed exactly
as the name or names of the registered holder or holders that appear on the Old
Notes.
 
     If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes or powers of attorney are
signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact,
officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, such person should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the
Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of its authority to so act
must be submitted.
 
     By tendering, each holder will represent to the Company that, among other
things, (i) the Exchange Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being
acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such
Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the holder, (ii) neither the
holder nor any such other person has an arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes, (iii) if the
holder is not a broker-dealer, or is a broker-dealer but will not receive
Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, neither the holder
nor any such other person is engaged in or intends to participate in the
distribution of such Exchange Notes and (iv) neither the holder nor any such
other person is an "affiliate", as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act,
of the Company. If the exchange offeree
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   44
 
is a broker-dealer holding Old Notes acquired for its own account as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities, it will be required to
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
Exchange Notes received in exchange for such Old Notes.
 
ACCEPTANCE OF OLD NOTES FOR EXCHANGE; DELIVERY OF EXCHANGE NOTES
 
     Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the Exchange Offer,
the Company will accept, promptly after the Expiration Date, all Old Notes
properly tendered and will issue the Exchange Notes promptly after acceptance of
the Old Notes. See "-- Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below. For
purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to have accepted
properly tendered Old Notes for exchange when, as and if the Company has given
oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent.
 
     In all cases, issuance of Exchange Notes for Old Notes that are accepted
for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely
receipt by the Exchange Agent of certificates for such Old Notes or a timely
Book-Entry Confirmation of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at
the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures
described below, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal
and all other required documents. If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for
any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer or if
certificates representing Old Notes are submitted for a greater principal amount
than the holder desires to exchange, such unaccepted or non-exchanged Old Notes
will be returned without expense to the tendering holder thereof (or, in the
case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's
account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer
procedures described below, such non-exchanged Old Notes will be credited to an
account maintained with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility) as promptly as
practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.
 
INTEREST ON THE EXCHANGE NOTES
 
     Cash interest on the Notes will accrue at the rate of 9 1/8% per annum and
will be payable in cash semi-annually on each June 1 and December 1, commencing
on December 1, 1998. No interest will have accrued on the Old Notes on the date
of the exchange for the Exchange Notes and therefore no interest will be paid
thereon to the holders.
 
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
 
     The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish an account with respect
to the Old Notes at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility for purposes of the
Exchange Offer promptly after the date of this Prospectus. Any financial
institution that is a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's systems
may make book-entry delivery of Notes by causing the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility to transfer such Notes into the Exchange Agent's account in accordance
with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's Automated Tender Offer Program ("ATOP")
procedures for transfer. However, the exchange for the Notes so tendered will
only be made after timely confirmation of such book-entry transfer of Notes into
the Exchange Agent's account, and timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of an
Agent's Message (as such term is defined in the next sentence) and any other
documents required by the Letter of Transmittal. The term "Agent's Message"
means a message, transmitted by the Book-Entry Transfer Facility and received by
the Exchange Agent and forming a part of a Book-Entry Confirmation, which states
that the Book-Entry Transfer Facility has received an express acknowledgment
from a participant tendering Notes that are the subject of such Book-Entry
Confirmation that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the
terms of the Letter of Transmittal, and that the Company may enforce such
agreement against such participant.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   45
 
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
 
     If a registered holder of the Old Notes desires to tender such Old Notes
and the Old Notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit such
holder's Old Notes or other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent
before the Expiration Date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be
completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if (i) the tender is made
through an Eligible Institution, (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange
Agent receives from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly
executed Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Company (by telegram, telex,
facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name and
address of the holder of Old Notes and the amount of Old Notes tendered, stating
that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within five New York
Stock Exchange ("NYSE") trading days after the date of execution of the Notice
of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates of all physically tendered Old Notes,
in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be,
and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal will be deposited
by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent, and (iii) the certificates
for all physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a
Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by
the Letter of Transmittal, are received by the Exchange Agent within five NYSE
trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS
 
     Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration
Date.
 
     For a withdrawal to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal must be
received by the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses set forth below under
"Exchange Agent." Any such notice of withdrawal must specify the name of the
person having tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn, identify the Old Notes to
be withdrawn (including the principal amount of such Old Notes), and (where
certificates for Old Notes have been transmitted) specify the name in which such
Old Notes are registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder. If
certificates for Old Notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the
Exchange Agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, the withdrawing
holder must also submit the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be
withdrawn and a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an
Eligible Institution unless such holder is an Eligible Institution. If Old Notes
have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described
above, any note of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at
the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be credited with the withdrawn Old Notes and
otherwise comply with the procedures of such facility. All questions as to the
validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will
be determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding on
all parties. Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly
tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Old Notes which
have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will
be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder (or, in the case
of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account
at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer
procedures described above, such Old Notes will be credited to an account
maintained with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility for the Old Notes) as soon as
practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange
Offer. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following one of the
procedures described under "-- Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" above at any
time on or prior to the Expiration Date.
 
CERTAIN CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Exchange Offer, the Company
shall not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue Exchange Notes in
exchange for, any Old Notes and may terminate or amend the Exchange Offer if, at
any time before the acceptance of such Old Notes for
                                       41
<PAGE>   46
 
exchange or the exchange of the Exchange Notes for such Old Notes, such
acceptance or issuance would violate applicable law or any interpretation of the
staff of the Commission.
 
     The foregoing condition is for the sole benefit of the Company and may be
asserted by the Company regardless of the circumstances giving rise to such
condition or may be waived by the Company in whole or in part at any time and
from time to time in its sole discretion. The failure by the Company at any time
to exercise the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any such right
and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at
any time and from time to time.
 
     In addition, the Company will not accept for exchange any Old Notes
tendered, and no Exchange Notes will be issued in exchange for any such Old
Notes, if at such time any stop order shall be threatened or in effect with
respect to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus constitutes a
part or the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of
1939, as amended (the "TIA").
 
EXCHANGE AGENT
 
     The Bank of New York has been appointed as the Exchange Agent for the
Exchange Offer. All executed Letters of Transmittal should be directed to the
Exchange Agent at one of the addresses set forth below. Questions and requests
for assistance, requests for additional copies of this Prospectus or of the
Letter of Transmittal and requests for Notices of Guaranteed Delivery should be
directed to the Exchange Agent, addressed as follows:
                                  Deliver To:
                      The Bank of New York, Exchange Agent
                              By Mail or By Hand:
 
                                   Attention:
                                 By Facsimile:
                             Confirm by Telephone:
 
     DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF
INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A
VALID DELIVERY.
 
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
     The principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional
solicitation may be made by telegraph, telephone or in person by officers and
regular employees of the Company and its affiliates. No additional compensation
will be paid to any such officers and employees who engage in soliciting
tenders. The Company will not make any payment to brokers, dealers, or others
soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Company, however, will pay the
Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse
it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith.
 
     The estimated cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange
Offer will be paid by the Company and are estimated in the aggregate to be
$[          ].
 
TRANSFER TAXES
 
     Holders who tender their Old Notes for exchange will not be obligated to
pay any transfer taxes in connection therewith, except that holders who instruct
the Company to register Exchange Notes in the name of, or request that Old Notes
not tendered or not accepted in the Exchange Offer be returned to, a person
other than the registered tendering holder will be responsible for the payment
of any applicable transfer tax thereon.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   47
 
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE
 
     Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange their Old Notes for Exchange Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions
on transfer of such Old Notes as set forth in the legend thereon. In general,
the Old Notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities
Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to,
the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. The Company does not
intend to register the Old Notes under the Securities Act. The Company believes
that, based upon interpretations contained in letters issued to third parties by
the staff of the Commission, Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange
Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise
transferred by each holder thereof (other than a broker-dealer, as set forth
below, and any such holder which is an "affiliate" of the Company within the
meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the
registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act provided
that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holder's
business and such holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes. If any holder has any
arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange
Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder (i) could not
rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission and (ii)
must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. Each broker-dealer
that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Notes. See "Plan of Distribution." In addition, to comply with the
securities laws of certain jurisdictions, if applicable, the Exchange Notes may
not be offered or sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in
such jurisdiction or an exemption from registration or qualification is
available and is complied with. The Company does not currently intend to take
any action to register or qualify the Exchange Notes for resale in any such
jurisdictions.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   48
 
                                    BUSINESS
 
THE COMPANY
 
     The Company is the largest independent marketer of yellow pages advertising
in the United States. The Company sold over $1 billion of advertising in 1997
and is the leader in all of its major markets. Donnelley is also a leading
provider of pre-press publishing services for yellow pages directories
(including a majority of the directories for which it sells advertising). In
operation since 1886, the Company provides services to over 300 directories,
including providing advertising sales for over 270 directories in 13 states
which collectively had a total circulation of approximately 30 million in 1997.
The Company has a diversified customer base of approximately 500,000 businesses,
many of which rely on yellow pages directories as their principal or sole form
of advertising. Over the past three years, the Company achieved average
advertising sales renewal rates ranging from 100% to 90% in its major markets.
 
     Donnelley is strategically aligned on a long-term basis with the
established, leading telephone service provider (the incumbent telephone
company) in each of its major markets, which include Illinois (including
Chicago), New York State (including New York City), Nevada (primarily Las Vegas)
and Florida (including Tallahassee and Orlando). The Company provides yellow
pages advertising marketing and sales in these markets through long-term
contractual agreements with subsidiaries of these incumbent telephone companies,
which are Ameritech, Bell Atlantic and Sprint. Donnelley has the DonTech
partnership with no expiration date with a subsidiary of Ameritech and long-term
contracts with subsidiaries of Sprint and Bell Atlantic which extend through
2004 and 2005, respectively. These relationships allow the incumbent telephone
companies to gain the benefits of Donnelley's long-term presence in its markets,
yellow pages marketing and publishing expertise, established infrastructure and
performance-focused, non-union sales force. The Company benefits from its
relationship with the incumbent telephone company's yellow pages directories,
which are the leading directories in terms of numbers of advertisers,
utilization and distribution in the majority of the Company's markets.
 
     Management believes that Donnelley's competitive strengths and business
strategy position it to take advantage of significant business opportunities and
anticipated industry trends, including (i) opportunities for yellow pages
advertising sales growth within the Company's existing markets, (ii) the
potential outsourcing of yellow pages operations by local telephone companies
(including those companies with which Donnelley is currently affiliated) in new
markets and (iii) the increasing use of the yellow pages sales channel across
other advertising media (such as yellow pages advertising on cable television
and the Internet).
 
     Management has completed several actions that it believes will position the
Company for these future growth opportunities and improve earnings stability,
including the completion of Donnelley's new publishing center in Raleigh, North
Carolina and the restructuring of the DonTech relationship with Ameritech and
the rescheduling of related directories. In addition, Donnelley sold the
majority of its proprietary yellow pages operations as part of its primary
objective of focusing on long-term alliances with major telephone service
providers. In December 1997, Donnelley sold for $122 million its East Coast
proprietary yellow pages operations, which included 34 directories in certain
mid-Atlantic states. In May 1996, Donnelley sold for $22 million its West Coast
proprietary yellow pages operations, which included 18 directories in southern
California.
 
     Donnelley's principal executive offices are located at One Manhattanville
Road, Purchase, NY 10577 and its telephone number is (914) 933-6400.
 
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
 
     Donnelley believes that it has been able to maintain long-term telephone
company relationships through the quality of its sales force and marketing
techniques and its advanced technology and product innovation. Based on these
attributes and its extensive yellow pages expertise, Donnelley
                                       44
<PAGE>   49
 
has been able to successfully manage significant strategic relationships with
incumbent telephone companies and complex systems integration issues inherent in
its business. Donnelley believes that it has a strong competitive advantage in
each of its markets primarily due to the following:
 
     Largest Independent Marketer of Yellow Pages Advertising.  In 1997, the
Company sold over $1 billion of yellow pages advertising, accounting for
approximately 9% of the $11.4 billion of yellow pages advertising sold in the
U.S. All other independent marketers of yellow pages advertising combined
accounted for only 7% of total U.S. yellow pages advertising sales. Donnelley's
market leadership position, scale of operations and long-standing relationships
with incumbent telephone companies uniquely position it to capitalize on future
growth opportunities by expanding its current relationships into new markets,
developing new relationships and capturing potential yellow pages outsourcing
opportunities.
 
     High Rates of Advertising Sales Renewal.  The Company has achieved high and
stable advertising sales renewal rates, with three-year averages of
approximately 91% overall, including 92% in Chicago, 90% in New York City, 100%
in Las Vegas and 90% in Orlando. For many businesses, yellow pages directory
advertising is their principal or sole form of advertising due to its relatively
low cost, widespread distribution, lasting presence and high consumer usage.
These positive features are especially present in an incumbent telephone
company's directories, which are frequently a company's first choice for
advertising. Donnelley is affiliated with the incumbent local telephone company
in each of its major markets.
 
     Leading Directory Market Shares.  In each of the Company's major markets,
the directory with which the Company is affiliated has a commanding market
share, based on directory usage. These markets include Chicago (with a 98%
market share in 1996, the latest date for which data is available), New York
City (97% in 1997) and Las Vegas (95%), as well as Donnelley's markets in New
York State (90%) and other regions. Management believes that these directories
will continue to enjoy a leading market share because of their affiliation with
incumbent telephone companies and high-quality, and the Company's established
relationships with advertisers and economies of scale. Management also believes
that these directories are utilized more than any other directories by both
residential and business consumers in its major markets.
 
     Stable Underlying Business Fundamentals.  Donnelley's advertising sales and
profitability are derived primarily from yellow pages advertising sales pursuant
to long-term contractual relationships with subsidiaries of several of the
country's largest local telephone service providers. Its relationships with
Ameritech, Bell Atlantic and Sprint began in 1908, 1909 and 1980, respectively.
Furthermore, the Company's business is characterized by a high level of
recurring advertising sales, leading market share positions and the geographic
and industry diversification of its over 500,000 advertisers. Management
believes that these underlying business fundamentals, in combination with
Donnelley's predictable cost structure and capital expenditure requirements,
provide Donnelley with a solid base from which to grow.
 
     Experienced Management Team.  Donnelley has assembled a strong and
experienced management team at both the corporate and operating levels.
Donnelley's management is responsible for the Company's long-term relationships
with incumbent telephone companies and its market leadership position. In
addition, Donnelley's account managers average over 12 years of experience in
the yellow pages industry.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
     The Company has identified its major sources of potential growth and has
developed a business strategy to capitalize on these opportunities. Principal
elements of the Company's business strategy include:
 
     Grow the Core Business in Existing Markets.  The Company has developed
specialized sales and marketing techniques and infrastructure in order to
increase advertising sales. The Company
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   50
 
leverages sophisticated information systems, access to the local telephone
company's extensive telephone subscriber databases and its experienced sales
management team in order to (i) better identify, segment and prioritize
profitable sales opportunities, (ii) ensure continuity with existing customers,
(iii) identify the most cost-effective customer contact method (e.g., mail,
telephone or on-site visits) and (iv) assign industry specialists, who offer
customized products and services, to certain high-potential accounts.
Furthermore, the Company attempts to increase advertisements and revenue per
customer by (i) encouraging the use of larger advertisements, specialized type
face and other graphic features, including color, (ii) increasing the number of
headings in directories and (iii) providing advertising sales for regional,
neighborhood, bilingual and foreign language directories that complement
directories with greater geographic coverage.
 
     Capture Potential Outsourcing Opportunities in New Markets.  Management
anticipates that local telephone service providers, which accounted for 84% of
total U.S. yellow pages advertising sales in 1997, will outsource an increasing
amount of their non-core business, including yellow pages advertising sales and
publishing. Management believes that Donnelley is well positioned to leverage
certain of its existing strategic relationships into new markets and to capture
other potential outsourcing opportunities due to (i) Donnelley's extensive
experience and proven track record of success, (ii) its ability to provide a
cost-effective, integrated yellow pages advertising and publishing solution and
(iii) its neutral position as a non-competitor to local telephone service
providers. In addition, in May 1998 Donnelley became the exclusive advertising
sales agent, beginning with directories published in 1999, for Bell Atlantic's
26 yellow pages directories in the greater Buffalo area, which were previously
outsourced by Bell Atlantic to another third-party marketer.
 
     Leverage Existing Account Relationships to New Advertising Media.  The
Company's strategy is to provide its small to medium-sized advertisers with an
integrated solution to their advertising needs. For many of these businesses,
printed yellow pages advertising historically has been their principal form of
advertising, and in recent years an increasing number have been seeking to
expand their advertising programs. Donnelley began selling yellow pages-style
advertising for airing on cable television stations in 1995 and for placement on
the Internet in late 1996, and management believes that it has the opportunity
to expand its core business and cross-sell these growing advertising media to
its current customer base. In addition, certain local telephone companies have
expressed an interest in using Donnelley's established yellow pages sales
channels to market their telecommunications products and services in the
current, more competitive local telephone market.
 
     Capitalize on New Technology and Established Infrastructure.  In mid-1997,
Donnelley completed its $40 million publishing center in Raleigh, North
Carolina. Donnelley believes that this investment and its established
infrastructure are critical to marketing its yellow pages advertising sales and
publishing services to potential outsourcers. The new publishing center has
enabled Donnelley to reduce publishing costs by approximately 30% and publishing
cycle times by approximately 50%. The publishing center utilizes
state-of-the-art digital technology to support the entire yellow pages
advertising sales and publishing process on an integrated basis. Other
significant yellow pages publishers (primarily telephone service providers) are
making similar investments, but management believes that these publishers are at
varying stages in the conversion process which Donnelley has already completed.
Management also believes that smaller yellow pages publishers may decide not to
undertake such a significant investment program.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
     The U.S. yellow pages advertising industry generated sales of approximately
$11.4 billion in 1997, with a total circulation for all yellow pages directories
of 489 million. Total advertising sales have increased steadily throughout the
nineties. Over the past five calendar years, yellow pages advertising sales in
the U.S. increased at a compound annual growth rate of 4.1%. Despite a decrease
in the number of U.S. yellow pages publishers from 298 in 1996 to 275 in 1997
due to consolidation in the industry, the number of directories printed
increased by 2.7%.
                                       46
<PAGE>   51
 
     Yellow pages advertising is considered to be "directional" advertising, as
it is frequently used by consumers who are ready to purchase a product or
service. Industry sources estimate that over 80% of consumers who contact a
merchant after referring to a yellow pages directory intend to make a purchase
and approximately 60% actually do. These sources also estimate that a yellow
pages directory is present in 97% of all U.S. households, and that adults refer
to a yellow pages directory an average of 1.8 times weekly. Yellow pages
directories are easily accessible to consumers, with directories distributed to
every home and business that maintains a telephone.
 
     Yellow pages advertising is the preferred form of advertising for many
businesses and service organizations due to its relatively low cost, broad
demographic and geographic distribution, enduring presence and high consumer
usage rates. While overall advertising tends to track an economy's business
cycle, yellow pages advertising tends to be more stable and does not fluctuate
widely with economic cycles due to its frequent use by small to medium-sized
businesses, often as their principal or sole form of advertising. Yellow pages
advertising also often comprises an integral part of the local advertising
strategy for larger national companies operating at the local level. Yellow
pages advertisers have a strong incentive to increase the size of and renew
their advertisements because advertisements are placed within each heading of a
directory based first on size and then on seniority.
 
     Yellow pages directory advertising competes with all other forms of media
advertising, including television, radio, newspapers and direct mail. Sales from
all forms of advertising in the U.S. rose 6.3% to $186.7 billion in 1997, and
all categories of major media, including yellow pages, posted gains in
advertising sales. The yellow pages' share of the overall U.S. advertising
market remained steady at 6.1% in 1997 and its share of overall U.S. local
advertising sales remained relatively constant at 12.6% in 1997 compared with
12.8% in 1996.
 
     The yellow pages directory business tends to be concentrated among a few
directory publishers. The eight leading yellow pages publishers (all of which
are telephone companies and with three of which Donnelley maintains strategic
relationships) had total U.S. directory-related advertising sales of $10.4
billion in 1997 (including advertising sales attributable to the Company), up
from $9.8 billion in 1996. The limited number of yellow pages publishers
reflects the high start-up costs (e.g., marketing, sales, printing, distribution
and database) associated with producing a new directory and the substantial
infrastructure required to maintain a directory. The independent publisher
segment of the yellow pages industry (publishers that are not affiliated with
any telephone company) is highly fragmented and comprises only a small portion
of the total market for yellow pages advertising sales in the U.S. Independent
publishers' share of that market was 6.8% in 1997, compared to 6.4% in 1996.
 
     In 1997, yellow pages publishers continued to embrace the Internet as a
publishing platform. Most yellow pages publishers, including those with which
Donnelley maintains strategic relationships, have launched either a national or
regional directory.
 
DIRECTORY PRODUCTS
 
     Donnelley's yellow pages advertising sales and publishing activities
principally relate to consumer, business-to-business, neighborhood, foreign
language and bilingual directories. The directories with which the Company is
affiliated are designed to meet the informational needs of consumers and the
advertising needs of local, regional and national businesses. These directories
typically consist of a listing of businesses by various headings along with
advertisements, as well as sections providing community reference information,
including a map of the local area, emergency and governmental telephone numbers
and information regarding area activities and attractions. This additional
information enhances the directory's value as a consumer resource.
 
     Although Donnelley's focus is primarily on printed directories, it has
begun selling yellow pages-based advertising for new media, including cable
television (in 1995) and the Internet (in 1996). While management believes that
paper-based directory products will account for a significant
                                       47
<PAGE>   52
 
majority of Donnelley's revenues for the foreseeable future, Donnelley has made
modest commitments related to the growing electronic commerce market. In
addition, DonTech has an agreement to serve as Ameritech's exclusive local
advertising sales agent if Ameritech begins a yellow pages Internet directory in
Illinois or northwest Indiana.
 
     Advertising space is sold throughout a directory, including in column and
display forms in the yellow pages, on color tab inserts, and via promotional
coupons and image advertisements on the back and inside covers. The Company
offers its customers a full range of customized artwork and enhanced features,
including full-color advertisements, which allows the Company to create
customized advertising programs that meet its customers' specific needs.
 
     The directories with which the Company is affiliated are an efficient
source of information for consumers. With over 2,000 headings on average, these
directories are both comprehensive and conveniently organized. Management
believes that the completeness and accuracy of the data in these directories is
essential to consumer acceptance. Management believes that these directories
benefit in this regard from the Company's strategic relationships with incumbent
telephone companies, since the Company is assured of receiving updated telephone
account information from these telephone companies prior to the publication of
directories.
 
ADVERTISING SALES AND MARKETING
 
     Yellow pages advertising is a direct sales business which requires both
servicing existing accounts and developing new customers. Donnelley has direct
overall sales responsibility for directories in its Bell Atlantic and Sprint
markets and participates in setting sales strategy for DonTech and evaluating
its results. The incumbent telephone companies with which Donnelley maintains a
strategic relationship typically include billing for yellow pages advertising as
part of a customer's telephone bill, which management believes has historically
benefitted the Company by resulting in lower bad debt expenses related to yellow
pages advertising at these telephone companies than is experienced by
independent yellow pages publishers.
 
     Donnelley's sophisticated information systems and access to the local
telephone company's extensive telephone subscriber databases are critical to
maintaining and expanding its advertising sales. New listing updates from these
telephone subscriber databases are loaded into Donnelley's information systems
in order to identify and segment potentially profitable new advertising sales
opportunities, based on an analysis of these accounts' business and potential
advertising programs. For existing accounts, the linkage of these telephone
subscriber databases with Donnelley's information systems facilitates the
development of customer-specific sales strategies in current and future sales
campaigns as well as customer billing by the local telephone company.
 
     The Company's multi-tiered sales force and different customer contact
methods reflect its focus on segmenting and prioritizing yellow pages
advertising sales opportunities. The Company's advertising sales activities are
comprised of the following four tiers: (i) direct mail and telemarketing for
broad-based lead generation, coverage of small advertisers and order
confirmation, (ii) telephone sales by commissioned representatives who contact
small and medium-sized advertisers which require minimal ongoing account
maintenance, (iii) on-site visits by sales personnel who cover medium and large
existing and potential customers within specified geographic regions and (iv)
extensive coverage of major accounts by senior account executives.
 
     Donnelley's sales force also includes industry specialists (who cover
certain potentially high-return accounts and offer customized products and
services for certain industries, such as health care) as well as bilingual sales
representatives who cover Bell Atlantic's foreign language and bilingual
directories in New York City. Generally, the Company's sales management
emphasizes sales person continuity in the Company's account relationships.
 
     Donnelley employs approximately 500 sales representatives in its Bell
Atlantic, Sprint and Cincinnati markets. Donnelley's approximately 80 account
managers average over 12 years of
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   53
 
experience in the yellow pages industry. Donnelley's and DonTech's sales forces
are entirely nonunion, which is a cost advantage when compared to the union
sales forces that are typical of other marketers of yellow pages advertising,
including major telephone service providers. The non-union status of Donnelley's
and DonTech's sales forces also provides Donnelley and DonTech with greater
latitude to redeploy sales personnel. In addition, Donnelley's and DonTech's
sales forces are largely compensated based on performance, which aligns the
sales forces' incentives with important success factors to the Company's
business, including account generation and retention. On average, approximately
55% of Donnelley's sales force compensation is variable and based on
performance.
 
     The Company has well-established practices and procedures to manage the
productivity and effectiveness of its sales force. All of Donnelley's new
account representatives complete a formal seven week training program, which
consists of both classroom training and field training. Sales personnel may also
receive specialized in-campaign training, which is typically based on actual
feedback received during a sales campaign. Furthermore, Donnelley has supplied
its New York sales force with laptop computers and customized software, which
facilitates the sales process by allowing sales personnel to access account
information, interactively design advertisements and provide advertising
contracts while at a customer's location. Donnelley is considering distributing
laptop computers with such customized software to its sales forces in other
markets. The ability of Donnelley's sales management, sales force and marketing
department to successfully integrate their efforts and increase advertising
sales was recently demonstrated in New York City by Donnelley's advertising
sales for Bell Atlantic's foreign and bilingual neighborhood directories, which
were introduced during 1996 and 1997. Through advertising sales for these five
directories (which are Chinese-language and Spanish English), management
estimates that Donnelley generated incremental advertising sales of
approximately $4.0 million in 1997 in a mature urban market.
 
PUBLISHING AND PRODUCTION
 
     Donnelley is a leading provider of pre-press publishing services for yellow
pages directories, including advertisement creation, sales contract management,
listing database management, sales reporting and commissions, pagination,
billing services and imaging. Donnelley recently completed its $40 million
publishing center in Raleigh, North Carolina, which utilizes custom designed,
state-of-the-art digital technology and relational databases to support the
entire yellow pages advertising sales and publishing process on an integrated
basis, from lead generation and sales presentation to advertisement creation and
printer-ready final output. Donnelley also has a graphics center in Dunmore,
Pennsylvania which produces artwork for the majority of advertisements and
specialty pages included in the directories for which Donnelley provides
publishing services. The Dunmore graphics center is electronically integrated
with the Raleigh publishing center. Donnelley has staffs of approximately 300
and 140 employees at the Raleigh publishing center and the Dunmore graphics
center, respectively. Donnelley provides publishing services for certain
Ameritech and Sprint directories, among others, pursuant to agreements that
extend through 2003 and 2004, respectively.
 
     The Raleigh publishing center has enabled Donnelley to reduce publishing
costs by approximately 30% and publishing cycle times (i.e., the number of days
between closing of an advertising sales campaign and delivery to the printer of
a printer-ready paper or electronic version of the related directory) by
approximately 50%, and, with minimal additional infrastructure and the potential
addition of a second shift, would be able to expand its processing capacity to
meet additional demand. In 1997, the Raleigh and Dunmore centers provided
publishing services for 232 directories, produced over 82,000 pages of directory
advertising, created over 200,000 new advertisements and handled approximately
1.5 million service order transactions for new or changed telephone listings.
 
     Donnelley also offers a broad range of production services to its
publishing center customers once a printer-ready paper or electronic version of
their directory has been completed. These
                                       49
<PAGE>   54
 
production services principally involve Donnelley's contracting on behalf of
these customers with outside parties for printing, binding and distribution of
directories. Donnelley provides production services in varying degrees for
Sprint.
 
NEW ADVERTISING MEDIA AND PRODUCTS
 
     In 1995 Donnelley developed a cable advertising product known as Yellow
Pages Television(R), or YPTV(R). YPTV(R) advertisements begin with a customer's
printed yellow pages advertisement, which is enhanced by audio content and
graphics and aired in a 15 or 30 second spot on cable television. Donnelley
contracts with an outside party for creation of the YPTV(R) advertisements.
Donnelley currently offers YPTV(R) in selected Bell Atlantic and Sprint/CenDon
markets. Donnelley combines marketing of printed yellow pages advertisements
with YPTV(R) in these markets, so that only purchasers of printed advertisements
may advertise through YPTV(R). Management believes that this bundling of YPTV(R)
with printed yellow pages advertisements, together with Donnelley's purchases of
cable television airtime in bulk, increase this product's cost-effectiveness to
customers. YPTV(R) also typically refers the cable viewer to the customer's
printed yellow pages advertisement, which management expects will stimulate
usage of print directories. Donnelley generated net revenue from YPTV(R) of $2.9
million in 1997 in its Bell Atlantic and Sprint/CenDon markets.
 
     Donnelley has gained useful experience in electronic commerce advertising
sales by acting as local sales agent for yellow pages advertising placed on
Digital City, an Internet service provided by America Online in Cincinnati. In
addition, DonTech has an agreement to serve as Ameritech's exclusive local
advertising sales agent if Ameritech begins a yellow pages Internet directory in
Illinois or northwest Indiana. The Internet complements traditional directory
advertising, particularly by making it possible to update a yellow pages
advertisement as needed, as compared with typically once a year for a printed
advertisement. Management believes that Donnelley's experience in successfully
selling advertising in new classified directory products, such as foreign
language and bilingual directories, and its extensive reach into the business
and consumer sectors in its markets will augment its ability to capitalize on
emerging electronic directory opportunities.
 
     In addition, certain local telephone companies have expressed an interest
in using Donnelley's established yellow pages sales channels to market their
telecommunications products and services in the current, more competitive local
telephone market. These products and services, which would be sold in
conjunction with yellow pages advertising, may include long distance, cellular
telephone, 800 numbers, Internet access and remote call forwarding.
 
STRATEGIC ALLIANCES/MARKETS SERVED
 
     Donnelley has major relationships with Ameritech, Bell Atlantic and Sprint
(through their subsidiaries) and provides each of them with advertising sales
and/or publishing services. These relationships and Donnelley's proprietary
operations encompass directories in 13 states and such major metropolitan areas
as New York City, Chicago, Las Vegas and Orlando.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   55
 
 INFORMATION ON DIRECTORIES AND DIRECTORY ADVERTISEMENTS BY RELATIONSHIP (1997)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 AMERITECH(1)     BELL ATLANTIC    SPRINT/CENDON
                                                 -------------    -------------    --------------
<S>                                              <C>              <C>              <C>
Primary markets served.........................      IL, IN                NY      NV, FL, VA, NC
Number of directories..........................         125                95                  44
Total circulation (in millions)................        10.3              14.7                 5.5
Directory market share(2)......................         79%               90%(3)              83%
Advertising sales account retention rate(4)....         90%               82%                 90%
Advertising sales renewal rate(5)..............         93%               88%                 97%
Number of advertisers..........................     139,000           158,000(6)           63,000
Number of paid ads and paid listings...........     787,000           721,000(6)          223,000
Average ad sales(7)............................        $566              $550(6)             $767
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Through the DonTech partnership.
 
(2) Represents the Company's percentage of yellow pages usage in the applicable
    markets, based on third-party surveys.
 
(3) Represents directory market share for the Chicago metropolitan service area
    in 1996; 1997 data is not available.
 
(4) Represents the percentage of the Company's 1996 customers who advertised in
    1997 in the applicable markets, excluding customers who disconnected their
    telephone service. Including customers who disconnected their telephone
    service, the Company's advertising sales account retention rates were 86%,
    78% and 87% in its Ameritech, Bell Atlantic and Sprint/CenDon markets,
    respectively.
 
(5) Represents the percentage of the Company's 1996 advertising sales in the
    applicable markets which were generated in 1997 from the Company's 1996
    customers in those markets.
 
(6) Represents 1996 data; 1997 data not available.
 
(7) Average ad sales represents total advertising sales divided by the number of
    advertisements sold.
 
  Ameritech
 
Donnelley's relationship with telephone companies currently owned by Ameritech
began in 1908 with the Chicago Telephone Company. Since then, Donnelley has had
a variety of contractual relationships with Ameritech including, beginning in
1984, a series of partnerships (collectively referred to as DonTech or the
DonTech partnership). The current partnership arrangement reflects Donnelley's
goal of lengthening its agreements to provide advertising sales and/or
publishing services and was structured without an expiration date in exchange
for contractual reductions in Donnelley's percentage share of DonTech's profits.
These contractual reductions were completed in 1997, and management does not
anticipate any further such reductions. DonTech is a 50/50 general partnership
between Donnelley and a subsidiary of Ameritech. DonTech is the exclusive local
advertising sales agent for Ameritech's 125 printed and any future Internet
directories in Illinois (including the metropolitan Chicago area) and northwest
Indiana. DonTech receives a sales commission on advertising sold and recognizes
these commissions upon the signing of the related advertising contract.
Donnelley receives 50% of the profits generated by DonTech on a monthly basis
and also receives directly from the Ameritech entity which publishes the
directories fees which are tied to advertising sales generated by DonTech.
Income from these sources is included in Donnelley's income statement as income
from partnerships and related fees. Under a separate agreement that extends
through 2003, Donnelley provides publishing services for Ameritech's Illinois
and northwestern Indiana directories on a negotiated basis; the related fees are
recognized by Donnelley as revenue. Historically, a disproportionate number of
the directories that DonTech sells advertising for were published in the fourth
quarter, which led to inefficient use of DonTech's
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   56
 
sales force and Donnelley's publishing infrastructure during other times of the
year. In 1997, a two-year program was initiated to reschedule the related
directories' publication dates in order to publish these directories more evenly
 throughout the year.
 
     Subject to regulatory approval and certain other conditions, Ameritech
recently agreed to merge with SBC Communications Inc. ("SBC"), which currently
conducts all of its yellow pages operations in-house. The proposed merger will
not trigger any change to the current contractual relationship governing the
DonTech partnership and the related yellow pages directories, and SBC has
announced it intends to continue using the Ameritech brand if such merger is
completed. There can be no assurance as to what effect, if any, the proposed
merger will have on the DonTech partnership.
 
  Bell Atlantic
 
     Donnelley's relationship with Bell Atlantic began with a contract with New
York Telephone Company entered into in 1909. Under the current agreement, which
was entered into in 1985 and extends through 2005, Donnelley is the exclusive
advertising sales agent for 95 Bell Atlantic directories, which cover
substantially all of New York State, including New York City. The arrangement
was originally with a subsidiary of NYNEX; with the Bell Atlantic/NYNEX merger
in 1997, the agreement was transferred to a subsidiary of Bell Atlantic.
Donnelley earns a sales commission on advertising sold and recognizes these
commissions upon the signing of the related advertising contract.
 
     Donnelley's management expects to pursue potential outsourcing
opportunities with Bell Atlantic. Bell Atlantic currently operates in-house
yellow pages advertising sales operations in its service territory between Maine
and West Virginia, except in New York State. In May 1998, Donnelley became the
exclusive advertising sales agent, beginning with directories published in 1999,
for Bell Atlantic's 26 yellow pages directories in the greater Buffalo area,
which previously were outsourced by Bell Atlantic to another third-party
marketer. The contract which governs the relationship between Donnelley and the
relevant Bell Atlantic entity in the greater Buffalo area continues until 2002,
unless extended by Bell Atlantic.
 
     In 1997, Donnelley sold its East Coast proprietary yellow pages business to
an independent yellow pages publisher and as part of the sale agreement agreed
to forego certain business activities, including yellow pages advertising sales,
in certain mid-Atlantic states until September 1999.
 
  Sprint
 
     The Sprint relationship began in 1980 when Donnelley began publishing
directories for predecessors or affiliates of Central Telephone Company and
United Telephone Company of Florida, both since merged into Sprint. Donnelley
has a partnership with a Sprint affiliate, known as the CenDon partnership and
sales agency agreements with CenDon and a separate affiliate of Sprint.
 
     CenDon.  Donnelley and a Sprint affiliate each have a 50% interest in
CenDon, which publishes directories in selected Sprint markets in Nevada
(primarily Las Vegas), Florida (including Tallahassee), Virginia and North
Carolina. Donnelley earns a 50% share of CenDon's income and records its share
as income from partnerships, a component of Donnelley's operating income.
 
     In addition to the profits derived from its 50% stake in CenDon, Donnelley
has a contract to provide advertising sales, marketing and customer service on
an exclusive basis to CenDon and receives a sales commission for its services.
Donnelley recognizes these commissions as revenues upon the publication of the
related directory. The current CenDon partnership agreement and the sales agency
agreement were entered into in 1988 and extend through 2004. Pursuant to the
partnership agreement, Donnelley also provides publishing services to CenDon.
Fees for these
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   57
 
publishing services are based upon a separate price schedule which extends
through 1999; these fees are recognized by Donnelley as revenue.
 
     Sprint Sales Agency.  In the greater Orlando marketplace, Donnelley is
Sprint's exclusive advertising sales agent and earns sales commissions on local
advertising and national advertising sales. Donnelley recognizes these
commissions as revenues upon the signing of the related advertising contract.
The contract which governs this relationship was entered into in 1994 and
extends through 2004, but could be terminated as a result of a five year
performance review required no later than March 1, 2000. Donnelley also provides
publishing services to Sprint pursuant to this contract; the related fees are
recognized by Donnelley as revenues. The publishing services portion of this
contract could be terminated if a new price schedule for such services is not
agreed upon by March 1, 2000.
 
CINCINNATI PROPRIETARY OPERATION
 
     Donnelley launched a proprietary directory operation in Cincinnati,
northern Kentucky and southeast Indiana in September 1997 and expects to publish
its first directories in the fall of 1998. Donnelley's historical agreement with
Cincinnati Bell to act as yellow pages advertising sales agent for Cincinnati
Bell's directories expired in August 1997. Donnelley's Cincinnati Bell
operations accounted for approximately 3% of its operating income before
corporate overhead and depreciation and amortization expense in 1997, which was
partially offset by the start-up costs involved with the proprietary directory
operations in 1997.
 
COMPETITION
 
     There is competition for yellow pages advertising sales to varying degrees
in the Company's markets from the sales forces of yellow pages publishers with
which the Company is not affiliated. These yellow pages publishers include local
telephone companies with which the Company does not maintain a contractual
relationship, independent publishers (publishers that are not affiliated with
any telephone company) and national yellow pages sales agents. In the majority
of its markets, Donnelley benefits from its long-term contractual relationships
with affiliates of the largest potential competitor in a directory market, the
incumbent local telephone company. The market position of incumbent local
telephone companies may be impacted by the Telecommunications Act of 1996, which
effectively opened local telephone markets to increased competition. There is
also competition for advertising sales from other media, including newspapers,
magazines, radio, direct mail, online information services, television and cable
television, and advances in technology have brought to the industry new
participants, new products and new channels, including increasing use of the
Internet as an advertising media.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
     Donnelley owns and controls a number of trade secrets, confidential
information, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights and other
intellectual property rights which, in the aggregate, are of material importance
to Donnelley's business. Management believes that the "Donnelley" name and
related names, marks and logos are material to Donnelley's business. Donnelley
is licensed to use certain technology and other intellectual property rights
owned and controlled by others, and, similarly, other companies are licensed to
use certain technology and other intellectual property rights owned and
controlled by Donnelley. Donnelley considers its trademarks, service marks,
databases, software and other intellectual property to be proprietary and
Donnelley relies on a combination of copyright, trademark, trade secret,
non-disclosure and contract safeguards for protection. Donnelley also benefits
from the use of both the phrase "yellow pages" and the walking fingers logo,
which Donnelley believes to be in the public domain in the United States.
 
     The names of Donnelley's products and services referred to herein are
trademarks, servicemarks or registered trademarks or servicemarks owned by
Donnelley.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   58
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     As of March 31, 1998, Donnelley had approximately 1,417 full-time
employees, of which approximately 300 and 140 were employed at the Raleigh
publishing center and the Dunmore graphics center, respectively. This number
does not include the employees of DonTech. None of the Company's employees are
covered by collective bargaining agreements. Donnelley considers its relations
with its employees to be good and it has not experienced any strikes or work
stoppages.
 
PROPERTIES
 
     Donnelley's operations are conducted from 21 leased locations in 7 states.
Donnelley leases approximately 74,000 square feet for its administrative
headquarters and offices located in Purchase, New York, and approximately 72,000
square feet in New York, New York for its New York sales force. Donnelley's new
$40 million Raleigh publishing center is located in a 55,500 square foot
building which Donnelley leases. Donnelley leases 20,000 square feet in a
building for its graphics center in Dunmore, Pennsylvania.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     On July 29, 1996, Information Resources, Inc. ("IRI") filed a complaint in
the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, naming
as defendants the Parent Company, A.C. Nielsen Company and IMS International
Inc. (former subsidiaries of the Parent Company) (the "IRI Action"). The
complaint alleges, among other things, various violations of the antitrust laws
and seeks damages in excess of $350 million, which IRI is seeking to have
trebled under the antitrust laws. IRI also seeks punitive damages in an
unspecified amount.
 
     Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, New D&B will assume and indemnify
Donnelley Corp. and Donnelley against any payments to be made by Donnelley Corp.
or Donnelley in respect of the IRI Action under the Indemnity and Joint Defense
Agreement (as described below), the Distribution Agreement or otherwise,
including any ongoing legal fees and expenses related thereto.
 
     The Parent Company has entered into an Indemnity and Joint Defense
Agreement (the "Indemnity and Joint Defense Agreement") with two former
subsidiaries of the Parent Company, ACNielsen Corporation ("ACNielsen") and
Cognizant Corporation ("Cognizant"), pursuant to which ACNielsen has agreed to
be responsible for any potential liabilities which may ultimately be incurred by
the Parent Company or Cognizant as a result of the IRI Action, up to a maximum
amount to be determined by an independent investment bank if and when any such
liabilities are incurred. The determination of the maximum amount will be based
on ACNielsen's ability to satisfy such liabilities and remain financially
viable, subject to certain assumptions and limitations. The Parent Company and
Cognizant have agreed that, to the extent that ACNielsen is unable to satisfy
any such liabilities in full and remain financially viable, the Parent Company
and Cognizant will each be responsible for 50% of the difference between the
amount, if any, which may be payable as a result of such litigation and the
maximum amount which ACNielsen is then able to pay as determined by such
investment bank. Under the terms of a distribution agreement, dated as of
October 28, 1996, among the Parent Company, Cognizant and ACNielsen, as a
condition to the Distribution, New D&B is required to undertake to be jointly
and severally liable with Donnelley Corp. to Cognizant and ACNielsen.
 
     Other than the suit described above, Donnelley is involved in legal
proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary conduct of its
business. Although there can be no assurances, Donnelley management believes
that the outcome of such legal proceedings will not have a material adverse
affect on Donnelley's financial position or results of operations.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>   59
 
       RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN DONNELLEY CORP. AND THE NEW DUN & BRADSTREET
                       CORPORATION AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION
 
     As of June 30, 1998, the Parent Company effected the Distribution.
Accordingly, as of the date of this Prospectus, Donnelley Corp.'s only remaining
subsidiary is Donnelley and each of Donnelley Corp. and New D&B are independent,
publicly-traded companies. In connection with the Distribution, the Parent
Company was renamed R.H. Donnelley Corporation and New D&B was renamed The Dun &
Bradstreet Corporation. Except as described below, all contractual relationships
existing prior to the Distribution between Donnelley Corp. and New D&B were
terminated in connection with the Distribution.
 
     In connection with the Distribution, Donnelley Corp. and New D&B have
entered into certain agreements, described below, governing the relationship
between Donnelley Corp. and New D&B subsequent to the Distribution and providing
for the allocation of tax, employee benefits and certain other liabilities and
obligations arising from periods prior to the Distribution.
 
     The Distribution Agreement provides for, among other things, certain
corporate transactions required to effect the Distribution and other
arrangements between Donnelley Corp. and New D&B subsequent to the Distribution.
The following paragraphs describe the major provisions of the Distribution
Agreement and related agreements.
 
DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
 
     In general, pursuant to the terms of the Distribution Agreement, all assets
of the Parent Company prior to the Distribution Date, other than those relating
to Donnelley's business, will become assets of New D&B. The Distribution
Agreement also provides for assumptions of liabilities and cross indemnities
designed to allocate generally, effective as of the Distribution Date, financial
responsibility for all liabilities of the Parent Company other than those
specified to be transferred to Donnelley on or prior to the Distribution Date or
to remain with Donnelley subsequent to the Distribution Date (which liabilities
primarily relate to Donnelley's business and assets, the Offering and the
borrowings under the New Credit Facility), to New D&B. See "Business". The
Distribution Agreement provides for the allocation generally of the financial
responsibility for the liabilities arising out of or in connection with former
businesses, other than those formerly conducted by Donnelley prior to the
Distribution, to New D&B.
 
     Pursuant to the terms of a distribution agreement, dated as of October 28,
1996, among the Parent Company Cognizant Corporation ("Cognizant") and ACNielsen
Corporation ("ACNielsen") pursuant to which the Parent Company spun off
Cognizant and ACNielsen to its shareholders (the "1996 Distribution Agreement"),
as a condition to the Distribution, New D&B is required to undertake to be
jointly and severally liable with Donnelley Corp. to Cognizant and ACNielsen for
any liabilities arising thereunder. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, all
liabilities of the Parent Company under the 1996 Distribution Agreement and
related agreements will be liabilities of New D&B, and New D&B will indemnify
Donnelley Corp. against such liabilities. In addition, any rights of the Parent
Company arising under the 1996 Distribution Agreement and related agreements
will be rights of New D&B.
 
     The Distribution Agreement provides that, in connection with the
Distribution, Donnelley Corp. will transfer cash to New D&B in an amount such
that, immediately following the Distribution, Donnelley Corp.'s net debt will be
approximately $500 million.
 
     The Distribution Agreement provides that Donnelley Corp. and New D&B will
comply, and otherwise not take action inconsistent, with each representation and
statement made to the IRS in connection with the Parent Company's request for a
ruling letter as to certain tax aspects of the Distribution. Each of Donnelley
Corp. and New D&B agrees to maintain its status as a company engaged in the
active conduct of a trade or business, as defined in Section 355(b) of the Code,
to continue to own stock of certain operating subsidiaries constituting control
(within the meaning of
 
                                       55
<PAGE>   60
 
Section 368(c) of the Code) of such operating subsidiaries and to maintain at
least 90% of the fair market value of its assets in the form of stock and
securities of certain operating subsidiaries, in each case until the second
anniversary of the Distribution Date. Neither Donnelley Corp. nor New D&B
expects this limitation to inhibit its financing or other activities or its
ability to respond to unanticipated developments. Under the Distribution
Agreement, Donnelley Corp. agrees that, until two years after the Distribution
Date, it will not (i) merge or consolidate with another corporation, (ii)
liquidate or partially liquidate, (iii) sell or transfer all or substantially
all of its assets, (iv) redeem or repurchase its stock (except in certain
limited circumstances) or (v) take any other action which would result in one or
more persons acquiring a 50 percent or greater interest in Donnelley Corp.,
unless, prior to taking such action, it obtains a written opinion of a law firm
reasonably acceptable to New D&B or a supplemental ruling from the IRS that such
action will not affect the tax-free treatment of the Distribution. As a result
of the representations in the request for a ruling letter and the covenants in
the Distribution Agreement, the acquisition of control of each of Donnelley
Corp. and New D&B prior to the second anniversary of the Distribution Date may
be more difficult or less likely to occur because of the potential substantial
liabilities associated with a breach of such representations or covenants. The
Distribution Agreement requires a party that takes or fails to take any action
which contributes to a determination that the Distribution is not tax-free to
Donnelley Corp., New D&B or their shareholders to indemnify the other party and
its shareholders from any taxes arising therefrom.
 
     The Distribution Agreement also provides that, except as otherwise set
forth therein or in any other agreement, all costs or expenses in connection
with the Distribution will be borne by New D&B. New D&B will agree to be liable
for any claims arising from or based upon "controlling person" liability
relating to the Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission for registration of the New D&B common stock under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), by New D&B.
Except as set forth in the Distribution Agreement or any related agreement, each
party shall bear its own costs and expenses incurred after the Distribution
Date.
 
TAX ALLOCATION AGREEMENT
 
     Donnelley Corp. and New D&B have entered into a Tax Allocation Agreement
(the "Tax Allocation Agreement") to the effect that New D&B will generally be
liable for all income taxes of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries
attributable to periods prior to the Distribution, provided that in the case of
any separate company state or local income taxes, Donnelley Corp. and its
subsidiaries, including Donnelley, and New D&B and its subsidiaries will be
liable for their own liabilities arising from any audit adjustment. For income
taxes attributable to periods beginning after the Distribution, New D&B will be
liable for taxes relating to New D&B and its subsidiaries and Donnelley Corp.
will be liable for taxes relating to Donnelley Corp. and its subsidiaries,
including Donnelley. For all other taxes, New D&B and its subsidiaries and
Donnelley Corp. and its subsidiaries, including Donnelley, will be responsible
for their own liabilities for all periods.
 
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AGREEMENT
 
     Donnelley Corp. and New D&B have entered into an Employee Benefits
Agreement (the "Employee Benefits Agreement"), which allocates responsibility
for certain employee benefits matters on and after the Distribution Date.
 
     The Employee Benefits Agreement provides that Donnelley Corp. will adopt a
new defined benefit pension plan and savings plan for its and Donnelley's
employees and that New D&B will assume and become the sponsor of the current
Parent Company plans for the benefit of its employees and in general former
employees who terminated employment on or prior to the Distribution Date. Assets
and liabilities of the current Parent Company pension plan and account balances
in the savings plan that are attributable to Donnelley Corp. and Donnelley
employees will be transferred to the new Donnelley Corp. plans.
                                       56
<PAGE>   61
 
     Generally New D&B will assume and become the sponsor of the Parent
Company's nonqualified supplemental pension plans for the benefit of persons
who, prior to the Distribution Date were participants thereunder; provided,
however, that with respect to Donnelley Corp. and Donnelley employees, New D&B
generally will retain only those liabilities that were vested prior to the
Distribution Date. Donnelley Corp. will guarantee payment of the benefits under
these plans to its and Donnelley's employees in the event that New D&B is unable
to satisfy its obligations.
 
     The Employee Benefits Agreement also provides that Donnelley Corp. will
continue to sponsor its welfare plans for its and Donnelley's employees. As of
the Distribution Date, New D&B will adopt welfare plans for the benefit of its
employees and its former employees who terminated employment on or prior to the
Distribution Date. Donnelley Corp. will be responsible for providing retiree
welfare benefits, where applicable, to its employees and New D&B will be
responsible for providing retiree welfare benefits, where applicable, to its
employees and its former employees who terminated employment on or prior to the
Distribution Date.
 
     Donnelley Corp., Donnelley and New D&B will generally retain the severance
liabilities of their respective employees who terminated employment prior to the
Distribution Date.
 
     With respect to equity-based plans, the Employee Benefits Agreement
provides that unexercised stock options for common stock of the pre-Distribution
Parent Company held by Donnelley Corp., Donnelley and New D&B employees as of
the Distribution Date will be adjusted to reflect the Distribution. The number
of shares covered by such options (which, for Donnelley Corp. and Donnelley
employees as of the Distribution Date, will be for Donnelley Corp. common stock,
and for New D&B employees as of the Distribution Date will be for New D&B common
stock) will be increased, and the exercise price per share will be decreased,
pursuant to a formula designed to cause the economic value of stock option
grants to remain the same after the Distribution. Unexercised stock options for
common stock of the pre-Distribution Parent Company held by former employees who
terminated employment on or prior to the Distribution Date will be adjusted in
substantially the same manner as options held by Donnelley Corp. and Donnelley
employees, and New D&B will offer such former employees alternative adjustments
or substitutions, provided such former employees agree to surrender their
adjusted stock options. All limited stock appreciation rights will be adjusted
or converted in substantially the same manner as the unexercised stock options
for common stock of the pre-Distribution Parent Company.
 
     Restricted stock of the pre-Distribution Parent Company held by New D&B
employees and New D&B restricted stock credited to New D&B employees as a
dividend shall be forfeited and such individuals shall receive replacement New
D&B restricted stock equal to (i) the number of shares of forfeited New D&B
restricted stock plus (ii) the number of shares of forfeited restricted stock of
the pre-Distribution Parent Company multiplied by the ratio for converting
unexercised stock options for common stock of the pre-Distribution Parent
Company at the Distribution Date into options for New D&B common stock and the
reciprocal of the ratio for the comparable conversion of such stock options into
Donnelley Corp. common shares, such replacement shares of New D&B restricted
stock to have the same terms as restricted stock of the pre-Distribution Parent
Company from which they arose.
 
     If performance targets are met pursuant to the Performance Unit Plan of the
pre-Distribution Parent Company and Donnelley, Donnelley Corp. and Donnelley
employees shall receive promptly after the Distribution Date a number of shares
of Donnelley Corp. common stock equal to (i) the target number of performance
shares plus (ii) the target number of performance shares multiplied by the ratio
for converting unexercised stock options for common stock of the
pre-Distribution Parent Company at the Distribution Date into options for
Donnelley Corp. common stock and the reciprocal of the ratio for the comparable
conversion of such stock options into New D&B common shares. Outstanding
opportunities for New D&B employees to earn performance shares under the
Performance Unit Plan shall be cancelled and each individual shall receive a
replacement opportunity to earn a number of New D&B performance shares equal to
(i) the target number of
 
                                       57
<PAGE>   62
 
performance shares of the pre-Distribution Parent Company plus (ii) the target
number of performance shares of the pre-Distribution Parent Company multiplied
by the ratio for converting unexercised stock options for common stock of the
pre-Distribution Parent Company at the Distribution Date into options for New
D&B common stock and the reciprocal of the ratio for the comparable conversion
of such stock options into Donnelley Corp. common shares.
 
     The Employee Benefits Agreement also provides that New D&B will generally
retain all employee benefit litigation liabilities that are asserted prior to
the Distribution Date (but not such liabilities that relate to the transferred
retirement and savings plan assets of Donnelley Corp. and Donnelley employees).
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AGREEMENT
 
     Donnelley Corp. and New D&B have entered into an Intellectual Property
Agreement (the "Intellectual Property Agreement") which provides for the
allocation and recognition by and between these companies of rights under
patents, copyrights, software, technology, trade secrets and certain other
intellectual property owned by Donnelley Corp. and New D&B and their respective
subsidiaries as of the Distribution Date.
 
SHARED TRANSACTION SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
     Donnelley Corp. and New D&B have entered into a Shared Transaction Services
Agreement (the "Shared Transaction Services Agreement") providing for the
orderly continuation, for a transitional period after the Distribution Date, of
certain of the shared transaction and other services (such as payroll, accounts
payable, general accounting and computer processing and support) currently being
provided.
 
DATA SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
     Donnelley Corp. and New D&B have entered into a Data Services Agreement
(the "Data Services Agreement") providing for the orderly continuation, for a
transitional period after the Distribution Date, of certain specified computer
processing and related services to be provided by New D&B to Donnelley Corp.
 
TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
     Donnelley Corp. and New D&B have entered into a number of Transition
Services Agreements (the "Transition Services Agreements") pursuant to which the
respective parties have agreed to certain basic terms governing the provision by
New D&B to Donnelley Corp. of specified pension investment management services,
insurance services or other support services for a transitional period after the
Distribution Date.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>   63
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
     The following table sets forth information concerning the individuals who
will serve as executive officers and directors of Donnelley Corp.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                       AGE*                   POSITION(S)
- ----                                       ----                   -----------
<S>                                        <C>     <C>
Frank R. Noonan..........................   55     Chairman of the Board, President and
                                                     Chief Executive Officer
Philip C. Danford........................   54     Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
                                                     Officer
Frederick J. Groser......................   43     Senior Vice President
Alexander R. Marasco.....................   45     Senior Vice President
Judith A. Norton.........................   55     Senior Vice President -- Human Resources
David C. Swanson.........................   43     Senior Vice President
Stephen B. Wiznitzer.....................   47     Senior Vice President and General Counsel
Diane P. Baker...........................   44     Director
William G. Jacobi........................   53     Director
Robert Kamerschen........................   62     Director
Carol J. Parry...........................   56     Director
Barry L. Williams........................   53     Director
</TABLE>
 
     The following table sets forth information concerning the individuals who
serve as executive officers and directors of Donnelley.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                       AGE*                   POSITION(S)
- ----                                       ----                   -----------
<S>                                        <C>     <C>
Frank R. Noonan..........................   55     Director, President and Chief Executive
                                                     Officer
Philip C. Danford........................   54     Director, Senior Vice President and Chief
                                                     Financial Officer
Frederick J. Groser......................   43     Executive Vice President -- Teleco
                                                     Operations
Alexander R. Marasco.....................   45     Executive Vice President -- Operations
                                                   and Technology
Judith A. Norton.........................   55     Senior Vice President -- Human Resources
David C. Swanson.........................   43     Executive Vice President -- Corporate
                                                     Strategy
Stephen B. Wiznitzer.....................   47     Director, Senior Vice President and
                                                     General Counsel
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
* As of May 1, 1998.
 
     FRANK R. NOONAN has been a director of the Parent Company since April 1998,
a director of Donnelley since February 1995, President since August 1991, and
has been Chief Executive Officer of Donnelley Corp. and Donnelley since June 30,
1998. Mr. Noonan joined the Parent Company in 1989 as Senior Vice President
Finance of Dun & Bradstreet Information Services. Prior to joining the Parent
Company, Mr. Noonan served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
of UNUM Corporation and in various financial positions for the General Electric
Company. Mr. Noonan is Chairman of the board of trustees for United Hospital
Medical Center in Port Chester, New York, a member of the board of trustees of
Manhattanville College, the Vice Chairman of the board of governors for the
Buick Classic, and a member of the board of directors of the Yellow Pages
Publishers Association.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>   64
 
     PHILIP C. DANFORD is Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
Donnelley Corp. and has been a director of Donnelley since July 1, 1998, and is
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Donnelley. Mr. Danford has
served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Donnelley since
March 1998, and prior thereto served as Vice President and Treasurer for the
Parent Company from September 1992. In 1988, Mr. Danford joined the Parent
Company as Assistant Treasurer. Before joining the Parent Company, Mr. Danford
served as Vice President and Treasurer at The Perkin-Elmer Corporation and as
Assistant Vice President and Manager at W.R. Grace & Co.
 
     FREDERICK J. GROSER has been a Senior Vice President of Donnelley Corp.
since June 30 1998 and has served as Donnelley's Executive Vice President --
Telco Operations since July 1997. Prior thereto, Mr. Groser served as
Donnelley's Executive Vice President -- Strategic Marketing and New Business
Development from October 1995, as Donnelley's Vice President and General Manager
- -- Sprint Operations from February 1994 and as a Vice President -- Sales from
December 1990. Mr. Groser joined Donnelley in 1978 as a yellow pages account
representative in New York.
 
     ALEXANDER R. MARASCO has been a Senior Vice President of Donnelley Corp.
since June 30, 1998 and has served as Donnelley's Executive Vice President --
Operations and Technology since October 1995. Prior thereto, Mr. Marasco served
as a Senior Vice President -- Planning for Donnelley from April 1991, and as an
Assistant Vice President of Strategic Planning for Donnelley from March 1989.
Mr. Marasco joined the Parent Company in 1976 in its strategic planning
department in New York.
 
     JUDITH A. NORTON has been a Senior Vice President -- Human Resources of
Donnelley Corp. since June 30, 1998 and has served as Donnelley's Senior Vice
President -- Human Resources since January 1998. Prior thereto, Ms. Norton was
an independent human resources consultant from January 1997, a Senior Vice
President-Human Resources for The Chase Manhattan Bank from April 1996, and a
Senior Vice President and Director of Staffing and Development for Chemical Bank
from January 1991.
 
     DAVID C. SWANSON has been a Senior Vice President of Donnelley Corp. since
June 30, 1998, and has served as Donnelley's Executive Vice President Corporate
Strategy since June 24, 1998. Prior thereto, Mr. Swanson was an Executive Vice
President and General Manager for Proprietor Operations from July 1997, an
Executive Vice President -- Sales for Donnelley from October 1995, Donnelley's
Vice President and General Manager -- Cincinnati Operations from September 1993,
an Assistant Vice President-Operations for Donnelley from January 1993 and a
General Sales Manager for Donnelley from January 1992.
 
     STEPHEN B. WIZNITZER is a Senior Vice President and General Counsel of
Donnelley Corp., has been a director of Donnelley since July 1, 1998, and is
Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Donnelley. Mr. Wiznitzer has served
as Donnelley's Senior Vice President and General Counsel since June 1997. Prior
thereto, Mr. Wiznitzer served as counsel for NYNEX Corporation from December
1989. Earlier, Mr. Wiznitzer had been Senior Counsel for SSMC, Inc., when it was
spun off from the Singer Company in 1986.
 
     DIANE P. BAKER.  Diane P. Baker has been a director of Donnelley Corp.
since June 30, 1998. Ms. Baker was Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer of The New York Times Company from 1995 to 1998. From 1990
through 1994, Ms. Baker was the Group Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of R.H. Macy & Company.
 
     WILLIAM G. JACOBI.  William G. Jacobi has been a director of Donnelley
Corp. since June 30, 1998. Mr. Jacobi has been the non-employee chairman of
Nielsen Media Research, Inc., (formerly an affiliate of the Parent Company and
Donnelley) since November 1996. Prior to July 1, 1998, Mr. Jacobi was employed
at Cognizant Corporation where he served as Executive Vice President and
Chairman of Nielsen Media Group from 1996. Mr. Jacobi was also Executive Vice
President and President of ERISCO and Executive Vice President, President and
Chief Executive Officer of IMS
 
                                       60
<PAGE>   65
 
International. Mr. Jacobi was Executive Vice President of Dun & Bradstreet
Corporation from 1995 to 1996. Previously, he was Senior Vice President of NCH
Promotional Services, Senior Vice President of ERISCO, Senior Vice President of
Sales Technologies, Senior Vice President of Dun & Bradstreet Pension Services
and Plan Services, Inc., and President, Chief Operating Officer and Executive
Vice President of Nielsen Media Research.
 
     ROBERT KAMERSCHEN.  Robert Kamerschen has been a director of Donnelley
Corp. since June 30, 1998. Mr. Kamerschen has been Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of ADVO, Inc. since 1988. Mr. Kamerschen currently serves on the Board
of ADVO, Inc., IMS Health Incorporated, General Signal Network, Inc. and
Micrografx, Inc.
 
     CAROL J. PARRY.  Carol J. Parry has been a director of Donnelley Corp.
since June 30, 1998. Ms. Parry has been Executive Vice President of Community
Development Group at Chase Manhattan Corporation since 1996 and its Managing
Director from 1992 to 1996. Ms. Parry currently serves on the board of directors
of Health Insurance Plan of Greater New York, and on a number of not-for-profit
organizations.
 
     BARRY LAWSON WILLIAMS.  Barry Lawson Williams has been a director of
Donnelley Corp. since June 30, 1998. Mr. Williams has been President and Founder
of Williams Pacific Ventures since 1987, Senior Mediator of JAMS/Endispute, Inc.
since 1993, Adjunct Professor, Entrepreneurship at Haas School Of Business since
1995, and General Partner of WDG Ventures since 1987. Mr. Williams serves on the
Boards of CH2M Hill, Inc., CompUSA, Inc., Newhall Land & Farming Company,
Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance, Pacific Gas & Electric Company and USA
Group, Inc.
 
DIRECTOR'S COMPENSATION
 
     The Board of Directors of Donnelley Corp. has adopted a non-employee
director compensation program providing for certain cash payments and deferred
stock and stock option grants annually to each non-employee director. Pursuant
to this program, each non-employee director annually will receive a cash
retainer of $20,000, 7,500 deferred shares of common stock of Donnelley Corp.,
an option to purchase an additional 7,500 shares, $1,000 for each meeting
attended and an annual fee of $2,000 for each committee of the Board of
Directors chaired. In addition, each new non-employee director will receive a
grant of an additional 7,500 deferred shares under this program upon his or her
appointment to the Board of Directors. Such deferred share and option grants
will vest over a period of three years of future service, subject to
acceleration in the event of death, disability or retirement of the applicable
non-employee director or change in control of Donnelley Corp.
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
     On July 2, 1998, Donnelley Corp.'s Board of Directors established an Audit
& Finance Committee, a Compensation & Benefits Committee and a Nominating
Committee. The Audit & Finance Committee will, among other matters: recommend
independent certified public accountants; review the scope of the audit
examination, including fees and staffing; review the independence of the
auditors; review and approve non-audit services provided by the auditors, if
any; review findings and recommendations of the auditors and management's
response; and review the internal audit and control function. The Audit and
Finance Committee members are Barry Lawson Williams (chairperson), Diane P.
Baker and Carol J. Parry. The Compensation & Benefits Committee will, among
other matters: review management compensation programs; approve compensation
changes for executive officers; review compensation changes for senior
management; and administer stock plans for management. The Compensation and
Benefits Committee members are Robert Kamerschen (chairperson), Diane P. Baker
and Barry Lawson Williams. The Nominating Committee will, among other matters:
review potential candidates and nominate persons to the Board of Directors for
positions on the Board of Directors and the various committees of the Board. The
 
                                       61
<PAGE>   66
 
Nominating Committee members are Carol J. Parry (chairperson), William G. Jacobi
and Robert Kamerschen.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following table sets forth the compensation paid by the Parent Company
or Donnelley for services rendered to the Parent Company or Donnelley in 1997 by
Donnelley's President and by each of the persons who are anticipated to be one
of the four other most highly compensated executive officers of Donnelley Corp.
following the Distribution. During the period presented, the individuals were
compensated in accordance with the Parent Company's plans and policies.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     LONG-TERM
                                                                            COMPENSATION AWARDS PAYOUTS
                                       ANNUAL COMPENSATION              -----------------------------------
                            -----------------------------------------                SECURITIES
                                                           OTHER        RESTRICTED   UNDERLYING   LONG-TERM
                                                          ANNUAL          STOCK       OPTIONS/    INCENTIVE      ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL                SALARY   BONUS(1)   COMPENSATION(2)    AWARD(S)     SARS(3)      PAYOUTS    COMPENSATION(4)
POSITION POST-DISTRIBUTION  YEAR    ($)      ($)            ($)            ($)          ($)          ($)            ($)
- --------------------------  ----  -------  --------   ---------------   ----------   ----------   ---------   ---------------
<S>                         <C>   <C>      <C>        <C>               <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Frank R. Noonan.........    1997  347,000  346,913        11,630            0          33,480         0           11,863
  President and Chief
  Executive Officer
Philip C. Danford.......    1997  265,000  238,582             0            0          27,571         0            8,787
  Senior Vice President
  and Chief Financial
  Officer
Frederick J. Groser.....    1997  195,000   41,288            29            0          13,340         0            6,238
  Senior Vice President
Alexander R. Marasco....    1997  207,900   91,200         6,590            0          13,340         0            6,742
  Senior Vice President
David C. Swanson........    1997  195,000   41,927         2,162            0          13,340         0            6,238
  Senior Vice President
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) The 1997 bonus amounts shown were earned with respect to that year and paid
    in 1998. Included in the 1997 amounts is one-half of the 1997 performance
    share grant made under the Key Employees Performance Unit Plan for the
    pre-Distribution Parent Company and its subsidiaries (the "PUP") and earned
    with respect to 1997. The remaining one-half of the 1997 performance share
    grant is payable, pro rata, at the time of the Distribution, based on
    performance goals covering the period January 1997 through the Distribution
    Date. The performance shares will be paid in unrestricted shares of Parent
    Company common stock.
 
(2) Amounts shown represent reimbursement for taxes paid by the named executive
    officers with respect to Parent Company-directed spousal travel and personal
    use of automobiles and/or reimbursement for certain other expenses.
 
(3) Amounts shown represent the number of non-qualified stock options granted in
    1997.
 
(4) Amounts shown represent aggregate annual Parent Company contributions for
    the account of each named executive officer under the Parent Company's
    Profit Participation Plan (the "PPP") and the Profit Participation Benefit
    Equalization Plan (the "PPBEP"), which plans were open to employees of the
    Parent Company and certain subsidiaries. The PPP is a tax-qualified defined
    contribution plan and the PPBEP is a non-qualified plan that provides
    benefits to participants in the PPP equal to the amount of Parent Company
    contributions that would have been made to the participant's PPP account but
    for certain Federal tax laws.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>   67
 
OPTION GRANTS ON PARENT COMPANY COMMON STOCK TO CERTAIN EXECUTIVE OFFICERS IN
1997
 
     The following table provides information on fiscal year 1997 grants of
options to the named Donnelley Corp. executives to purchase shares of common
stock of the pre-Distribution Parent Company. Following the Distribution, the
number of shares covered by and the exercise price for options to acquire
Donnelley Corp. common stock have been adjusted. See "Relationship Between
Donnelley Corp. and The New Dun & Bradstreet Corporation After the
Distribution -- Employee Benefits Agreement".
 
                        OPTION GRANTS/SAR GRANTS IN 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        NUMBER OF       % OF TOTAL
                        SECURITIES     OPTIONS/SARS
                        UNDERLYING      GRANTED TO
                       OPTIONS/SARS    EMPLOYEES IN    EXERCISE OR                     GRANT DATE
                        GRANTED(1)     FISCAL YEAR     BASE PRICE     EXPIRATION    PRESENT VALUE(2)
NAME                       (#)             (%)          ($/SHARE)        DATE             ($)
- ----                   ------------    ------------    -----------    ----------    ----------------
<S>                    <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>           <C>
Frank R. Noonan......     33,480             1           30.2188       12/22/07         186,818
Philip C. Danford....     13,340           0.4           30.2188       12/22/07          74,437
                          14,231           0.5           27.7188        7/16/07          75,140
Frederick J.
  Groser.............     13,340           0.4           30.2188       12/22/07          74,437
Alexander R.
  Marasco............     13,340           0.4           30.2188       12/22/07          74,437
David C. Swanson.....     13,340           0.4           30.2188       12/22/07          74,437
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Amounts shown represent the number of non-qualified stock options, without
    tandem stock appreciation rights ("SARs"), granted in 1997. Options may not
    be exercised for at least one year after grant and may then be exercised in
    installments of 25% of the grant amount each year until they are 100%
    vested. Payments for all options must be made in full upon exercise in cash
    or Parent Company common stock. The option holder may elect to have shares
    of Parent Company common stock issuable upon exercise withheld by the Parent
    Company to pay withholding taxes due. The options shown for Mr. Noonan
    include Limited SARs in tandem with the options. Limited SARs are
    exercisable only if and to the extent that the related option is exercisable
    and are exercisable only during the 30-day period following the acquisition
    of at least 20% of the outstanding Parent Company common stock pursuant to a
    tender or exchange offer not made by the Parent Company. Each Limited SAR
    permits the holder to receive cash equal to the excess over the related
    option exercise price of the highest price paid pursuant to a tender or
    exchange offer for Parent Company common stock which is in effect at any
    time during the 60 days preceding the date upon which the Limited SAR is
    exercised. Limited SARs can be exercised regardless of whether the Parent
    Company supports or opposes the offer.
 
(2) Grant date present value is based on the Black-Scholes option valuation
    model applied to the Parent Company prior to the Distribution, which makes
    the following material assumptions for the July 16, 1997 grant and the
    December 22, 1997 grant: an expected stock-price volatility factor of 20.0%,
    a risk-free rate of return of 6.06% and 5.71% respectively, a dividend yield
    of 3.3% and a weighted average exercise date of 4.5 years from date of
    grant. These assumptions may or may not be fulfilled. The amounts shown
    cannot be considered predictions of future value. In addition, the options
    will gain value only to the extent the stock price exceeds the option
    exercise price during the life of the option.
 
AGGREGATE PARENT COMPANY OPTION EXERCISES IN 1997 AND YEAR-END PARENT COMPANY
OPTION VALUES
 
     The following table provides information on option exercises in 1997 by the
named executives of Donnelley Corp. and the value of each such executive's
unexercised options to acquire common
 
                                       63
<PAGE>   68
 
stock of the pre-Distribution Parent Company at December 31, 1997. See also,
"Relationship Between Donnelley Corp. and The New Dun & Bradstreet Corporation
After the Distribution -- Employee Benefits Agreement".
 
               AGGREGATE OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                     AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION/SAR VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       VALUE OF UNEXERCISED,
                                                         NUMBER OF SECURITIES           IN-THE-MONEY PARENT
                                                        UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED                COMPANY
                                                            PARENT COMPANY            OPTIONS/SARS AT FISCAL
                            SHARES                           OPTIONS/SARS                   YEAR END(2)
                          ACQUIRED ON      VALUE         AT FISCAL YEAR-END(#)                  ($)
                           EXERCISE     REALIZED(1)   ---------------------------   ---------------------------
NAME                          (#)           ($)       EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- ----                      -----------   -----------   -----------   -------------   -----------   -------------
<S>                       <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
Frank R. Noonan.........         0             0        110,593        87,423        1,148,181       455,428
Philip C. Danford.......         0             0         34,630        38,432          282,389       143,915
Frederick J. Groser.....         0             0         24,337        34,450          225,489       176,427
Alexander R. Marasco....         0             0         35,774        38,384          375,216       206,047
David C. Swanson........     2,604        25,640         15,803        33,502          131,210       169,679
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Amounts shown represent the value realized upon the exercise of stock
    options during 1997, which equals the difference between the exercise price
    of the options and the average of the high and low market price of the
    underlying Parent Company common stock on the exercise date.
 
(2) The values shown equal the difference between the exercise price of
    unexercised in-the-money options and the closing market price of the
    underlying Parent Company common stock at December 31, 1997. Options are
    in-the-money if the fair market value of the Parent Company common stock
    exceeds the exercise price of the option.
 
       LONG-TERM PARENT COMPANY INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          NUMBER OF
                           SHARES,       PERFORMANCE       UNDER NON-STOCK PRICE-BASED PLANS (2)
                           UNITS OR        OR OTHER               ESTIMATED FUTURE PAYOUTS
                            OTHER        PERIOD UNTIL    ------------------------------------------
                          RIGHTS(1)       MATURATION     THRESHOLD(#)     TARGET(#)     MAXIMUM(#)
NAME                         (#)          OR PAYOUT          (0%)           (100%)        (200%)
- ----                     ------------    ------------    -------------    ----------    -----------
<S>                      <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>           <C>
Frank R. Noonan........     11,200        Two Years            0            11,200        22,400
Philip C. Danford......      4,460        Two Years            0             4,460         8,920
Frederick J. Groser....      4,460        Two Years            0             4,460         8,920
Alexander R. Marasco...      4,460        Two Years            0             4,460         8,920
David C. Swanson.......      4,460        Two Years            0             4,460         8,920
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Amounts shown represent the performance shares granted under the Performance
    Unit Plan of the pre-Distribution Parent Company for the intended
    performance period of 1998-1999. At the time of the Distribution, each named
    executive officer will receive a pro rata award of performance shares based
    on achievement of performance goals from January 1998 through the
    Distribution Date. Earned pro rata awards will be paid in unrestricted
    shares of Donnelley Corp. common stock.
 
(2) Pro rata awards may range from 0 to 200% of the targeted performance shares
    based on achievements within a range of performance goals.
 
RETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
     The following table sets forth the estimated aggregate annual benefits
payable under the Parent Company's Retirement Account Plan, Supplemental
Executive Benefit Plan ("SEBP") and Pension Benefit Equalization Plan ("PBEP")
to persons in specified average final compensation and
 
                                       64
<PAGE>   69
 
credited service classification upon retirement at age 65. Amounts shown in the
table include U.S. Social Security benefits and benefits payable under
predecessor plans of the Parent Company which would be deducted in calculating
benefits payable under these plans. These aggregate annual retirement benefits
do not increase as a result of additional credited service after 20 years.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           ESTIMATED AGGREGATE ANNUAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT
                                                   ASSUMING CREDITED SERVICE OF:
                                         --------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE FINAL COMPENSATION               15 YEARS     20 YEARS      25 YEARS      30 YEARS
- --------------------------               --------    ----------    ----------    ----------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
$  550,000.............................  $275,000    $  330,000    $  330,000    $  330,000
   700,000.............................   350,000       420,000       420,000       420,000
   850,000.............................   425,000       510,000       510,000       510,000
 1,000,000.............................   500,000       600,000       600,000       600,000
 1,300,000.............................   650,000       780,000       780,000       780,000
 1,600,000.............................   800,000       960,000       960,000       960,000
 1,900,000.............................   950,000     1,140,000     1,140,000     1,140,000
</TABLE>
 
     The number of years of credited service under the plans as of December 31,
1997 of Messrs. Noonan and Danford are 8 and 9, respectively.
 
     Compensation, for the purpose of determining retirement benefits, consists
of salary, wages, regular cash bonuses, commissions and overtime pay. Severance
pay, contingent payments and other forms of special remuneration are excluded.
Bonuses included in the Summary Compensation Table are normally not paid until
the year following the year in which they are accrued and expensed; therefore,
compensation for purposes of determining retirement benefits varies from the
Summary Compensation Table amounts in that bonuses expensed in the previous
year, but paid in the current year, are part of retirement compensation in the
current year, and current year's bonuses accrued and included in the Summary
Compensation Table are not. For 1997, compensation for purposes of determining
retirement benefits also varies from the Summary Compensation Table in that the
amounts shown in the "Bonus" column include performance share payouts under the
PUP, which are not creditable compensation under the retirement plans.
 
     For the reasons discussed above, compensation for determining retirement
benefits for the named executive officers differed by more than 10% from the
amounts shown in the Summary Compensation Table. 1997 compensation for purposes
of determining retirement benefits for Messrs. Noonan and Danford was $382,000
and $285,333, respectively.
 
     Average final compensation is defined as the highest average annual
compensation during five consecutive twelve-month periods in the last ten
consecutive twelve-month periods of the member's credited service. Members vest
in their accrued retirement benefit upon completion of five years of service.
The benefits shown in the table above are calculated on a straight-life annuity
basis.
 
     The Retirement Account Plan, together with the PBEP, provides retirement
income based on a percentage of annual compensation. The percentage of
compensation allocated annually ranges from 3% to 12.5%, based on age and
credited service. Amounts allocated also receive interest credits based on
30-year Treasury rates with a minimum interest credit rate of 3%. Executives
close to or eligible to retire as of January 1, 1997 will receive the higher of
benefits provided by the final pay formula in effect prior to 1997 or the
Retirement Account formula.
 
     The SEBP provides retirement benefits in addition to the benefits provided
under the Retirement Account Plan and the PBEP. The SEBP has the effect of
increasing the retirement benefits under the Retirement Account Plan and the
PBEP to the amounts depicted in the preceding table. The SEBP provides maximum
benefits after 20 years. Executives close to or eligible for retirement, as
approved by the chairman and chief executive officer of the Parent Company, will
receive maximum benefits after 15 years.
 
     Messrs. Groser, Marasco and Swanson participate in the Retirement Account
Plan and the PBEP, but do not participate in the SEBP.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>   70
 
         SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
     All of the outstanding capital stock of Donnelley is owned by Donnelley
Corp. The following table sets forth the number of shares of Donnelley Corp.
common stock beneficially owned as of June 30, 1998 by (i) owners of more than
5% of the outstanding shares of Donnelley Corp.'s common stock, (ii) each of the
directors of Donnelley Corp. and Donnelley, (iii) each of Donnelley Corp.'s
executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table above, and (iv) all
of the Donnelley Corp. directors and executive officers as a group. Except as
indicated in the footnotes to the table, Donnelley Corp. believes that the
persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to
all shares owned beneficially by them. The mailing address for each of the
Donnelley Corp.'s directors and executive officers listed below is One
Manhattanville Road, Purchase, NY 10577.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          SHARES OF DONNELLEY CORP. COMMON STOCK
                                                        ------------------------------------------
                                                           AMOUNT BENEFICIALLY       PERCENTAGE OF
BENEFICIAL OWNERS                                               OWNED(1)                 CLASS
- -----------------                                       -------------------------    -------------
<S>                                                     <C>                          <C>
Frank R. Noonan.......................................          1,151,212(2)             *
Phillip C. Danford....................................            393,048(3)             *
Frederick J. Groser...................................            249,926(4)             *
Alexander R. Marasco..................................            376,645(5)             *
David C. Swanson......................................            173,241(6)             *
Stephen B. Wiznitzer..................................             24,705(7)             *
Diane P. Baker........................................             15,000(8)             *
William G. Jacobi.....................................             20,578(8)             *
Robert J. Kamerschen..................................             15,000(8)             *
Barry Lawson Williams.................................             15,000(8)             *
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group.......          2,833,722                 1.65%
 
Harris Associates L.P. and its general partner,.......         17,374,440(9)             10.14%
  Harris Associates, Inc.
  Two North LaSalle Street,
  Ste. 500
  Chicago, Illinois 60602-3790
 
AMVESCAP, PLC and certain of its subsidiaries.........         12,048,320(10)             7.03%
  11 Devonshire Square
  London EC2M 4YR
  England
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
  *  Represents ownership of less than 1%.
 
 (1) The amounts and percentage of Donnelley Corp.'s common stock beneficially
     owned are reported on the basis of rules and regulations of the Securities
     and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") governing the determination of
     beneficial ownership of securities. Under such rules and regulations, a
     person is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security if that person
     has or shares "voting power", which includes the power to vote or to direct
     the voting of such security, or "investment power", which includes the
     power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person
     is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities which that person
     has a right to acquire beneficial ownership of within 60 days. Under these
     rules and regulations, more than one person may be deemed a beneficial
     owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial
     owner of securities in which he has no economic interest.
 
 (2) Includes 1,142,893 shares of Donnelley Corp.'s common stock which may be
     acquired pursuant to options exercisable as of June 30, 1998 or within 60
     days thereafter.
 
 (3) Includes 391,268 shares of Donnelley Corp.'s common stock which may be
     acquired pursuant to options exercisable as of June 30, 1998 or within 60
     days thereafter.
 
                                       66
<PAGE>   71
 
 (4) Includes 249,359 shares of Donnelley Corp.'s common stock which may be
     acquired pursuant to options exercisable as of June 30, 1998 or within 60
     days thereafter.
 
 (5) Includes 366,543 shares of Donnelley Corp.'s common stock which may be
     acquired pursuant to options exercisable as of June 30, 1998 or within 60
     days thereafter.
 
 (6) Includes 172,188 shares of Donnelley Corp.'s common stock which may be
     acquired pursuant to options exercisable as of June 30, 1998 or within 60
     days thereafter.
 
 (7) All 24,705 shares listed are shares of Donnelley Corp.'s common stock which
     may be acquired pursuant to options exercisable as of June 30, 1998 or
     within 60 days thereafter.
 
 (8) Includes (i) options to purchase 7,500 shares of Donnelley Corp.'s common
     stock, which options will become exercisable in equal increments on each of
     the first three anniversary's of the date of the grant, July 14, 1998, and
     (ii) 7,500 deferred shares of Company's common stock which will vest in
     equal increments on each of the first three anniversary's of the date of
     the grant, July 14, 1998.
 
 (9) Harris Associates L.P. ("Harris") and its sole general partner, Harris
     Associates, Inc. ("Harris Inc."), jointly filed a Schedule 13G with the
     Commission on February 11, 1998. According to such Schedule 13G, Harris, a
     registered investment adviser, had as of December 31, 1997, shared voting
     power over 14,903,640 shares of Donnelley Corp.'s common stock. Of such
     shares, Harris had sole dispositive power over 5,171,140 shares and shared
     dispositive power over 9,732,500 shares. On April 9, 1998, Harris and
     Harris Inc. jointly filed an amendment to their Schedule 13G with the
     Commission which reported that as of March 31, 1998 Harris shared voting
     power over 17,374,440 shares of Donnelley Corp.'s common stock. Of such
     shares, Harris had sole dispositive power over 5,435,440 shares and shared
     dispositive power over 11,939,000 shares. The foregoing Schedule 13G and
     the amendments thereto related to the common stock of The Dun & Bradstreet
     Corporation, the predecessor of Donnelley Corp.
 
(10) AMVESCAP PLC and its subsidiaries, ADZ, Inc. (a holding company), AIM
     Management Group Inc. (a holding company), INVESCO, Inc. (a holding
     company), INVESCO North American Holdings, Inc. (a holding company),
     INVESCO Capital Management, Inc. (a registered investment adviser), INVESCO
     Funds Group, Inc. (a registered investment adviser), INVESCO Management &
     Research, Inc. (a registered investment adviser), and INVESCO Realty
     Advisers, Inc. (a registered investment adviser), jointly filed a Schedule
     13G with the Commission on February 11, 1998. This Schedule 13G reported
     that these companies had, as of December 31, 1997, shared voting power and
     shared dispositive power over 12,048,320 shares of Donnelley Corp.'s common
     stock. The foregoing Schedule 13G related to the common stock of The Dun &
     Bradstreet Corporation, the predecessor of the Company.
 
                       DESCRIPTION OF NEW CREDIT FACILITY
 
     Donnelley has entered into the New Credit Facility (the "Credit Agreement")
with The Chase Manhattan Bank ("Chase"), Chase Securities Inc. ("CSI") and
Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. ("Goldman Sachs Credit Partners" and,
together with Chase, the "Lenders") pursuant to which the Lenders have provided,
subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement, (i) a
senior secured Revolving Facility of $100 million and (ii) senior secured Term
Facilities in aggregate of $300 million. The Term Facilities consist of $75
million in aggregate principal amount of Tranche A Term Loans, $125 million in
aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans and $100 million in aggregate
principal amount of Tranche C Term Loans. CSI and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners
managed the syndication of the New Credit Facility.
 
     The following summary of the New Credit Facility does not purport to be
complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the definitive
documentation for the New Credit Facility, a copy of which has been filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement.
 
                                       67
<PAGE>   72
 
     The obligations of Donnelley under the New Credit Facility are
unconditionally guaranteed by Donnelley Corp. and each future domestic direct or
indirect subsidiary of Donnelley (the "Credit Facility Subsidiary Guarantors").
The New Credit Facility and the guarantees are secured by substantially all of
the assets and the capital stock of Donnelley and the Credit Facility Subsidiary
Guarantors.
 
     The Revolving Facility and the Tranche A Term Loans will mature in June
2004. The Tranche B Term Loans will mature in December 2005 and the Tranche C
Term Loans will mature in December 2006. The Term Facilities in aggregate will
amortize in quarterly installments commencing in September 1998. Donnelley will
be required to repay $2.25 million, $6.0 million, $13.5 million, $17.25 million,
$21.0 million, $28.5 million, $38.5 million, $81.0 million and $92.0 million in
the first through ninth years, respectively, of the New Credit Facility.
 
     The loans under the New Credit Facility bear interest based on, at
Donnelley's election, LIBOR or ABR (both as defined in the New Credit Facility),
plus a certain spread which is based on Donnelley's ratio of total debt to
EBITDA. Indebtedness under the Revolving Facility and Tranche A Term Loans will
initially (subject to adjustment based on Donnelley's total debt to EBITDA
ratio) bear interest at a rate of, at Donnelley's option, either LIBOR plus
1.50% or ABR plus 0.5%. Indebtedness under the Tranche B Term Loans will
initially (subject to adjustment based on Donnelley's total debt to EBITDA
ratio) bear interest at a rate of, at Donnelley's option, either LIBOR plus
1.75% or ABR plus 0.75%. Indebtedness under the Tranche C Term Loans will
initially (subject to adjustment based on Donnelley's total debt to EBITDA
ratio) bear interest at a rate of, at Donnelley's option, either LIBOR plus
2.00% or ABR plus 1.00%.
 
     The New Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other
things, restrict the ability of Donnelley and any future subsidiaries (and, in
some instances, restrict Donnelley from voting its partnership interests) to
engage in mergers, consolidations and asset sales, make certain changes of
business or other fundamental changes, engage in certain transactions with
affiliates, amend or waive terms of material contracts (including the agreements
entered into in connection with the Distribution), create liens on assets, incur
additional indebtedness, enter into sale-leasebacks, make investments, prepay
debt, pay dividends or make capital distributions and otherwise restrict
corporate activities. In addition, the New Credit Facility will require
Donnelley to meet certain financial tests, including (i) total debt to EDITDA
ratio and (ii) EDITDA to fixed charge ratio.
 
     The New Credit Facility contains customary events of default, including the
failure to pay principal when due or any interest or other amount that becomes
due within three business days after the due date, a default in the performance
of certain covenants, breach of representations or warranties, invalidity of any
guarantee or security document, certain insolvency events, cross default,
certain change of control events, failure to consummate the Distribution within
45 days of the closing of the New Credit Facility, and termination of certain
material contracts.
 
                              DESCRIPTION OF NOTES
 
     The Exchange Notes will be issued under an Indenture, dated as of June 5,
1998 (the "Indenture"), between Donnelley and The Bank of New York, as trustee
(the "Trustee"), which has been filed as a exhibit to the Registration Statement
of which this Prospectus constitutes a part. The statements under this caption
relating to the Notes and the Indenture are summaries and do not purport to be
complete, and are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference
to, all the provisions of the Indenture, including the definitions of certain
terms therein. The Indenture is by its terms subject to and governed by the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. Unless otherwise indicated, references
under this caption to sections, "sec." or articles are references to the
Indenture. Where reference is made to particular provisions of the Indenture or
to defined terms not otherwise defined herein, such provisions or defined terms
are incorporated herein by reference. Copies of the Indenture referred to below
will be available at the corporate trust office of the Trustee.
                                       68
<PAGE>   73
 
GENERAL
 
     The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects to
the Old Notes, except for certain transfer restrictions relating to the Old
Notes and except that, if (i) the registration statement relating to the
Exchange Offer has not been filed within 60 days following the Closing, (ii) the
Registration Statement has not become effective within 120 days following the
Closing or (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been consummated within 60 business
days after the effective date of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or
(iv) any registration statement required by the Registration Rights Agreement is
filed and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective (except
as specifically permitted therein) without being succeeded immediately by an
additional registration statement filed and declared effective (any such event
referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a "Registration Default"), then the per
annum interest rate on the Notes will increase, for the period from the
occurrence of the Registration Default until such time as no Registration
Default is in effect (at which time the interest rate will be reduced to its
initial rate) by 0.25% during the first 90-day period following the occurrence
of such Registration Default, which rate shall increase by an additional 0.25%
during each subsequent 90-day period, up to a maximum of 1.0%.
 
     The Notes are unsecured obligations of Donnelley and mature on June 1,
2008.
 
     The Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis
(the "Donnelley Corp. Guarantee") by Donnelley Corp. The Donnelley Corp.
Guarantee is subordinated to all Donnelley Corp. Senior Debt.
 
     At the original issue date of the Notes, Donnelley had no Restricted
Subsidiaries. Donnelley covenanted to cause any future Restricted Subsidiaries
to unconditionally guarantee the Notes, jointly and severally on a subordinated
basis (such guarantees, the "Subsidiary Guarantees" and such guarantors, the
"Subsidiary Guarantors"), provided that each such Restricted Subsidiary will
cease to be a Subsidiary Guarantor when it ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary.
The ranking and effectiveness of the Subsidiary Guarantees are subject to
certain legal considerations and are therefore uncertain. See "Risk
Factors -- Risk of Fraudulent Transfer" above.
 
     Notes bear interest at a rate of 9.125% per annum from June 5, 1998 or from
the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or
provided for, payable semiannually on June 1 and December 1 of each year,
commencing December 1, 1998, to the Person in whose name the Note (or any
predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on the preceding May 15
or November 15, as the case may be. Settlement for the Notes will be made in
immediately available funds and payments by Donnelley in respect of the Notes
(including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made in immediately
available funds. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. (Sections 301, 307 and 310)
 
     Principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be
payable, and the Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and
exchange, at the office or agency of Donnelley maintained for that purpose in
the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, provided that at the option of
Donnelley, payment of interest on the Notes may be made by check mailed to the
address of the Person entitled thereto as it appears in the Note Register. Until
otherwise designated by Donnelley, such office or agency will be the corporate
trust office of the Trustee, as Paying Agent and Registrar. (Sections 301, 305
and 1002)
 
FORM, DENOMINATION, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE AND BOOK-ENTRY PROCEDURES
 
     Notes will be issued only in fully registered form, without interest
coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. Notes will
not be issued in bearer form.
 
     Global Notes.  The Exchange Notes initially will be represented by one or
more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively,
the "Global Note"). The Global Notes will be deposited upon issuance with the
Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company
                                       69
<PAGE>   74
 
("DTC"), in New York, New York, and registered in the name of DTC or its
nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect
participant in DTC as described below.
 
     Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be subject to
the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its direct or indirect
participants (including, if applicable, those of Euroclear and CEDEL), which may
change from time to time.
 
     Except as set forth below, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole
and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its
nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchanged for Notes
in certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below under
"-- Exchanges of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes".
 
     Exchanges of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes.  A beneficial
interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Note in certificated form
unless (i) DTC (x) notifies Donnelley that it is unwilling or unable to continue
as Depositary for the Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency
registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"), and in either case Donnelley thereupon fails to appoint a successor
Depositary, (ii) Donnelley, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that
it elects to cause the issuance of the Notes in certificated form or (iii) there
shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the
Notes. In all cases, certificated Notes delivered in exchange for any Global
Note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued
in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in
accordance with its customary procedures). Any certificated Note issued in
exchange for an interest in a Global Note will bear the legend restricting
transfers that is borne by such Global Note. Any such exchange will be effected
through the DWAC System and an appropriate adjustment will be made in the
records of the Security Registrar to reflect a decrease in the principal amount
of the relevant Global Note.
 
     Certain Book-Entry Procedures.  The descriptions of the operations and
procedures of DTC, Euroclear and CEDEL that follow are provided solely as a
matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the
control of the respective settlement systems and are subject to changes by them
from time to time. Donnelley takes no responsibility for these operations and
procedures and urges investors to contact the system or their participants
directly to discuss these matters.
 
     The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish an account with respect
to the Old Notes at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility for purposes of the
Exchange Offer promptly after the date of this Prospectus. Any financial
institution that is a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's systems
may make book-entry delivery of Old Notes by causing the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account in
accordance with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's Automated Tender Offer
Program ("ATOP") procedures for transfer. However, the exchange for the Old
Notes so tendered will only be made after timely confirmation of such book-entry
transfer of Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account, and timely receipt by
the Exchange Agent of an Agent's Message (as such term is defined in the next
sentence) and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal. The
term "Agent's Message" means a message, transmitted by the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility and received by the Exchange Agent and forming a part of a Book-Entry
Confirmation, which states that the Book-Entry Transfer Facility has received an
express acknowledgment from a participant tendering Old Notes that are the
subject of such Book-Entry Confirmation that such participant has received and
agrees to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal, and that the
Company may enforce such agreement against such participant.
 
     DTC has advised Donnelley as follows: DTC is a limited purpose trust
company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a member of the
Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the
Uniform Commercial Code and a "Clearing Agency" registered pursuant to the
provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold
securities for its participants ("participants") and facilitate the clearance
and settlement of
                                       70
<PAGE>   75
 
securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entry
changes in accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for
physical transfer and delivery of certificates. Participants include securities
brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations and may
include certain other organizations. Indirect access to the DTC system is
available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies
that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant,
either directly or indirectly ("indirect participants").
 
     DTC has advised Donnelley that its current practice, upon the issuance of
the Global Note, is to credit, on its internal system, the respective principal
amount of the individual beneficial interests represented by such Global Notes
to the accounts with DTC of the participants through which such interests are to
be held. Ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be shown on,
and the transfer of that ownership will be effected only through, records
maintained by DTC or its nominees (with respect to interests of participants)
and the records of participants and indirect participants (with respect to
interests of persons other than participants).
 
     AS LONG AS DTC, OR ITS NOMINEE, IS THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF A GLOBAL NOTE,
DTC OR SUCH NOMINEE, AS THE CASE MAY BE, WILL BE CONSIDERED THE SOLE OWNER AND
HOLDER OF THE NOTES REPRESENTED BY SUCH GLOBAL NOTE FOR ALL PURPOSES UNDER THE
INDENTURE AND THE NOTES. Except in the limited circumstances described above
under "-- Exchanges of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes", owners of
beneficial interests in a Global Note will not be entitled to have any portions
of such Global Note registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled
to receive physical delivery of Notes in definitive form and will not be
considered the owners or Holders of the Global Note (or any Note represented
thereby) under the Indenture or the Notes.
 
     Investors may hold their interests in the Global Note directly through DTC,
if they are participants in such system, or indirectly through organizations
(including Euroclear and CEDEL) which are participants in such system. CEDEL and
Euroclear will hold interests in the Global Note on behalf of their participants
through customers' securities accounts in their respective names on the books of
their respective depositories. The depositories, in turn, will hold such
interests in such Global Notes in customers' securities accounts in the
depositories' names on the books of DTC. All interests in a Global Note,
including those held through Euroclear or CEDEL, will be subject to the
procedures and requirements of DTC. Those interests held through Euroclear or
CEDEL will also be subject to the procedures and requirements of such system.
 
     The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery
in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to
transfer beneficial interests in a Global Note to such persons may be limited to
that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of its participants, which in
turn act on behalf of indirect participants and certain banks, the ability of a
person having a beneficial interest in a Global Note to pledge such interest to
persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take
actions in respect of such interest, may be affected by the lack of a physical
certificate evidencing such interest.
 
     Payments of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on Global Notes
will be made to DTC or its nominee as the registered owner thereof. Neither
Donnelley, the Trustee nor any of their respective agents will have any
responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or
payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes
or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such
beneficial ownership interests.
 
     Donnelley expects that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of
principal or interest in respect of a Global Note representing any Notes held by
it or its nominee, will immediately credit participants' accounts with payments
in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the
principal amount of such Global Note for such Notes as shown on the records of
DTC or its nominee. Donnelley also expects that payments by participants to
owners of beneficial interests in such Global Note held through such
participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices,
as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in
"street name". Such payment will be the responsibility of such participants.
                                       71
<PAGE>   76
 
     Except for trades involving only Euroclear and CEDEL participants,
interests in the Global Note will trade in DTC's settlement system and secondary
market trading activity in such interests will therefore settle in immediately
available funds, subject in all cases to the rules and procedures of DTC and its
participants. Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in
accordance with DTC's procedures, and will be settled in same-day funds.
Transfers between participants in Euroclear and CEDEL will be effected in the
ordinary way in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.
 
     Subject to compliance with the transfer and exchange provisions applicable
to the Notes described elsewhere herein, cross-market transfers between DTC
participants, on the one hand, and Euroclear or CEDEL participants, on the other
hand, will be effected by DTC in accordance with DTC's rules on behalf of
Euroclear or CEDEL, as the case may be, by its respective depositary; however,
such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to
Euroclear or CEDEL, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in
accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines
(Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or CEDEL, as the case may be, will, if
the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its
respective depository to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by
delivering or receiving interests in the relevant Global Note in DTC, and making
or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds
settlement applicable to DTC Euroclear participants and CEDEL participants may
not deliver instructions directly to the depositories for Euroclear or CEDEL.
 
     Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or
CEDEL participant purchasing an interest in a Global Note from a DTC participant
will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to the relevant
Euroclear or CEDEL participant, during the securities settlement processing day
(which must be a business day for Euroclear and CEDEL) immediately following the
DTC settlement date. Cash received in Euroclear or CEDEL as a result of sales of
interests in a Global Note by or through a Euroclear or CEDEL participant to a
DTC participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will
be available in the relevant Euroclear or CEDEL cash account only as of the
business day for Euroclear or CEDEL following the DTC settlement date.
 
     DTC has advised Donnelley that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a holder of Notes (including the presentation of Notes for exchange as
described below) only at the direction of one or more participants to whose
account with DTC interests in the Global Notes are credited and only in respect
of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes as to which such
participant or participants has or have given such direction. However, if there
is an Event of Default (as defined below) under the Notes, the Global Notes will
be exchanged for legended Notes in certificated form, and distributed to DTC's
participants.
 
     Although DTC, Euroclear and CEDEL have agreed to the foregoing procedures
in order to facilitate transfers of beneficial ownership interests in the Global
Notes among participants of DTC, Euroclear and CEDEL, they are under no
obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures, and such
procedures may be discontinued at any time. None of Donnelley, the Trustee nor
any of their respective agents will have any responsibility for the performance
by DTC, Euroclear and CEDEL, their participants or indirect participants of
their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their
operations, including maintaining, supervising or reviewing the records relating
to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests in Global
Notes.
 
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
 
     The Notes will be subject to redemption, at the option of Donnelley, in
whole or in part, at any time on or after June 1, 2003 and prior to maturity,
upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice mailed to each Holder of
Notes to be redeemed at such Holder's address appearing in the Note Register, in
amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, at the following Redemption
 
                                       72
<PAGE>   77
 
Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) plus accrued interest
to but excluding the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record
on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest
Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date), if redeemed during the
12-month period beginning June 1 of the years indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           REDEMPTION
YEAR                                                         PRICE
- ----                                                       ----------
<S>                                                        <C>
2003.....................................................   104.563%
2004.....................................................   103.042%
2005.....................................................   101.521%
2006 and thereafter......................................   100.000%
</TABLE>
 
(Sections 203, 1101, 1105 and 1107)
 
In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2001 in the event Donnelley Corp. or
Donnelley receives net cash proceeds from the sale of its Common Stock in one or
more Equity Offerings, Donnelley (to the extent it receives such proceeds and
has not used such proceeds, directly or indirectly, to redeem or repurchase
other securities pursuant to optional redemption provisions) may, at its option,
use all or a portion of any such net proceeds to redeem, from time to time,
Notes in an aggregate principal amount of up to 35% of the original aggregate
principal amount of the Notes, provided, however, that Notes having a principal
amount equal to at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the
Notes remain outstanding after such redemption. Such redemption must occur on a
Redemption Date within 120 days of such sale and upon not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days' notice mailed to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such
Holder's address appearing in the Note Register, in amounts of $1,000 or an
integral multiple of $1,000, at a redemption price of 109.125% of the principal
amount of the Notes plus accrued interest to but excluding the Redemption Date
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date
to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the
Redemption Date).
 
     If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select, in
such manner as it shall deem fair and appropriate, the particular Notes to be
redeemed or any portion thereof that is an integral multiple of $1,000. (Section
1104)
 
     The Notes will not have the benefit of any sinking fund.
 
SUBORDINATION
 
     The indebtedness evidenced by the Notes will, to the extent set forth in
the Indenture, be subordinate in right of payment to the prior payment in full
of all Senior Debt. Upon any payment or distribution of assets to creditors upon
any liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, assignment for the
benefit of creditors or marshaling of assets of Donnelley, whether voluntary or
involuntary, or any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceedings
of Donnelley, the holders of all Senior Debt will first be entitled to receive
payment in full of such Senior Debt, or provision made for such payment, before
the Holders of the Notes will be entitled to receive any payment in respect of
the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on, or any obligation to
repurchase, the Notes. In the event that notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Trustee or the Holder of any Note receives any payment or distribution of assets
of Donnelley of any kind or character (including any such payment or
distribution which may be payable or deliverable by the reason of the payment of
any other indebtedness of Donnelley being subordinated to the payment of the
Notes), before all the Senior Debt is so paid in full, then such payment or
distribution will be required to be paid over or delivered forthwith to the
trustee in bankruptcy or other person making payment or distribution of assets
of Donnelley for application to the payment of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid,
to the extent necessary to pay the Senior Debt in full.
 
     No payments on account of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or
in respect of the purchase or other acquisition of, the Notes, and no defeasance
of the Notes, may be made if there
 
                                       73
<PAGE>   78
 
shall have occurred and be continuing a Senior Payment Default. "Senior Payment
Default" means any default in the payment of any principal of or premium, if
any, or interest on Senior Debt when due, whether at the stated maturity of any
such payment or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or
otherwise.
 
     Upon the occurrence of a Senior Nonmonetary Default and receipt of written
notice by Donnelley and the Trustee of the occurrence of such Senior Nonmonetary
Default from any holder of Senior Debt (or any trustee, agent or other
representative for such holder) which is the subject of such Senior Nonmonetary
Default, no payments on account of principal of, premium, if any, or interest
on, or in respect of the purchase or other acquisition of, the Notes, and no
defeasance of the Notes, may be made for a period (the "Payment Blockage
Period") commencing on the date of the receipt of such notice and ending the
earlier of (i) the date on which such Senior Nonmonetary Default shall have been
cured or waived or ceased to exist or all Senior Debt the subject of such Senior
Nonmonetary Default shall have been discharged and (ii) the 179th day after the
date of the receipt of such notice. In any event, no more than one Payment
Blockage Period may be commenced during any 360-day period and there shall be a
period of at least 181 days during each 360-day period when no Payment Blockage
Period is in effect. In addition, no Senior Nonmonetary Default that existed or
was continuing on the date of the commencement of a Payment Blockage Period may
be made the basis of the commencement of a subsequent Payment Blockage Period
whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such Senior
Nonmonetary Default shall have been cured for a period of not less than 90
consecutive days. "Senior Nonmonetary Default" means the occurrence or existence
and continuance of an event of default with respect to Senior Debt, other than a
Senior Payment Default, permitting the holders of the Senior Debt (or a trustee
or other agent on behalf of the holders thereof) then to declare such Senior
Debt due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise become due
and payable.
 
     The failure to make any payment on the Notes by reason of the provisions of
the Indenture described under this caption "Subordination" will not be construed
as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes
arising from any such failure to make payment. Upon termination of any period of
payment blockage Donnelley shall resume making any and all required payments in
respect of the Notes, including any missed payments.
 
     "Senior Debt" means (i) the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest
(including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in
bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to Donnelley whether or not such claim
for post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) on, and penalties and
any obligation of Donnelley for reimbursement, indemnities and fees relating to,
any Credit Facility and (ii) the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest
on Debt of Donnelley for money borrowed, whether Incurred on or prior to the
date of original issuance of the Notes or thereafter, and any amendments,
renewals, extensions, modifications, refinancings and refundings of any such
Debt and (iii) Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements
entered into with respect to Debt described in clauses (i) and (ii) above;
provided, however, that the following shall not constitute Senior Debt: (1) any
Debt as to which the terms of the instrument creating or evidencing the same
provide that such Debt is not superior in right of payment to the Notes, (2) any
Debt which is subordinated in right of payment in any respect to any other Debt
of Donnelley, (3) Debt evidenced by the Notes, (4) any Debt owed to a Person
when such Person is a Subsidiary of Donnelley, (5) any obligation of Donnelley
arising from Redeemable Stock of Donnelley, (6) that portion of any Debt which
is Incurred in violation of the Indenture and (7) Debt which, when Incurred and
without respect to any election under Section 1111 (b) of Title 11, United
States Code, is without recourse to Donnelley.
 
     By reason of such subordination, in the event of insolvency, creditors of
Donnelley who are not holders of Senior Debt or of the Notes may recover less,
ratably, than holders of Senior Debt and more, ratably, than Holders of the
Notes.
 
                                       74
<PAGE>   79
 
     The subordination provisions described above will not be applicable to
payments in respect of the Notes from a defeasance trust established in
connection with any defeasance or covenant defeasance of the Notes as described
under "-- Defeasance." (Article Thirteen)
 
REGISTRATION COVENANT; EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     Holders of Old Notes are entitled to certain registration rights pursuant
to the Registration Rights Agreement. Pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement, the Company agreed, for the benefit of the holders of the Old Notes,
(i) to file with the Commission, within 60 days following the time of delivery
of the Notes (the "Closing"), a registration statement (the "Exchange Offer
Registration Statement") under the Securities Act relating to an exchange offer
(the "Exchange Offer") pursuant to which the Exchange Notes would be offered in
exchange for the Old Notes tendered at the option of the holders thereof and
(ii) to use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement to become effective as soon as practicable thereafter. Donnelley has
further agreed to commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement has become effective, hold the offer open for at least 30
days, and exchange the Exchange Notes for all Old Notes validly tendered and not
withdrawn before the expiration of the offer.
 
     Under existing Commission interpretations, the Exchange Notes would in
general be freely transferable after the Exchange Offer without further
registration under the Securities Act, except that broker-dealers
("Participating Broker-Dealers") receiving Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer
will be subject to a prospectus delivery requirement with respect to resales of
those Exchange Notes. The Commission has taken the position that participating
Broker-Dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect
to the Exchange Notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the
original sale of the Notes) by delivery of the prospectus contained in the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Under the Registration Rights Agreement,
Donnelley is required to allow Participating Broker-Dealers and other persons,
if any, subject to similar prospectus delivery requirements to use the
prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in connection
with the resale of such Exchange Notes. The Exchange Offer Registration
Statement will be kept effective for a period of 180 days after the Exchange
Offer has been consummated in order to permit resales of Exchange Notes acquired
by broker-dealers in aftermarket transactions. Each holder of Old Notes (other
than certain specified holders) who wishes to exchange such Old Notes for
Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer will be required to represent that any
Exchange Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of
its business, that at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has
no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution (within the
meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes and that it is not an
Affiliate of Donnelley.
 
     However, if (i) on or before the date of consummation of the Exchange
Offer, the existing Commission interpretations are changed such that the
Exchange Notes would not in general be freely transferable in such manner on
such date, (ii) the Exchange Offer has not been consummated within 210 days
following the Closing or (iii) the Initial Purchasers so request within 60 days
after the consummation of the Exchange Offer with respect to any Notes held by
them following consummation of the Exchange Offer, Donnelley will, in lieu of
(or, in the case of clause (iii), in addition to) effecting registration of
Exchange Notes, use its best efforts to cause a registration statement under the
Securities Act relating to a shelf registration of the Notes for resale by
holders or, in the case of clause (iii), of the Notes held by the Initial
Purchasers for resale by the Initial Purchasers (the "Resale Registration") to
become effective and to remain effective until two years following the Closing
(or such earlier date as of which all of the Notes shall have been sold
thereunder). Donnelley will, in the event of the Resale Registration, provide to
the holder or holders of the applicable Notes copies of the prospectus that is a
part of the registration statement filed in connection with the Resale
Registration, notify such holder or holders when the Resale Registration for the
applicable Notes has become effective and take certain other actions as are
required to
 
                                       75
<PAGE>   80
 
permit unrestricted resales of the applicable Notes. A holder of Notes that
sells such Notes pursuant to the Resale Registration generally would be required
to be named as a selling securityholder in the related prospectus and to deliver
a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability
provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be
bound by the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement that are applicable
to such a holder (including certain indemnification obligations).
 
     In the event that (i) Donnelley has not filed, if applicable, the Resale
Registration within 60 days following the Closing or (ii) the registration
statement relating to the Exchange Offer has not become effective within 120
days following the Closing or (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been consummated
within 60 business days after the effective date of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement or (iv) any registration statement required by the
Registration Rights Agreement is filed and declared effective but shall
thereafter cease to be effective (except as specifically permitted therein)
without being succeeded immediately by an additional registration statement
filed and declared effective (any such event referred to in clauses (i) through
(iv), a "Registration Default"), then the per annum interest rate on the Notes
will increase, for the period from the occurrence of the Registration Default
until such time as no Registration Default is in effect (at which time the
interest rate will be reduced to its initial rate) by 0.25% during the first
90-day period following the occurrence of such Registration Default, which rate
shall increase by an additional 0.25% during each subsequent 90-day period, up
to a maximum of 1.0%.
 
     The summary herein of certain provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement, a copy of which will be available upon request to the Trustee or
Donnelley.
 
     The Old Notes and the Exchange Notes will be considered collectively to be
a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including, without
limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and Offers to Purchase, and for
purposes of this Description of Notes (except under this caption "Registration
Covenant; Exchange Offer") all references herein to "Notes" shall be deemed to
refer collectively to Old Notes and any Exchange Notes, unless the context
otherwise requires.
 
COVENANTS
 
     The Indenture contains, among others, the following covenants:
 
  Limitation on Consolidated Debt
 
     Donnelley may not, and may not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of
Donnelley to, Incur any Debt unless immediately after giving pro forma effect to
the Incurrence of such Debt and the receipt and application of the proceeds
thereof, the Consolidated Cash Flow Coverage Ratio of Donnelley would be greater
than 2 to 1.
 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, Donnelley may, and may permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, incur the following Debt:
 
          (i) Debt Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility; provided, however,
     that, after giving effect to any such Incurrence, the aggregate principal
     amount of all Debt Incurred under this clause (i) then outstanding does not
     exceed $400 million less the sum of all principal payments with respect to
     such Debt pursuant to clause (iii) (1) of the covenant described under
     "-- Limitation on Asset Disposition";
 
          (ii) the original issuance by Donnelley of the Debt evidenced by the
     Notes and any Guarantees of the Notes;
 
                                       76
<PAGE>   81
 
          (iii) Debt (other than Debt described in another clause of this
     paragraph) outstanding on the date of original issuance of the Notes after
     giving effect to the application of the proceeds of the Notes;
 
          (iv) Debt owed by Donnelley to any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary
     of Donnelley for which fair value has been received or Debt owed by a
     Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley to Donnelley or a Wholly Owned
     Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley; provided, however, that upon either (1)
     the transfer or other disposition by such Wholly Owned Restricted
     Subsidiary or Donnelley of any Debt so permitted to a Person other than
     Donnelley or another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley or (2)
     the issuance (other than directors' qualifying shares), sale, lease,
     transfer or other disposition of shares of Capital Stock (including by
     consolidation or merger) of such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to a
     Person other than Donnelley or another such Wholly, Owned Restricted
     Subsidiary, the provisions of this clause (iv) shall no longer be
     applicable to such Debt and such Debt shall be deemed to have been Incurred
     at the time of such transfer or other disposition;
 
          (v) Debt consisting of Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity
     Price Agreements;
 
          (vi) Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that does not violate the
     covenant described under "-- Limitation on Debt of Restricted
     Subsidiaries";
 
          (vii) Refinancing Debt in respect of Debt Incurred pursuant to the
     first paragraph of this covenant or pursuant to clause (ii), (iii) or (vi)
     or this clause (vii); provided, however, that to the extent such
     Refinancing Debt directly or indirectly Refinances Debt of a Restricted
     Subsidiary Incurred pursuant to clause (vi), such Refinancing Debt shall be
     incurred only by such Subsidiary; and
 
          (viii) Debt not otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clauses
     (i) through (vii) above, which, together with any other outstanding Debt
     Incurred pursuant to this clause (viii), has an aggregate principal amount
     not in excess of $5 million at any time outstanding. (Section 1007)
 
     For purposes of determining compliance with the foregoing covenant, (i) in
the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types
of Debt described above, Donnelley, in its sole discretion, will classify such
item of Debt and will only be required to include the amount and type of such
Debt in one of the above clauses, (ii) an item of Debt may be divided and
classified in more than one of the types of Debt described above and (iii) any
other obligation of the obligor on any item of Debt (or of any other Person who
could have Incurred such Debt under this covenant) arising under any Guarantee,
Lien or letter of credit supporting such Debt shall be disregarded to the extent
that it secures the principal amount of such Debt.
 
  Limitation on Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries
 
     Donnelley may not cause, and may not permit, any Restricted Subsidiary of
Donnelley to Incur any Debt except: (i) guarantees not prohibited by the
covenant described under "-- Limitation on Issuance of Guarantees of
Subordinated Debt"; (ii) Debt outstanding on the date of the Indenture; (iii)
Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted by clauses (iv) and (vii) of the
covenant described under "-- Limitation on Consolidated Debt"; or (iv) Debt or
Preferred Stock Incurred by a Person prior to the time (A) such Person became a
Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley, (B) such Person merges into or consolidates
with a Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley or (C) another Restricted Subsidiary
of Donnelley merges into or consolidates with such Person (in a transaction in
which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley), which Debt or
Preferred Stock was not Incurred or issued in anticipation of such transaction
and was outstanding prior to such transaction. (Section 1008)
 
                                       77
<PAGE>   82
 
  Limitation on Senior Subordinated Debt
 
     Donnelley may not incur any Debt which by its terms is both (i)
subordinated in right of payment to any Senior Debt and (ii) senior in right of
payment to the Notes. (Section 1009)
 
  Limitation on Issuance of Guarantees of Subordinated Debt
 
     Donnelley may not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly,
to assume, guarantee or in any other manner become liable with respect to any
Debt of Donnelley that by its terms is subordinate or junior in right of payment
to the Notes. (Section 1010)
 
  Limitation on Liens
 
     Donnelley may not, and may not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create,
incur or assume any Lien on or with respect to any property or assets of
Donnelley or any such Restricted Subsidiary now owned or hereafter acquired to
secure Debt which is pari passu with or subordinated in right of payment to the
Notes without making, or causing such Restricted Subsidiary to make, effective
provision for securing the Notes (and, if Donnelley shall so determine, any
other Debt of Donnelley which is not subordinate to the Notes or of such
Restricted Subsidiary) (x) equally and ratably with such Debt as to such
property or assets for so long as such Debt shall be so secured or (y) in the
event such Debt is Debt of Donnelley which is subordinate in right of payment to
the Notes, prior to such Debt as to such property for so long as such Debt will
be so secured.
 
  Limitation on Restricted Payments
 
     Donnelley (i) may not, directly or indirectly, declare or pay any dividend
or make any distribution (including any payment in connection with any merger or
consolidation derived from assets of Donnelley or any Restricted Subsidiary) in
respect of its Capital Stock, excluding any dividends or distributions by
Donnelley payable solely in shares of its Capital Stock (other than Redeemable
Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire its Capital Stock
(other than Redeemable Stock), (ii) may not, and may not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, purchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire or retire for value (a)
any Capital Stock of Donnelley or any Related Person of Donnelley or (b) any
options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of Capital Stock of
Donnelley or any Related Person of Donnelley or any securities convertible or
exchangeable into shares of Capital Stock of Donnelley or any Related Person of
Donnelley, (iii) may not make, or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to make, any
Investment other than a Permitted Investment, and (iv) may not, and may not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise
acquire or retire for value prior to any scheduled maturity, repayment or
sinking fund payment Debt of Donnelley which is subordinate in right of payment
to the Notes (each of clauses (i) through (iv) being a "Restricted Payment") if:
(1) an Event of Default, or an event that with the passing of time or the giving
of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, shall have occurred
and is continuing or would result from such Restricted Payment, or (2) after
giving effect to such Restricted Payment Donnelley could not Incur at least
$1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the terms of the Indenture described in the
first paragraph of "-- Limitation on Consolidated Debt" above, or (3) upon
giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the aggregate of all Restricted
Payments from the date of issuance of the Notes exceeds the sum of: (a) 50% of
cumulative Consolidated Net Income (or, in the case Consolidated Net Income
shall be negative, less 100% of such deficit) of Donnelley since the first day
of the first full fiscal quarter commencing immediately following the date of
issuance of the Notes through the last day of the last full fiscal quarter
ending immediately preceding the date of such Restricted Payment for which
quarterly or annual financial statements are available (taken as a single
accounting period); plus (b) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds received by
Donnelley after the date of original issuance of the Notes, including the fair
market value of property other than cash (determined in good faith by the Board
of Directors as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors filed with
the Trustee), from contributions of capital or the issuance and sale (other than
to a Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital
                                       78
<PAGE>   83
 
Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of Donnelley, options, warrants or other
rights to acquire Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of Donnelley and
Debt of Donnelley that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock
(other than Redeemable Stock and other than by or from a Restricted Subsidiary)
of Donnelley after the date of original issuance of the Notes, provided that any
such net proceeds received by Donnelley from an employee stock ownership plan
financed by loans from Donnelley or a Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley shall
be included only to the extent such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior
to the date of determination; plus (c) an amount equal to the sum of (i) the net
reduction in Investments in any Person resulting from dividends, repayments of
loans or advances or other transfers of assets, in each case to Donnelley or any
Restricted Subsidiary from such Person, and (ii) the portion (proportionate to
Donnelley's equity interest in any Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the
net assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted
Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the
foregoing sum shall not exceed, in the case of any Person, the amount of
Investments previously made (and treated as a Restricted Payment) by Donnelley
or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person; plus (d) $25 million. Prior to the
making of any Restricted Payment, Donnelley shall deliver to the Trustee an
Officers' Certificate setting forth the computations by which the determinations
required by clauses (2) and (3) above were made and stating that no Event of
Default, or event that with the passing of time or the giving of notice, or
both, would constitute an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing or
will result from such Restricted Payment.
 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default, or event
that with the passing of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute
an Event of Default, shall have occurred and is continuing or would result
therefrom, (i) Donnelley may pay any dividend on Capital Stock of any class
within 60 days after the declaration thereof if, on the date when the dividend
was declared, Donnelley could have paid such dividend in accordance with the
foregoing provisions; (ii) Donnelley may refinance any Debt otherwise permitted
by clause (vii) of the second paragraph under "-- Limitation on Consolidated
Debt" above solely in exchange for or out of the net proceeds of the
substantially concurrent sale (other than from or to a Restricted Subsidiary or
from or to an employee stock ownership plan financed by loans from Donnelley or
a Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley) of shares of Capital Stock (other than
Redeemable Stock) of Donnelley, provided that the amount of net proceeds from
such exchange or sale shall be excluded from the calculation of the amount
available for Restricted Payments pursuant to the preceding paragraph; (iii)
Donnelley may purchase, redeem, acquire or retire any shares of Capital Stock of
Donnelley solely in exchange for or out of the net proceeds of the substantially
concurrent sale (other than from or to a Restricted Subsidiary or from or to an
employee stock ownership plan financed by loans from Donnelley or a Restricted
Subsidiary of Donnelley) of shares of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable
Stock) of Donnelley; and (iv) Donnelley may dividend to the Parent Company the
net proceeds from the issuance of the Notes and the proceeds of the initial
borrowings under the New Credit Facility in an aggregate amount not in excess of
$500 million; and (v) Donnelley may dividend to the Parent Company up to all its
cash on the date prior to or on the date of the Distribution. Any payment made
pursuant to clause (i) or (iii) of this paragraph shall be a Restricted Payment
for purposes of calculating aggregate Restricted Payments pursuant to the
preceding paragraph and any payment made pursuant to clause (ii), (iv) or (v) of
this paragraph shall be excluded from Restricted Payments for purposes of such
calculation. (sec. 1012)
 
  Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
 
     Donnelley may not, and may not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted
Subsidiary of Donnelley (i) to pay dividends (in cash or otherwise) or make any
other distributions in respect of its Capital Stock or pay any Debt or other
obligation owed to Donnelley or any other Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) to make
loans or advances to Donnelley or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or (iii) to
transfer any of its property or assets to Donnelley or any other Restricted
Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Donnelley may, and may permit any
                                       79
<PAGE>   84
 Restricted Subsidiary to, suffer to exist any such encumbrance or restriction
(a) pursuant to any agreement in effect on the date of original issuance of the
Notes; (b) pursuant to an agreement relating to any Debt Incurred by a Person
(other than a Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley existing on the date of
original issuance of the Notes or any Restricted Subsidiary carrying on any of
the businesses of any such Restricted Subsidiary) prior to the date on which
such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley and outstanding on such
date and not Incurred in anticipation of becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, which
encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or
assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired; (c) pursuant to an
agreement effecting a renewal, refunding or extension of Debt Incurred pursuant
to an agreement referred to in clause (a) or (b) above, provided, however, that
the provisions contained in such renewal, refunding or extension agreement
relating to such encumbrance or restriction are no more restrictive in any
material respect than the provisions contained in the agreement the subject
thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and evidenced by
a resolution of the Board of Directors filed with the Trustee; (d) in the case
of clause (iii) above, restrictions contained in any security agreement
(including a capital lease) securing Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary otherwise
permitted under the Indenture, but only to the extent such restrictions restrict
the transfer of the property subject to such security agreement; (e) in the case
of clause (iii) above, customary nonassignment provisions entered into in the
ordinary course of business in leases and other contracts to the extent such
provisions restrict the transfer or subletting of any such lease or the
assignment of rights under any such contract; (f) any restriction with respect
to a Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley imposed pursuant to an agreement which
has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of
the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary, provided that
consummation of such transaction would not result in an Event of Default or an
event that, with the passing of time or the giving of notice or both, would
constitute an Event of Default, that such restriction terminates if such
transaction is closed or abandoned and that the closing or abandonment of such
transaction occurs within one year of the date such agreement was entered into;
or (g) such encumbrance or restriction is the result of applicable corporate law
or regulation relating to the payment of dividends or distributions. (Section
1013)
 
  Limitation on Asset Dispositions
 
     Donnelley may not, and may not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make
any Asset Disposition in one or more related transactions unless: (i) Donnelley
or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration for
such disposition at least equal to the fair market value for the assets sold or
disposed of as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith and evidenced
by a resolution of the Board of Directors filed with the Trustee; (ii) at least
75% of the consideration for such disposition consists of cash or readily
marketable cash equivalents or the assumption of Debt (other than Debt that is
subordinated to the Notes) relating to such assets and release from all
liability on the Debt assumed; and (iii) all Net Available Proceeds, less any
amounts invested within 360 days of such disposition in assets related to the
business of Donnelley, are applied within 360 days of such disposition (1)
first, to the permanent repayment or reduction of Senior Debt then outstanding
under any agreements or instruments which would require such application or
prohibit payments pursuant to clause (2) following, (2) second, to the extent of
remaining Net Available Proceeds, to make an Offer to Purchase outstanding Notes
at 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of purchase
and, to the extent required by the terms thereof, any other Debt of Donnelley
that is pari passu with the Notes at a price no greater than 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of purchase, and (3)
third, to the extent of any remaining Net Available Proceeds, to any other use
as determined by Donnelley which is not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.
(Section 1014)
 
  Transactions with Affiliates and Related Persons
 
     Donnelley may not, and may not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of
Donnelley to, enter into any transaction (or series of related transactions)
with an Affiliate or Related Person of Donnelley
                                       80
<PAGE>   85
 
(other than Donnelley or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley),
including any Investment, either directly or indirectly, unless such transaction
is in the best interests of Donnelley or such Restricted Subsidiary and is on
terms no less favorable to Donnelley or such Restricted Subsidiary than those
that could be obtained in a comparable arm's-length transaction with an entity
that is not an Affiliate or Related Person (or, in the event that there are no
comparable transactions involving persons who are not Affiliates or Related
Persons of Donnelley or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary to apply for
comparative purposes, is otherwise on terms that, taken as a whole, Donnelley
has determined to be fair to Donnelley or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary).
For any transaction that involves in excess of $1,000,000, a majority of the
disinterested members of the Board of Directors shall determine that the
transaction satisfies the above criteria and shall evidence such a determination
by a Board Resolution filed with the Trustee. For any transaction that involves
in excess of $5,000,000, Donnelley shall also obtain an opinion from a
nationally recognized expert with experience in appraising the terms and
conditions of the type of transaction (or series of related transactions) for
which the opinion is required stating that such transaction (or series of
related transactions) is on terms no less favorable to Donnelley or such
Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained in a comparable
arm's-length transaction with an entity that is not an Affiliate or Related
Person of Donnelley, which opinion shall be filed with the Trustee. The
foregoing limitations shall not apply to (i) transactions with DonTech, CenDon
and any similar joint venture or partnership with a Person that is not a Related
Person that are pursuant to the agreements between Donnelley and DonTech and
CenDon in effect on the date of original issuance of the Notes or any other
substantially similar agreements, as the same may be amended or modified in a
manner not materially adverse to the interests of the holders of the Notes, (ii)
transactions between Donnelley and its Subsidiaries and New D&B and its
Subsidiaries pursuant to agreements in effect on the date of the Distribution
and any similar arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of Donnelley or
Donnelley Corp., as the same may be amended or modified in a manner not
materially adverse to the interests of the holders of the Notes or (iii) any
Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to the covenant described under
"-- Limitation on Restricted Payments". (Section 1015)
 
  Change of Control
 
     Within 30 days following the date on which a Person files with the
Commission a Schedule 13D under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, evidencing
of the occurrence of a Change of Control, Donnelley will be required to make an
Offer to Purchase all Outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of
their principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. A "Change
of Control" will be deemed to have occurred at such time as either (a) any
Person or any Persons acting together that would constitute a "group" (a
"Group") for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
or any successor provision thereto, together with any Affiliates or Related
Persons thereof, shall beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor provision thereto),
directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the aggregate voting power of all
classes of Voting Stock of Donnelley (for the purposes of this clause (a) a
person shall be deemed to beneficially own the Voting Stock of a corporation
that is beneficially owned (as defined above) by another corporation (a "parent
corporation"), if such person beneficially owns (as defined above) at least 50%
of the aggregate voting power of all classes of Voting Stock of such parent
corporation); (b) any Person or Group, together with any Affiliates or Related
Persons thereof, shall succeed in having a sufficient number of its nominees
elected to the Board of Directors of Donnelley Corp. such that such nominees,
when added to any existing director remaining on the Board of Directors of
Donnelley Corp. after such election who was a nominee of or is an Affiliate or
Related Person of such Person or Group, will constitute a majority of the Board
of Directors of Donnelley Corp.; or (c) Donnelley shall, directly or indirectly,
transfer, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
assets; or (d) there shall be adopted a plan of liquidation or dissolution of
Donnelley, provided, however, that a transaction effected to create a holding
company of Donnelley or Donnelley Corp., (i) pursuant to which Donnelley or
Donnelley Corp. becomes a wholly owned Subsidiary of such holding company, and
(ii) as a result
 
                                       81
<PAGE>   86
 
of which the holders of Capital Stock of such holding company are substantially
the same as the holders of Capital Stock of Donnelley or Donnelley Corp.
immediately prior to such transaction, shall not be deemed to involve a "Change
of Control". (Section 1016)
 
     In the event that Donnelley makes an Offer to Purchase the Notes, Donnelley
intends to comply with any applicable securities laws and regulations, including
any applicable requirements of Section 14(e) of, and Rule 14e-1 under, the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
  Provision of Financial Information
 
     For so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, Donnelley shall file with
the Commission the annual reports, quarterly reports and other documents which a
reporting company is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13
(a) or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any successor provisions
thereto. (Section 1017)
 
UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES
 
     Donnelley may designate any Subsidiary of Donnelley to be an "Unrestricted
Subsidiary" as provided below in which event such Subsidiary and each other
Person that is then or thereafter becomes a Subsidiary of such Subsidiary will
be deemed to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary. "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (1)
any Subsidiary designated as such by the Board of Directors as set forth below
where (a) neither Donnelley nor any of its other Subsidiaries (other than
another Unrestricted Subsidiary) (i) provides credit support for, or any
Guarantee of, any Debt of such Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument evidencing such Debt) or
(ii) is directly or indirectly liable for any Debt of such Subsidiary or any
Subsidiary of such Subsidiary, and (b) no default with respect to any Debt of
such Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary (including any right which
the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against such Subsidiary)
would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Debt
of Donnelley and its Subsidiaries (other than another Unrestricted Subsidiary)
to declare a default on such other Debt or cause the payment thereof to be
accelerated or payable prior to its final scheduled maturity and (2) any
Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate
any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any
Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, any other
Subsidiary of Donnelley which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so
designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary, provided that either (x) the
Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or (y)
immediately after giving effect to such designation, Donnelley could Incur at
least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the first paragraph under
"-- Limitation on Consolidated Debt" and provided, further, that Donnelley could
make a Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the greater of the fair market
value and book value of such Subsidiary pursuant to "-- Limitation on Restricted
Payments" and such amount is thereafter treated as a Restricted Payment for the
purpose of calculating the aggregate amount available for Restricted Payments
thereunder. (Section 101)
 
MERGERS, CONSOLIDATIONS AND CERTAIN SALES OF ASSETS
 
     Donnelley may not, in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions, (i) consolidate with or merge into any other Person or permit any
other Person to consolidate with or merge into Donnelley or (ii) directly or
indirectly, transfer, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
all of its assets unless: (1) in a transaction in which Donnelley does not
survive or in which Donnelley transfers, sells, leases or otherwise disposes of
all or substantially all of its assets, the successor entity to Donnelley is
organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or
the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture
executed and delivered to the Trustee in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all
of Donnelley's obligations under the Indenture; (2) immediately before and after
giving effect to such transaction and treating any Debt which becomes an
obligation of Donnelley or a Restricted Subsidiary as a
                                       82
<PAGE>   87
 
result of such transaction as having been Incurred by Donnelley or such
Restricted Subsidiary at the time of the transaction, no Event of Default or
event that with the passing of time or the giving of notice, or both, would
constitute an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (3)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Consolidated Net Worth
of Donnelley (or other successor entity to Donnelley) is equal to or greater
than that of Donnelley immediately prior to the transaction; (4) except with
respect to a merger of Donnelley with or into a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary, immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any
Debt which becomes an obligation of Donnelley or a Restricted Subsidiary as a
result of such transaction as having been Incurred by Donnelley or such
Restricted Subsidiary at the time of the transaction, Donnelley (including any
successor entity to Donnelley) could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt
pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture described in the first paragraph
under "-- Limitation on Consolidated Debt" above; and (5) certain other
conditions are met. (Section 801)
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
     Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the
Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the full definition of all
such terms, as well as any other terms used herein for which no definition is
provided. (Section 101)
 
     "Acquired Debt" of any particular Person means Debt of any other Person
existing at the time such other Person merged with or into or became a
Subsidiary of such particular Person or assumed by such particular Person in
connection with the acquisition of assets from any other Person, and not
Incurred by such other Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such
other Person merging with or into such particular Person or becoming a
Subsidiary of such particular Person or such acquisition.
 
     "Affiliate" of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
such Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with
respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of
such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided however, that,
for the purposes of the covenant described under "-- Transactions with
Affiliates and Related Persons", a joint venture, partnership or similar Person
which is engaged in a principal business of Donnelley and its Restricted
Subsidiaries or in a business related thereto and all of the equity interests in
which are held by Donnelley or a Restricted Subsidiary and another Person or
Persons that are not Related Persons of Donnelley or such Restricted Subsidiary
shall not be deemed an "Affiliate" of Donnelley or such Restricted Subsidiary.
 
     "Asset Disposition" by any Person means any transfer, conveyance, sale,
lease or other disposition in one or more related transactions by such Person or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any issuance or sale by a
Restricted Subsidiary of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary and
including a consolidation or merger or other sale of any such Restricted
Subsidiary with, into or to another Person in a transaction in which such
Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary, but excluding a
disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person to such Person or a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person or by such Person to a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of such Person) of (i) shares of Capital Stock (other than
directors' qualifying shares) or other ownership interests of a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person, (ii) substantially all of the assets of such Person
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries representing a division or line of
business or (iii) other assets or rights of such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries outside of the ordinary course of business, provided in each case
that the aggregate consideration for such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or
other disposition is equal to $5 million or more.
 
     "Average Life" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any
Debt, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of the
numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive
scheduled principal payment of such Debt multiplied by the amount of such
payment by (ii) the sum of all such payments.
                                       83
<PAGE>   88
 
     "Capital Lease Obligation" of any Person means the obligation to pay rent
or other payment amounts under a lease of (or other Debt arrangements conveying
the right to use) real or personal property of such Person which is required to
be classified and accounted for as a capital lease or a liability on the face of
a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. The stated maturity of such obligation shall be the date of the last
payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date
upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a
penalty. The principal amount of such obligation shall be the capitalized amount
thereof that would appear on the face of a balance sheet of such Person in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
     "Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests,
participations or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock or
other equity participations, including partnership interests, whether general or
limited, of such Person.
 
     "Cash Equivalents" means (i) direct obligations of the United States of
America or any agency thereof having maturities of not more than one year from
the date of acquisition, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit of any
domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in
excess of $500 million, with maturities of not more than one year from the date
of acquisition, (iii) repurchase obligations issued by any bank described in
clause (ii) above with a term not to exceed 30 days; (iv) commercial paper rated
at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent
thereof by Moody's, in each case maturing within one year after the date of
acquisition and (v) shares of any money market mutual fund, or similar fund, in
each case having assets in excess of $500 million, which invests predominantly
in investments of the types describes in clauses (i) through (iv) above.
 
     "Common Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person that does
not rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of
assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up
of such Person, to shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.
 
     "Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges" for any period means
the Consolidated Net Income of Donnelley and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period increased by the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense of
Donnelley and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, plus (ii)
Consolidated Income Tax Expense of Donnelley and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period, plus (iii) the consolidated depreciation and amortization expense
included in the income statement of Donnelley and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period, plus (iv) all other non-cash items reducing Consolidated Net
Income of Donnelley and its Restricted Subsidiaries, unless and until such time
as cash disbursements are made in respect of such items (at which time the
amount of any such cash disbursements shall be deducted from Consolidated Cash
Flow Available for Fixed Charges), and less all non-cash items increasing
Consolidated Net Income of Donnelley and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided,
however, that there shall be excluded therefrom the Consolidated Cash Flow
Available for Fixed Charges (if positive) of any Restricted Subsidiary of
Donnelley (calculated separately for such Restricted Subsidiary in the same
manner as provided above for Donnelley) that is subject to a restriction which
prevents the payment of dividends or the making of distributions to Donnelley or
another Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley to the extent of such restriction,
except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually
paid by such Restricted Subsidiary to Donnelley or to a Restricted Subsidiary
not subject to such a restriction during such period. Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Indenture to the contrary, Consolidated Cash Flow Available for
Fixed Charges of Donnelley for any period will be deemed to include 100% of the
cash distributions to Donnelley or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not
subject to such a restriction in respect of such period from DonTech, CenDon or
any similar partnership or joint venture, to the extent not otherwise included
in Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges in respect of such period.
 
                                       84
<PAGE>   89
 
     "Consolidated Cash Flow Coverage Ratio" as of any date of determination
means the ratio of (i) Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of
Donnelley and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of the most recently
completed four consecutive fiscal quarters for which quarterly or annual
financial statements are available to (ii) Consolidated Fixed Charges of
Donnelley and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; provided, however,
that Consolidated Fixed Charges shall be adjusted to give effect on a pro forma
basis to any Debt that has been Incurred by Donnelley or any Restricted
Subsidiary since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding and to
any Debt that is proposed to be Incurred by Donnelley or any Restricted
Subsidiary as to which such determination is to be made, as if in each case such
Debt had been Incurred on the first day of such period and as if any Debt that
(i) is or will no longer be outstanding as the result of the Incurrence of any
such Debt or (ii) had been repaid or retired during such period had not been
outstanding as of the first day of such period; provided further, that in making
such computation, the Consolidated Interest Expense of Donnelley and its
Restricted Subsidiaries attributable to interest on any proposed Debt bearing a
floating interest rate shall be computed on a pro forma basis as if the rate in
effect on the date of computation had been the applicable rate for the entire
period; and provided further that, in the event Donnelley or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries has made Asset Dispositions or acquisitions of assets
not in the ordinary course of business (including acquisitions of other Persons
by merger, consolidation or purchase of Capital Stock) during or after such
period, such computation shall be made on a pro forma basis as if the Asset
Dispositions or acquisitions had taken place on the first day of such period.
 
     "Consolidated Fixed Charges" for any period means the sum of (i)
Consolidated Interest Expense and (ii) the consolidated amount of interest
capitalized by Donnelley and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period
calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
     "Consolidated Income Tax Expense" for any period means the consolidated
provision for income taxes of Donnelley and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
     "Consolidated Interest Expense" means for any period the consolidated
interest expense included in a consolidated income statement (without deduction
of interest income) of Donnelley and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period
calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, including without limitation or duplication (or, to the
extent not so included, with the addition of), (i) the amortization of Debt
discounts; (ii) any payments or fees with respect to letters of credit, bankers'
acceptances or similar facilities; (iii) fees with respect to interest rate swap
or similar agreements or foreign currency hedge, exchange or similar agreements;
(iv) Preferred Stock dividends of Restricted Subsidiaries of Donnelley (other
than with respect to Redeemable Stock) declared and paid or payable; (v) accrued
Redeemable Stock dividends of Donnelley and its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether
or not declared or paid; (vi) interest on Debt guaranteed by Donnelley and its
Restricted Subsidiaries; and (vii) the portion of any rental obligation
allocable to interest expense.
 
     "Consolidated Net Income" for any period means the consolidated net income
(or loss) of Donnelley and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; provided that there shall be excluded therefrom (a) the
net income (or loss) of any Person acquired by of Donnelley or a Restricted
Subsidiary of Donnelley in a pooling-of-interests transaction for any period
prior to the date of such transaction, (b) the net income (or loss) of any
Person that is not a Subsidiary of Donnelley except to the extent of the amount
of dividends or other distributions actually paid to Donnelley or a Subsidiary
of Donnelley by such Person during such period, (c) gains or losses on Asset
Dispositions by Donnelley or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (d) all extraordinary
gains and extraordinary losses, (e) the cumulative effect of changes in
accounting principles and (f) the tax effect of any of the items described in
clauses (a) through (e) above; provided, further, that for purposes of any
determination pursuant to the provisions described under "-- Limitation on
Restricted Pay-
                                       85
<PAGE>   90
 
ments", there shall further be excluded therefrom the net income (but not net
loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley that is subject to a restriction
which prevents the payment of dividends or the making of distributions to
Donnelley or another Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley to the extent of such
restriction, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other
distributions actually paid to Donnelley or a Restricted Subsidiary not subject
to such a restriction by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period.
 
     "Consolidated Net Worth" of any Person means the consolidated stockholders'
equity of such Person, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, less amounts attributable to
Redeemable Stock of such Person; provided that, with respect to Donnelley,
adjustments following the date of the Indenture to the accounting books and
records of Donnelley in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinions
Nos. 16 and 17 (or successor opinions thereto) or otherwise resulting from the
acquisition of control of Donnelley by another Person shall not be given effect
to.
 
     "Credit Facility" means, with respect to Donnelley or any Restricted
Subsidiary, one or more debt or commercial paper facilities with banks or other
institutional lenders (including the New Credit Facility) providing for
revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables or inventory financing
(including through the sale of receivables or inventory to such lenders or to
special purpose, bankruptcy remote entities formed to borrow from such lenders
against such receivables or inventory) or letters of credit, in each case
together with any amendments, supplements, modifications (including by any
extension of the maturity thereof), refinancing or replacements thereof by a
lender or syndicate of lenders in one or more successive transactions (including
any such transaction that changes the amount available thereunder, replaces such
agreement or document, or provides for other agents or lenders).
 
     "Debt" means (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether
recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person and whether or not
contingent, (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed, (ii) every
obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar
instruments, including obligations Incurred in connection with the acquisition
of property, assets or businesses, (iii) every reimbursement obligation of such
Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar
facilities issued for the account of such Person, (iv) every obligation of such
Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services
(including securities repurchase agreements but excluding trade accounts payable
or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business which are not
overdue or which are being contested in good faith), (v) every Capital Lease
Obligation of such Person, (vi) all Receivables Sales of such Person, together
with any obligation of such Person to pay any discount, interest, fees,
indemnities, penalties, recourse, expenses or other amounts in connection
therewith, (vii) all Redeemable Stock issued by such Person, (viii) Preferred
Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person held by Persons other than such
Person or one of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries, (ix) every obligation
under Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements of such Person and
(x) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (ix) of
another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in
either case, such Person has Guaranteed or is responsible or liable for,
directly or indirectly, as obligor, Guarantor or otherwise. The "amount" or
"principal amount" of Debt at any time of determination as used herein
represented by (a) any Receivables Sale, shall be the amount of the unrecovered
capital or principal investment of the purchaser (other than Donnelley or a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley) thereof, excluding amounts
representative of yield or interest earned on such investment and (b) any
Redeemable Stock, shall be the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price in
respect thereof.
 
     "Equity Offering" means a primary public or private offering of Common
Stock of Donnelley or of Donnelley Corp. pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption to the
registration requirements of the Securities Act.
 
                                       86
<PAGE>   91
 
     "Guarantee" by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of
such Person guaranteeing, or having the economic effect of guaranteeing, any
Debt of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly
or indirectly, and including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person,
(i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment
of) such Debt or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of)
any security for the payment of such Debt, (ii) to purchase property, securities
or services for the purpose of assuring the holder of such Debt of the payment
of such Debt, or (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or other
financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to
enable the primary obligor to pay such Debt (and "Guaranteed", "Guaranteeing"
and "Guarantor" shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided,
however, that the Guarantee by any Person shall not include endorsements by such
Person for collection or deposit, in either case, in the ordinary course of
business.
 
     "Incur" means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person,
to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume,
Guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Debt or other obligation
or the recording, as required pursuant to generally accepted accounting
principles or otherwise, of any such Debt or other obligation on the balance
sheet of such Person (and "Incurrence", "Incurred", "Incurable" and "Incurring"
shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided, however, that a
change in generally accepted accounting principles that results in an obligation
of such Person that exists at such time becoming Debt shall not be deemed an
Incurrence of such Debt.
 
     "Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement" of any Person means
any forward contract, futures contract, swap, option or other financial
agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, caps, floors, collars
and similar agreements) relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon,
interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices or indices
(excluding contracts for the purchase or sale of goods in the ordinary course of
business).
 
     "Investment" by any Person means any direct or indirect loan, advance or
other extension of credit or capital contribution (by means of transfers of cash
or other property to others or payments for property or services for the account
or use of others, or otherwise) to, or purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock,
bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidence of Debt issued by, any
other Person, including any payment on a Guarantee of any obligation of such
other Person.
 
     "Lien" means, with respect to any property or assets, any mortgage or deed
of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, Receivables Sale, deposit
arrangement, security interest, lien, charge, easement (other than any easement
not materially impairing usefulness or marketability), encumbrance, preference,
priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or
nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets (including,
without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement
having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
 
     "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Services, Inc.
 
     "Net Available Proceeds" from any Asset Disposition by any Person means
cash or readily marketable cash equivalents received (including by way of sale
or discounting of a note, installment receivable or other receivable, but
excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the
acquiree of Debt or other obligations relating to such properties or assets)
therefrom by such Person, net of (i) all legal, title and recording tax
expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred and all federal,
state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability
as a consequence of such Asset Disposition, (ii) all payments made by such
Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries on any Debt which is secured by such
assets in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or with respect to such
assets or which must by the terms of such Lien, or in order to obtain a
necessary consent to such Asset Disposition or by applicable law, be repaid out
of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition, (iii) all distributions and other
payments made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries of such
Person or joint
                                       87
<PAGE>   92
 
ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition and (iv) appropriate amounts to
be provided by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof, as the case may
be, as a reserve in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
against any liabilities associated with such assets and retained by such Person
or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof, as the case may be, after such Asset
Disposition, including, without limitation, liabilities under any
indemnification obligations and severance and other employee termination costs
associated with such Asset Disposition, in each case as determined by the Board
of Directors, in its reasonable good faith judgment evidenced by a resolution of
the Board of Directors filed with the Trustee; provided, however, that any
reduction in such reserve following the consummation of such Asset Disposition
will be treated for all purposes of the Indenture and the Notes as a new Asset
Disposition at the time of such reduction with Net Available Proceeds equal to
the amount of such reduction.
 
     "Offer to Purchase" means a written offer (the "Offer") sent by Donnelley
by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder at his address appearing in
the Note Register on the date of the Offer offering to purchase up to the
principal amount of Notes specified in such Offer at the purchase price
specified in such Offer (as determined pursuant to the Indenture). Unless
otherwise required by applicable law, the Offer shall specify an expiration date
(the "Expiration Date") of the Offer to Purchase which shall be, subject to any
contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 30 days or more than 60
days after the date of such Offer and a settlement date (the "Purchase Date")
for purchase of Notes within five Business Days after the Expiration Date.
Donnelley shall notify the Trustee at least 15 Business Days (or such shorter
period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of
Donnelley's obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be
mailed by Donnelley or, at Donnelley's request, by the Trustee in the name and
at the expense of Donnelley. The Offer shall contain information concerning the
business of Donnelley and its Restricted Subsidiaries which Donnelley in good
faith believes will enable such Holders to make an informed decision with
respect to the Offer to Purchase (which at a minimum will include (i) the most
recent annual and quarterly financial statements and "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" contained in the
documents required to be filed with the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture (which
requirements may be satisfied by delivery of such documents together with the
Offer), (ii) a description of material developments in Donnelley's business
subsequent to the date of the latest of such financial statements referred to in
clause (i) (including a description of the events requiring Donnelley to make
the Offer to Purchase), (iii) if applicable, appropriate pro forma financial
information concerning the Offer to Purchase and the events requiring Donnelley
to make the Offer to Purchase and (iv) any other information required by
applicable law to be included therein. The Offer shall contain all instructions
and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the
Offer to Purchase. The Offer shall also state:
 
          (1) the Section of the Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to
     Purchase is being made;
 
          (2) the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date;
 
          (3) the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes offered to
     be purchased by Donnelley pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if
     less than 100%, the manner by which such amount has been determined
     pursuant to the Indenture provision requiring the Offer to Purchase) (the
     "Purchase Amount");
 
          (4) the purchase price to be paid by Donnelley for each $1,000
     aggregate principal amount of Notes accepted for payment (as specified
     pursuant to the Indenture) (the "Purchase Price");
 
          (5) that the Holder may tender all or any portion of the Notes
     registered in the name of such Holder and that any portion of a Note
     tendered must be tendered in an integral multiple of $1,000 principal
     amount;
 
                                       88
<PAGE>   93
 
          (6) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender
     pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;
 
          (7) that interest on any Note not tendered or tendered but not
     purchased by Donnelley pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will continue to
     accrue;
 
          (8) that on the Purchase Date the Purchase Price will become due and
     payable upon each Note being accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to
     Purchase and that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and after the
     Purchase Date;
 
          (9) that each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the Offer
     to Purchase will be required to surrender such Note at the place or places
     specified in the Offer prior to the close of business on the Expiration
     Date (such Note being, if Donnelley or the Trustee so requires, duly
     endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form
     satisfactory to Donnelley and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder
     thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing);
 
          (10) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of
     Notes tendered if Donnelley (or their Paying Agent) receives, not later
     than the close of business on the Expiration Date, a telegram, telex,
     facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the
     principal amount of the Note the Holder tendered, the certificate number of
     the Note the Holder tendered and a statement that such Holder is
     withdrawing all or a portion of his tender;
 
          (11) that (a) if Notes in an aggregate principal amount less than or
     equal to the Purchase Amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant
     to the Offer to Purchase, Donnelley shall purchase all such Notes and (b)
     if Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Purchase Amount
     are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, Donnelley
     shall purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the
     Purchase Amount on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed
     appropriate so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 or integral
     multiples thereof shall be purchased); and
 
          (12) that in the case of any Holder whose Note is purchased only in
     part, Donnelley shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and
     deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or
     Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an
     aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unpurchased
     portion of the Note so tendered.
 
     Any Offer to Purchase shall be governed by and effected in accordance with
the Offer for such Offer to Purchase.
 
     "Donnelley Corp. Senior Debt" means (i) the principal of (and premium, if
any) and interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any
petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to Donnelley Corp. whether
or not such claim for post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) on,
and penalties and any obligation of Donnelley Corp. for reimbursement,
indemnities and fees relating to, any Credit Facility and (ii) the principal of
(and premium, if any) and interest on Debt of Donnelley Corp. for money
borrowed, whether Incurred on or prior to the date of original issuance of the
Notes or thereafter, and any amendments, renewals, extensions, modifications,
refinancings and refundings of any such Debt and (iii) Permitted Interest Rate,
Currency or Commodity Price Agreements entered into with respect to Debt
described in clauses (i) and (ii) above; provided, however, that the following
shall not constitute Donnelley Corp. Senior Debt: (1) any Debt as to which the
terms of the instrument creating or evidencing the same provide that such Debt
is not superior in right of payment to the Donnelley Corp. Guarantee, (2) any
Debt which is subordinated in right of payment in any respect to any other Debt
of Donnelley Corp., (3) any Debt owed to a Person when such Person is a
Subsidiary of Donnelley Corp., (4) any obligation of Donnelley Corp. arising
from Redeemable Stock of Donnelley Corp., and (5) Debt which, when
 
                                       89
<PAGE>   94
 
Incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111 (b) of Title 11,
United States Code, is without recourse to Donnelley Corp.
 
     "Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement" of any
Person means any Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement entered
into with one or more financial institutions in the ordinary course of business
that is designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates
or currency exchange rates with respect to Debt Incurred and which shall have a
notional amount no greater than the payments due with respect to the Debt being
hedged thereby, or in the case of currency or commodity protection agreements,
against currency exchange rate or commodity price fluctuations in the ordinary
course of business relating to then existing financial obligations or then
existing or sold production and not for purposes of speculation.
 
     "Permitted Investments" means (i) an Investment in Donnelley or a
Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley; (ii) an Investment in a Person,
if such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person will, as a result of the making of
such Investment and all other contemporaneous related transactions, become a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley or be merged or consolidated
with or into or transfer or convey all or substantially all its assets to
Donnelley or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley; (iii) a
Temporary Cash Investment; (iv) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover
matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated
as expenses in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (v)
stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts owing to
Donnelley or a Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley as a result of bankruptcy or
insolvency proceedings or upon the foreclosure, perfection, enforcement or
agreement in lieu of foreclosure of any Lien in favor of Donnelley or a
Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley; (vi) Investments in the Notes; (vii)
Investments in Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements
and (viii) Investments in an entity which is engaged in a principal business of
Donnelley and its Restricted Subsidiaries or a business related thereto not in
excess of $10 million.
 
     "Preferred Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person of any
class or classes (however designated) that ranks prior, as to the payment of
dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to shares of Capital
Stock of any other class of such Person.
 
     "Receivables" means receivables, chattel paper, instruments, documents or
intangibles evidencing or relating to the right to payment of money.
 
     "Receivables Sale" of any Person means any sale of Receivables of such
Person (pursuant to a purchase facility or otherwise), other than in connection
with a disposition of the business operations of such Person relating thereto or
a disposition of defaulted Receivables for purpose of collection and not as a
financing arrangement.
 
     "Redeemable Stock" of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person
that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible
or for which it is exchangeable) or otherwise (including upon the occurrence of
an event) matures or is required to be redeemed (pursuant to any sinking fund
obligation or otherwise) or is convertible into or exchangeable for Debt or is
redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, at any time
prior to the final Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided that "Redeemable
Stock" shall not include any Capital Stock that is payable at maturity, or upon
required redemption or redemption at the option of the holder thereof, or that
is automatically convertible or exchangeable, solely in or into Common Stock of
such Person.
 
     "Refinance" means, in respect of any Debt, to refinance, extend, renew,
refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Debt in
exchange or replacement for, such Debt. "Refinanced" and "Refinancing" shall
have correlative meanings.
 
     "Refinancing Debt" means Debt that Refinances any Debt of Donnelley or any
Restricted Subsidiary existing on the date of original issuance of the Notes or
Incurred in compliance with the
                                       90
<PAGE>   95
 
Indenture, including Debt that Refinances Refinancing Debt; provided, however,
that (i) such Refinancing Debt has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated
Maturity of the Debt being Refinanced, (ii) in the case of any refinancing of
Debt which is pari passu to the Notes, such Refinancing Debt is made pari passu
to the Notes or subordinated to the Notes, (iii) such Refinancing Debt
constitutes Subordinated Debt in the case of any refinancing of Debt which is
subordinated to the Notes, (iv) such Refinancing Debt does not permit redemption
or other retirement (including pursuant to an offer to purchase) of such Debt at
the option of the holder thereof prior to the Stated Maturity of the Debt being
refinanced, other than a redemption or other retirement at the option of the
holder of such Debt which is conditioned upon provisions substantially similar
to those described under "-- Change of Control" and "-- Limitation on Asset
Dispositions"; (v) such Refinancing Debt has an Average Life at the time such
Refinancing Debt is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life
of the Debt being Refinanced and (vi) such Refinancing Debt has an aggregate
principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate
issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if
Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then
outstanding or committed (plus accrued interest and fees and expenses, including
any premium and defeasance costs) under the Debt being Refinanced; provided
further, however, that Refinancing Debt shall not include (x) Debt of a
Subsidiary that Refinances Debt of Donnelley or (y) Debt of Donnelley or a
Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
     "Related Person" of any Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly owning (a) 5% or more of the Outstanding Common Stock of such Person
(or, in the case of a Person that is not a corporation, 5% or more of the equity
interest in such Person) or (b) 5% or more of the combined voting power of the
Voting Stock of such Person.
 
     "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary, whether existing on or after
the date of the Indenture, unless such Subsidiary is an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
     "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Rating Group, a division of McGraw-Hill, Inc.
 
     "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any security, the date specified
in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of
such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption
provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such
security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any
contingency unless such contingency has occurred).
 
     "Subordinated Debt" means Debt of Donnelley as to which the payment of
principal of (and premium, if any) and interest and other payment obligations in
respect of such Debt shall be subordinate to the prior payment in full of the
Notes to at least the following extent: (i) no payments of principal of (or
premium, if any) or interest on or otherwise due in respect of such Debt may be
permitted for so long as any default in the payment of principal (or premium, if
any) or interest on the Notes exists; (ii) in the event that any other default
that with the passing of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute
an event of default exists with respect to the Notes, upon notice by 25% or more
in principal amount of the Notes to the Trustee, the Trustee shall have the
right to give notice to Donnelley and the holders of such Debt (or trustees or
agents therefore) of a payment blockage, and thereafter no payments of principal
of (or premium, if any) or interest on or otherwise due in respect of such Debt
may be made for a period of 179 days from the date of such notice; and (iii)
such Debt may not (x) provide for payments of principal of such Debt at the
Stated Maturity thereof or by way of a sinking fund applicable thereto or by way
of any mandatory redemption, defeasance, retirement or repurchase thereof by
Donnelley (including any redemption, retirement or repurchase which is
contingent upon events or circumstances, but excluding any retirement required
by virtue of acceleration of such Debt upon an event of default thereunder), in
each case prior to the final Stated Maturity of the Notes or (y) permit
redemption or other retirement (including pursuant to an offer to purchase made
by Donnelley) of such other Debt at the option of the holder thereof prior to
the final Stated Maturity of the Notes, other than a redemption or other
 
                                       91
<PAGE>   96
 
retirement at the option of the holder of such Debt (including pursuant to an
offer to purchase made by Donnelley) which is conditioned upon a change of
control of Donnelley pursuant to provisions substantially similar to those
described under "-- Change of Control" (and which shall provide that such Debt
will not be repurchased pursuant to such provisions prior to Donnelley's
repurchase of the Notes required to be repurchased by Donnelley pursuant to the
provisions described under Change of Control").
 
     "Subsidiary" of any Person means (i) a corporation more than 50% of the
combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of which is owned,
directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of
such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries thereof or (ii) any
other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person, or one or more
other Subsidiaries of such Person or such Person and one or more other
Subsidiaries thereof, directly or indirectly, has at least a majority ownership
and power to direct the policies, management and affairs thereof.
 
     "Temporary Cash Investments" means any Investment in the following kinds of
instruments: (A) readily marketable obligations issued or unconditionally
guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States of America or by
any agency or authority controlled or supervised by and acting as an
instrumentality of the United States of America if, on the date of purchase or
other acquisition of any such instrument by Donnelley or any Restricted
Subsidiary of Donnelley, the remaining term to maturity or interest rate
adjustment is not more than two years; (B) obligations (including, but not
limited to, demand or time deposits, bankers' acceptances and certificates of
deposit) issued or guaranteed by a depository institution or trust company
incorporated under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof
or the District of Columbia, provided that (1) such instrument has a final
maturity nor more than one year from the date of purchase thereof by Donnelley
or any Restricted Subsidiary of Donnelley and (2) such depository institution or
trust company has at the time of Donnelley's or such Restricted Subsidiary's
Investment therein or contractual commitment providing for such Investment, (x)
capital, surplus and undivided profits (as of the date of such institution's
most recently published financial statements) in excess of $100 million and (y)
the long-term unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligations rated on
the basis of the credit of a Person other than such institution) of such
institution, at the time of Donnelley's or such Restricted Subsidiary's
Investment therein or contractual commitment providing for such Investment, are
rated in the highest rating category of both S&P and Moody's; (C) commercial
paper issued by any corporation, if such commercial paper has, at the time of
Donnelley's or any Restricted Subsidiary's Investment therein or contractual
commitment providing for such Investment credit ratings of at least A-1 by S&P
and P-1 by Moody's; (D) money market mutual or similar funds having assets in
excess of $100 million; (E) readily marketable debt obligations issued by any
corporation, if at the time of Donnelley's or any Restricted Subsidiary's
Investment therein or contractual commitment providing for such Investment (1)
the remaining term to maturity is not more than two years and (2) such debt
obligations are rated in one of the two highest rating categories of both S&P
and Moody's; (F) demand or time deposit accounts used in the ordinary course of
business with commercial banks the balances in which are at all times fully
insured as to principal and interest by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation or any successor thereto; and (G) to the extent not otherwise
included herein, Cash Equivalents. In the event that either S&P or Moody's
ceases to publish ratings of the type provided herein, a replacement rating
agency shall be selected by Donnelley with the consent of the Trustee, and in
each case the rating of such replacement rating agency most nearly equivalent to
the corresponding S&P or Moody's rating, as the case may be, shall be used for
purposes hereof.
 
     "Voting Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person which
ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing
similar functions) of such Person, whether at all times or only so long as no
senior class of securities has such voting power by reason of any contingency.
 
                                       92
<PAGE>   97
 
     "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other
ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at
the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
 
     The following will be Events of Default under the Indenture: (a) failure to
pay principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note when due; (b) failure to pay
any interest on any Note when due, continued for 30 days; (c) default in the
payment of principal and interest on Notes required to be purchased pursuant to
an Offer to Purchase as described under "-- Change of Control" and "--
Limitation on Certain Asset Dispositions" when due and payable; (d) failure to
perform or comply with the provisions described under "-- Mergers,
Consolidations and Certain Sales of Assets"; (e) failure to perform any other
covenant or agreement of Donnelley under the Indenture or the Notes continued
for 60 days after written notice to Donnelley by the Trustee or Holders of at
least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes; (f) default under
the terms of any instrument evidencing or securing Debt for money borrowed by
Donnelley or any Restricted Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount of
$5 million individually or in the aggregate which default results in the
acceleration of the payment of such indebtedness or constitutes the failure to
pay such indebtedness when due; (g) the rendering of a final judgment or
judgments (not subject to appeal) against Donnelley or any Restricted Subsidiary
in an amount in excess of $5 million which remains undischarged or unstayed for
a period of 60 days after the date on which the right to appeal has expired; and
(h) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting
Donnelley or any Restricted Subsidiary. (Section 501) Subject to the provisions
of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee in case an Event of
Default (as defined) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee will be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the
request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders shall have
offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. (Section 603) Subject to such
provisions for the indemnification of the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes will have the right to
direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the
Trustee. (Section 512)
 
     If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Clause
(h) above) shall occur and be continuing, either the Trustee or the Holders of
at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may
accelerate the maturity of all Notes; provided, however, that after such
acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes may, under
certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of
Default, other than the non-payment of accelerated principal, have been cured or
waived as provided in the Indenture. If an Event of Default specified in Clause
(h) above occurs, the Outstanding Notes will ipso facto become immediately due
and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or
any Holder. (Section 502) For information as to waiver of defaults, see
"-- Modification and Waiver".
 
     No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with
respect to the Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall
have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of
Default (as defined) and unless also the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have made written request, and
offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as
trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent
with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60
days. (Section 507) However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted
by a Holder of a Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of or premium,
if any, or interest on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed
in such Note. (Section 508)
 
                                       93
<PAGE>   98
 
     Donnelley will be required to furnish to the Trustee quarterly a statement
as to the performance by Donnelley of certain of its obligations under the
Indenture and as to any default in such performance. (Section 1020)
 
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF THE INDENTURE
 
     The Indenture will cease to be of further effect as to all outstanding
Notes (except as to (i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange and
Donnelley's right of optional redemption, (ii) substitution of apparently
mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) rights of Holders to
receive payment of principal and interest on the Notes, (iv) rights, obligations
and immunities of the Trustee under the Indenture and (v) rights of the Holders
of the Notes as beneficiaries of the Indenture with respect to any property
deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of them), if (x) Donnelley will
have paid or caused to be paid the principal of and interest on the Notes as and
when the same will have become due and payable or (y) all outstanding Notes
(except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid) have
been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
 
DEFEASANCE
 
     The Indenture will provide that, at the option of Donnelley, (a) if
applicable, Donnelley will be discharged from any and all obligations in respect
of the Outstanding Notes or (b) if applicable, Donnelley may omit to comply with
certain restrictive covenants, and that such omission shall not be deemed to be
an Event of Default under the Indenture and the Notes, in either case (A) or (B)
upon irrevocable deposit with the Trustee, in trust, of money and/or U.S.
government obligations which will provide money in an amount sufficient in the
opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public
accountants to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and each installment of
interest, if any, on the Outstanding Notes. With respect to clause (B), the
obligations under the Indenture other than with respect to such covenants and
the Events of Default other than the Events of Default relating to such
covenants above shall remain in full force and effect. Such trust may only be
established if, among other things (i) with respect to clause (A), Donnelley has
received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a
ruling or there has been a change in law, which in the Opinion of Counsel
provides that Holders of the Notes will not recognize gain or loss for Federal
income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge and
will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner
and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance
and discharge had not occurred; or, with respect to clause (B), Donnelley has
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of
the Notes will not recognize gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a
result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax
on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been
the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; (ii) no Event of
Default or event that with the passing of time or the giving of notice, or both,
shall constitute an Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing; (iii)
Donnelley has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that
such deposit shall not cause the Trustee or the trust so created to be subject
to the Investment Company Act of 1940; and (iv) certain other customary
conditions precedent are satisfied.
 
MODIFICATION AND WAIVER
 
     Modifications and amendments of the Indenture may be made by Donnelley and
the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Outstanding Notes; provided, however, that no such modification or
amendment may, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note
affected thereby, (a) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any
installment of interest on, any Note, (b) reduce the principal amount of, (or
the premium) or interest on, any Note, (c) change the place or currency of
payment of principal of (or premium),
 
                                       94
<PAGE>   99
\ 
or interest on, any Note, (d) impair the right to institute suit for the
enforcement of any payment on or with respect to any Note, (e) reduce the
above-stated percentage of Outstanding Notes necessary to modify or amend the
Indenture, (f) reduce the percentage of aggregate principal amount of
Outstanding Notes necessary for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of
the Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults, (g) modify any provisions of
the Indenture relating to the modification and amendment of the Indenture or the
waiver of past defaults or covenants, except as otherwise specified, or (h)
following the mailing of any Offer to Purchase, modify any Offer to Purchase for
the Notes required under the "-- Limitation on Asset Dispositions" and the
"-- Change of Control" covenants contained in the Indenture in a manner
materially adverse to the Holders thereof. (Section 902)
 
     The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding
Notes, on behalf of all Holders of Notes, may waive compliance by Donnelley with
certain restrictive provisions of the Indenture. (Section 1021) Subject to
certain rights of the Trustee, as provided in the Indenture, the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, on behalf of
all Holders of Notes, may waive any past default under the Indenture, except a
default in the payment of principal, premium or interest or a default arising
from failure to purchase any Note tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase.
(Section 513)
 
GOVERNING LAW
 
     The Indenture and the Notes will be governed by the laws of the State of
New York.
 
THE TRUSTEE
 
     The Indenture provides that, except during the continuance of an Event of
Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set forth
in the Indenture. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Trustee will
exercise such rights and powers vested in it under the Indenture and use the
same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise
under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs.
 
     The Indenture and provisions of the Trust Indenture Act incorporated by
reference therein contain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it
become a creditor of Donnelley, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases or
to realize on certain property received by it in respect of any such claim as
security or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions
with Donnelley or any Affiliate, provided, however, that if it acquires any
conflicting interest (as defined in the Indenture or in the Trust Indenture
Act), it must eliminate such conflict or resign.
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE DONNELLEY CORP. GUARANTEE
 
     Pursuant to the Donnelley Corp. Guarantee, Donnelley Corp. has irrevocably
and unconditionally agreed, irrespective of the validity, regularity or
enforceability of any Note or the Indenture, to pay in full, to the holders of
Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee, (without
duplication of amounts theretofore paid by the Company), the due and punctual
payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest and all other
amounts due hereunder on such Note when and as the same shall become due and
payable, whether at the Stated Maturity or by acceleration, call for redemption,
purchase or otherwise, in accordance with the terms of such Note and of the
Indenture. In case of the failure of the Company punctually to make any such
payment, Donnelley Corp. has agreed to cause such payment to be made punctually
when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated
Maturity or by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, and as
if such payment were made by the Company. The Donnelley Corp. Guarantee may be
amended in accordance with the general provisions of the Indenture governing
amendments. See "Description of the Notes -- Modification and Waiver".
 
     The Donnelley Corp. Guarantee is subordinated in right of payment to all
Donnelley Corp. Senior Debt and senior in right of payment to all subordinated
indebtedness of Donnelley Corp. As
                                       95
<PAGE>   100
 
of the date of this Prospectus, Donnelley Corp. has guaranteed approximately
$350 million principal amount of Senior Debt represented by borrowings by
Donnelley under the New Credit Facility. Donnelley has $50 million of unused
capacity available under the Revolving Facility portion of the New Credit
Facility, which amounts, if drawn, will also be guaranteed by Donnelley Corp. As
of the date of this Prospectus, Donnelley's capital stock is the only
significant asset of Donnelley Corp. and dividends on such capital stock will be
the sole source of funds available to Donnelley Corp. to meet its obligations,
including its obligations under the Donnelley Corp. Guarantee. Such capital
stock has been pledged to secure Donnelley's obligations under the New Credit
Facility. In addition, the payment of dividends on the Company's capital stock
is restricted by certain covenants contained in the Indenture and the New Credit
Facility and may be restricted by other agreements entered into by the Company
in the future and by applicable law.
 
     In the event of a default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or
interest on any Note, whether at its Stated Maturity or by acceleration, call
for redemption, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by
the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms
and conditions set forth in the Indenture, directly against Donnelley Corp. to
enforce the Donnelley Corp. Guarantee without first proceeding against the
Company. If, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by applicable law from
exercising their respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to
collect interest on the Notes or to enforce or exercise any other right or
remedy with respect to the Notes, or the Trustee or the Holders are prevented
from taking any action to realize on any collateral, Donnelley Corp. agrees to
pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor, the
amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and
remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders.
 
     The Donnelley Corp. Guarantee will terminate and be of no further force and
effect when the Indenture shall have terminated and the principal of and
interest on the Notes and all other Donnelley Corp. Guarantee obligations shall
have been paid in full. In addition, concurrently with the defeasance or
covenant defeasance of the Notes under the Indenture, Donnelley Corp. shall be
released from all of its obligations under the Donnelley Corp. Guarantee.
 
                     CERTAIN UNITED STATES TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
     The Exchange of Old Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer
will not result in any federal income tax consequences to the Holders. When a
Holder exchanges an Old Note for a New Note pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the
Holder will have the same adjusted basis and holding period in the New Note as
in the Old Note immediately before the exchange.
 
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
     Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in
exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed
that for a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this
Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any such broker-dealer for
use in connection with any such resale. The Company will not receive any
proceeds from any sale of Exchange Notes by broker-dealers. Exchange Notes
received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer
may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the
over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of
options on the Exchange Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at
market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such
prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made
directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive
                                       96
<PAGE>   101
 
compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such
broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes. Any
broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own
account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker-dealer that participates
in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter"
within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of
Exchange Notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons
may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The
Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by
delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is
an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
     For a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date the Company will promptly
send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to
this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter
of Transmittal.
 
     The Company has agreed in the Registration Rights Agreement to indemnify
each broker-dealer reselling Exchange Notes pursuant to this Prospectus, and
their officers, directors and controlling persons, against certain liabilities
in connection with the offer and sale of the Exchange Notes, including
liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that such
broker-dealers may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
                             VALIDITY OF THE NOTES
 
     Certain legal matters in connection with the Notes offered hereby will be
passed upon for Donnelley by Davis Polk & Wardwell, 450 Lexington Avenue, New
York, New York 10017.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The consolidated financial statements of R.H. Donnelley Corporation and the
combined financial statements of DonTech I and DonTech II as of December 31,
1996 and 1997 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1997, included in this Prospectus, have been included herein in reliance on the
report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the
authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
     The Company and Donnelley Corp. have filed with the Commission a
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (together with all amendments and exhibits
thereto, the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act, with respect to
the Notes offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all of the
information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and
schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Company,
Donnelley Corp. and the Notes, reference is hereby made to such Registration
Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. Statements contained in this
Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not
necessarily complete and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of
such contract or document filed as exhibit to the Registration Statement, each
such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.
 
     Each purchaser of the Exchange Notes will be furnished with a copy of the
Prospectus and any related amendments or supplements to this Prospectus (as so
amended or supplemented, unless the context otherwise requires, the
"Prospectus"). Each person receiving this Prospectus acknowledges that (i) such
person has been afforded an opportunity to request from the Company and
Donnelley Corp., and to review and has received, all additional information
considered by it to be necessary to verify the accuracy and completeness of the
information herein, (ii) such person has not relied on the Exchange Agent or any
person affiliated with the Exchange Agent in connection with this investigation
of the accuracy of such information or its investment decision and (iii) except
 
                                       97
<PAGE>   102
 
as provided pursuant to (i) above, no person has been authorized to give any
information or to make any representation concerning the New Notes offered
hereby other than those contained herein and, if given or made, such other
information or representation should not be relied upon as having been
authorized by the Company and Donnelley Corp. or the Exchange Agent. Written
requests for such information should be directed to: R.H. Donnelley Inc., One
Manhattanville Road, Purchase, New York 10577, Attention: Jane B. Clark.
 
     Donnelley Corp. is, and the Company will be, subject to the informational
requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance therewith Donnelley Corp.
is, and the Company will be, required to file reports and other information with
the Commission. The Registration Statement, as well as such reports and other
information filed by Donnelley Corp. with the Commission, may be inspected
without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission
at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the
Commission's regional offices located at Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor,
New York, New York 10048 and Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite
1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such material can be obtained by mail
from the Commission's Public Reference Section at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The Commission maintains a Web site
(http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and
other information regarding registrants, including Donnelley Corp., that file
electronically with the Commission. In addition, such reports and other
information concerning Donnelley Corp. may also be inspected at the offices of
the New York Stock Exchange at 111 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005.
 
                                       98
<PAGE>   103
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
UNAUDITED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited) for the
  Three Months Ended March 31, 1998 and 1997................   F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited) at March 31, 1998
  and December 31, 1997.....................................   F-3
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) for the
  Three Months Ended March 31, 1998 and 1997................   F-4
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................   F-5
YEAR-END CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
Report of Independent Accountants...........................   F-8
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Years
  Ended December 31, 1997...................................   F-9
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1997 and 1996...  F-10
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Years
  Ended December 31, 1997...................................  F-11
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
  for the Three Years Ended December 31, 1997...............  F-12
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................  F-13
DONTECH
Report of Independent Accountants...........................  F-25
Combined Statements of Operations for the Three Years Ended
  December 31, 1997.........................................  F-26
Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996....  F-27
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Years Ended
  December 31, 1997.........................................  F-28
Combined Statements of Partners' Capital for the Three Years
  Ended December 31, 1997...................................  F-29
Notes to Combined Financial Statements......................  F-30
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   104
 
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                      MARCH 31,
                                                              --------------------------
                                                                 1998           1997
                                                                 ----           ----
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER
                                                                     SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
Revenues....................................................   $ 24,344       $ 20,200
Expenses:
  Operating Expenses........................................      7,093          5,553
  General and Administrative................................     17,695         16,963
  Depreciation and Amortization.............................      4,952          5,416
                                                               --------       --------
          Total Expenses....................................     29,740         27,932
Income from Partnerships and Related Fees...................     25,642          5,442
                                                               --------       --------
          Operating Income..................................     20,246         (2,290)
Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes...................      8,098           (916)
                                                               --------       --------
          Net Income (Loss).................................   $ 12,148       $ (1,374)
                                                               ========       ========
Earnings Per Share
  Basic.....................................................   $   0.07       $  (0.01)
                                                               ========       ========
  Diluted...................................................   $   0.07       $  (0.01)
                                                               ========       ========
Shares Used in Computing Earnings Per Share
  Basic.....................................................    171,153        171,189
  Diluted...................................................    172,396        171,189
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   105
 
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
                    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               MARCH 31,         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  1998               1997
                                                              ------------      ---------------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>
Current Assets:
  Cash and Cash Equivalents.................................    $     17           $     32
  Accounts Receivable:
     Billed.................................................       1,605              5,208
     Unbilled...............................................     122,580            129,620
     Allowance for Doubtful Accounts........................      (5,657)            (4,014)
                                                                --------           --------
          Total Accounts receivable -- net..................     118,528            130,814
  Deferred Contract Costs...................................      16,645              6,944
  Other Current Assets......................................       1,530              4,950
                                                                --------           --------
          Total Current Assets..............................     136,720            142,740
  Property and Equipment -- net.............................      23,607             25,460
  Prepaid Pension Costs.....................................       9,530              9,530
  Computer Software -- net..................................      36,895             37,546
  Partnership Investments...................................     152,422            167,010
                                                                --------           --------
          Total Assets......................................    $359,174           $382,286
                                                                ========           ========
Current Liabilities:
  Accounts Payable..........................................    $    967           $  1,395
  Accrued and Other Current Liabilities.....................      49,560             58,070
                                                                --------           --------
          Total Current Liabilities.........................      50,527             59,465
  Postretirement and Postemployment Benefits................      12,920             12,920
  Deferred Income Taxes.....................................      34,456             34,456
  Other Liabilities.........................................      15,384             16,770
                                                                --------           --------
          Total Liabilities.................................     113,287            123,611
Commitments and Contingencies
Shareholders' Equity:
  Preferred Stock, Par Value $1.00 per share, Authorized --
     10,000,000 shares; Outstanding -- none.................          --                 --
  Common Stock, Par Value $1.00 per share, Authorized --
     400,000,000 shares; Issued -- 188,420,996 shares, less
     treasury shares of 16,850,856 and 17,853,652 at March
     31, 1998 and December 31, 1997, respectively...........     171,570            170,567
  Retained Earnings.........................................      74,317             88,108
                                                                --------           --------
          Total Shareholders' Equity........................     245,887            258,675
                                                                --------           --------
          Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity........    $359,174           $382,286
                                                                ========           ========
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   106
 
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   MARCH 31,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1998        1997
                                                                ----        ----
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
  Net Income................................................  $ 12,148    $ (1,374)
  Reconciliation of Net Income to Net Cash Provided by
     Operating Activities
     Depreciation and Amortization..........................     4,952       5,416
     Provision for Doubtful Accounts........................     1,262       1,104
     Cash Received in Excess of Income from Partnerships....    14,588      33,347
     Loss on Sale of Property and Equipment.................        37         483
     Net Decrease in Accounts Receivable....................    11,023      50,516
     Change in Other Current Assets.........................     3,420       4,731
     Change in Deferred Contract Costs......................    (9,701)    (28,434)
     Change in Accounts Payable, Accrued and Other Current
      Liabilities...........................................    (8,938)    (10,535)
     Change in Postretirement and Postemployment
      Liabilities...........................................        --       2,900
     Change in Other Liabilities............................    (1,386)       (450)
                                                              --------    --------
          Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities.........    27,405      57,704
                                                              --------    --------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
  Additions to Property and Equipment.......................      (651)     (6,704)
  Additions to Computer Software............................    (1,834)     (1,986)
                                                              --------    --------
          Net Cash Used by Investing Activities.............    (2,485)     (8,690)
                                                              --------    --------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
  Net Distributions to Parent...............................   (24,935)    (49,010)
                                                              --------    --------
          Net Cash Used by Financing Activities.............   (24,935)    (49,010)
                                                              --------    --------
  Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents..........       (15)          4
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Quarter.............        32          60
                                                              --------    --------
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Quarter...................  $     17    $     64
                                                              ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   107
 
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
1.  BACKGROUND AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     On December 17, 1997, the Board of Directors of The Dun & Bradstreet
Corporation ("D&B") approved in principle a plan to separate into two
publicly-traded companies -- R.H. Donnelley Corporation ("R.H. Donnelley") and
The New Dun & Bradstreet Corporation ("New D&B"). The distribution
("Distribution") is the method by which D&B will distribute to its stockholders
shares of New D&B Common Stock, which will represent a continuing interest in
D&B's businesses to be conducted by New D&B. After the Distribution, D&B's only
operating subsidiary will be R.H. Donnelley Inc. Shares of D&B Common Stock held
by D&B stockholders will represent a continuing ownership interest in R.H.
Donnelley. In connection with the Distribution, D&B will change its name to
"R.H. Donnelley Corporation" and therefore from and after the Distribution, D&B
Common Stock will be R.H. Donnelley Corporation Common Stock and New D&B will
change its name to "The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation." Therefore, on a
consolidated basis, the financial statements of R.H. Donnelley Corporation and
R.H. Donnelley, Inc. are substantially identical. As discussed in footnote 7,
the financial statements have been restated to reflect the recapitalization of
R.H. Donnelley as of July 1, 1998.
 
     The financial statements reflect the financial position, results of
operations, and cash flows of R.H. Donnelley as if R.H. Donnelley were a
separate entity. The financial statements of R.H. Donnelley include allocations
of certain D&B corporate headquarters assets, liabilities and expenses relating
to R.H. Donnelley's businesses that will be transferred to R.H. Donnelley from
D&B. Management believes these allocations are reasonable. However, the costs of
these services and benefits charged to R.H. Donnelley are not necessarily
indicative of the costs that would have been incurred if R.H. Donnelley had
performed or provided these functions as a separate entity.
 
     These interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
the instructions to Form 10-Q and should be read in conjunction with the
financial statements and related notes of R.H. Donnelley for the year ended
December 31, 1997 included in this Information Statement. The results of interim
periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year or any
subsequent period. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of
normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation of
financial position, results of operations and cash flows at the dates and for
the periods presented have been included.
 
2.  RECONCILIATION OF SHARES USED IN COMPUTING EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998       1997
                                                               ----       ----
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Weighted average number of shares -- basic..................  171,153    171,189
Effect of potentially dilutive stock options................    1,243         --
Weighted average number of shares -- diluted................  172,396    171,189
</TABLE>
 
     As required by SFAS No. 128, R.H. Donnelley has provided a reconciliation
of basic weighted average shares to diluted weighted average shares within the
table outlined above. The conversion of diluted shares has no impact on
operating results. For 1997, the effect of potentially diluted stock options
would be antidilutive and have not been included in the calculation. R.H.
Donnelley's options generally expire 10 years after the initial grant date.
 
3.  COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
     Effective January 1, 1998, R.H. Donnelley adopted SFAS No. 130, "Reporting
Comprehensive Income". This statement requires that all items recognized under
accounting standards as components of comprehensive earnings be reported in a
financial statement for the period in which they
 
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   108
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
are recognized and displayed with the same prominence as other financial
statements. There were no additional components of comprehensive income and, as
a result, R.H. Donnelley's total comprehensive income for the three month period
ended March 31, 1998 and 1997 were equal to net income for those periods.
 
4.  COMMITMENT
 
     In connection with the Distribution, R.H. Donnelley will borrow $350
million under a New Credit Facility (the "New Credit Facility") and will issue
$150 million of senior subordinated notes. The net proceeds of the offering of
the notes, along with R.H. Donnelley's anticipated borrowings under the New
Credit Facility, will be used (i) to repay indebtedness of D&B, primarily
commercial paper, (ii) to pay costs and expenses related to the Distribution and
(iii) to repay indebtedness of D&B to subsidiaries which, following the
Distribution, will be subsidiaries of New D&B.
 
5.  LITIGATION
 
     On July 29, 1996, Information Resources, Inc. ("IRI") filed a complaint in
the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, naming
as defendants D&B, A.C. Nielsen Company and IMS International Inc. (the "IRI
Action"). New D&B will assume and indemnify R.H. Donnelley against any payments
to be made by R.H. Donnelley in respect to the IRI Action under the 1996
Distribution Agreement, under the Indemnity and Joint Defense Agreement or
otherwise, including any ongoing legal fees and expenses related thereto.
 
     In the normal course of business, R.H. Donnelley is subject to proceedings,
lawsuits and other claims. In the opinion of R.H. Donnelley's management, the
outcome of such current legal proceedings, claims and litigation will not
materially affect R.H. Donnelley's financial position or results of operations.
 
6.  DONTECH PARTNERSHIPS
 
     In 1991, R.H. Donnelley formed a general partnership with Ameritech
Corporation ("Ameritech"), the DonTech Partnership ("DonTech I"). Prior to
August 1997, DonTech I published various directories, solicited advertising, and
manufactured and delivered directories in Illinois and Northwest Indiana. During
August 1997, R.H. Donnelley signed a series of agreements with Ameritech
changing the structure of the existing partnership. A new partnership was formed
("DonTech II" and, together with DonTech I, "DonTech" or the "DonTech
Partnerships") appointing DonTech the exclusive agent in perpetuity for yellow
page directories published by Ameritech in Illinois and Northwest Indiana.
 
     The following are summarized combined financial information (unaudited) of
the DonTech Partnerships:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            THREE MONTHS
                                                               ENDED
                                                             MARCH 31,
                                                         ------------------
                                                          1998       1997
                                                          ----       ----
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>
Gross Revenues.........................................  $91,542    $10,900
Operating Income.......................................  $58,556    $   300
Net Income Before Taxes................................  $58,556    $   300
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   109
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
7.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
     On July 1, 1998, as part of the Distribution, D&B distributed to its
stockholders shares of New D&B stock, which represents a continuing interest in
D&B's business to be conducted by New D&B. After the Distribution, D&B's only
business is the R.H. Donnelley business, and shares of D&B Common Stock held by
D&B stockholders represents a continuing interest only in that business. In
connection with the Distribution, D&B changed its name to R.H. Donnelley
Corporation and D&B Common Stock has become R.H. Donnelley Common Stock. The
financial statements of R.H. Donnelley have been restated to reflect the
recapitalization.
 
     On June 5, 1998 R.H. Donnelley Inc. entered into a Credit Agreement with
the Chase Manhattan Bank, Chase Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs and the lenders
party thereto. Under the terms of the agreement, R.H. Donnelley Inc. obtained a
Senior Revolving Credit Facility of $100 million and Senior Secured Term
Facilities in aggregate of $300 million, of which R.H. Donnelley has borrowed in
aggregate $350 million payable over a maximum period of nine years.
 
     On June 16, 1998, R.H. Donnelley entered into 3 interest rate swap
transactions which converted part of its floating rates interest obligations to
fixed rates. The swap transactions total in aggregate $175 million of the $350
million of loans under the Credit Agreement. The swaps have terms of 3, 4 and 5
years.
 
     In addition, on June 5, 1998, R.H. Donnelley issued $150 million of Senior
Subordinated Notes. These Notes pay interest semi-annually and are due in 2008.
The aggregate $500 million was dividended to D&B, but repayment of such
indebtedness remains an obligation of R.H. Donnelley Inc., as guaranteed by R.H.
Donnelley Corporation.
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   110
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Shareholders of R.H. Donnelley Corporation:
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of R.H.
Donnelley Corporation (formerly a wholly owned subsidiary of the The Dun &
Bradstreet Corporation) at December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for
each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 1997. These
financial statements are the responsibility of R.H. Donnelley Corporation's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and the significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
R.H. Donnelley Corporation at December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of
their operations and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period
ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
                                          PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
New York, New York
March 31, 1998, except as to Note 14,
  for which the date is July 1, 1998
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   111
 
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                          --------------------------------------
                                                             1997          1996          1995
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Revenues................................................   $239,865      $270,029      $312,940
Expenses:
  Operating Expenses....................................    132,278       135,500       157,559
  General and Administrative............................     81,089        83,803        75,754
  Depreciation and Amortization.........................     21,930        16,229        16,322
  Restructuring Charges.................................         --            --        17,690
                                                           --------      --------      --------
          Total Expenses................................    235,297       235,532       267,325
Income from Partnerships and Related Fees...............    130,171       132,945       137,180
                                                           --------      --------      --------
          Operating Income..............................    134,739       167,442       182,795
Gain (Loss) on Dispositions.............................      9,412       (28,500)           --
                                                           --------      --------      --------
          Income Before Provision for Income Taxes......    144,151       138,942       182,795
Provision for Income Taxes..............................     59,246        60,857        74,398
                                                           --------      --------      --------
          Net Income....................................   $ 84,905      $ 78,085      $108,397
                                                           ========      ========      ========
Earnings Per Share:
  Basic.................................................   $   0.50      $   0.46      $   0.64
                                                           ========      ========      ========
  Diluted...............................................   $   0.50      $   0.46      $   0.64
                                                           ========      ========      ========
Shares Used in Computing Earnings Per Share:
  Basic.................................................    170,765       170,017       169,522
  Diluted...............................................    171,065       170,289       169,883
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   112
 
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ----------------------
                                                                1997         1996
                                                              ---------    ---------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                                   SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
                                       ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and Cash Equivalents.................................  $     32     $     60
  Accounts Receivable:
     Billed.................................................     5,208       21,322
     Unbilled...............................................   129,620      143,443
     Allowance for Doubtful Accounts........................    (4,014)     (11,607)
                                                              --------     --------
          Total Accounts Receivable -- net..................   130,814      153,158
  Deferred Contract Costs...................................     6,944       17,301
  Other Current Assets......................................     4,950       13,630
                                                              --------     --------
          Total Current Assets..............................   142,740      184,149
  Property and Equipment -- net.............................    25,460       30,752
  Prepaid Pension Costs.....................................     9,530       10,329
  Computer Software -- net..................................    37,546       40,050
  Partnership Investments...................................   167,010      233,706
  Other Non-Current Assets..................................        --        3,207
                                                              --------     --------
          Total Assets......................................  $382,286     $502,193
                                                              ========     ========
                        LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts Payable..........................................  $  1,395     $    785
  Accrued and Other Current Liabilities.....................    58,070       57,764
                                                              --------     --------
          Total Current Liabilities.........................    59,465       58,549
  Postretirement and Postemployment Benefits................    12,920       10,020
  Deferred Income Taxes.....................................    34,456       53,990
  Other Liabilities.........................................    16,770          450
                                                              --------     --------
          Total Liabilities.................................   123,611      123,009
Commitments and Contingencies
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred Stock, Par Value $1.00 per share,
     Authorized -- 10,000,000 shares, Outstanding -- none
  Common Stock, Par Value $1.00 per share,
     Authorized -- 400,000,000 shares; Issued -- 188,420,996
     shares for 1997 and 1996, less Treasury shares of
     17,853,652 and 17,612,776 for 1997 and 1996,
     respectively...........................................   170,567      170,808
  Retained Earnings.........................................    88,108      208,376
                                                              --------     --------
          Total Shareholders' Equity........................   258,675      379,184
                                                              --------     --------
          Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity........  $382,286     $502,193
                                                              ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   113
 
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                         ---------------------------------
                                                           1997         1996        1995
                                                         ---------    --------    --------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net Income...........................................  $  84,905    $ 78,085    $108,397
  Reconciliation of Net Income to Net Cash Provided by
     Operating Activities:
     Depreciation and Amortization.....................     21,930      16,229      16,322
     Provision for Doubtful Accounts...................     11,815      11,743      10,861
     (Gain) Loss from Sales of Businesses..............     (9,412)     28,500          --
     Cash Received in Excess of (Less Than) Income from
       Partnerships....................................     62,540     (18,593)    (11,609)
     Loss on Sale of Property, Plant and Equipment.....      1,551         724       1,149
     Net Increase in Accounts Receivable...............    (37,519)     (5,616)    (11,000)
     Change in Other Current Assets....................      8,460       6,709      (1,715)
     Change in Deferred Contracts Costs................     (6,746)     (8,403)        262
     Change in Accounts Payable, Accrued and Other
       Current Liabilities.............................    (38,993)    (26,781)      7,396
     Change in Postretirement and Postemployment
       Liabilities.....................................      2,900      (5,100)      4,120
     Change in Other Liabilities.......................     16,320          --         450
     Change in Deferred Income Taxes...................    (19,534)     23,586      11,969
     Other.............................................      1,437        (545)         --
                                                         ---------    --------    --------
          Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities....     99,654     100,538     136,602
                                                         ---------    --------    --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from Sale of Businesses.....................    122,000      21,368          --
  Additions to Property and Equipment..................     (9,078)    (15,965)    (19,289)
  Additions to Computer Software.......................     (7,190)    (21,859)    (23,723)
                                                         ---------    --------    --------
          Net Cash (Used In) Provided by Investing
            Activities.................................    105,732     (16,456)    (43,012)
                                                         ---------    --------    --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Net Distributions to D&B.............................   (205,414)    (85,466)    (92,146)
                                                         ---------    --------    --------
          Net Cash Used In Financing Activities........   (205,414)    (85,466)    (92,146)
                                                         ---------    --------    --------
          Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash
            Equivalents................................        (28)     (1,384)      1,444
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year...........         60       1,444          --
                                                         ---------    --------    --------
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year.................  $      32    $     60    $  1,444
                                                         =========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   114
 
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    PREFERRED          COMMON           TREASURY                       TOTAL
                                      STOCK             STOCK             STOCK        RETAINED    SHAREHOLDERS'
                                 ($1 PAR VALUE)    ($1 PAR VALUE)    ($1 PAR VALUE)    EARNINGS       EQUITY
                                 ---------------   ---------------   ---------------   ---------   -------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                              <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>         <C>
Balance, January 1, 1995.......        --             $188,421          $(18,651)      $ 200,544     $ 370,314
Net Income.....................                                                          108,397       108,397
Net Distribution to D&B........                                                          (92,146)      (92,146)
Net Change in Shares of
  Treasury Stock...............                                             (381)            381             0
                                                      --------          --------       ---------
Balance, December 31, 1995.....        --              188,421           (19,032)        217,176       386,565
                                                      --------          --------       ---------
Net Income.....................                                                           78,085        78,085
Net Distribution to D&B........                                                          (85,466)      (85,466)
Net Change in Shares of
  Treasury Stock...............                                            1,419          (1,419)            0
                                                      --------          --------       ---------
Balance, December 31, 1996.....        --              188,421           (17,613)        208,376       379,184
                                                      --------          --------       ---------
Net Income.....................                                                           84,905        84,905
Net Distribution to D&B........                                                         (205,414)     (205,414)
Net Change In Shares of
  Treasury Stock...............                                             (241)            241             0
                                                      --------          --------       ---------
Balance, December 31, 1997.....        --             $188,421          $(17,854)      $  88,108     $ 258,675
                                                      ========          ========       =========
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   115
 
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
1.  BACKGROUND AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     On December 17, 1997, the Board of Directors of The Dun & Bradstreet
Corporation ("D&B") approved in principle a plan to separate into two
publicly-traded companies -- R.H. Donnelley Corporation ("R.H. Donnelley") and
The New Dun & Bradstreet Corporation ("New D&B"). The distribution
("Distribution") is the method by which D&B will distribute to its stockholders
shares of New D&B Common Stock, which will represent a continuing interest in
D&B's businesses to be conducted by New D&B. After the Distribution, D&B's only
operating subsidiary will be R.H. Donnelley Inc. Shares of D&B Common Stock held
by D&B stockholders will represent a continuing ownership interest in R.H.
Donnelley. In connection with the Distribution, D&B will change its name to
"R.H. Donnelley Corporation" and therefore from and after the Distribution, D&B
Common Stock will be R.H. Donnelley Corporation Common Stock and New D&B will
change its name to "The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation." Therefore, on a
consolidated basis, the financial statements of R.H. Donnelley Corporation and
R.H. Donnelley, Inc. are substantially identical. As discussed in footnote 14,
the financial statements have been restated to reflect the recapitalization of
R.H. Donnelley as of July 1, 1998. D&B has received a ruling from the Internal
Revenue Service to the effect that the Distribution will be tax-free for Federal
income tax purposes. Due to the relative significance of D&B to R.H. Donnelley,
the transaction will be accounted for as a reverse spin-off. Historically R.H.
Donnelley has operated through a number of long-term strategic alliances with
affiliates of Ameritech, Bell Atlantic, Sprint and with other smaller local
telephone service providers or yellow pages publishers acting as publisher,
partner or sales agent based on its contractual business relationships. The
Ameritech relationship has no expiration date, the Sprint and Bell Atlantic
contracts expire in 2004 and 2005, respectively. R.H. Donnelley's revenue and
cash flow is principally derived from commissions received from the sale of
advertisements placed in yellow pages directories. In addition, R.H. Donnelley
also receives revenue for publishing services such as advertisement creation and
database management on a negotiated fee basis.
 
     R.H. Donnelley was incorporated on August 9, 1961 with 100 shares of Common
Stock authorized, and outstanding with no par value, all of which are owned by
D&B. R.H. Donnelley provides sales, marketing and publishing services for yellow
pages and other directory products and is the largest independent marketer of
yellow pages advertising in the United States. R.H. Donnelley will retain all
the assets and liabilities related to the yellow pages and other directory
product sales, marketing and publishing service businesses after the
Distribution.
 
     The financial statements reflect the financial position, results of
operations, and cash flows of R.H. Donnelley as if it were a separate entity for
all periods presented. The financial statements include allocations of certain
D&B corporate headquarters assets (including prepaid pension assets) and
liabilities (including postretirement benefits), and expenses (including cash
management, legal, accounting, tax, employee benefits, insurance services, data
services and other D&B corporate overhead) relating to R.H. Donnelley's
businesses that will be transferred to R.H. Donnelley from D&B. Management
believes these allocations are reasonable. However, the costs of these services
and benefits charged to R.H. Donnelley are not necessarily indicative of the
costs that would have been incurred if R.H. Donnelley had performed or provided
these functions as a separate entity.
 
     The financial information included herein may not necessarily reflect the
results of operations, financial position, changes in shareholder's equity and
cash flows of R.H. Donnelley in the future or what they would have been had it
been a separate, stand-alone entity during the periods presented.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   116
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
     For purposes of governing certain of the ongoing relationships between R.H.
Donnelley and D&B after the Distribution and to provide for orderly transition,
R.H. Donnelley and D&B will enter into various agreements including a
Distribution Agreement, Tax Allocation Agreement, Employee Benefits Agreement,
Shared Transaction Services Agreements, Intellectual Property Agreement, Data
Services Agreements, and Transition Services Agreements. Summaries of these
agreements are set forth elsewhere in this Information Statement.
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
     Cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with a maturity of less
than three months at the time of acquisition.
 
  Property and Equipment
 
     Machinery and equipment are depreciated over their estimated useful lives
using principally the straight-line method. Estimated useful lives are five
years for machinery and equipment, ten years for furniture and fixtures, and
three to five years for computer equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized
on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the term of the lease or the
estimated useful life of the improvement.
 
  Capitalized Software Costs
 
     Certain direct costs incurred for computer software to meet the internal
needs of R.H. Donnelley are capitalized. These costs are amortized on a
straight-line basis, over five years.
 
  Long-Lived Assets
 
     R.H. Donnelley adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards ("SFAS") No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of" ("SFAS No. 121") in 1995. This
statement requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles
held and used by an entity be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be
recoverable. In general, this statement requires recognition of an impairment
loss when the sum of undiscounted expected future cash flows is less than the
carrying amount of such assets. The measurement for such an impairment loss is
then based on the fair value of the asset.
 
  Revenue Recognition
 
     R.H. Donnelley recognizes revenue as earned, which is based on contractual
relationships. For relationships where R.H. Donnelley acts as a sales agent,
revenue is comprised of sales commissions and is recognized upon execution of
contracts for the sale of advertising. For relationships where R.H. Donnelley is
the publisher, revenues are recognized when directories are published.
Publishing services are recognized throughout the year as the services are
performed.
 
  Income from Partnerships and Related Fees
 
     R.H. Donnelley has significant influence, but not a controlling interest
over its partnerships and accounts for them under the equity method of
accounting. Income from partnerships represent R.H. Donnelley's share of the
profits generated by the DonTech Partnerships, the Cendon Partnership and the
C-Don Partnership with Commonwealth Telephone Company during 1997, 1996 and
1995,
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   117
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
and of the UniDon Partnership with United Telephone Company during 1995. Other
related fees represents R.H. Donnelley's revenue participation earnings in 1997
from APIL Partners Partnership ("APIL"), a subsidiary of Ameritech Corporation.
 
  Unbilled Receivables
 
     For sales agency relationships, unbilled receivables represent revenues
earned from the sale of advertising in directories that are scheduled to be
published by the publisher. These receivables will be billed upon directory
publication in accordance with contractual provisions. For businesses where R.H.
Donnelley is the publisher, unbilled receivables represent revenues earned on
published directories. Customers are billed ratably over the life of the
directories, generally 12 months.
 
  Income Taxes
 
     R.H. Donnelley has been included in the Federal and certain state income
tax returns of D&B. The provision for income taxes in the financial statements
has been calculated on a separate-company basis; income taxes paid on behalf of
R.H. Donnelley by D&B are included in equity. After the Distribution, R.H.
Donnelley will file separate income tax returns.
 
  Concentration of Credit Risk
 
     R.H. Donnelley maintains significant accounts receivable balances from its
relationships with affiliates of Ameritech, Bell Atlantic and with the CenDon
Partnership.
 
  Deferred Contract Costs
 
     Direct costs incurred by R.H. Donnelley as publisher are deferred until
these directories are published. Direct costs on contracts for which R.H.
Donnelley is a sales agent are expensed in the year in which they are incurred.
 
  Contract Fees
 
     All costs associated with the renegotiation and extension of contracts are
expensed when incurred.
 
  Financial Instruments
 
     At December 31, 1997, R.H. Donnelley's financial instruments included cash,
receivables, and accounts payable. At December 31, 1997, the fair values of
cash, receivables and accounts payable approximated carrying values because of
the short-term nature of these instruments.
 
  Earnings Per Share of Common Stock
 
     In 1997, R.H. Donnelley adopted SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share." Basic
earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by D&B's historical
weighted average common shares outstanding, reflecting the one-for-one
distribution ratio. Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net
income by the sum of D&B's historical weighted average common shares outstanding
and potentially dilutive R.H. Donnelley common shares. Potentially dilutive
common shares are calculated in accordance with the treasury stock method, which
assumes that proceeds from the exercise of all employee options are used to
repurchase common stock at market value. The amount of shares remaining after
the proceeds are exhausted represent the potentially dilutive effect of the
options.
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   118
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
  Estimates
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues
and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual
results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are used in the
determination of allowances for doubtful accounts, depreciation and
amortization, computer software, employee benefit plans, taxes and contingencies
among others.
 
3.  RECONCILIATION OF SHARES USED IN COMPUTING EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1997       1996       1995
                                                              -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Weighted average number of shares -- basic..................  170,765    170,017    169,522
Effect of potentially dilutive stock options as of year
  end.......................................................      300        272        361
                                                              -------    -------    -------
Weighted average number of shares -- diluted................  171,065    170,289    169,883
                                                              =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
     As required by SFAS No. 128, R.H. Donnelley has provided a reconciliation
of basic weighted average shares to diluted weighted average shares within the
table outlined above. The conversion of dilutive shares has no impact on
operating results. The R.H. Donnelley's options generally expire 10 years after
the initial grant date.
 
4.  NON-RECURRING ITEMS
 
  Sale of Businesses
 
     In 1997, included in the operating results was a pretax gain of $9,412,
related to the sale of its East Coast proprietary operations ("P-East"). In
connection with the sale of the P-East business, R.H. Donnelley has accrued for
the continuing obligation to provide publishing service through the year 2002.
 
     The 1996 results reflect a pre-tax charge of $28,500, incurred as a result
of the sale of the West Coast proprietary operations ("P-West").
 
  Restructuring
 
     In 1995, R.H. Donnelley recorded a restructuring charge of $17,690 in
connection with the closing of the Terre Haute publishing facility. R.H.
Donnelley moved its publishing operations from Terre Haute, Indiana to Raleigh,
North Carolina. The restructuring charge was recorded to cover fixed asset
write-offs, severance, legal costs, publishing costs, and advertising claims. At
December 31, 1997, no restructuring reserve remains.
 
5.  PARTNERSHIPS
 
  DonTech
 
     In 1991, R.H. Donnelley formed a general partnership with Ameritech
Corporation ("Ameritech"), the DonTech Partnership ("DonTech I"). Prior to
August 1997, DonTech I published various directories, solicited advertising, and
manufactured and delivered directories in Illinois and Northwest Indiana. Under
this agreement, R.H. Donnelley's share in DonTech I declined 1% each year
between 1995 and 1997, from 55% to 53%. In August 1997, R.H. Donnelley signed a
series of agreements with Ameritech changing the structure of the existing
partnership. A new partnership was formed ("DonTech II" and, together with
DonTech I, "DonTech" or the "DonTech Partner-
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   119
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
ships") appointing DonTech the exclusive sales agent in perpetuity for yellow
page directories published by Ameritech in Illinois and Northwest Indiana. Under
the new sales agency partnership of which R.H. Donnelley receives a 50% share of
the profits, DonTech performs the advertising sales function for the directories
and earns a commission while APIL serves as the directories publisher. R.H.
Donnelley receives an ongoing revenue participation fee from APIL in exchange
for exclusive publishing rights. R.H. Donnelley receives payments directly from
APIL for publishing services pursuant to a contract valid through the year 2003.
 
     R.H. Donnelley recognized equity earnings of $64,618, $121,354, and
$125,578 from the DonTech partnership during 1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively.
In addition, R.H. Donnelley recognized Revenue Participation earnings from APIL
of $51,610 during 1997. Together, they represent 86%, 72% and 69% of R.H.
Donnelley's operating income for the three years ended December 31, 1997,
respectively.
 
     R.H. Donnelley's investment in DonTech was $151,979 and $215,373 at
December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
  CenDon
 
     R.H. Donnelley has a partnership, the CenDon Partnership ("CenDon") with
the Sprint Corporation ("Sprint") through a subsidiary of Sprint. R.H. Donnelley
has a 50% interest in CenDon which publishes directories in selected Sprint
markets in Nevada, Florida, Virginia and North Carolina. R.H. Donnelley earns a
50% share of CenDon's income. R.H. Donnelley provides sales and publishing
services for the CenDon partnership. The partnership is billed upon the
publication of each directory based on a contractual rate for sales and is
billed pro rata during the year for publishing for services based on a
contractual fee. Sales and publishing services revenue for R.H. Donnelley were
$35,126, $32,258, and $29,800 for 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The CenDon
partnership agreement extends until 2004. RHD recognized equity earnings of
$12,219, $9,695 and $9,451 from the CenDon partnership during 1997, 1996 and
1995, respectively. RHD's investment in CenDon was $15,031 and $15,902 at
December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
6.  OTHER TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
 
     D&B uses a centralized cash management system to finance its operations.
Cash deposits from the R.H. Donnelley's businesses are transferred to D&B on a
daily basis and D&B funds the R.H. Donnelley's disbursement bank accounts as
required. No interest has been charged on these transactions
 
     D&B provided certain centralized services (see Note 1 to the financial
statements) to R.H. Donnelley. Expenses related to these services were allocated
to R.H. Donnelley based on utilization of specific services or, where an
estimate could not be determined, based on R.H. Donnelley's revenues in
proportion to D&B's total revenues. Management believes these allocation methods
are reasonable. However, the costs of these services and benefits charged to
R.H. Donnelley are not necessarily indicative of the costs that would have been
incurred if R.H. Donnelley had performed or provided these services as a
separate entity. These allocations were $21,531, $18,626 and $24,111 in 1997,
1996, and 1995 respectively, and are included in operating expenses and general
and administrative expenses in the Statement of Operations. Amounts due to D&B
for these expenses are included in equity.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   120
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
     Net distributions to D&B, included in equity, includes net cash transfers
third party liabilities paid on behalf of R.H. Donnelley by D&B, amounts due
to/from D&B for services and other charges. No interest has been charged on
these intercompany transactions.
 
7.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
     Certain of the R.H. Donnelley's operations are conducted from leased
facilities, which are under operating leases. Rent expense under real estate
operating leases for the years 1997, 1996, and 1995 was $8,612, $9,482 and
$10,068, respectively. The approximate minimum rent for real estate operating
leases that have remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year at
December 31, 1997, are:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
1998......................................................   $8,031
1999......................................................    6,325
2000......................................................    5,365
2001......................................................    4,874
2002......................................................    5,030
Thereafter................................................   27,742
                                                            -------
          Total...........................................  $57,367
                                                            =======
</TABLE>
 
     R.H. Donnelley also leases certain computer and other equipment under
operating leases. Rent expense under computer and other equipment leases was
$2,245, $1,762 and $1,072 for 1997, 1996, and 1995 respectively. At December 31,
1997 the approximate minimum annual rental obligation for computer and other
equipment under operating leases that have remaining noncancelable lease terms
in excess of one year is not significant.
 
     On July 29, 1996, Information Resources, Inc. ("IRI") filed a complaint in
the United States district court for the Southern district of New York, having
as defendant D&B, A.C. Nielson Company, and IMS International Inc. ("the IRI
Action"). New D&B will assume and indemnify R.H. Donnelley against any payments
to be made by R.H. Donnelley in respect to the IRI Action under the Distribution
Agreement, under the Indemnity and Joint Defense Agreement or otherwise,
including any ongoing legal fees and expenses related thereto.
 
     In the normal course of business, R.H. Donnelley is subject to proceedings,
lawsuits and other claims. In the opinion of R.H. Donnelley management, the
outcome of such current legal proceedings, claims and litigation will not
materially affect R.H. Donnelley's financial position or results of operations.
 
8.  PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
     Upon the Distribution, R.H. Donnelley will assume responsibility for
pension benefits for active employees of R.H. Donnelley, DonTech active
employees and DonTech vested terminated employees with benefits under the D&B
Retirement Plan. The responsibility for R.H. Donnelley retirees and vested
terminated employees prior to the Distribution will remain with New D&B. R.H.
Donnelley will assume responsibility for postretirement benefits for active
employees of R.H. Donnelley and a portion of the cost of postretirement benefits
for certain DonTech employees. An allocation of assets and liabilities related
to active employee benefits has been included in the financial statements.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>   121
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
     Pension
 
     R.H. Donnelley participates in D&B's defined benefit pension plan covering
substantially all employees. Effective January 1, 1997, the D&B Retirement Plan
was amended to provide retirement income based on a percentage of annual
compensation, rather than final pay. R.H. Donnelley accounts for the plan as a
multi-employer plan. Accordingly, RHD has recorded pension costs as allocated by
D&B totaling $996, $1,082, and $1,077 for the years 1997, 1996 and 1995,
respectively. The assumptions of the multi-employer plan are described below.
 
     The weighted average expected long-term rate of return on pension plan
assets was 9.70% for 1997 and 9.75% for 1996, and 1995. At December 31, 1997 and
1996, the projected benefit obligations were determined using weighted average
discount rates of 7.01% and 7.77%, respectively, and weighted average rates of
increase in future compensation levels of 4.46% and 5.15%, respectively. Plan
assets are invested in diversified portfolios that consist primarily of equity
and debt securities.
 
     Savings Plan
 
     Certain employees of R.H. Donnelley are also eligible to participate in the
D&B sponsored defined contribution plan. RHD makes a matching contribution of up
to 50% of employees' contribution based on specified limits of the employee's
salary. R.H. Donnelley's expense related to this plan was $2,243, $2,268, and
$3,288 for the years 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
  Postretirement Benefits
 
     In addition to providing pension benefits, D&B provides various health-care
and life-insurance benefits for retired employees. Employees are eligible for
these benefits if they reach normal retirement age while working for R.H.
Donnelley.
 
     R.H. Donnelley accounts for the plan as a multi-employer plan. Accordingly,
R.H. Donnelley has recorded postretirement benefits costs as allocated by D&B
totaling $1,724, $1,873, and $1,864 for the years 1997, 1996 and 1995. The
assumption used for the multi-employer plan follows.
 
     The accumulated postretirement benefits obligation at December 31, 1997 and
1996, was determined using discount rates of 7.0% and 7.75%, respectively. The
assumed rate of future increases in per capita cost of covered health-care
benefits is 7.3% in 1998, decreasing gradually to 5.0% for the year 2021 and
remaining constant thereafter.
 
9.  EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
     Under D&B's Key Employees Stock Option Plans, certain employees of R.H.
Donnelley are eligible for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights
and limited stock appreciation rights in tandem with stock options. These awards
are granted at the market price on the date of the grant.
 
     Immediately following the Distribution, outstanding awards under the
post-Distribution D&B Key Employees Stock Option Plans held by R.H. Donnelley
employees will be adjusted to have the same ratio of the exercise price per
option to the market value per share, the same aggregate difference between
market value and exercised price and the same vesting provisions, option periods
and other terms and conditions applicable prior to the Distribution.
 
     In October 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation", which requires that companies with stock-based compensation plans
either recognize compensation expense based on the fair value of options granted
or continue to apply the existing
                                      F-19
<PAGE>   122
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
accounting rules and disclose pro forma net income and earnings per share
assuming the fair value method had been applied. R.H. Donnelley has chosen to
continue applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 and related
interpretations in accounting for its plans. Accordingly, no compensation cost
has been recognized for the fixed stock option plans. Had compensation cost for
R.H. Donnelley's stock-based compensation plans been determined based on the
fair value at the grant dates for awards to R.H. Donnelley's employees under
those plans, consistent with the method of SFAS No. 123, R.H. Donnelley's net
income and earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts
indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1997       1996        1995
                                             -------    -------    --------
<S>                                          <C>        <C>        <C>
Net income:
  As reported..............................  $84,905    $78,085    $108,397
  Pro forma................................  $84,542    $77,844    $108,397
  Basic earnings per share of common stock
     As reported...........................  $  0.50    $  0.46    $   0.64
     Pro forma.............................  $  0.50    $  0.46    $   0.64
  Diluted earnings per share of common
     stock
     As reported...........................  $  0.50    $  0.46    $   0.64
     Pro forma.............................  $  0.49    $  0.46    $   0.64
</TABLE>
 
     The pro-forma disclosures shown are not representative of the effects on
income and earnings per share in future years.
 
     The fair value of D&B's stock options used to compute the R.H. Donnelley's
pro forma income disclosures is the estimated present value at grant date using
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The weighted average assumptions used
for 1997 were as follows dividend yield of 3.3%, expected volatility of 20%,
risk-free interest rate of 5.73%, and an expected holding period of 4.5 years.
The following weighted average assumptions were used to value grants made prior
to the November 1, 1996 distribution: dividend yield of 4.7%, expected
volatility of 15%, a risk-free interest rate of 6.08%, and an expected holding
period of five years. The incremental fair value of the R.H. Donnelley's options
converted on October 31, 1996, used to compute pro-forma income disclosures and
the value of new grants after November 1, 1996, was determined using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions: dividend yield of 3.7%, expected volatility of 17%, a risk-free
interest rate of 5.85%, and an expected holding period of 4.5 years. The D&B
assumptions used in the option-pricing model may not be valid for R.H. Donnelley
on a going forward basis.
 
     Options outstanding at December 31, 1997, were granted during the years
1988 through 1997 and are exercisable over periods ending not later than 2007.
At December 31, 1997 and 1996, options for 606,459 shares and 575,941 shares of
common stock, respectively, were exercisable and 1,450,195 shares, 4,240,772
shares and 10,306,592 shares, respectively, were available for future grants
under the plans at December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>   123
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
     Changes in stock options for the three years ended December 31, 1997, are
summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           WEIGHTED
                                                                           AVERAGE
                                                                           EXERCISE
                                                               SHARES      PRICE($)
                                                              ---------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Options outstanding, January 1, 1995:                           340,730     $53.48
  Granted...................................................     79,228      63.20
  Exercised.................................................    (27,619)     44.54
  Surrendered or expired....................................         --         --
                                                              ---------     ------
Options outstanding, December 31, 1995:                         392,339      56.07
  Granted...................................................         --         --
  Exercised.................................................    (52,133)     51.99
  Surrendered or expired....................................     (8,034)     57.18
                                                              ---------     ------
Options outstanding, October 31, 1996.......................    332,172      56.68
                                                              ---------     ------
Options converted, November 1, 1996.........................    876,137      21.48
  Granted...................................................    474,305      22.87
  Exercised.................................................     (9,053)     20.95
  Surrendered or expired....................................    (15,816)     22.12
                                                              ---------     ------
Options outstanding, December 31, 1996:.....................  1,325,573      21.97
  Granted...................................................    378,991      29.95
  Exercised.................................................   (175,064)     20.45
  Surrendered or expired....................................   (119,412)     22.87
                                                              ---------     ------
Options outstanding, December 31, 1997......................  1,410,088     $24.23
                                                              =========     ======
</TABLE>
 
     The weighted average fair value of options granted during 1997, 1996 and
1995 was $5.54, $3.60 and $7.60, respectively.
 
     The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding
at December 31, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         STOCK OPTIONS OUTSTANDING        STOCK OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                     ----------------------------------   --------------------------
                                  WEIGHTED
                                   AVERAGE     WEIGHTED                   WEIGHTED
       RANGE OF                   REMAINING    AVERAGE                    AVERAGE
       EXERCISE                  CONTRACTUAL   EXERCISE                   EXERCISE
        PRICES        SHARES        LIFE        PRICE       SHARES         PRICE
    --------------   ---------   -----------   --------   -----------   ------------
    <S>              <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>
    $ 15.73-$20.46     271,096      4 years     $19.36      230,672        $19.17
    $ 20.94-$24.75     767,626    6.7 years     $23.13      375,787        $23.05
    $ 27.72-$30.22     371,366    9.8 years     $30.06           --        $   --
                     ---------                              -------
                     1,410,088                              606,459
                     =========                              =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>   124
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
10.  INCOME TAXES
 
     Provision for income taxes consisted of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            1997        1996        1995
                                          --------    --------    --------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>         <C>
Current Tax Provision:
  U.S. Federal..........................  $ 63,629    $ 28,634    $ 48,839
  State and local.......................     8,660      15,675      13,232
                                          --------    --------    --------
          Total current tax provision...    72,289      44,309      62,071
Deferred tax (benefit) provision
  U.S. Federal..........................   (15,777)     19,347       9,473
  State and local.......................     2,734      (2,799)      2,854
                                          --------    --------    --------
          Total deferred tax (benefit)
            provision...................   (13,043)     16,548      12,327
                                          --------    --------    --------
  Provision for income taxes............  $ 59,246    $ 60,857    $ 74,398
                                          ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
     The following table summarizes the significant differences between the U.S.
Federal statutory tax rate and R.H. Donnelley's effective tax rate for financial
statement purposes.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1997     1996     1995
                                                   ------    -----    -----
<S>                                                <C>       <C>      <C>
Statutory tax rate...............................    35.0%    35.0%    35.0%
State and local taxes, net of U.S. Federal tax
  benefit........................................     5.1      6.0      5.7
Non-deductible capital losses....................     0.0      2.8      0.0
Non-deductible expense...........................     1.0      0.0      0.0
                                                   ------    -----    -----
Effective tax rate...............................    41.1%    43.8%    40.7%
                                                   ======    =====    =====
</TABLE>
 
     Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consisted of the following at December
31,
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1997       1996
                                                         -------    -------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Postretirement benefits..............................  $ 4,288    $ 4,008
  Postemployment benefits..............................    3,210      1,718
  Reorganization and restructuring costs...............      937      1,606
  Bad debts............................................    1,606      4,643
  Intangibles..........................................    2,571      2,367
  Other................................................   15,535        401
                                                         -------    -------
Total deferred tax asset...............................   28,147     14,743
                                                         -------    -------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Revenue recognition..................................   45,160     51,270
  Pension..............................................    3,812      4,132
  Plant, property and equipment........................      829        906
  Capitalized project costs............................   12,802     12,425
                                                         -------    -------
Total deferred tax liabilities.........................   62,603     68,733
                                                         -------    -------
Net deferred tax liability.............................  $34,456    $53,990
                                                         =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>   125
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
11.  SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
     Property and Equipment, Net:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1997        1996
                                                       --------    --------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>
Computer equipment...................................  $ 35,516    $ 38,971
Machinery and equipment..............................     4,949       5,368
Furniture and fixtures...............................     7,927       8,417
Leasehold improvements...............................     7,193       5,541
                                                       --------    --------
          Total at cost..............................    55,585      58,297
Less accumulated depreciation........................   (30,125)    (27,545)
                                                       --------    --------
Total net fixed assets...............................  $ 25,460    $ 30,752
                                                       ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
     Computer Software:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              COMPUTER
                                                              SOFTWARE
                                                              --------
<S>                                                           <C>
January 1, 1996.............................................  $22,101
Additions at cost...........................................   21,859
Amortization................................................   (3,910)
                                                              -------
     December 31, 1996......................................   40,050
Additions at cost...........................................    7,190
Transfer in.................................................       95
Amortization................................................   (9,789)
                                                              -------
     December 31, 1997......................................  $37,546
                                                              =======
</TABLE>
 
     Accumulated amortization on computer software costs was $14,001 and $5,896
at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>   126
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
12.   VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              ADDITIONS
                                               BALANCE AT    CHARGED TO                    BALANCE AT
                                              BEGINNING OF    COSTS AND                      END OF
                DESCRIPTION                      PERIOD       EXPENSES     DEDUCTIONS(A)     PERIOD
- --------------------------------------------  ------------   -----------   -------------   ----------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>
  Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:
  For the year ended December 31, 1997......    $11,607        $11,815        $19,408       $ 4,014
  For the year ended December 31, 1996......     21,167         11,743         21,303        11,607
  For the year ended December 31, 1995......     32,421         10,861         22,115        21,167
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(a) Includes accounts written off.
 
13.  QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             THREE MONTHS ENDED
                             ---------------------------------------------------    YEAR ENDED
                             MARCH 31    JUNE 30     SEPTEMBER 30    DECEMBER 31    DECEMBER 31
                             --------    --------    ------------    -----------    -----------
<S>                          <C>         <C>         <C>             <C>            <C>
1997
Revenues...................  $20,207     $ 60,465      $62,728        $ 96,465       $239,865
Operating income (loss)....  $(2,290)    $  9,789      $46,833        $ 80,407       $134,739
Net income.................  $(1,374)    $  5,873      $28,100        $ 52,306       $ 84,905
Earning per share data:
  Basic....................  $ (0.01)    $   0.03      $  0.16        $   0.32       $   0.50
  Diluted..................  $ (0.01)    $   0.03      $  0.16        $   0.32       $   0.50
1996
Revenues...................  $23,170     $ 64,615      $57,743        $124,501       $270,029
Operating income (loss)....  $ 6,921     $ (4,400)     $27,468        $137,453       $167,442
Net income.................  $ 3,889     $(18,490)     $15,437        $ 77,249       $ 78,085
Earning per share data:
  Basic....................  $  0.02     $  (0.11)     $  0.09        $   0.46       $   0.46
  Diluted..................  $  0.02     $  (0.11)     $  0.09        $   0.46       $   0.46
</TABLE>
 
14.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
     On July 1, 1998, as part of the Distribution, D&B distributed to its
stockholders shares of New D&B stock, which represents a continuing interest in
D&B's business to be conducted by New D&B. After the Distribution, D&B's only
business is the R.H. Donnelley business, and shares of D&B Common Stock held by
D&B stockholders represents a continuing interest only in that business. In
connection with the Distribution, D&B changed its name to R.H. Donnelley
Corporation and D&B Common Stock has become R.H. Donnelley Common Stock. The
financial statements of R.H. Donnelley have been restated to reflect the
recapitalization.
 
     On June 5, 1998 R.H. Donnelley Inc. entered into a Credit Agreement with
the Chase Manhattan Bank, Chase Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs and the Lenders
party thereto. Under the terms of the agreement, R.H. Donnelley Inc. obtained a
Senior Revolving Credit Facility of $100 million and Senior Secured Term
Facilities in aggregate of $300 million, of which R.H. Donnelley has borrowed in
aggregate $350 million payable over a maximum period of nine years.
 
     On June 16, 1998, R.H. Donnelley entered into 3 interest rate swap
transactions which converted part of its floating rates interest obligations to
fixed rates. The swap transactions total in aggregate $175 million of the $350
million of loans under the Credit Agreement. The swaps have terms of 3, 4 and 5
years.
 
     In addition on June 5, 1998 R.H. Donnelley Inc. issued $150 million of
Senior Subordinated Notes. These Notes pay interest semi-annually and are due in
2008. The aggregate $500 million was dividended to D&B, but repayment of such
indebtedness remains an obligation of R.H. Donnelley Inc., as guaranteed by R.H.
Donnelley Corporation.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>   127
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Partners of DonTech
 
     We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of AM-DON (doing
business as "DonTech" and hereafter referred to as "DonTech I") and the DonTech
II Partnership ("DonTech II") as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related
combined statements of operations, partners' capital, and cash flows for each of
the years in the three year period ended December 31, 1997. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the management of DonTech I and DonTech II.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the combined financial position of DonTech I and
DonTech II as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the combined results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three year period
ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
Chicago, Illinois
January 8, 1998
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>   128
 
                                    DONTECH
 
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                          --------------------------------
                                                            1997        1996        1995
                                                          --------    --------    --------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>         <C>
Sales...................................................  $503,912    $459,083    $442,952
Less Allowances.........................................    77,788      50,202      51,076
                                                          --------    --------    --------
          Net Sales.....................................   426,124     408,881     391,876
Expenses:
  Salary and Wages......................................    12,133          --          --
  Commission............................................     4,558          --          --
  Telephone Company Fees................................    83,210      83,532      83,995
  Printing and Manufacturing............................    39,085      35,221      34,632
  Selling...............................................    36,236      33,060      30,464
  Compilation...........................................     8,888       9,067       9,870
  Delivery..............................................     7,703       7,316      10,950
  Administrative........................................     7,696       3,444       6,138
  Occupancy and Depreciation............................     9,880       8,148       6,175
  Other.................................................    12,489       9,476       8,980
                                                          --------    --------    --------
          Total Operating Expenses......................   221,878     189,264     191,204
                                                          --------    --------    --------
          Income from Operations........................   204,246     219,617     200,672
Other Income............................................     2,064       2,677       3,775
                                                          --------    --------    --------
          Net Income....................................  $206,310    $222,294    $204,447
                                                          ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
     The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial
                                  statements.
                                      F-26
<PAGE>   129
 
                                    DONTECH
 
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1997        1996
                                                              --------    --------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
                                      ASSETS
Current Assets:
  Cash and Cash Equivalents.................................  $  6,824    $  4,559
  Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowance for Doubtful
     Accounts of $35,581 (1997) and $13,908 (1996)..........   225,240     261,252
  Deferred Expenses.........................................    41,513      86,329
  Commission Receivable.....................................    43,681          --
  Other.....................................................     6,241       3,057
                                                              --------    --------
          Total Current Assets..............................   323,499     355,197
Fixed Assets, Net of Accumulated Depreciation and
  Amortization..............................................     4,898       6,621
                                                              --------    --------
          Total Assets......................................  $328,397    $361,818
                                                              ========    ========
                        LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
Current Liabilities:
  Accounts Payable..........................................  $ 21,417    $ 23,720
  Accrued Liabilities.......................................     5,623       5,106
  Deferred Sales Revenue....................................   162,760     174,105
                                                              --------    --------
          Total Current Liabilities.........................   189,800     202,931
Partners' Capital...........................................   165,597     158,887
Partnership Contributions Receivable........................   (27,000)         --
                                                              --------    --------
          Total Partners' Capital...........................   138,597     158,887
                                                              --------    --------
          Total Liabilities and Partners' Capital...........  $328,397    $361,818
                                                              ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
     The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial
                                  statements.
                                      F-27
<PAGE>   130
 
                                    DONTECH
 
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                       -----------------------------------
                                                         1997         1996         1995
                                                       ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net Income.........................................  $ 206,310    $ 222,294    $ 204,447
  Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash
     Provided by Operating Activities:
     Depreciation and Amortization...................      3,246        3,526        2,806
     Provision for Uncollectible Accounts............     32,474        7,105        6,190
     Changes in Assets and Liabilities:
       Increase in Accounts Receivable...............    (40,144)     (27,791)     (28,295)
       (Increase) Decrease in Deferred Printing and
          Manufacturing..............................     20,788       (5,460)      (2,476)
       (Increase) Decrease in Deferred Selling.......     13,076       (1,430)      (4,957)
       Decrease in Deferred Compilation..............      5,309          255        1,046
       Decrease in Deferred Delivery.................      1,895           19          518
       Decrease in Deferred Directory Operating
          Service....................................      1,468          322          630
       (Increase) Decrease in Deferred Other.........      2,280          702       (1,616)
       (Increase) Decrease in Other Current Assets...     (3,184)      (1,675)          75
       Increase (Decrease) in Accounts Payable.......     (2,303)         923       (3,433)
       Increase (Decrease) in Accrued Liabilities....        517       (5,420)         712
       Increase (Decrease) in Deferred Sales
          Revenue....................................    (11,345)       5,280       17,920
                                                       ---------    ---------    ---------
          Total Adjustments..........................     24,077      (23,644)     (10,880)
                                                       ---------    ---------    ---------
          Net Cash Provided by Operating
            Activities...............................    230,387      198,650      193,567
                                                       ---------    ---------    ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of Fixed Assets..........................     (1,522)      (1,029)      (5,850)
                                                       ---------    ---------    ---------
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Partner Contributions..............................      2,998           --           --
  Distributions to Partners..........................   (229,598)    (195,553)    (191,200)
                                                       ---------    ---------    ---------
          Net Cash Used in
            Financing Activities.....................   (226,600)    (195,553)    (191,200)
                                                       ---------    ---------    ---------
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash
  Equivalents........................................      2,265        2,068       (3,483)
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year.........      4,559        2,491        5,974
                                                       ---------    ---------    ---------
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year...............  $   6,824    $   4,559    $   2,491
                                                       =========    =========    =========
 
NONCASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Partnership Capital Contributions Receivable.......  $  27,000    $      --    $      --
                                                       =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>
 
     The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial
                                  statements.
                                      F-28
<PAGE>   131
 
                                    DONTECH
 
                    COMBINED STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS' CAPITAL
                      THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           THE
                                                        REUBEN H.       AMERITECH
                                                        DONNELLEY     PUBLISHING OF
                                                       CORPORATION    ILLINOIS, INC.      TOTAL
                                                       -----------    --------------    ---------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>               <C>
Balance, December 31, 1994...........................   $  67,749       $  51,150       $ 118,899
Net Income...........................................     112,446          92,001         204,447
Distributions to Partners............................    (107,525)        (83,675)       (191,200)
                                                        ---------       ---------       ---------
Balance, December 31, 1995...........................      72,670          59,476         132,146
Net Income...........................................     120,039         102,255         222,294
Distributions to Partners............................    (106,920)        (88,633)       (195,553)
                                                        ---------       ---------       ---------
Balance, December 31, 1996...........................      85,789          73,098         158,887
Contributions, Per Agreement.........................      13,500          13,500          27,000
Contributions Receivable.............................     (13,500)        (13,500)        (27,000)
Net Income...........................................     118,162          88,148         206,310
Distributions to Partners............................    (121,688)       (104,912)       (226,600)
                                                        ---------       ---------       ---------
Balance, December 31, 1997...........................   $  82,263       $  56,334       $ 138,597
                                                        =========       =========       =========
</TABLE>
 
     The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial
                                  statements.
                                      F-29
<PAGE>   132
 
                                    DONTECH
 
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
1.  FORM OF ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS
 
     AM-DON d.b.a. DonTech ("DonTech") is a general partnership between R.H.
Donnelley Inc. ("R.H. Donnelley"), a Delaware corporation, and Ameritech
Publishing of Illinois, Inc. ("API/IL"), an Illinois corporation, doing business
as Ameritech advertising services ("Aas"). Under a new structure as defined in
the "Master Agreement" dated August 19, 1997, the existing partnership is
defined as "DonTech I". Concurrently, API/IL and Donnelley formed a new
partnership defined as "DonTech II".
 
     DonTech I participated in a Directory Agreement with R.H. Donnelley,
Illinois Bell Telephone Company ("IBT"), doing business as Ameritech Illinois,
API/IL and Aas. DonTech I also participated in a Subcontracting Agreement with
API to perform certain of API's obligations under the Publishing Services
Contract between API and Indiana Bell Telephone Company, Incorporated ("Indiana
Bell"), doing business as Ameritech Indiana. DonTech I published various
directories, as identified in the Directory Agreements, solicited advertising,
its primary source of revenues, and manufactured and delivered such directories.
DonTech I's net income was allocated to each partner based on a predefined
percentage as set forth in the amended partnership agreement.
 
     In accordance with the Second Amended and Restated AM-Don Partnership
Agreement, effective August 19, 1997, the DonTech I partnership ceased
publishing directories as of January 1, 1998. The partnership will recognize the
deferred revenue and expenses recorded as of December 31, 1997 over the
remaining life of those directories published prior to January 1, 1998. Upon
completion of the earnings process, the partnership will thereafter wind up in
accordance with the agreement.
 
     In August 1997, R.H. Donnelley and API/IL reached an agreement regarding a
revised partnership structure through which a new DonTech partnership became the
exclusive sales agent in perpetuity for the yellow page directories to be
published in Illinois and Northwest Indiana by APIL Partners Partnership (the
"Publisher"). The new partnership, known as "DonTech II", receives a 27%
commission on sales, net of provisions (capped at 6.1%), from the Publisher.
DonTech II's cost structure includes only sales, sales operations, office
services, finance, facilities and related overhead. DonTech II profits are
shared equally between the partners.
 
     A Board of Directors (the "Board") was appointed to administer the
activities of each partnership. From time to time during the term of the
partnerships, the Board may call for additional capital contributions in equal
amounts from each of the partners if, in the opinion of the Board, additional
capital is required for the operation of the partnerships.
 
     The accompanying financial statements of DonTech I and DonTech II are shown
on a combined basis. As DonTech II was formed in August 1997, the combined
statements of operations for the three years in the period ended December 31,
1997 only include the results of operations of DonTech II for the period from
August 1997 through December 1997. All significant affiliated accounts and
transactions have been eliminated in preparation of the combined financial
statements.
 
2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  a. Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
     Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with an
initial maturity date of three months or less. The carrying value of cash
equivalents estimates fair value due to the short-term nature.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>   133
                                    DONTECH
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
  b. Revenue Recognition
 
     Substantially all DonTech I sales made to customers in the cities covered
by the directories are recorded as deferred sales revenue and accounts
receivable in the month of publication. Revenue related to these sales is
recognized over the lives of the directories, generally twelve months. Sales
made to customers outside the cities covered by the directories are recognized
each quarter. Sales for national accounts are recognized in full in the month of
publication.
 
     For DonTech II, revenue is comprised of sales commissions and is recognized
upon execution of contracts for the sale of advertising.
 
  c. Fixed Assets
 
     Fixed assets are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line
basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Upon asset retirement or
other disposition, cost and the related accumulated depreciation are removed
from the accounts, and gain or loss is included in the statement of operations.
Amounts for repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred.
 
  d. Deferred Expenses
 
     The printing, manufacturing, compilation, sales, delivery and
administrative costs of DonTech I publications are deferred and recognized in
proportion to revenue.
 
  e. Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions
 
     The partnerships are obligated to provide postretirement benefits
consisting mainly of life and health insurance to substantially all employees
and their dependents. The accrual method of accounting is utilized for
postretirement health care and life insurance benefits.
 
  f. Income Taxes
 
     No provision for income taxes is made as the proportional share of each
partnership's income is the responsibility of the individual partners.
 
3.  DEFERRED EXPENSES
 
     Deferred expenses consist of the following at December 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1997       1996
                                                              -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Printing and manufacturing..................................  $13,932    $34,720
Selling.....................................................   20,331     33,407
Compilation.................................................    3,310      8,619
Delivery....................................................    1,089      2,984
Directory operating services................................      750      2,218
Other.......................................................    2,101      4,381
                                                              -------    -------
                                                              $41,513    $86,329
                                                              =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>   134
                                    DONTECH
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
4.  FIXED ASSETS
 
     Fixed assets consist of the following at December 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1997       1996
                                                              -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Machinery and equipment.....................................  $18,816    $17,329
Furniture and fixtures......................................    3,727      3,712
Leasehold improvements......................................      995        974
                                                              -------    -------
                                                               23,538     22,015
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization..............   18,640     15,394
                                                              -------    -------
                                                              $ 4,898    $ 6,621
                                                              =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
5.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
  DonTech I
 
     Under the Directory Agreement, DonTech I is obligated to pay IBT a minimum
of $75 million per year in exchange for billing and collection services
performed by IBT. The base fee for these services is $75 million for each
calendar year until the Directory Agreement is terminated. Under the terms of
the recently revised partnership agreement the responsibility for payment of
these fees is transferred to Ameritech effective January 1, 1998.
 
     In addition to the base fee, DonTech I has agreed to pay IBT an amount
equal to 7 1/2% of the increase in total revenue received from certain sources
identified in the Directory Agreement over such revenues received in the
immediately preceding calendar year. The additional fee due to IBT was $609,
$1,122 and $487 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. IBT also provides
directory operations services (white pages compilation) to DonTech I. DonTech I
paid approximately $2 million to IBT in 1997, 1996 and 1995 for these services.
However, effective January 1, 1998, under the terms of the revised partnership
agreement the cost of these services becomes the responsibility of Ameritech.
 
     R.H. Donnelley provides compilation, photocomposition, and data processing
services to DonTech I. The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, of which R.H. Donnelley
is a wholly owned subsidiary, provides employee benefits and administrative
services, and certain business insurance coverages for each partnership. The
amount paid for these services is determined at the beginning of each year based
upon estimated activity and adjusted to actual at the end of each year. The
amount paid for these services was approximately $22 million in each of the
years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995. The amount paid for employee
benefits includes the administration of each partnership's Profit Sharing and
401(k) Plans as well as its health care, long and short term disability, dental
and pension plans. Effective June 1, 1997, DonTech I became self-insured for
health care, long and short term disability and dental plans at which time it
terminated its coverages for these plans through The Dun & Bradstreet
Corporation. DonTech II will assume the obligations of these plans.
 
     DonTech I also entered into subcontracting agreements for the publishing of
certain Indiana Bell directories. For the first four months of 1997, under a
Directory Fulfillment Memorandum of Understanding, DonTech I was obligated to
perform certain directory fulfillment services for Aas. The obligation for these
services was transferred to an outside vendor effective May 1, 1997.
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>   135
                                    DONTECH
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
  Amended Partnership Allocation
 
     In 1997, the partners negotiated a settlement agreement regarding excessive
bad debt write-offs incurred by DonTech I during the year ended December 31,
1997. The agreement provided for a special allocation of the excessive bad debts
between the partners based upon a negotiated ratio. The effect of this
settlement agreement has been included in the allocation of net income as
presented in the statement of partners' capital at December 31, 1997.
 
  DonTech II
 
     Under the terms of the DonTech II partnership agreement, The Dun &
Bradstreet Corporation provides certain employee benefits and administrative
services. These include the administration of the partnership's profit Sharing
and 401(k) Plans, as well as its pension plans. Also, certain business insurance
coverages for the partnership will be provided by both The Dun & Bradstreet
Corporation and Ameritech.
 
     Under the provisions of the "Revenue Participation Agreement" dated August
19, 1997, in exchange for exclusive publishing rights, the Publisher agreed to
pay R.H. Donnelley revenue participation interests. The revenue participation
interests are based upon gross revenues of DonTech II, net of provisions (capped
at 6.1% per annum) and sales commissions paid by DonTech II. The revenue
participation interest is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                   <C>
1997................................................  43.7%
1998................................................  34.8%
1999 and thereafter.................................  35.9%
</TABLE>
 
6.  CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
     Financial instruments which potentially subject each partnership to
concentration of credit risk consist principally of commercial paper and
accounts receivables. The partnerships invest their excess cash in commercial
paper with an investment rating of AA or higher and have not experienced any
losses on these investments.
 
     Each partnership's trade accounts receivable are primarily composed of
amounts due from customers whose businesses are in the state of Illinois.
Collateral is generally not required from either partnership's customers.
 
7.  PARTNERSHIP CONTRIBUTION RECEIVABLE
 
     For DonTech II, the respective partner capital contributions are to be made
in equal proportion according to the Initial Capital Schedule as reflected in
the DonTech II Partnership Agreement. As of December 31, 1997, the total amount
of capital required to be contributed by the partners was $27,000.
 
     At December 31, 1997, the respective partnership capital accounts have been
credited with the amount of required capital contributions and have been offset
by a corresponding contributions receivable as the funds had not been received.
 
8.  USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>   136
                                    DONTECH
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expense during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
9.  LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
     DonTech I leases certain office and warehouse facilities under
noncancelable lease arrangements. These leases and the related obligations will
be assumed by Don Tech II. Rent expense under these operating leases was
approximately $2,603, $2,564 and $2,323 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
     The future minimum lease payments required under noncancelable operating
leases that have initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year as of
December 31, 1997 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      AMOUNT
                                                      ------
<S>                                                   <C>
1998................................................  $1,814
1999................................................     843
2000................................................     814
2001................................................     726
2002................................................     466
Thereafter..........................................     831
                                                      ------
                                                      $5,494
                                                      ======
</TABLE>
 
10.  EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT AND PROFIT PARTICIPATION PLANS
 
     Each partnership participates in a defined benefit pension plan covering
substantially all of its respective employees (the "Principal Plan"). The
Principal Plan's assets are invested in equity funds, fixed income funds and
real estate. The components of net periodic pension costs for the years ended
December 31, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1997       1996       1995
                                                              -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Service cost................................................  $   935    $   909    $   945
Interest cost...............................................    1,185      1,020      1,093
Actual return on plan assets................................   (3,465)    (1,618)       185
Net amortization and deferral...............................    2,465        870       (549)
                                                              -------    -------    -------
Net periodic pension cost...................................  $ 1,120    $ 1,181    $ 1,674
                                                              =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>   137
                                    DONTECH
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
     The reconciliation of the funded status of the Principal Plan at December
31 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997        1996
                                                              --------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Fair value of plan assets...................................  $ 20,195    $ 13,863
                                                              --------    --------
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
  Vested benefits...........................................   (12,706)    (10,540)
  Nonvested benefits........................................    (1,086)     (1,285)
                                                              --------    --------
Accumulated benefit obligations.............................   (13,792)    (11,825)
Effect of future salary increases...........................     3,895       3,773
Projected benefit obligations...............................   (17,686)    (15,598)
                                                              --------    --------
Plan assets in excess of (less than) projected benefit
  obligations...............................................     2,509      (1,735)
Unrecognized net (gain)/loss................................    (2,093)         43
Unrecognized prior service cost.............................     2,826       2,751
Adjustment to recognize minimum liability...................      (148)       (189)
                                                              --------    --------
Prepaid (accrued) pension cost..............................  $  3,094    $    870
                                                              ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  PRINCIPAL ASSUMPTIONS                       1997        1996       1995
                  ---------------------                     --------    --------    -------
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>
Weighted average discount rate............................     7.00%       7.75%      7.50%
Weighted average rate of compensation increase............     3.16%       3.16%      4.16%
Long-term rate of return on assets........................     9.75%       9.75%      9.75%
</TABLE>
 
     Additionally, each respective partnership participates in a Profit
Participation Plan (the "Profit Plan") that covers substantially all its
employees. Employees may voluntarily contribute up to 16% of their salaries to
the Profit Plan and are guaranteed a matching contribution of fifty cents per
dollar contributed up to 6%. Each partnership also makes contributions to the
Profit Plan based on a formula and contingent upon the attainment of financial
goals set in advance as defined in the Plan. The contributions made to the plan
were $926, $809 and $1,025 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
11.  VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              ADDITIONS
                                                BALANCE AT     CHARGED
                                                BEGINNING        TO                         BALANCE AT
                                                    OF        COSTS AND                       END OF
                 DESCRIPTION                      PERIOD      EXPENSES     DEDUCTIONS(A)      PERIOD
                 -----------                    ----------    ---------    -------------    ----------
<S>                                             <C>           <C>          <C>              <C>
Allowance For Doubtful Accounts
  For year ended December 31, 1997............   $13,908       $40,230        $18,557        $35,581
  For year ended December 31, 1996............   $23,106       $50,202        $59,400        $13,908
  For year ended December 31, 1995............   $18,777       $51,076        $46,747        $23,106
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(a) Includes accounts written off.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>   138
 
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
 
  NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS, OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, IN CONNECTION
WITH THE OFFERING MADE HEREBY, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR
REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY,
OR ANY OTHER PERSON. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO
BUY ANY SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY BY ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH
OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER
OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS
UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        PAGE
                                        ----
<S>                                     <C>
Prospectus Summary....................    1
Risk Factors..........................   11
Use of Proceeds.......................   18
Capitalization........................   19
Selected Financial Data...............   20
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations.......................   29
The Exchange Offer....................   37
Business..............................   44
Relationship Between Donnelley Corp.
  and the New Dun and Bradstreet
  Corporation After the
  Distribution........................   55
Management............................   59
Security Ownership of Certain
  Beneficial Owners and Management....   66
Description of New Credit Facility....   67
Description of Notes..................   68
Certain United States Tax
  Consequences........................   96
Plan of Distribution..................   96
Validity of Notes.....................   97
Experts...............................   97
Available Information.................   97
Index to Financial Statements.........  F-1
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
 
                                  $150,000,000
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                              R.H. DONNELLEY INC.
 
                        9 1/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
 
                                    DUE 2008
                            -----------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                            -----------------------
                                JULY [  ], 1998
 
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   139
 
                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 20.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
     Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation
Law (the "DGCL"), which enables a corporation in its original certificate of
incorporation or as an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal
liability of a director for violations of the director's fiduciary duty, except
(i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its
stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section
174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for the unlawful payment
of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (iv) for any
transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
     Section 145 of the DGCL empowers the Company and Donnelley Corp. to
indemnify, subject to the standards set forth therein, any person in connection
with any action, suit or proceeding brought before or threatened by reason of
the fact that the person was a director, officer, employee or agent of such
company, or is or was serving as such with respect to another entity at the
request of such company. The DGCL also provides that the Company and Donnelley
Corp. may purchase insurance on behalf of any such director, officer, employee
or agent.
 
     Each of the Company's and Donnelley Corp.'s Certificate of Incorporation
provides in effect for the indemnification by the such corporation of each
director and officer of such corporation to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law.
 
ITEM 21.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
     (a) Exhibits
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                             DOCUMENT
- -----------                             --------
<C>           <S>
    *3.1      Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
     3.2      By-laws of the Company
    *3.3      Certificate of Incorporation of Donnelley Corp.
     3.4      By-laws of Donnelley Corp.
     4.1      Indenture dated as of June 5, 1998 between Donnelley, as
              Issuer, Donnelley Corp., as Guarantor and the Bank of New
              York, as Trustee, with respect to the 9 1/8% Senior
              Subordinated Notes due 2008
     4.2      Form of the 9 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
              (included in Exhibit 4.1)
     4.3      Donnelley Corp. Guarantee (included in Exhibit 4.1)
     4.4      Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June
              5, 1998, among the Company, the Parent Company, and Goldman,
              Sachs & Co. and Chase Securities Inc., as Initial Purchasers
    *5.1      Legal Opinion
    10.1      Form of Distribution Agreement between the Dun & Bradstreet
              Corporation and the New Dun & Bradstreet Corporation
              (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Form 8-K
              of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, filed on June 30, 1998)
    10.2      Form of Tax Allocation Agreement between the Dun &
              Bradstreet Corporation and the New Dun & Bradstreet
              Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to
              the Form 8-K of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, filed on
              June 30, 1998)
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>   140
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                             DOCUMENT
- -----------                             --------
<C>           <S>
    10.3      Form of Employee Benefits Agreement between the Dun &
              Bradstreet Corporation and the New Dun & Bradstreet
              Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to
              the Form 8-K of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, filed on
              June 30, 1998)
    10.4      Form of Intellectual Property Agreement between the Dun &
              Bradstreet Corporation and the New Dun & Bradstreet
              Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to
              the Form 8-K of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, filed on
              June 30, 1998)
    10.5      Form of Shared Transaction Services Agreement between the
              Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and the New Dun & Bradstreet
              Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to
              the Form 8-K of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, filed on
              June 30, 1998)
    10.6      Form of Data Services Agreement between the Dun & Bradstreet
              Corporation and the New Dun & Bradstreet Corporation
              (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.7 to the Form 8-K
              of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, filed on June 30, 1998)
    10.7      Form of Transition Services Agreement between the Dun &
              Bradstreet Corporation and the New Dun & Bradstreet
              Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.8 to
              the Form 8-K of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, filed on
              June 30, 1998)
    10.8      Form of Amended and Restated Transition Services Agreement
              between the Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, the New Dun &
              Bradstreet Corporation, Cognizant Corporation, IMS Health
              Incorporated, ACNielsen Corporation and GartnerGroup, Inc.
              (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.9 to the Form 8-K
              of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, filed on June 30, 1998)
    10.9      Credit Agreement among the Company, the Chase Manhattan
              Bank, Chase Securities Inc. and Goldman Sachs Credit
              Partners L.P.
    12.1      Statement regarding Computation of Earnings Ratio to Fixed
              Charges
    21.1      List of Subsidiaries
    23.1      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers with respect to R.H.
              Donnelley Corporation and DonTech
    24.1      Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this
              Registration Statement)
   *25.1      Statement of Eligibility of Trustee
    27.1      Financial Data Schedule of Donnelley Corp./12-Mos Ended
              12/31/1995
    27.2      Financial Data Schedule of Donnelly Corp./For 1996
    27.3      Financial Data Schedule of Donnelly Corp./For 1997
    27.4      Financial Data Schedule of Donnelly Corp./For 3-Mos Ended
              3/31/1998
   *99.1      Form of Letter of Transmittal to 9 1/8% Senior Subordinated
              Notes due 2008 of the Company
   *99.3      Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
   *99.4      Form of Letter to Record Holders
   *99.5      Form of Letter to Beneficial Holders
   *99.6      Form of Instruction from Owner of 9 1/8% Senior Subordinated
              Notes due 2008 of the Company
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
* to be filed by amendment
 
ITEM 22.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrants pursuant to the foregoing
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>   141
 
provisions, or otherwise, the registrants have been advised that in the opinion
of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the
payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action,
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person
in connection with the securities being registered, the registrants will, unless
in the opinion of their counsel the matters has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for
information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to
Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of
such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the
date of responding to the request.
 
     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the registration statement when it became effective.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>   142
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Purchase, New York, on
this 17th day of July, 1998.
 
                                          R.H. DONNELLEY INC.
 
                                          By: /s/ FRANK R. NOONAN
 
                                            ------------------------------------
 
     The registrant and each person whose signature appears below constitutes
and appoints each of Frank R. Noonan, Philip C. Danford and Stephen B. Wiznitzer
his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign and file any and all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) to this registration statement, with all exhibits thereto, and other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power
and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or
necessary to be done and about the premises, as fully to all intents and
purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all
that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his
substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
     PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE
CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     SIGNATURE                                      TITLE                     DATE
                     ---------                                      -----                     ----
<C>                                                  <S>                                  <C>
 
                /s/ FRANK R. NOONAN                  Director, President and Chief        July 17, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------    Executive Officer
                  Frank R. Noonan
 
               /s/ PHILIP C. DANFORD                 Director, Senior Vice President and  July 17, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------    Chief Financial Officer
                 Philip C. Danford
 
             /s/ STEPHEN B. WIZNITZER                Director                             July 17, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------
               Stephen B. Wiznitzer
 
                 /s/ ANNA PATRUNO                    Vice President and Controller        July 17, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------
                   Anna Patruno
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>   143
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Purchase, New York, on
this 17th day of July, 1998.
 
                                          R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
 
                                          By:     /s/ FRANK R. NOONAN
                                            ------------------------------------
 
     The registrant and each person whose signature appears below constitutes
and appoints each of Frank R. Noonan, Philip C. Danford and Stephen B. Wiznitzer
his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign and file any and all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) to this registration statement, with all exhibits thereto, and other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power
and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or
necessary to be done and about the premises, as fully to all intents and
purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all
that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his
substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
     PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE
CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     SIGNATURE                                      TITLE                     DATE
                     ---------                                      -----                     ----
<C>                                                  <S>                                  <C>
 
                /s/ FRANK R. NOONAN                  Chairman of the Board of Directors,  July 17, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------    President and Chief Executive
                  Frank R. Noonan                      Officer
 
               /s/ PHILIP C. DANFORD                 Senior Vice President and Chief      July 17, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------    Financial Officer
                 Philip C. Danford
 
                /s/ DIANE P. BAKER                   Director                             July 17, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------
                  Diane P. Baker
 
               /s/ WILLIAM G. JACOBI                 Director                             July 17, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------
                 William G. Jacobi
 
             /s/ ROBERT J. KAMERSCHEN                Director                             July 17, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------
               Robert J. Kamerschen
 
                /s/ CAROL J. PARRY                   Director                             July 17, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------
                  Carol J. Parry
 
             /s/ BARRY LAWSON WILLIAMS               Director                             July 17, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------
               Barry Lawson Williams
 
                 /s/ ANNA PATRUNO                    Vice President and Controller        July 17, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------
                   Anna Patruno
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>   144
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            SEQUENTIALLY
                                                                              NUMBERED
EXHIBIT NO.                             DOCUMENT                               PAGES
- -----------                             --------                            ------------
<C>           <S>                                                           <C>
    *3.1      Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.................
     3.2      By-laws of the Company......................................
    *3.3      Certificate of Incorporation of Donnelley Corp..............
     3.4      By-laws of Donnelley Corp...................................
     4.1      Indenture dated as of June 5, 1998 between Donnelley, as
              Issuer, Donnelley Corp., as Guarantor and the Bank of New
              York, as Trustee, with respect to the 9 1/8% Senior
              Subordinated Notes due 2008.................................
     4.2      Form of the 9 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
              (included in Exhibit 4.1)...................................
     4.3      Donnelley Corp. Guarantee (included in Exhibit 4.1).........
     4.4      Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June
              5, 1998, among the Company, the Parent Company, and Goldman,
              Sachs & Co. and Chase Securities Inc., as Initial
              Purchasers..................................................
    *5.1      Legal Opinion...............................................
    10.1      Form of Distribution Agreement between the Dun & Bradstreet
              Corporation and the New Dun & Bradstreet Corporation
              (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Form 8-K
              of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, filed on June 30,
              1998).......................................................
    10.2      Form of Tax Allocation Agreement between the Dun &
              Bradstreet Corporation and the New Dun & Bradstreet
              Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to
              the Form 8-K of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, filed on
              June 30, 1998)..............................................
    10.3      Form of Employee Benefits Agreement between the Dun &
              Bradstreet Corporation and the New Dun & Bradstreet
              Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to
              the Form 8-K of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, filed on
              June 30, 1998)..............................................
    10.4      Form of Intellectual Property Agreement between the Dun &
              Bradstreet Corporation and the New Dun & Bradstreet
              Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to
              the Form 8-K of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, filed on
              June 30, 1998)..............................................
    10.5      Form of Shared Transaction Services Agreement between the
              Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and the New Dun & Bradstreet
              Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to
              the Form 8-K of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, filed on
              June 30, 1998)..............................................
    10.6      Form of Data Services Agreement between the Dun & Bradstreet
              Corporation and the New Dun & Bradstreet Corporation
              (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.7 to the Form 8-K
              of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, filed on June 30,
              1998).......................................................
    10.7      Form of Transition Services Agreement between the Dun &
              Bradstreet Corporation and the New Dun & Bradstreet
              Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.8 to
              the Form 8-K of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, filed on
              June 30, 1998)..............................................
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   145
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            SEQUENTIALLY
                                                                              NUMBERED
EXHIBIT NO.                             DOCUMENT                               PAGES
- -----------                             --------                            ------------
<C>           <S>                                                           <C>
    10.8      Form of Amended and Restated Transition Services Agreement
              between the Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, the New Dun &
              Bradstreet Corporation, Cognizant Corporation, IMS Health
              Incorporated, ACNielsen Corporation and GartnerGroup, Inc.
              (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.9 to the Form 8-K
              of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, filed on June 30,
              1998).......................................................
    10.9      Credit Agreement among the Company, the Chase Manhattan
              Bank, Chase Securities Inc. and Goldman Sachs Credit
              Partners L.P................................................
    12.1      Statement regarding Computation of Earnings Ratio to Fixed
              Charges.....................................................
    21.1      List of Subsidiaries........................................
    23.1      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers with respect to R.H.
              Donnelley Corporation and DonTech...........................
    24.1      Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this
              Registration Statement).....................................
   *25.1      Statement of Eligibility of Trustee.........................
    27.1      Financial Data Schedule of Donnelley Corp./12-Mos Ended
              12/31/1995..................................................
    27.2      Financial Data Schedule of Donnelly Corp./For 1996..........
    27.3      Financial Data Schedule of Donnelly Corp./For 1997..........
    27.4      Financial Data Schedule of Donnelly Corp./For 3-Mos Ended
              3/31/1998...................................................
   *99.1      Form of Letter of Transmittal to 9 1/8% Senior Subordinated
              Notes due 2008 of the Company...............................
   *99.3      Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.......................
   *99.4      Form of Letter to Record Holders............................
   *99.5      Form of Letter to Beneficial Holders........................
   *99.6      Form of Instruction from Owner of 9 1/8% Senior Subordinated
              Notes due 2008 of the Company...............................
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
* to be filed by amendment

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     Exhibit 3.2

                                     BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                               R.H. DONNELLEY INC.

                                 April 15, 1998
<PAGE>   2

                                    ARTICLE 1
                                  SHAREHOLDERS

      SECTION 1.01. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the shareholders of
the Company for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of
such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held
at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be
designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

      SECTION 1.02. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders may
be held upon call of the Board of Directors or the President (and shall be
called by the President at the request in writing of shareholders owning a
majority of the outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote at the
meeting) at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may
be designated by the Board of Directors or the President, as the case may be.

      SECTION 1.03. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law,
notice of the time, place and purpose or purposes of every meeting of
shareholders shall be given not earlier than sixty, nor less than ten, days
previous thereto to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting,
at the address of such shareholder as it appears on the records of the Company.
Notice of any meeting of shareholders need not be given to any shareholder who
shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in writing, or to any
shareholder who shall attend such meeting, except when the shareholder attends
the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the
meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened.

      SECTION 1.04. Quorum. The holders of record of a majority of the issued
and outstanding shares of the Company which are entitled to vote at the meeting
shall, except as otherwise provided by law, constitute a quorum at any meeting
of the shareholders. If there be no such quorum present in person or by proxy,
the chairman of the meeting, the secretary of the meeting or the holders of a
majority of such shares so present or represented may adjourn the meeting from
time to time until a quorum is present.

      SECTION 1.05. Conduct of Meeting. Meetings of the shareholders shall be
presided over by the President or, if he or she is not present, by a Vice
President or, if no such officer is present, by a chairman to be chosen at the
meeting. The Secretary of the Company or, in his or her absence, an Assistant
Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting or, if neither the Secretary nor
an Assistant


                                        2
<PAGE>   3

Secretary is present, the chairman shall appoint a secretary for purposes of the
meeting.

      SECTION 1.06. Voting. Except as otherwise provided by law, any matter
submitted to shareholders shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast on
such matter. Voting need not be by written ballot.

      SECTION 1.07. Record Date. In order that the Company may determine the
shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or
any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting; or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights; or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date,
which shall be not more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of any
such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any such other action. If for
any reason the Board of Directors shall not have fixed a record date for any
such purpose, the record date for such purpose shall be determined as provided
by law. Only those shareholders of record on the date so fixed or determined
shall be entitled to any of the foregoing rights, notwithstanding the transfer
of any such stock on the books of the Company after any such record date so
fixed or determined.

      SECTION 1.08. Action by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted
to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken
without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in
writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of
outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would
be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares
entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of
the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent
shall be given to those shareholders who have not consented in writing.


                                3
<PAGE>   4

                                    ARTICLE 2
                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

      SECTION 2.01. Number; Qualifications. The Board of Directors shall consist
of one or more members, the number thereof to be fixed from time to time by
resolution of the Board of Directors. Each director shall hold office until his
or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier
resignation, death or removal. Directors need not be shareholders.

      SECTION 2.02. Removal; Vacancies. Any director or the entire Board of
Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of
the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, except as
prohibited by law. Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be filled by a
majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum; and in case of
an increase in the number of directors, the additional directors shall be
elected by a majority of the directors in office at the time of increase, though
less than a quorum; and any director so chosen shall hold office until his or
her successor shall be duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier
resignation, death or removal.

      SECTION 2.03. Meetings. Regular Meetings of the Board shall be held at
such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may from time
to time be designated by the Board or as may be specified in the notice of call
of the meeting. Special meetings may be held at any time and place, within or
without the State of Delaware, upon the call of the President or any director,
by oral or written notice, served on, sent, faxed or mailed to each director not
less than twenty-four hours before the meeting. The notice of any meeting need
not specify the purposes thereof. Notice need not be given of regular meetings
of the Board held at times fixed by resolution of the Board. Notice of any
meeting need not be given to any director who shall attend such meeting in
person or who shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in
writing.

      SECTION 2.04. Quorum; Voting; Written Consent. A majority of the whole
Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings
of the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise required by law, the vote of a
majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present
shall be the act of the Board of Directors. Any action required or permitted to
be taken at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be taken
without a meeting, if all the members of the Board or committee, as the case may
be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of the proceedings of the Board or committee.


                                        4
<PAGE>   5

      SECTION 2.05. Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution
adopted by a majority of the whole Board, designate a committee or committees
consisting of one or more of the directors. To the extent provided in said
resolution and except as prohibited by law, any such committee shall have and
may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the
business and affairs of the Company. A majority of the members of a committee
shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of its business. In the absence or
disqualification of any member of any such committee, but not in the case of a
vacancy therein, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not
disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum,
may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the
meeting for all purposes in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

      SECTION 2.06. Interested Directors. A director of the Company shall not,
in the absence of fraud, be disqualified by virtue of his or her office from
dealing or contracting with the Company either as vendor, purchaser or
otherwise; nor, in the absence of fraud, shall any transaction or contract of
the Company be void or voidable or affected by reason of the fact that any
director, or any firm or corporation of which any director is a member, director
or shareholder, is in any way interested in such transaction or contract; nor
shall any director having such adverse interest be liable to the Company or to
any shareholder or creditor thereof, or to any other person, for any loss
incurred by it, him or her under or by reason of any such transaction or
contract; provided, in each case, that (i) at the meeting of the Board of
Directors or of a committee thereof having authority to authorize or confirm
said transaction or contract, the interest of such director, firm or corporation
therein and the material facts with respect thereto are disclosed or known, and
the Board or Committee in good faith authorizes the transaction or contract by
the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though
the disinterested directors be less than a quorum, or (ii) the material facts
with respect thereto are disclosed or known to the shareholders entitled to vote
thereon, and the transaction or contract is specifically approved in good faith
by the affirmative vote of the shareholders, or (iii) such transaction or
contract shall, at the time it was entered into, have been a reasonable one to
have been entered into and shall have been upon terms that at the time were fair
to the Company. Any director of the Company may vote upon any contract or other
transaction between the Company and any subsidiary or affiliated corporation
without regard to the fact that he or she is also a director of such subsidiary
or affiliated corporation.

      SECTION 2.07. Ratification. Any contract, transaction or act of the
Company or of the Board of Directors which shall be ratified by a majority vote
of the shareholders of the Company having voting power at any annual meeting or
any special meeting called for such purpose and to whom the material facts with


                                        5
<PAGE>   6

respect thereto are disclosed or known, shall be as valid and as binding as
though ratified by every shareholder of the Company; provided, however, that any
failure of the shareholders to approve or ratify such contract, transaction or
act, when and if submitted, shall not be deemed in any way to invalidate the
same or to deprive the Company or its directors or officers of their right to
proceed with such contract, transaction or action.

                                    ARTICLE 3
                                    OFFICERS

      SECTION 3.01. Election. The Board of Directors shall appoint a President,
a Secretary and a Treasurer and may also from time to time appoint such other
officers with such titles as it may deem proper. In addition, the President
shall be entitled to appoint such officers with such titles (other than
President, Secretary or Treasurer) as he or she may deem proper; provided that
such appointment is made in a writing filed in the minute book of the Company.

      SECTION 3.02. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time
either with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
members of the Board then in office. In addition, in the case of an officer
appointed by the President, such appointed officer may be removed from office at
any time with or without cause by the President.

      SECTION 3.03. Powers. Each of the officers of the Company shall have the
powers and duties prescribed by the Board of Directors and, in the case of an
officer appointed by the President, the President. Unless otherwise prescribed
by the By-Laws or by the Board of Directors or, in the case of an officer
appointed by the President, by the President, each officer shall also have such
further powers and duties as ordinarily pertain to his or her office.

                                    ARTICLE 4
                                 INDEMNIFICATION

      SECTION 4.01. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, the Company shall indemnify any current or former director or
officer of the Company and may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors,
indemnify any current or former employee or agent of the Company, in each case
against all expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually
and


                                       6
<PAGE>   7

reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company
or otherwise, to which he or she was or is a party by reason of his or her
current or former position with the Company or by reason of the fact that he or
she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise. The indemnification provided by this Article IV shall not be
deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person indemnified may be
entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested
directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as
to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as
to a person who has ceased to be such director, officer, employee or agent and
shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a
person. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person
who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or
was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or
agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and/or incurred by
him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such,
whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify him or her against
such liability under the provisions of this Article IV or otherwise.

                                    ARTICLE 5
                                      STOCK

      SECTION 5.01. Certificates. The interest of each shareholder of the
Company shall be evidenced by a certificate or certificates for shares of stock
in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The
shares in the stock of the Company shall be transferable on the books of the
Company by the holder thereof in person or by his or her attorney, upon
surrender for cancellation of a certificate or certificates for the same number
of shares, with an assignment and power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached
thereto, duly executed, and with such proof of the authenticity of the signature
as the Company or its agents may reasonably require.

      SECTION 5.02. Signing of Certificates. The certificates of stock shall be
signed by such officer or officers as may be permitted by law to sign. Any or
all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer
who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature shall have been used, on any
such certificate shall cease to be such officer of the Company, whether because
of


                                        7
<PAGE>   8

death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate shall have been issued
by the Company, such certificate may nevertheless be issued and delivered as
though the person who signed such certificate, or whose facsimile signature
shall have been used thereon, had not ceased to be such officer of the Company.

      SECTION 5.03. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificate for
shares of stock in the Company shall be issued in place of any certificate
alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon production of
reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and, if required by the
Board or the President in its, his or her discretion, upon delivery to the
Company of a bond of indemnity in such amount, upon such terms and secured by
such surety, as the Board of Directors or the President in its, his or her
discretion may require.

                                    ARTICLE 6
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

      SECTION 6.01. Corporate Books. The books of the Company may be kept within
or outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine.

      SECTION 6.02. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall be the
calendar year or shall begin and end on such other dates as shall be established
from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

      SECTION 6.03. Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed
thereon the name of the Company, the state and date of incorporation, and the
words "Corporate Seal". In lieu of the corporate seal, when so authorized by the
Board of Directors or a duly empowered committee thereof, a facsimile thereof
may be impressed or affixed or reproduced. Unless otherwise required by law, no
document executed on behalf of the Company shall be required to have the
corporate seal affixed thereto and the absence of the corporate seal shall,
unless otherwise prescribed by law, in no way affect the validity of any
document otherwise properly executed by the Company.

      SECTION 6.04. Amendments. Subject to any limitations that may be imposed
by the shareholders, the Board of Directors may make By-Laws and


                                        8
<PAGE>   9

from time to time may alter, amend or repeal any By-Laws, but any By-Laws made
by the Board of Directors or the shareholders may be altered, amended or
repealed by the shareholders at any annual meeting or at any special meeting
duly called or by a written consent signed by all of the shareholders.


                                        9

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     Exhibit 3.4

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                     BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION

                                  JULY 14, 1998
<PAGE>   2

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
                                     BY-LAWS

                                   ARTICLE 1.

                                   ----------

                                  STOCKHOLDERS.

      Section 1. The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation for
the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business
as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on such date, and at
such time and place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated
from time to time by the Board of Directors.

      Section 2. Special meetings of the stockholders may be held upon call of
the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President (and shall be
called by the Chairman of the Board or the President at the request in writing
of stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation
entitled to vote at the meeting) at such time and at such place within or
without the State of Delaware, as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, the
Chairman of the Board or the President or by the stockholders owning a majority
of the outstanding shares of the corporation so entitled to vote, as the case
may be, and as may be stated in the notice setting forth such call.

      Section 3. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of the time, place
and purpose or purposes of every meeting of stockholders shall be delivered
personally or mailed not earlier than sixty, nor less than ten days previous
thereto, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting at such
address as appears on the record of the corporation. Notice of any meeting of
stockholders need not be given to any stockholder who shall waive notice
thereof, before or after such meeting, in writing, or to any stockholder who
shall attend such meeting, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the
express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened.

      Section 4. A majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or
represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the
stockholders. If there be no such quorum present in person or by proxy, the
holders of a majority of such shares so present or represented may adjourn the
meeting form time to time.


                                        2
<PAGE>   3

      Section 5. Meeting of the stockholders shall be presided over by the
Chairman of the Board or, if such officer is not present, by the President or a
Vice President or, if no such officer is present, by a chairman to be chosen at
the meeting. The Secretary of the corporation or, in such officer's absence, an
Assistant Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting. If neither the
Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the chairman shall appoint a
secretary.

      Section 6. Each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting may vote in
person or by proxy for each share of stock held by such stockholder which has
voting power upon the mater in question at the time but no proxy shall be voted
on after one year from its date.

      Section 7. All elections of directors shall be by written ballot and shall
be determined by a plurality of the voting power present in person or
represented by proxy and entitled to vote. All other voting need not be by
written ballot, except upon demand therefor by the Board of Directors or the
officer of the corporation presiding at the meeting of stockholders where the
vote is to be taken. Except as otherwise provided by law, in all matters other
than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the
voting power present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote
shall be the act of the stockholders. The chairman of each meeting at which
directors are to be elected shall appoint at least one inspector of election,
unless such appointment shall be unanimously waived by those stockholders
present or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote at the
election of directors. No director or candidate for the office of director shall
be appointed as such inspector. The duties of inspector at such meeting with
strict impartiality and according to the boot of their ability, and shall take
charge of the polls and after the balloting shall make a certificate of the
result of the vote taken.

      Section 8. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the
procedures set forth in these bylaws shall be eligible to serve as directors.
Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation
may be made at a meeting of stockholders (a) by or at the direction of the Board
of Directors or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder
of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 10, who
shall be entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting and who
complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 8. Such
nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the secretary
of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered to
or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not
less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the meeting; provided, however,
that in the event that less than 70 days' notice or prior public disclosure of
the date of the meeting is given or made


                                        3
<PAGE>   4

to stockholders, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not
later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such
notice of the date of the meeting or such public disclosure was made. Such
stockholder's notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder
proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information
relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of
proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case
pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (including
such person's written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee
and to serving as a director if elected); and (b) as to the stockholder giving
the notice (i) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation's books,
of such stockholder and (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation
which are beneficially owned by such stockholder. At the request of the Board of
Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a
director shall furnish to the secretary of the Corporation that information
required to be set forth in a stockholder's notice of nomination which pertains
to the nominee. No person shall be eligible to serve as a director of the
Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedure set forth in this
bylaw. The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and
declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the
procedures prescribed by the by-laws, and if he should so determine, he shall so
declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8, a stockholder shall
also comply with all applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set
forth in this Section.

      Section 9. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any
adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date,
which shall be not more than sixty or less than ten days before the date of such
meeting, or more than sixty days prior to any other action. If for any reason
the Board of Directors shall not have fixed a record date for any such purpose,
the record date for such purposes shall be determined as provided by law. Only
those stockholders of record on the date so fixed or determined shall be
entitled to any of the foregoing rights, notwithstanding the transfer of any
such stock on the books of the corporation after any such record date so fixed
or determined.


                                        4
<PAGE>   5

                                   ARTICLE II.

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

      Section 1. The Board of Directors of the corporation shall consist of such
number of directors, not less than three, as shall from time to time be fixed by
resolution of the Board of Directors. The directors shall be divided into three
classes in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the
corporation, each class to be elected for the term set forth therein. A majority
of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction
of business and, except as otherwise provided by law or by the corporation's
Certificate of Incorporation, the act of a majority of the directors present at
any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of
Directors. Directors need not be stockholders.

      Section 2. Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be filled by a
majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum; and in case of
an increase in the number of directors, the additional directors shall be
elected by a majority of the directors in office at the time of increase, though
less than a quorum; and the directors so chosen shall hold office for a term as
set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation.

      Section 3. Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place
within or without the State of Delaware as may from time to time be fixed by
resolution of the Board or as may be specified in the notice of call of any
meeting. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times
as may from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board and special
meetings may be held at any time upon the call of the Chairman of the Board or
the President, by oral, telegraphic or written notice, duly served on or sent or
mailed to each director not less than one day before the meeting. The notice of
any meeting need not specify the purpose thereof. A meeting of the Board may be
held without notice immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders at the
same place at which such meeting is held. Notice need not be given of regular
meetings of the Board held at times fixed by resolution of the Board. Notice of
any meeting need not be given to any director who shall attend such meeting in
person or who shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in
writing.

      Section 4. The Board of Directors may, by resolution or resolutions,
passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each
committee to consist of three or more of the Directors of the corporation which,
to the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions, shall have and may
exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business
and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to
be


                                        5
<PAGE>   6

affixed to all papers which may require it. A majority of the members of a
committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of its business. In the
absence of disqualification of any member of any such committee or committees,
but not in the case of a vacancy therein, the member or members thereof present
at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not the member or
members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board
of Directors, who is not an officer of the corporation or any of its
subsidiaries, to act at the meeting for all purposes in the place of any such
absent or disqualified member. Such committee or committees shall have such name
or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the
Board of Directors.

                                  ARTICLE III.

                                    OFFICERS.

      Section 1. The Board of Directors, as soon as may be after each annual
meeting of the stockholders, shall elect officers of the corporation, including
a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary
and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also from time to time appoint such
other officers (including one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, and one or more
Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers) as it may deem
proper or may delegate to any elected officer of the corporation the power so to
appoint and remove any such other officers and to prescribe their respective
terms of office, authorities and duties. Any Vice President may be designated
Executive, Senior or Corporate, or may be given such other designation or
combination of designations as the Board of Directors may determine. Any two
offices may be held by the same person. The Chairman of the Board and the
President shall be chosen from among the Directors.

      Section 2. All officers of the corporation elected or appointed by the
Board of Directors shall hold office until their respective successors are
chosen and qualified. Any officer may be removed from office at any time either
with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of
the Board then in office, or, in the case of appointed officers, by any elected
officer upon whom such power of removal shall have been conferred by the Board
of Directors.

      Section 3. Each of the officers of the corporation elected or appointed by
the Board of Directors shall have powers and duties prescribed by law, by the
ByLaws or by the Board of Directors and, unless otherwise prescribed by the
ByLaws or by the Board of Directors, shall have such further powers and duties
as ordinarily pertain to that office. The Chairman of the Board or the
President, as


                                        6
<PAGE>   7

determined by the Board of Directors, shall be the Chief Executive Officer and
shall have the general direction of the affairs of the corporation. Any officer,
agent, or employee of the corporation may be required to give bond for the
faithful discharge of such person's duties in such sum and with such surety or
sureties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

      Section 4. There shall be a Controller who shall exercise general
supervision of and be responsible for the efficient operation of the Accounting
Department of the corporation. The Controller shall be consulted in the
preparation of the annual budget of the corporation and shall render to the
Chief Executive Officer from time to time and to the Board of Directors at each
of the regular meetings of the Board statements necessary to keep them informed
of the earnings, expenses and condition of the corporation, and shall bring to
their notice any and all matters which the Controller may deem desirable to
submit to their attention for the successful conduct of the business.

                                   ARTICLE IV.

                              CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

      Section 1. The interest of each stockholder of the corporation shall be
evidenced by a certificate or certificates for shares of stock in such form as
the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The shares in the stock
of the corporation shall be transferable on the books of the corporation by the
holder thereof in person or by such holder's attorney, upon surrender for
cancellation of a certificate or certificates for the same number of shares,
with an assignment and power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto,
duly executed, and with such proof of the authenticity of the signature as the
corporation or its agents may reasonably require.

      Section 2. The certificates of stock shall be signed by such officer or
officers as may be permitted by law to sign (except that where any such
certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent other than the corporation or
its employee, or by a registrar other than the corporation or its employee, the
signatures of any such officer or officers may be facsimiles), and shall be
countersigned and registered in such manner, all as the Board of Directors may
by resolution prescribe. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed
or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall cease to be such officer or
officers of the corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise,
before such certificate or certificates shall have been issued by the
corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and
delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or
certificates, or whose facsimile signature or


                                        7
<PAGE>   8

signatures shall have been used thereon, had not ceased to be such officer or
officers of the corporation.

      Section 3. No certificate for shares of stock in the corporation shall be
issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed, except upon production of such evidence of such loss, theft or
destruction and upon delivery to the corporation of a bond of indemnity in such
amount, upon such terms and secured by such surety, as the Board of Directors in
its discretion may require.

      Section 4. As used in these By-Laws, the word "alien" shall be construed
to include the following or their representatives: any individual not a citizen
of the United States of America; a partnership unless a majority of the partners
are citizens of the United States of America and have a majority interest in the
partnership profits; a foreign government, a corporation, joint stock company or
association organized under the laws of a foreign country; and any other
corporation, joint stock company or association controlled directly or
indirectly by one or more of the above.

      Not more than one-fourth of the aggregate number of shares of stock of the
corporation outstanding shall at any time be owned of record or voted by or for
the account of aliens.

      If the corporation is at any time controlled directly or indirectly by any
other corporation of which any officer or more than one-fourth of the directors
are aliens, or of which more than one-fourth of the capital stock is owned of
record or voted by or for the account of aliens, then such other corporation
shall, so long as such condition continues to exist, have no voting, dividend,
or other rights with respect to the shares of this corporation which it owns,
except the right to transfer such shares in such manner that such condition will
cease to exist.

      The ownership of record of shares of stock by or for the account of
aliens, and the citizenship of transferees, thereof, shall be determined in
conformity with regulations prescribed by the Board of Directors. There shall be
maintained separate stock records, a domestic record covering citizen
stockholders and a foreign record covering alien stockholders.

      Every certificate representing stock issues or transferred to an alien
shall be marked "Foreign Share Certificate," but under no circumstances shall
certificates representing more than one-fourth of the aggregate number of shares
outstanding at any one time be so marked, nor shall the total amount of stock
represented by Foreign Share Certificates, plus the amount of stock owned by or


                                        8
<PAGE>   9

for the account of aliens and represented by certificates not so marked, exceed
one-fourth of the aggregate number of shares outstanding.

      Every certificate issued not marked "Foreign Share Certificate" shall be
marked "Domestic Share Certificate."

      All stock represented by Foreign Share Certificates may be transferred to
aliens or to citizens.

      If, and so long as, the stock records of the corporation shall disclose
one-fourth alien stock ownership, no transfers of shares of domestic record to
aliens shall be made. If, and so long as, the stock records of the corporation
shall disclose one-fourth alien stock ownership and shall be found by the
corporation that stock of domestic record is, in fact, held by or for the
account of an alien, the holder of such stock shall not be entitled to vote, to
receive dividends, or to any other rights, except the right to transfer such
stock to a citizen of the United States of America.

      The directors shall be authorized at any time and from time to time to
adopt such other provisions as the directors may deem necessary or desirable to
avoid violation of the provisions of Section 310(a) of the Federal
Communications Act as now in effect or as it may hereafter from time to time be
amended, and to carry out the provision of this Article IV, Section 4, and of
Article Fifth of the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation.

                                   ARTICLE V.

                                CORPORATE BOOKS.

      The books of the corporation may be kept outside of the State of Delaware
at such place or places as the Board of Directors may from time to time
determine.

                                   ARTICLE VI.

                          CHECKS, NOTES, PROXIES, ETC.

      All checks and drafts on the corporation's bank accounts and all bills of
exchange and promissory notes, and all acceptances, obligations and other
instruments for the payment of money, shall be signed by such officer or
officers or agent or agents as shall be thereunto authorized from time to time
by the Board of Directors. Proxies to vote and consents with respect to
securities of other corporations owned by or standing in the name of the
corporation may be executed and delivered from time to time on behalf of the
corporation by the


                                        9
<PAGE>   10

Chairman of the Board, the President, or by such officers as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine.

                                  ARTICLE VII.

                                  FISCAL YEAR.

      The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the first day of January
in each year and shall end on the thirty-first day of December following.

                                  ARTICLE VIII.

                                 CORPORATE SEAL.

      The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the
corporation. In lieu of the corporate seal, when so authorized by the Board of
Directors or a duly empowered committee thereof, a facsimile thereof may be
impressed or affixed or reproduced.

                                   ARTICLE IX.

                                    OFFICES.

      The corporation and the stockholders and the directors may have offices
outside of the State of Delaware at such places as shall be determined form time
to time by the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE X.

                                   AMENDMENTS.

      Subject to any limitations that may be imposed by the stockholder, the
Board of Directors may make the by-laws and from time to time may alter, amend
or repeal any by-laws, but any by-laws made by the Board of Directors or the
stockholders may be altered, amended or repealed by the stockholders at any
annual meeting or at any special meeting, provided that notice of such proposed
alteration, amendment or repeal is included in the notice of such meeting.


                                       10

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     Exhibit 4.1

 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              R.H. DONNELLEY INC.,

                                    as Issuer

                                       and

                           The Guarantors Named Herein

                                  as Guarantors

                                       TO

                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK

                                   As Trustee

                           --------------------------

                                    Indenture

                            Dated as of June 5, 1998

                           --------------------------

                                  $150,000,000

                      % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008

 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2

               Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act
                 of 1939 and Indenture, dated as of June 5, 1998

Trust Indenture                                      Indenture
  Act Section                                         Section
  -----------                                         -------

ss. 310 (a)(1)   ...................................   609
        (a)(2)   ...................................   609
        (a)(3)   ...................................   Not Applicable
        (a)(4)   ...................................   Not Applicable
        (b)      ...................................   608
                                                       610
ss. 311 (a)      ...................................   613(a)
        (b)      ...................................   613(b)
        (b)(2)   ...................................   703(a)(2)
                                                       703(b)
ss. 312 (a)      ...................................   701
                                                       702(a)
        (b)      ...................................   702(b)
        (c)      ...................................   702(c)
ss. 313 (a)      ...................................   703(a)
        (b)      ...................................   703(b)
        (c)      ...................................   703(a)
                                                       703(b)
        (d)      ...................................   703(c)
ss. 314 (a)      ...................................   704
        (b)      ...................................   Not Applicable
        (c)(1)   ...................................   102
        (c)(2)   ...................................   102
        (c)(3)   ...................................   Not Applicable
        (d)      ...................................   Not Applicable
        (e)      ...................................   102
ss. 315 (a)      ...................................   601(a)
        (b)      ...................................   602
                                                       703(a)(6)
        (c)      ...................................   601(b)
        (d)      ...................................   601(c)
        (d)(1)   ...................................   601(a)(1)
        (d)(2)   ...................................   601(c)(2)
        (d)(3)   ...................................   601(c)(3)
        (e)      ...................................   514
<PAGE>   3

Trust Indenture                                      Indenture
  Act Section                                         Section
  -----------                                         -------

ss. 316 (a)      ...................................   101
        (a)(1)(A)...................................   502
                                                       512
        (a)(1)(B)...................................   513
        (a)(2)   ...................................   Not Applicable
        (b)      ...................................   508
ss. 317 (a)(1)   ...................................   503
        (a)(2)   ...................................   504
        (b)      ...................................   1003
ss. 318 (a)      ...................................   107

- ------------
Note: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a
      part of the Indenture.
<PAGE>   4

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                 ---------------

                                                              Page
                                                              ----

                            ARTICLE 1
     DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.......................................2
SECTION 1.02.  Compliance Certification and Opinions............27
SECTION 1.03.  Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee...........28
SECTION 1.04.  Acts of Holders; Record Date.....................29
SECTION 1.05.  Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Company and 
               Guarantors.......................................30
SECTION 1.06.  Notice to Holders; Waiver........................30
SECTION 1.07.  Conflict with Trust Indenture Act................31
SECTION 1.08.  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.........31
SECTION 1.09.  Successors and Assigns...........................31
SECTION 1.10.  Separability Clause..............................31
SECTION 1.11.  Benefits of Indenture............................31
SECTION 1.12.  Governing Law....................................31
SECTION 1.13.  Legal Holidays...................................31

                            ARTICLE 2
           NOTE AND SENIOR SUBORDINATED GUARANTEE FORMS

SECTION 2.01.  Forms Generally; Initial Forms of Rule 144A 
               and Regulation S Notes...........................32
SECTION 2.02.  Form of Face of Note.............................33
SECTION 2.03.  Form of Reverse of Note..........................37
SECTION 2.04.  Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication..42

                            ARTICLE 3
                            THE NOTES

SECTION 3.01.  Title and Terms..................................46
SECTION 3.02.  Denominations....................................47
SECTION 3.03.  Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating...47
SECTION 3.04.  Temporary Notes..................................49
SECTION 3.05.  Global Notes.....................................49
SECTION 3.06.  Registration, Registration of Transfer and
               Exchange; Securities Act Legends.................51
SECTION 3.07.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes......55
SECTION 3.08.  Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved...56
SECTION 3.09.  Persons Deemed Owners............................57


                                        i
<PAGE>   5

                                                              Page
                                                              ----

SECTION 3.10.  Cancellation.....................................58
SECTION 3.11.  Computation of Interest..........................58
SECTION 3.12.  Cusip Numbers....................................58

                            ARTICLE 4
                    SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 4.01.  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture..........59
SECTION 4.02.  Application of Trust Money.......................60

                            ARTICLE 5
                             REMEDIES

SECTION 5.01.  Events of Default................................60
SECTION 5.02.  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and 
               Annulment........................................63
SECTION 5.03.  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for 
               Enforcement by Trustee...........................64
SECTION 5.04.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.................65
SECTION 5.05.  Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession
               of Notes.........................................65
SECTION 5.06.  Application of Money Collected...................65
SECTION 5.07.  Limitation on Suits..............................66
SECTION 5.08.  Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive 
               Principal, Premium and Interest..................66
SECTION 5.09.  Restoration of Rights and Remedies...............67
SECTION 5.10.  Rights and Remedies Cumulative...................67
SECTION 5.11.  Delay or Omission Not Waiver.....................67
SECTION 5.12.  Control by Holders...............................67
SECTION 5.13.  Waiver of Past Defaults..........................68
SECTION 5.14.  Undertaking for Costs............................68
SECTION 5.15.  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.................68

                            ARTICLE 6
                           THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 6.01.  Certain Duties and Responsibilities..............69
SECTION 6.02.  Notice of Defaults...............................69
SECTION 6.03.  Certain Rights of Trustee........................69
SECTION 6.04.  Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance 
               of Notes.........................................71
SECTION 6.05.  May Hold Notes...................................71
SECTION 6.07.  Compensation and Reimbursement...................71
SECTION 6.08.  Disqualification; Conflicting Interest...........72


                                       ii
<PAGE>   6

                                                              Page
                                                              ----

SECTION 6.09.  Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility..........72
SECTION 6.10.  Resignation and Removal; Appointment of 
               Successor........................................73
SECTION 6.11.  Acceptance of Appointment by Successor...........74
SECTION 6.12.  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or 
               Succession to Business...........................75
SECTION 6.13.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against 
               Company..........................................75

                            ARTICLE 7
        HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

SECTION 7.01.  Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses
               of Holders.......................................75
SECTION 7.02.  Preservation of Information; Communications 
               to Holders.......................................75
SECTION 7.03.  Reports by Trustee...............................76
SECTION 7.04.  Reports by Company and the Parent Guarantor......76
SECTION 7.05.  Officers' Certificate with Respect to Change 
               in Interest Rates................................77

                            ARTICLE 8
       CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

SECTION 8.01.  Mergers, Consolidations and Certain 
               Transfers, Leases and Acquisition of Assets......77
SECTION 8.02.  Successor Substituted............................78

                            ARTICLE 9
                     SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

SECTION 9.01.  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of 
               Holders..........................................78
SECTION 9.02.  Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders..79
SECTION 9.03.  Execution of Supplemental Indentures.............80
SECTION 9.04.  Effect of Supplemental Indentures................80
SECTION 9.05.  Conformity with Trust Indenture Act..............80
SECTION 9.06.  Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures....81

                            ARTICLE 10
                            COVENANTS

SECTION 10.01.  Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest......81
SECTION 10.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency.................81
SECTION 10.03.  Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust.....82


                                       iii
<PAGE>   7

                                                              Page
                                                              ----

SECTION 10.04.  Existence.......................................83
SECTION 10.05.  Maintenance of Properties.......................83
SECTION 10.06.  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims...............83
SECTION 10.07.  Maintenance of Insurance........................84
SECTION 10.08.  Limitation on Consolidated Debt.................84
SECTION 10.09.  Limitation on Senior Subordinated Debt..........86
SECTION 10.10.  Limitation on Issuance of Guarantees of 
                Subordinated Debt...............................86
SECTION 10.11.  Limitation on Liens.............................86
SECTION 10.12.  Limitation on Restricted Payments...............86
SECTION 10.13.  Limitations on Dividend and Other Payment 
                Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.............88
SECTION 10.14.  Limitation on Asset Disposition.................89
SECTION 10.15.  Transactions with Affiliates and Related 
                Persons.........................................90
SECTION 10.16.  Change of Control...............................91
SECTION 10.17.  Provision of Financial Information..............92
SECTION 10.18.  Unrestricted Subsidiaries.......................92
SECTION 10.19.  Statement by Officers as to Default; 
                Compliance Certificates.........................93
SECTION 10.20.  Waiver of Certain Covenants.....................93

                            ARTICLE 11
                       REDEMPTION OF NOTES

SECTION 11.01.  Right of Redemption.............................94
SECTION 11.02.  Applicability of Article........................95
SECTION 11.03.  Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee...........95
SECTION 11.04.  Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed....95
SECTION 11.05.  Notice of Redemption............................95
SECTION 11.06.  Deposit of Redemption Price.....................96
SECTION 11.07.  Notes Payable on Redemption Date................96
SECTION 11.08.  Notes Redeemed in Part..........................97

                            ARTICLE 12
                  SENIOR SUBORDINATED GUARANTEE

SECTION 12.01.  Senior Subordinated Guarantee...................97
SECTION 12.02.  Execution and Delivery of Senior Subordinated
                Guarantees.....................................100
SECTION 12.03.  Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc.,
                on Certain Terms...............................101


                                       iv
<PAGE>   8

                                                              Page
                                                              ----

SECTION 12.04.  Release of Guarantors..........................102
SECTION 12.05.  Additional Guarantors..........................102

                            ARTICLE 13
    SUBORDINATION OF NOTES AND SENIOR SUBORDINATED GUARANTEES

SECTION 13.01.  Notes Subordinate to Senior Debt...............103
SECTION 13.02.  Payment over of Proceeds upon Dissolution,
                Etc............................................103
SECTION 13.03.  No Payment When Senior Debt in Default.........105
SECTION 13.04.  Payment Permitted If No Default................108
SECTION 13.05.  Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior
                Debt...........................................108
SECTION 13.06.  Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights....108
SECTION 13.07.  Trustee to Effectuate Subordination............109
SECTION 13.08.  No Waiver of Subordination Provisions..........109
SECTION 13.09.  Notice to Trustee..............................110
SECTION 13.10.  Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of 
                Liquidating Agent..............................110
SECTION 13.11.  Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of 
                Senior Debt....................................111
SECTION 13.12.  Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; 
                Preservation of Trustee's Rights...............111
SECTION 13.13.  Article Applicable to Paying Agents............111
SECTION 13.14.  Defeasance of this Article ....................111

                            ARTICLE 14
                DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

SECTION 14.01.  Company's Option to Effect Defeasance or 
                Covenant Defeasance............................112
SECTION 14.02.  Defeasance and Discharge.......................112
SECTION 14.03.  Covenant Defeasance............................112
SECTION 14.04.  Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant 
                Defeasance.....................................113
SECTION 14.05.  Deposited Money and U.S. Government  
                Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other 
                Miscellaneous Provisions.......................115
SECTION 14.06.  Reinstatement..................................116


                                        v
<PAGE>   9

ANNEX A     Form of Regulation S Certificate..................A-1

ANNEX B     Form of Restricted Securities Certificate.........B-1

ANNEX C     Form of Unrestricted Securities Certificate.......C-1

ANNEX D     Form of Certification to Be Given by Holders
            of Beneficial Interest in a Regulation S
            Temporary Global Note.............................D-1

ANNEX E     Form of Certification to Be Given by the
            Euroclear Operator or Cedel S.A...................E-1


                                        1
<PAGE>   10

      INDENTURE, dated as of June 5, 1998, between R.H. Donnelley Inc., a
corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware
(herein called the "Company"), having its principal office at One Manhattanville
Road, Purchase, New York 10577, the Guarantor (as hereinafter defined) and The
Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as Trustee (herein called the
"Trustee").

                   RECITALS OF THE COMPANY AND THE GUARANTORS

      The Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of its % Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Notes") of substantially the tenor and amount
hereinafter set forth, and to provide therefor the Company has duly authorized
the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

      The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (the "Parent Company") owns beneficially
and of record 100% of the Capital Stock of the Company; the Parent Company and
the Company are members of the same consolidated group of companies and are
engaged in related businesses and the Parent Company, as Guarantor, will derive
direct and indirect economic benefit from the issuance of the Securities.
Accordingly, the Guarantor has duly authorized the execution and delivery of
this Indenture to provide for its Senior Subordinated Guarantees with respect to
the Securities as set forth in this Indenture.

      All things necessary (i) to make the Securities, when executed by the
Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the
Company, the valid obligations of the Company, (ii) to make the Senior
Subordinated Guarantees of the Guarantor, when executed by the Guarantor and
endorsed on the Securities executed, authenticated and delivered hereunder, the
valid obligations of the Guarantor, and (iii) to make this Indenture a valid
agreement of the Company and the Guarantor, all in accordance with their
respective terms, have been done.

                   NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

      For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by
the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and
proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:


                                        2
<PAGE>   11

                                    ARTICLE 1
             DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

      SECTION 1.01. Definitions. For all purposes of this Indenture, except as
otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

      (a) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them
in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

      (b) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture
Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them
therein;

      (c) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings
assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
(whether or not such is indicated herein), and, except as otherwise herein
expressly provided, the term "generally accepted accounting principles" with
respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such
accounting principles as are generally accepted as consistently applied by the
Company at the date of such computation;

      (d) unless otherwise specifically set forth herein, all calculations or
determinations of a Person shall be performed or made on a consolidated basis in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and

      (e) the words "herein", "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of
similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular
Article, Section or other subdivision.

      Certain terms, used principally in Article 6, are defined in that Article.

      "Acquired Debt" of any particular Person means Debt of any other Person
existing at the time such other Person merged with or into or became a
Subsidiary of such particular Person or assumed by such particular Person in
connection with the acquisition of assets from any other Person, and not
Incurred by such other Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such
other Person merging with or into such particular Person or becoming a
Subsidiary of such particular Person or such acquisition.

      "Act", when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in
Section 1.04.


                                        3
<PAGE>   12

      "Affiliate" of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
such Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with
respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of
such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided however, that,
for the purposes of the covenant described in Section 10.15, a joint venture,
partnership or similar Person which is engaged in a principal business of The
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or in a business related thereto and all
of the equity interests in which are held by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary and another Person or Persons that are not Related Persons of the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed an "Affiliate" of the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary.

      "Agent Member" means any member of, or participant in, the Depositary.

      "Applicable Procedures" means, with respect to any transfer or transaction
involving a Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures
of the Depositary for such Note, Euroclear and Cedel, in each case to the extent
applicable to such transaction and as in effect at the time of such transfer or
transaction.

      "Asset Disposition" by any Person means any transfer, conveyance, sale,
lease or other disposition by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(including any issuance or sale by a Restricted Subsidiary of Capital Stock of
such Restricted Subsidiary, and including a consolidation or merger or other
sale of any such Restricted Subsidiary with, into or to another Person in a
transaction in which such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Restricted
Subsidiary, but excluding a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary of such
Person to such Person or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person or
by such Person to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person) of (i)
shares of Capital Stock (other than directors' qualifying shares) or other
ownership interests of a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, (ii)
substantially all of the assets of such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries representing a division or line of business or (iii) other assets
or rights of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outside of the
ordinary course of business, provided in each case that the aggregate
consideration for such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition is
equal to $5.0 million or more.

      "Average Life" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any
Debt, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of the
numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive
scheduled


                                        4
<PAGE>   13

principal payment of such Debt multiplied by the amount of such payment by (ii)
the sum of all such payments.

      "Board of Directors" means either the board of directors of the Company or
any Guarantor or any duly authorized committee of that board. Except as
otherwise provided or unless context otherwise requires, each reference herein
to the "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

      "Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary
or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or any Guarantor to have been duly
adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date
of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. Except as otherwise
expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, each reference
herein to a "Board Resolution" shall mean a Board Resolution of the Company.

      "Business Day" means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday
which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or in the
city in which the Corporate Trust Office is located are authorized or obligated
by law or executive order to close.

      "Capital Lease Obligation" of any Person means the obligation to pay rent
or other payment amounts under a lease of (or other Debt arrangements conveying
the right to use) real or personal property of such Person which is required to
be classified and accounted for as a capital lease or a liability on the face of
a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. The stated maturity of such obligation shall be the date of the last
payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date
upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a
penalty. The principal amount of such obligation shall be the capitalized amount
thereof that would appear on the face of a balance sheet of such Person in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

      "Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests,
participations or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock or
other equity participations, including partnership interests, whether general or
limited, of such Person.

      "Cash Equivalents" means (i) direct obligations of the United States of
America or any agency thereof having maturities of not more than one year from
the date of acquisition, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit of any
domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in
excess of $500 million, with maturities of not more than one year from the date
of acquisition, (iii) repurchase obligations issued by any bank described in
clause


                                        5
<PAGE>   14

(ii) above with a term not to exceed 30 days; (iv) commercial paper rated at
least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent
thereof by Moody's, in each case maturing within one year after the date of
acquisition and (v) shares of any money market mutual fund, or similar fund, in
each case having excess of $500 million, which invests predominantly in
investments of the types describes in clauses (i) through (iv) above.

      "Cedel" means Cedel Bank, S.A. (or any successor securities clearing
agency).

      "CenDon" means the partnership formed pursuant to the CenDon Partnership
Agreement in which the Company and Centel Directory Company each have a 50%
interest.

      "CenDon Partnership Agreement" means the agreement entered into as of May
5, 1988 between the Company and Centel Directory Company.

      "Closing Date" means June 5, 1998.

      "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to
time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the
execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the
duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body
performing such duties at such time.

      "Common Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person that does
not rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of
assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up
of such Person, to shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

      "Company" means the Person named as the "Company" in the first paragraph
of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to
the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter "Company" shall mean
such successor Person.

      "Company Request" or "Company Order" means a written request or order
signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its President or
a Vice President, and by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or
an Assistant Secretary and delivered to the Trustee.

      "Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges" means for any period
the Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period increased by the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest


                                        6
<PAGE>   15

Expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, plus
(ii) Consolidated Income Tax Expense of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, plus (iii) the consolidated depreciation and
amortization expense included in the income statement of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, plus (iv) all other non-cash items
reducing Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
unless and until such time as cash disbursements are made in respect of such
items (at which time the amount of any such disbursements shall be deducted from
Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges), and, less all non-cash
items increasing Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries; provided, however, that there shall be excluded therefrom the
Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges (if positive) of any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (calculated separately for such Restricted
Subsidiary in the same manner as provided above for the Company) that is subject
to a restriction which prevents the payment of dividends or the making of
distributions to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to
the extent of such restriction, except to the extent of the amount of dividends
or other distributions actually paid by such Restricted Subsidiary to the
Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary not subject to such a restriction during
such period. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture to the
contrary, Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of the Company for
any period will be deemed to include 100% of the cash distributions to The
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not subject to such a restriction
in respect of such period from DonTech, CenDon or any similar partnership or
joint venture, to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Cash Flow
Available for Fixed Charges in respect of such period.

      "Consolidated Cash Flow Coverage Ratio" as of any date of determination
means the ratio of (i) Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of the most recently
completed four consecutive fiscal quarters for which quarterly or annual
financial statements are available to (ii) Consolidated Fixed Charges of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; provided, however, that
Consolidated Fixed Charges shall be adjusted to give effect on a pro forma basis
to any Debt that has been Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding and to any Debt that
is proposed to be Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as if in
each case such Debt had been Incurred on the first day of such period and as if
any Debt that (i) is or will no longer be outstanding as the result of the
Incurrence of any such Debt or (ii) had been repaid or retired during such
period had not been outstanding as of the first day of such period; provided,
however, that in making such computation, the Consolidated Interest Expense of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries attributable to interest on any
proposed Debt bearing a


                                        7
<PAGE>   16

floating interest rate shall be computed on a pro forma basis as if the rate in
effect on the date of computation had been the applicable rate for the entire
period; and provided further that, in the event the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries has made Asset Dispositions or acquisitions of assets
not in the ordinary course of business (including acquisitions of other Persons
by merger, consolidation or purchase of Capital Stock) during or after such
period, such computation shall be made on a pro forma basis as if the Asset
Dispositions or acquisitions had taken place on the first day of such period.

      "Consolidated Fixed Charges" for any period means the sum of (i)
Consolidated Interest Expense and (ii) the consolidated amount of interest
capitalized by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period
calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

      "Consolidated Income Tax Expense" for any period means the consolidated
provision for income taxes of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles.

      "Consolidated Interest Expense" means for any period the consolidated
interest expense included in a consolidated income statement (without deduction
of interest income) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, including without limitation or duplication (or, to the
extent not so included, with the addition of), (i) the amortization of Debt
discounts; (ii) any payments or fees with respect to letters of credit, bankers'
acceptances or similar facilities; (iii) fees with respect to interest rate swap
or similar agreements or foreign currency hedge, exchange or similar agreements;
(iv) Preferred Stock dividends of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company (other
than with respect to Redeemable Stock) declared and paid or payable to persons
other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (v) accrued Redeemable
Stock dividends of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries payable to
persons other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether or not
declared or paid; (vi) interest on Debt guaranteed by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries; and (vii) the portion of any rental obligation
allocable to interest expense.

      "Consolidated Net Income" for any period means the consolidated net income
(or loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; provided that there shall be excluded therefrom (a) the
net income (or loss) of any Person acquired by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company in a pooling-of-interests transaction for any period
prior to the date of such transaction, (b) the net income (or loss) of any
Person that


                                        8
<PAGE>   17

is not a Subsidiary of the Company except to the extent of the amount of
dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Company or a Subsidiary of
the Company by such Person during such period, (c) gains or losses on Asset
Dispositions by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (d) all
extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses, (e) the cumulative effect of
changes in accounting principles and (f) the tax effect of any of the items
described in clauses (a) through (e) above; provided, further, that for purposes
of any determination pursuant to the provisions described under Section 10.12
hereof, there shall further be excluded therefrom the net income (but not net
loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is subject to a
restriction which prevents the payment of dividends or the making of
distributions to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to
the extent of such restriction, except to the extent of the amount of dividends
or other distributions actually paid to The Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
not subject to such a restriction by such Restricted Subsidiary during such
period.

      "Consolidated Net Worth" of any Person means the consolidated
stockholders' equity of such Person, determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, less amounts
attributable to Redeemable Stock of such Person; provided that, with respect to
the Company, adjustments following the date of this Indenture to the accounting
books and records of the Company in accordance with Accounting Principles Board
Opinions Nos. 16 and 17 (or successor opinions thereto) or otherwise resulting
from the acquisition of control of the Company by another Person shall not be
given effect to.

      "Consolidated Tangible Assets" of any Person means, as of any date, the
amount which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, would
be set forth under the caption "Total Assets" (or any like caption) on a
consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, less
all intangible assets, including, without limitation, goodwill, organization
costs, patents, trademarks, copyrights, franchises, and research and development
costs.

      "Corporate Trust Office" means the principal office of the Trustee at
which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered,
which is, at the date as of which this Indenture is dated, located at 101
Barclay Street, Floor 21 West, New York, New York, 10286.

      "corporation" means a corporation, association, company, joint-stock
company, partnership or business trust.

      "Credit Facility" means, with respect to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary, one or more debt or commercial paper facilities with banks or other


                                        9
<PAGE>   18

institutional lenders (including the New Credit Facility) providing for
revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables or inventory financing
(including through the sale of receivables or inventory to such lenders or to
special purpose, bankruptcy remote entities formed to borrow from such lenders
against such receivables or inventory) letters of credit, in each case together
with any amendments, supplements, modifications (including by any extension of
the maturity thereof), refinancing or replacements thereof by a lender or
syndicate of lenders in one or more successive transactions (including any such
transaction that changes the amount available thereunder, replaces such
agreement or document, or provides for other agents or lenders).

      "Debt" means (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether
recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person and whether or not
contingent, (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed, (ii) every
obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar
instruments, including obligations Incurred in connection with the acquisition
of property, assets or businesses, (iii) every reimbursement obligation of such
Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar
facilities issued for the account of such Person, (iv) every obligation of such
Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services
(including securities repurchase agreements but excluding trade accounts payable
or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business which are not
overdue or which are being contested in good faith), (v) every Capital Lease
Obligation of such Person, (vi) all Receivables Sales of such Person, together
with any obligation of such Person to pay any discount, interest, fees,
indemnities, penalties, recourse, expenses or other amounts in connection
therewith, (vii) all Redeemable Stock issued by such Person, (viii) Preferred
Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person held by Persons other than such
Person or one of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries, (ix) every obligation
under Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements of such Person and
(x) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (ix) of
another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in
either case, such Person has Guaranteed or is responsible or liable, directly or
indirectly, as obligor, Guarantor or otherwise. The "amount" or "principal
amount" of Debt at any time of determination as used herein represented by (a)
any Receivables Sale, shall be the amount of the unrecovered capital or
principal investment of the purchaser (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) thereof, excluding amounts representative
of yield or interest earned on such investment and (b) any Redeemable Stock,
shall be the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price in respect thereof.

      "Depositary" means, with respect to any Notes, a clearing agency that is
registered as such under the Exchange Act and is designated by the Company to


                                       10
<PAGE>   19

act as Depositary for such Notes (or any successor securities clearing agency so
registered).

      "Distribution" means the separation of the Parent Company into two
independent, publicly-traded companies by means of a pro rata tax-free
distribution of all of the outstanding common shares of New D&B to holders of
the common shares of the Parent Company.

      "DonTech" means the partnership formed pursuant to the DonTech II
Partnership Agreement in which the Company and Ameritech Publishing of Illinois,
Inc. each have a 50% interest.

      "DonTech II Partnership Agreement" means the agreement entered into as of
August 19, 1997 between the Company and Ameritech Publishing of Illinois Inc.

      "DTC" means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation.

      "Equity Offering" means a primary public or private offering of Common
Stock of the Company or (if the Parent Company owns all the outstanding Common
Stock of the Company) of the Parent Company pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption to
the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

      "Euroclear" means the Euroclear Clearance System (or any successor
securities clearing agency).

      "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.

      "Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement" means the Exchange and
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 5, 1998, among the Company, the
Parent Company, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Chase Securities Inc., as
representatives of the Initial Purchasers, and the Holders from time to time as
provided therein, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

      "Exchange Offer" means an offer made by the Company pursuant to the
Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement under the effective registration
statement under the Securities Act to exchange securities substantially
identical to Outstanding Notes (except for the differences provided for herein)
for Outstanding Notes.


                                       11
<PAGE>   20

      "Exchange Registration Statement" means a registration statement of the
Company under the Securities Act registering Exchange Notes for distribution
pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

      "Exchange Act" refers to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as it may be
amended and any successor act thereto.

      "Exchange Notes" means the Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer and
their Successor Notes.

      "Global Note" means a Note that is registered in the Security Register in
the name of a Depositary or a nominee thereof.

      "Guarantee" by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise,
of such Person guaranteeing, or having the economic effect of guaranteeing, any
Debt of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly
or indirectly, and including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person,
(i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment
of) such Debt or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of)
any security for the payment of such Debt, (ii) to purchase property, securities
or services for the purpose of assuring the holder of such Debt of the payment
of such Debt, or (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or other
financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to
enable the primary obligor to pay such Debt (and "Guaranteed", "Guaranteeing"
and "Guarantor" shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided,
however, that the Guarantee by any Person shall not include endorsements by such
Person for collection or deposit, in either case, in the ordinary course of
business.

      "Guarantor Senior Debt" means (i) the principal of (and premium, if any)
and interest on Debt of the Guarantor for money borrowed, whether incurred on or
prior to the date of original issuance of the Notes or thereafter, and any
amendments, renewals, extensions, modifications, refinancings and refundings of
any such Debt and (ii) Permitted Interest Rate Agreements and Permitted Currency
Agreements entered into with respect to Debt described in clause (i) above;
provided, however, that the following shall not constitute Guarantor Senior
Debt: (1) any Debt as to which the terms of the instrument creating or
evidencing the same provide that such Debt is not superior in right of payment
to the applicable Senior Subordinated Guarantee, (2) any Debt which is
subordinated in right of payment in any respect to any other Debt of the
Company, (3) any Debt owed to a Person when such Person is a Subsidiary of the
Company, (4) that portion of any Debt which is Incurred in violation of the
Indenture and (5) Debt


                                       12
<PAGE>   21

which, when Incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b)
of Title 11, United States Code, is without recourse to such Guarantor.

      "Guarantors" means the Parent Company and any future Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company.

      "Holder" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note
Register.

      "Incur" means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person,
to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume,
Guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Debt or other obligation
or the recording, as required pursuant to generally accepted accounting
principles or otherwise, of any such Debt or other obligation on the balance
sheet of such Person (and "Incurrence", "Incurred", "Incurrable" and "Incurring"
shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided, however, that a
change in generally accepted accounting principles that results in an obligation
of such Person that exists at such time becoming Debt shall not be deemed an
Incurrence of such Debt.

      "Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from
time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental
hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof including, for
all purposes of this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, the
provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be a part of and govern
this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, respectively.

      "Initial Purchasers" means Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Chase Securities Inc.,
as purchasers of the Notes from the Company pursuant to the Note Purchase
Agreement.

      "Interest Payment Date" means the Stated Maturity of an installment of
interest on the Notes.

      "Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement" of any Person means
any forward contract, futures contract, swap, option or other financial
agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, caps, floors, collars
and similar agreements) relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon,
interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices or indices
(excluding contracts for the purchase or sale of goods in the ordinary course of
business).


                                       13
<PAGE>   22

      "Investment" by any Person means any direct or indirect loan, advance or
other extension of credit or capital contribution to (by means of transfers of
cash or other property to others or payments for property or services for the
account or use of others, or otherwise) to, or purchase or acquisition of
Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidence of Debt
issued by any other Person, including any payment on a Guarantee of any
obligation of such other Person.

      "Lien" means, with respect to any property or assets, any mortgage or deed
of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, Receivables Sale, deposit
arrangement, security interest, lien, charge, easement (other than any easement
not materially impairing usefulness or marketability), encumbrance, preference,
priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or
nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets (including,
without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement
having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

      "Maturity", when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which
the principal of such Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein
provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call
for redemption or otherwise.

      "Moodys" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

      "Net Available Proceeds" from any Asset Disposition by any Person means
cash or readily marketable cash equivalents received (including by way of sale
or discounting of a note, installment receivable or other receivable, but
excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the
acquiree of Debt or other obligations relating to such properties or assets)
therefrom by such Person, net of (i) all legal, title and recording tax
expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred and all federal,
state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability
as a consequence of such Asset Disposition, (ii) all payments made by such
Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries on any Debt which is secured by such
assets in accord ance with the terms of any Lien upon or with respect to such
assets or which must by the terms of such Lien, or in order to obtain a
necessary consent to such Asset Disposition or by applicable law, be repaid out
of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition, (iii) all distributions and other
payments made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries of such
Person or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition and (iv)
appropriate amounts to be provided by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary
thereof, as the case may be, as a reserve in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles against any liabilities associated with such assets and
retained by such Person or any Restricted


                                       14
<PAGE>   23

Subsidiary thereof, as the case may be, after such Asset Disposition, including,
without limitation, liabilities under any indemnification obligations and
severance and other employee termination costs associated with such Asset
Disposition, in each case as determined by the Board of Directors, in its
reasonable good faith judgment evidenced by a resolution of the Board of
Directors filed with the Trustee; provided, however, that any reduction in such
reserve following the consummation of such Asset Disposition will be treated for
all purposes of the Indenture and the Notes as a new Asset Disposition at the
time of such reduction with Net Available Proceeds equal to the amount of such
reduction.

      "New D&B" means The New Dun & Bradstreet Corporation.

      "Note Purchase Agreement" means the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June
2, 1998, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers and Holdings, as such
agreement may be amended from time to time.

      "Notes" means notes designated in the first paragraph of the RECITALS OF
THE COMPANY and includes the Exchange Notes.

      "Offer to Purchase" means a written offer (the "Offer") sent by the
Company by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder at his address
appearing in the Note Register on the date of the Offer offering to purchase up
to the principal amount of Notes specified in such Offer at the purchase price
specified in such Offer (as determined pursuant to this Indenture). Unless
otherwise required by applicable law, the Offer shall specify an expiration date
(the "Expiration Date") of the Offer to Purchase which shall be, subject to any
contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 30 days or more than 60
days after the date of such Offer and a settlement date (the "Purchase Date")
for purchase of Notes within five Business Days after the Expiration Date. The
Company shall notify the Trustee at least 15 Business Days (or such shorter
period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the
Company's obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be mailed
by the Company or, at the Company's request, by the Trustee in the name and at
the expense of the Company. The Offer shall contain information concerning the
business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries which the Company in
good faith believes will enable such Holders to make an informed decision with
respect to the Offer to Purchase (which at a minimum will include (i) the most
recent annual and quarterly financial statements and "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" contained in the
documents required to be filed with the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.17 (which
requirements may be satisfied by delivery of such documents together with the
Offer), (ii) a description of material developments in the Company's business
subsequent to the date of the latest of such financial statements referred to in


                                       15
<PAGE>   24

clause (i) (including a description of the events requiring the Company to make
the Offer to Purchase), (iii) if applicable, appropriate pro forma financial
information concerning the Offer to Purchase and the events requiring the
Company to make the Offer to Purchase and (iv) any other information required by
applicable law to be included therein. The Offer shall contain all instructions
and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the
Offer to Purchase. The Offer shall also state:

      (1) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase
      is being made;

      (2)  the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date;

      (3) the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes offered to be
      purchased by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if
      less than 100%, the manner by which such has been determined pursuant to
      the Section hereof requiring the Offer to Purchase) (the "Purchase
      Amount");

      (4) the purchase price to be paid by the Company for each $1,000 aggregate
      principal amount of Notes accepted for payment (as specified pursuant to
      this Indenture) (the "Purchase Price");

      (5) that the Holder may tender all or any portion of the Notes registered
      in the name of such Holder and that any portion of a Note tendered must be
      tendered in an integral multiple of $1,000 principal amount;

      (6) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender
      pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;

      (7) that interest on any Note not tendered or tendered but not purchased
      by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will continue to accrue;

      (8) that on the Purchase Date the Purchase Price will become due and
      payable upon each Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to
      Purchase and that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and after the
      Purchase Date;

      (9) that each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the Offer to
      Purchase will be required to surrender such Note at the place or places
      specified in the Offer prior to the close of business on the


                                       16
<PAGE>   25

      Expiration Date (such Note being, if the Company or the Trustee so
      requires, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of
      transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed
      by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing);

      (10) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of Notes
      tendered if the Company (or their Paying Agent) receives, not later than
      the close of business on the Expiration Date, facsimile transmission or
      letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the
      Note the Holder tendered, the certificate number of the Note the Holder
      tendered and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing all or a portion
      of his tender;

      (11) that (a) if Notes in an aggregate principal amount less than or equal
      to the Purchase Amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the
      Offer to Purchase, the Company shall purchase all such Notes and (b) if
      Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Purchase Amount
      are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the
      Company shall purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to
      the Purchase Amount on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be
      deemed appropriate so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 or
      integral multiples thereof shall be purchased); and

      (12) that in the case of any Holder whose Note is purchased only in part,
      the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver
      to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of
      any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate
      principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unpurchased portion of
      the Note so tendered.

      Any Offer to Purchase shall be governed by and effected in accordance with
the Offer for such Offer to Purchase.

      "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the
Board, the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant
Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company or any
Guarantor, and delivered to the Trustee. Unless the context otherwise requires,
each reference herein to an "Officers' Certificate" shall mean an Officers'
Certificate of the Company.

      "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be
counsel for the Company, and who shall be acceptable to the Trustee.


                                       17
<PAGE>   26

      "Original Notes" means all Notes other than Exchange Notes.

      "Outstanding", when used with respect to Notes, means, as of the date of
determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this
Indenture, except:

      (i) Notes theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee
      for cancellation;

      (ii) Notes for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount
      has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other
      than the Company or a Guarantor) in trust or set aside and segregated in
      trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent)
      for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be
      redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this
      Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

      (iii) Notes which have been transferred pursuant to Section 3.06 or in
      exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and
      delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect
      of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory
      to it that such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands
      such Notes are valid obligations of the Company; and

      (iv) Notes paid pursuant to Section 3.07;

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by
the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company
or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding,
except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying
upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or
waiver, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to
be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in
good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the
satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such
Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the
Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

      "Parent Company" means The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (to be renamed as
the R.H. Donnelley Corporation) or any successor thereto.


                                       18
<PAGE>   27

      "Parent Company Senior Debt" means (i) the principal of (and premium, if
any) and interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any
petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Parent Company
whether or not such claim for post-petition interest is allowed in such
proceeding) on, and penalties and any obligation of the Parent Company for
reimbursement, indemnities and fees relating to, any Credit Facility and (ii)
the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on Debt of the Parent
Company for money borrowed, whether incurred on or prior to the date of original
issuance of the Notes or thereafter, and any amendments, renewals, extensions,
modifications, refinancings and refundings of any such Debt and (iii) Permitted
Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements entered into with respect
to Debt described in clauses (i) and (ii) above; provided, however, that the
following shall not constitute Parent Company Senior Debt: (1) any Debt as to
which the terms of the instrument creating or evidencing the same provide that
such Debt is not superior in right of payment to the Parent Company Guarantee,
(2) any Debt which is subordinated in right of payment in any respect to any
other Debt of the Parent Company, (3) any Debt owed to a Person when such Person
is a Subsidiary of the Parent Company, (4) any obligation of the Parent Company
arising from Redeemable Stock of the Parent Company, and (5) Debt which, when
incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11,
United States Code, is without recourse to the Parent Company.

      "Parent Guarantee" means the unconditional guarantee, on a senior
subordinated basis, by the Parent Company of the due and punctual payment of
principal (premium, if any,) and interest on the Notes, as provided pursuant to
Article 12.

      "Paying Agent" means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the
principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Notes on behalf of the
Company.

      "Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement" of any
Person means any Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement entered
into with one or more financial institutions in the ordinary course of business
that is designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates
or currency exchange rates with respect to Debt Incurred and which shall have a
notional amount no greater than the payments due with respect to the Debt being
hedged thereby, or in the case of currency or commodity protection agreements,
against currency exchange rate or commodity price fluctuations in the ordinary
course of business relating to then existing financial obligations or then
existing or sold production and not for purposes of speculation.


                                       19
<PAGE>   28

      "Permitted Investments" means (i) an investment in the Company or a
Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) an Investment in a
Person, if such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person will, as a result of the
making of such Investment and all other contemporaneous related transactions,
become a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or be merged or
consolidated with or into or transfer or convey all or substantially all its
assets to the Company or a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
(iii) a Temporary Cash Investment; (iv) payroll, travel and similar advances to
cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be
treated as expenses in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(v) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts owing to
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of bankruptcy
or insolvency proceedings or upon the foreclosure, perfection, enforcement or
agreement in lieu of foreclosure of any Lien in favor of the Company of a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (vi) Investments in the Notes; (vii)
Investments in Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements
and (viii) Investments in an entity which is engaged in a principal business of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or a business related thereto not in
excess of $10 million.

      "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

      "Predecessor Note" of any particular Note means every previous Note
evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such
particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note
authenticated and delivered under Section 3.07 in exchange for or in lieu of a
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same
debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.

      "Preferred Stock", of any Person, means Capital Stock of such Person of
any class or classes (however designated) that ranks prior, as to the payment of
dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to shares of Capital
Stock of any other class of such Person.

      "Receivables" means receivables, chattel paper, instruments, documents or
intangibles evidencing or relating to the right to payment of money.

      "Receivables Sale" of any Person means any sale of Receivables of such
Person (pursuant to a purchase facility or otherwise), other than in connection
with a disposition of the business operations of such Person relating thereto or
a


                                       20
<PAGE>   29

disposition of defaulted Receivables for purposes of collection and not as a
financing arrangement.

      "Redemption Date", when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed,
means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

      "Redemption Price", when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed,
means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

      "Redeemable Stock" of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person
that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible
or for which it is exchangeable) or otherwise (including upon the occurrence of
an event) matures or is required to be redeemed (pursuant to any sinking fund
obligation or otherwise) or is convertible into or exchangeable for Debt or is
redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, at any time
prior to the final Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided that "Redeemable
Stock" shall not include any Capital Stock that is payable at maturity, or upon
required redemption or redemption at the option of the holder thereof, or that
is automatically convertible or exchangeable, solely in or into Common Stock of
such Person.

      "Refinance" means, in respect of any Debt, to refinance, extend, renew,
refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Debt in
exchange or replacement for, such Debt. "Refinanced" and "Refinancing" shall
have correlative meanings.

      "Refinancing Debt" means Debt that Refinances any Debt of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the date of original issuance of the Notes
or Incurred in compliance with the Indenture, including Debt that Refinances
Refinancing Debt; provided, however, that (i) such Refinancing Debt has a Stated
Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Debt being Refinanced, (ii)
in the case of any refinancing of Debt which is pari passu to the Notes, such
Refinancing Debt is made pari passu to the Notes or subordinated to the Notes,
(iii) such Refinancing Debt constitutes Subordinated Debt in the case of any
refinancing of Debt which is subordinated to the Notes, (iv) such Refinancing
Debt does not permit redemption or other retirement (including pursuant to an
offer to purchase) of such Debt at the option of the holder thereof prior to the
Stated Maturity of the Debt being refinanced, other than a redemption or other
retirement at the option of the holder of such Debt which is conditioned upon
provisions substantially similar to those described under "--Change of Control"
and "--Limitation on Asset Dispositions"; (v) such Refinancing Debt has an
Average Life at the time such Refinancing Debt is Incurred that is equal to or
greater than the Average Life of the Debt being Refinanced and (vi) such


                                       21
<PAGE>   30

Refinancing Debt has an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original
issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the
aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the
aggregate accreted value) then outstanding or committed (plus accrued interest
and fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs) under the
Debt being Refinanced; provided, however, that Refinancing Debt shall not
include (x) Debt of a Subsidiary that Refinances Debt of the Company or (y) Debt
of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Debt of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.

      "Registration Default" means the occurrence of any of the following
events: (i) the Company has not filed the Exchange Registration Statement or
Shelf Registration Statement on or before the date on which such registration
statement is required to be filed pursuant to the Exchange and Registration
Rights Agreement, (ii) the Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration
Statement has not become effective or been declared effective by the Commission
on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to become
or be declared effective under the requirements of the Exchange and Registration
Rights Agreement or (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 60
days after the initial effective date of the Exchange Registration Statement
relating to the Exchange Offer (if the Exchange Offer is then required to be
made under the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement) or (iv) any Exchange
Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed
pursuant the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement is filed and declared
effective but shall thereafter either be withdrawn by the Company or shall
become subject to an effective stop order issued pursuant to Section 8(d) of the
Securities Act suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement
(except as specifically permitted herein) without being succeeded immediately by
an additional registration statement filed and declared effective.

      "Registration Default Period" means any period during which a Registration
Default has occurred and is continuing.

      "Regulation S" means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

      "Regulation S Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the form
set forth in Annex A.

      "Regulation S Global Note" has the meaning specified in Section 201.

      "Regulation S Legend" means a legend substantially in the form of the
legend required in the form of Note set forth in Section 202 to be placed upon
Regulation S Notes.


                                       22
<PAGE>   31

      "Regulation S Notes" means all Notes required pursuant to Section 3.06(c)
to bear a Regulation S Legend.

      "Related Person" of any Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly owning (a) 5% or more of the Outstanding Common Stock of such Person
(or in the case of a Person that is not a corporation, 5% or more of the equity
interest in such Person) or (b) 5% or more of the combined voting power of the
Voting Stock of such Person.

      "Responsible Officer", when used with respect to the Trustee, means any
vice president, any assistant vice president, any assistant secretary, any
assistant treasurer, any trust officer or assistant trust officer, or any other
officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those
performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect
to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is
referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular
subject.

      "Restricted Period" means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on
the later of (i) the day on which Notes are first offered to persons other than
distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S and (ii)
the Closing Date.

      "Restricted Notes" means all Notes required pursuant to Section 3.06(c) to
bear a Restricted Notes Legend. Such term includes the Restricted Global Notes.

      "Restricted Notes Certificate" means a certificate substantially in for
form set forth in Annex B.

      "Restricted Notes Legend" means a legend substantially in the form of the
legend required in the form of Note set forth in Section 202 to be placed upon a
Restricted Note.

      "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary, whether existing on or after
the date of this Indenture, unless such Subsidiary is an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.

      "Rule 144" means Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

      "Rule 144A" means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.


                                       23
<PAGE>   32

      "Rule 144A Notes" means the Notes purchased by the Initial Purchasers from
the Company pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, other than the Regulation S
Notes.

      "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a division of McGraw-Hill,
Inc.

      "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as it may be amended
and any successor act thereto.

      "Security Register" and "Security Registrar" have the respective meanings
specified in Section 3.06(a).

      "Senior Debt" means (i) the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in
bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company whether or not such
claim for post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) on, and
penalties and any obligation of the Company for reimbursement, indemnities and
fees relating to, any Credit Facility and (ii) the principal of (and premium, if
any) and interest on Debt of the Company for money borrowed, whether Incurred on
or prior to the date of original issuance of the Notes or thereafter, and any
amendments, renewals, extensions, modifications, refinancings and refundings of
any such Debt and (iii) Permitted Interest Rate Agreements, Currency or
Commodity Price Agreements entered into with respect to Debt described in
clauses (i) and (ii) above; provided, however, that the following shall not
constitute Senior Debt: (1) any Debt as to which the terms of the instrument
creating or evidencing the same provide that such Debt is not superior in right
of payment to the Notes, (2) any Debt which is subordinated in right of payment
in any respect to any other Debt of the Company, (3) Debt evidenced by the
Notes, (4) any Debt owed to a Person when such Person is a Subsidiary of the
Company, (5) any obligation of the Company arising from Redeemable Stock of the
Company, (6) that portion of any Debt which is Incurred in violation of the
Indenture and (7) Debt which, when Incurred and without respect to any election
under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is without recourse to
the Company.

      "Senior Subordinated Guarantees" means the Parent Company Guarantee and
the Subsidiary Guarantees, if any.

      "Shelf Registration Statement" means a shelf registration statement under
the Securities Act filed by the Company, if required by, and meeting the
requirements of, the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, registering
Original Notes for resale.


                                       24
<PAGE>   33

      "Special Interest Payments" has the meaning specified in the form of Notes
set forth in Section 202.

      "Special Record Date" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a
date fixed by Trustee pursuant to Section 3.08.

      "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any security, the date specified
in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of
such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption
provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such
security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any
contingency unless such contingency has occurred).

      "Subordinated Debt" means Debt of the Company as to which the payment of
principal of (and premium, if any) and interest and other payment obligations in
respect of such Debt shall be subordinate to the prior payment in full of the
Notes to at least the following extent: (i) no payments of principal of (or
premium, if any) or interest on or otherwise due in respect of such Debt may be
permitted for so long as any default in the payment of principal (or premium, if
any) or interest on the Notes exists; (ii) in the event that any other default
that with the passing of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute
an event of default exists with respect to the Notes, upon notice by 25% or more
in principal amount of the Notes to the Trustee, the Trustee shall have the
right to give notice to the Company and the holders of such Debt (or trustees or
agents therefor) of a payment blockage, and thereafter no payments of principal
of (or premium, if any) or interest on or otherwise due in respect of such Debt
may be made for a period of 179 days from the date of such notice; and (iii)
such Debt may not (x) provide for payments of principal of such Debt at the
stated maturity thereof or by way of a sinking fund applicable thereto or by way
of any mandatory redemption, defeasance, retirement or repurchase thereof by the
Company (including any redemption, retirement or repurchase which is contingent
upon events or circumstances, but excluding any retirement required by virtue of
acceleration of such Debt upon an event of default thereunder), in each case
prior to the final Stated Maturity of the Notes or (y) permit redemption or
other retirement (including pursuant to an offer to purchase made by the
Company) of such other Debt at the option of the holder thereof prior to the
final Stated Maturity of the Notes, other than a redemption or other retirement
at the option of the holder of such Debt (including pursuant to an offer to
purchase made by the Company) which is conditioned upon a change of control of
the Company pursuant to provisions substantially similar to those contained in
Section 10.16 hereof (and which shall provide that such Debt will not be
repurchased pursuant to such provisions prior to the Company's repurchase of the
Notes required to be


                                       25
<PAGE>   34

repurchased by the Company pursuant to the provisions described under Section
10.16).

      "Subsidiary" of any Person means (i) a corporation more than 50% of the
combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of which is owned,
directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of
such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries thereof or (ii) any
other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person, or one or more
other Subsidiaries of such Person or such Person and one or more other
Subsidiaries thereof, directly or indirectly, has at least a majority ownership
and power to direct the policies, management and affairs thereof.

      "Subsidiary Guarantees" means the unconditional guarantees on a senior
subordinated basis by the respective Subsidiary Guarantors of the due and
punctual payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes as
provided pursuant to Article 12.

      "Subsidiary Guarantors", as of any time, each and all of the Restricted
Subsidiaries at such time.

      "Successor Note" of any particular Note means every Note issued after, and
evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by, such
particular Note; and, for the purpose of this definition, any Note authenticated
and delivered under Section 3.07 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as
the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.

      "Temporary Cash Investments" means any Investment in the following kinds
of instruments: (A) readily marketable obligations issued or unconditionally
guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States of America or by
any agency or authority controlled or supervised by and acting as an
instrumentality of the United States of America if, on the date of purchase or
other acquisition of any such instrument by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, the remaining term to maturity or interest rate
adjustment is not more than two years; (B) obligations (including, but not
limited to, demand or time deposits, bankers' acceptances and certificates of
deposit) issued or guaranteed by a depository institution or trust company
incorporated under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof
or the District of Columbia, provided that (1) such instrument has a final
maturity not more than one year from the date of purchase thereof by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (2) such depository institution
or trust company has at the time of the Company's or such Restricted
Subsidiary's Investment therein or contractual commitment providing for such
Investment, (x) capital,


                                       26
<PAGE>   35

surplus and undivided profits (as of the date such institution's most recently
published financial statements) in excess of $100 million and (y) the long-term
unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligations rated on the basis of
the credit of a Person other than such institution) of such institution, at the
time of the Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's Investment therein or
contractual commitment providing for such Investment, are rated in the highest
rating category of both S&P and Moodys; (C) commercial paper issued by any
corporation, if such commercial paper has, at the time of the Company's or any
Restricted Subsidiary's Investment therein or contractual commitment providing
for such Investment credit ratings of at least A-1 by S&P and P-1 by Moody's;
(D) money market mutual or similar funds having assets in excess of $100
million; (E) readily marketable debt obligations issued by any corporation, if
at the time of the Company's or Restricted Subsidiary's Investment therein or
contractual commitment providing for such Investment (1) the remaining term to
maturity is not more than two years and (2) such debt obligations are rated in
one of the two highest rating categories of both S&P and Moody's; (F) demand or
time deposit accounts used in the ordinary course of business with commercial
banks the balances in which are at all times fully insured as to principal and
interest by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor thereto;
and (G) to the extent not otherwise included herein, Cash Equivalents. In the
event that either S&P or Moody's ceases to publish ratings of the type provided
herein, a replacement rating agency shall be selected by the Company, and in
each case the rating of such replacement rating agency most nearly equivalent to
the corresponding S&P or Moody's rating, as the case may be, shall be used for
purposes hereof.

      "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at
the date as of which this instrument was executed, except as provided in Section
9.05; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is
amended after such date, "Trust Indenture Act" means, to the extent required by
any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

      "Trustee" means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first paragraph
of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to
the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Trustee" shall mean
such successor Trustee.

      "U.S. Person" means (i) any individual resident in the United States, (ii)
any partnership or corporation organized or incorporated under the laws of the
United States, (iii) any estate of which an executor or administrator is a U.S.
Person (other than an estate governed by foreign law and of which at least one
executor or administrator is a non-U.S. Person who has sole or shared investment
discretion with respect to its assets), (iv) any trust of which any trustee is a
U.S.


                                       27
<PAGE>   36

Person (other than a trust of which at least one trustee is a non-U.S. Person
who has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to its assets and no
beneficiary of the trust (and no settlor if the Trust is revocable) is a U.S.
Person), (v) any agency or branch of a foreign entity located in the United
States, (vi) any non-discretionary or similar account (other than an estate or
trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary for the benefit or account of a U.S.
Person, (vii) any discretionary or similar account (other than an estate or
trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary organized, incorporated or (if an
individual) resident in the United States (other than such an account held for
the benefit or account of a non-U.S. Person), (viii) any partnership or
corporation organized or incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction
and formed by a U.S. Person principally for the purpose of investing in
securities not registered under the Securities Act (unless it is organized or
incorporated, and owned, by accredited investors within the meaning of Rule
501(a) under the Securities Act who are not natural persons, estates or trusts);
provided, however, that the term "U.S. Person" does not include (A) a branch or
agency of a U.S. Person that is located and operating outside the United States
for valid business purposes as a locally regulated branch or agency engaged in
the banking or insurance business, (B) any employee benefit plan established and
administered in accordance with the law, customary practices and documentation
of a foreign country and (C) the international organizations set forth in
Section 9.02(o)(7) of Regulation S under the Securities Act and any other
similar international organizations, and their agencies, affiliates and pension
plans.

      "Vice President", when used with respect to the Company, any Guarantor or
the Trustee, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or
a word or words added before or after the title "vice president".

      "Voting Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person which
ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing
similar functions) of such Person, whether at all times or only so long as no
senior class of securities has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

      "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other
ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at
the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.

      SECTION 1.02. Compliance Certification and Opinions. Upon any application
or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision
of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee such


                                       28
<PAGE>   37

certificates and opinions as may be required under the Trust Indenture Act. Each
such certificate or opinion shall be given in the form of an Officers'
Certificate, if to be given by an officer of the Company, or an Opinion of
Counsel, if to be given by counsel, and shall comply with the requirements of
the Trust Indenture Act and any other requirement set forth in this Indenture.

      Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition
or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

      (1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion
      has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating
      thereto;

      (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
      investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
      certificate or opinion are based;

      (3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made
      such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express
      an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has
      been complied with; and

      (4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual,
      such condition or covenant has been complied with.

      SECTION 1.03. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. In any case where
several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of,
any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by,
or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified
or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an
opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to
other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such
matters in one or several documents.

      Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based,
insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or
representa tions by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations
with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are
erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as
it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or
representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the
information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the
Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the


                                       29
<PAGE>   38

exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or
representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

      Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other
instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and
form one instrument.

      SECTION 1.04. Acts of Holders; Record Date. (a) Any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by
this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced
by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders
in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise
expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or
instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly
required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action
embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the
"Act" of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution
of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be
sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 6.01)
conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner
provided in this Section.

      (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such
instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such
execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by
law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing
such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such
execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual
capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof
of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or
writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved
in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

      (c) The Company may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture
Act, fix any day as the record date for the purpose of determining the Holders
entitled to give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent, waiver or other action, or to vote on any action, authorized or
permitted to be given or taken by Holders. If not set by the Company prior to
the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such
action, or, in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, the record date
for any such action or vote shall be the 30th day (or, if later, the date of the
most recent list of Holders required to be provided pursuant to Section 7.01)
prior to such first solicitation or vote, as the case may be. With regard to any
record date, only the Holders on


                                       30
<PAGE>   39

such date (or their duly designated proxies) shall be entitled to give or take,
or vote on, the relevant action.

      (d) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

      (e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the
same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer
thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done,
omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance
thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

      SECTION 1.05. Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Company and Guarantors. Any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of
Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made
upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

      (1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company or any Guarantor shall be
      sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed
      in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office,
      Attention: Corporate Trust Trustee Administration, or

      (2) the Company or any Guarantor by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be
      sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly
      provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the
      Company addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified
      in the first paragraph of this instrument or at any other address
      previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

      SECTION 1.06. Notice to Holders; Waiver. Where this Indenture provides for
notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless
otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class
postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at his address as it
appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date (if any), and
not earlier than the earliest date (if any), prescribed for the giving of such
notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the
failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any
particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to
other Holders. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such
notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice,
either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of
such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but
such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action
taken in reliance upon such waiver.


                                       31
<PAGE>   40

      In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason
of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then
such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall
constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

      SECTION 1.07. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act. If any provision hereof
limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, that
is required under such Act to be part of and govern this Indenture, the latter
provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes
any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded,
the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified
or to be excluded, as the case may be. Until such time as this Indenture shall
be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, this Indenture, the Company, the
Guarantors and the Trustee shall be deemed for all purposes hereof to be subject
to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act to the same extent as would be the
case if this Indenture were so qualified on the date hereof.

      SECTION 1.08. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The Article and
Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and
shall not affect the construction hereof.

      SECTION 1.09. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this
Indenture by the Company or any Guarantor shall bind its successors and assigns,
whether so expressed or not.

      SECTION 1.10. Separability Clause. In case any provision in this Indenture
or in the Notes or the Senior Subordinated Guarantees shall be invalid, illegal
or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

      SECTION 1.11. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the
Notes or the Senior Subordinated Guarantees, express or implied, shall give to
any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, the
holders of Senior Debt (subject to Article 12 hereof) and the Holders of Notes,
any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this
Indenture.

      SECTION 1.12. Governing Law. This Indenture and the Notes and the Senior
Subordinated Guarantees shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York without regard to the conflicts of laws
principles thereof.

      SECTION 1.13. Legal Holidays. In any case where any Interest Payment Date,
Redemption Date, Purchase Date or Stated Maturity of any Note shall not


                                       32
<PAGE>   41

be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture
or of the Notes or any Senior Subordinated Guarantee) payment of interest or
principal (and premium, if any) need not be made on such date, but may be made
on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on
the Interest Payment Date, or Purchase Date, or at the Stated Maturity, as the
case may be, provided that no interest shall accrue for the period from and
after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Purchase Date or Stated
Maturity, as the case may be.

                                    ARTICLE 2
                  NOTE AND SENIOR SUBORDINATED GUARANTEE FORMS

      SECTION 2.01. Forms Generally; Initial Forms of Rule 144A and Regulation S
Notes. The Notes, the Senior Subordinated Guarantees and the Trustee's
certificates of authentication shall be in substantially the forms set forth in
this Article, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and
other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have
such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or
endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any
securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the
officers executing such Notes or Senior Subordinated Guarantees, as evidenced by
their execution of the Notes.

      The definitive Notes and Senior Subordinated Guarantees to be endorsed
thereon shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any
combination of these methods on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any
other manner permitted by the rules of any securities exchange on which the
Notes may be listed, all as determined by the officers executing such Notes or
Senior Subordinated Guarantees, as evidenced by their execution thereof.

      Upon their original issuance, Rule 144A Notes shall be issued in the form
of one or more Global Notes without interest coupons registered in the name of
DTC, as Depositary, or its nominee and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian
for DTC, in New York, New York, for credit by DTC to the respective accounts of
beneficial owners of the Notes represented thereby (or such other accounts as
they may direct). Such Global Notes, together with their Successor Notes which
are Global Notes other than the Regulation S Global Note are collectively herein
called the "Restricted Global Note".


                                       33
<PAGE>   42

      Upon their original issuance, Regulation S Notes (herein called the
"Regulation S Temporary Global Note") shall be issued in the form of a single
temporary Global Note without coupons registered in the name of DTC, as
Depositary, or its nominee and deposited with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust
Office, as custodian for DTC, for credit to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
York, Brussels Office, as operator of the Euroclear, and Cedel to the respective
accounts of beneficial owners of the Notes represented thereby (or such other
accounts as they may direct) in accordance with the rules thereof.

      Beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may only be
held through Euroclear and Cedel until such interests are exchanged for
corresponding interests in an unrestricted Global Note as provided in the next
sentence. A holder of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global
Note must provide written certification to Euroclear or CEDEL, as the case may
be, that the beneficial owner of the interest in such Global Note is not a U.S.
Person (an "Owner Securities Certification"), and Euroclear or CEDEL, as the
case may be, must provide to the Trustee a similar certificate in the form set
form in Annex C (a "Depositary Securities Certification"), prior to (i) the
payment of interest with respect to such holder's beneficial interest in the
Regulation S Temporary Global Note and (ii) any exchange of such beneficial
interest for a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note.

      SECTION 2.02. Form of Face of Note. [If the Note is a Restricted Note,
then insert -- THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE
REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND MAY
NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) BY THE INITIAL
INVESTOR (1) TO A PERSON WHOM THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
ACQUIRING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (4)
PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND
(B) BY SUBSEQUENT INVESTORS, AS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE, IN ADDITION, TO
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL OTHER
APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS.


                                       34
<PAGE>   43

      THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT THE
HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF
THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN THE ABOVE PARAGRAPH.

      THIS NOTE WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER UNLESS THE
REGISTRAR OR TRANSFER AGENT IS SATISFIED THAT THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET
FORTH ABOVE HAVE BEEN COMPLIED WITH, ALL AS PROVIDED IN THE INDENTURE.]

      [If the Note is a Global Note, then insert -- THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE
WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN
THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN
WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A NOTE REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR
IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN SUCH DEPOSITARY
OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE
INDENTURE.]

      [If the Note is a Global Note and The Depository Trust Company is to be
the Depositary therefor, then insert -- UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK
CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO.
OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC
(AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED
BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE
HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE
REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

      [If the Note is a Regulation S Note, then insert -- THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 , AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES
ACT"), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR
FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON, UNLESS THIS NOTE IS


                                       35
<PAGE>   44

REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS THEREOF IS AVAILABLE.]

      [If the Note is a Regulation S Temporary Global Note, then insert -- THIS
NOTE IS A REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE
REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER. INTERESTS IN THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE
MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD TO A U.S. PERSON PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE
RESTRICTED PERIOD (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE) EXCEPT IN CERTAIN LIMITED
CIRCUMSTANCES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE.]

                               R.H. DONNELLEY INC.
                    9 1/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008

                     GUARANTEED AS TO PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL,
                   PREMIUM, IF ANY, AND INTEREST BY THE DUN &
                             BRADSTREET CORPORATION

[If Restricted Global Note - CUSIP No. 74956EAA6]
[If Regulation S Temporary Global Note - CUSIP No. [U76226AA4]
[If Regulation S Global Note - ISIN No. [USU76226AA41]

No. __________                                                       $__________

      R.H. Donnelley Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the
laws of Delaware (herein called the "Company", which term includes any successor
Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby
promises to pay to ________________, or registered assigns, the principal sum of
______________ Dollars (such amount the "principal amount" of this Note) [if the
Note is a Global Note, then insert -- , or such other principal amount (which,
when taken together with the principal amounts of all other Outstanding Notes,
shall not exceed $150,000,000 in the aggregate at any time) as may be set forth
in the records of the Trustee hereinafter referred to in accordance with the
Indenture,] on June 1, 2008 and to pay interest thereon from June 5, 1998, or
from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or
duly provided for, semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 in each year,
commencing December 1, 1998, at the rate of 9 1/8% per annum, until the
principal hereof is paid or made available for payment; provided that, if any
Registration Default occurs under the Exchange and Registration Rights
Agreement, then the per annum interest rate on the Notes will increase for the
period from the occurrence of the Registration Default until such time as no
Registration Default is in effect (at which time the interest rate will be
reduced to its initial rate) at a


                                       36
<PAGE>   45

per annum rate of 0.25% for the first 90-day period following the occurrence of
such Registration Default, and by an additional 0.25% during each subsequent 90-
day period thereafter (up to a maximum of 1.0%), and provided, further, that any
amount of interest on this Note which is overdue shall bear interest (to the
extent that payment thereof shall be legally enforceable) at the rate per annum
then borne by this Note from the date such amount is due to the day it is paid
or made available for payment, and such overdue interest shall be payable on
demand.

      The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any
Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person
in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the
close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be
the April 15 or November 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be,
next preceding such Interest Payment Date [if the Note is an Original Note, then
insert --, provided that any accrued and unpaid interest (including Special
Interest Payments) on this Note upon the issuance of an Exchange Note in
exchange for this Note shall cease to be payable to the Holder hereof and shall
be payable on the next Interest Payment Date for such Exchange Note to the
Holder thereof on the related Regular Record Date]. Any such interest not so
punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the
Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person
in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the
close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted
Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of
Notes not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any
time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any
securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as
may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.
Interest on this Note shall be computed on the basis set forth in the Indenture.

      Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and any such interest on
this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of
Manhattan, The City of New York, New York, maintained for such purpose and at
any other office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose, in such
coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is
legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that at
the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the
address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Note
Register; provided further that all payments of the principal (and premium, if
any) and interest on Notes, the Holders of which have given wire transfer
instructions to the Company or its agent at least 10 Business Days prior to the
applicable payment date will be required to be made by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to the accounts specified by such Holders in such
instructions.


                                       37
<PAGE>   46

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final payment of principal shall be payable
only upon surrender of this Note to the Paying Agent.

      Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth
on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the
same effect as if set forth at this place.

      Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the
Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall
not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for
any purpose.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly
executed under its corporate seal.

                                    R.H. DONNELLEY INC.

[SEAL]


By:
    ----------------------------

Attest:


- --------------------------------

      SECTION 2.03. Form of Reverse of Note. This Note is one of a duly
authorized issue of Notes of the Company designated as its 9 1/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due June 1, 2008 (herein called the "Notes"), limited in
aggregate principal amount to $150,000,000, issued and to be issued under an
Indenture, dated as of June 5, 1998 (herein called the "Indenture", which term
shall have the meaning assigned to it in such instrument), among the Company,
the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (herein called
the "Trustee", which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture),
to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby
made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and
immunities thereunder of the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the
Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes with the Senior


                                       38
<PAGE>   47

Subordinated Guarantees endorsed thereon, are, and are to be, authenticated and
delivered.

      The Notes will be subject to redemption, at the option of the Company, in
whole or in part, at any time on or after June 1, 2003 and prior to maturity,
upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice mailed to each Holder of
Notes to be redeemed at such Holder's address appearing in the Note Register, in
amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, at the following Redemption
Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) plus accrued interest
to but excluding the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record
on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest
Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date), if redeemed during the
12-month period beginning June 1 of the years indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Redemption
      Year                                            Price
      ----                                            -----
      <S>                                           <C>     
      2003.......................................   104.563%
      2004.......................................   103.042%
      2005.......................................   101.521%
      2006 and thereafter........................
</TABLE>

      In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2001 in the event the Parent
Company or the Company receives net cash proceeds from the sale of its Common
Stock or the Common Stock of the Parent Company in one or more Equity Offerings,
the Company (to the extent it receives such proceeds and has not used such
proceeds directly or indirectly, to redeem or repurchase other securities
pursuant to optional redemption provisions) may, at its option, use all or a
portion of any such net proceeds to redeem Notes in an aggregate principal
amount of up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes,
provided, however, that Notes having a principal amount equal to at least 65% of
the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes remain outstanding after
such redemption. Such redemption must occur on a Redemption Date within 120 days
of such sale and upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice mailed to
each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder's address appearing in the
Note Register, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, at a
redemption price of 109.125% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued
interest to but excluding the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders
of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on an
Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date).


                                       39
<PAGE>   48

      If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select,
in such manner as it shall deem fair and appropriate, the particular Notes to be
redeemed or any portion thereof that is an integral multiple of $1,000.

      The Notes do not have the benefit of any sinking fund obligations.

      The Indenture provides that, subject to certain conditions, if (i) certain
Net Available Proceeds are available to the Company as a result of Asset
Dispositions or (ii) a Change of Control occurs, the Company shall be required
to make an Offer to Purchase for all or a specified portion of the Notes.

      In the event of redemption or purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase of
this Note in part only, a new Note or Notes of like tenor for the unredeemed or
unpurchased portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon
the cancellation hereof.

      If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of all
the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect
provided in the Indenture.

      The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of (i) the
entire indebtedness of this Note having been paid or discharged or (ii) certain
restrictive covenants and Events of Default with respect to this Note having
occurred, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth
therein.

      As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein
set forth, the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and this Note are
unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally on a senior subordinated
basis, pursuant to Senior Subordinated Guarantees endorsed hereon as provided in
the Indenture. Each Holder, by holding this Note, agrees to all of the terms and
provisions of said Senior Subordinated Guarantees. The Indenture provides that a
Guarantor shall be released from its Senior Subordinated Guarantee upon
compliance with certain conditions.

      The Notes and the Senior Subordinated Guarantees shall be subordinated in
right of payment to Senior Debt of the Company and the Guarantors, respectively,
as provided in the Indenture.

      The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Company and the Guarantors and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the
Indenture at any time by the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
at


                                       40
<PAGE>   49

the time Outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time
Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by
the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults
under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the
Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon
all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of
transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not
notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

      As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder
of this Note shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect
to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any
other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given to the
Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the
Notes, the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes at the time Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to
institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered
the Trustee reasonable indemnity and the Trustee shall not have received from
the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes at the time
Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to
institute any such proceeding for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request
and offer of indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to certain suits described
in the Indenture, including any suit instituted by the Holder of this Note for
the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or any premium (if any) or
interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein (or, in
the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date or, in the case of any
purchase of this Note required to be made pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, on
the Purchase Date).

      No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of
the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency,
herein prescribed.

      As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein
set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the Note Register, upon
surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of
the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, duly endorsed by,
or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Company and the Note Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his
attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes, of


                                       41
<PAGE>   50

authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be
issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

      The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $1,000 principal amount and any integral multiple thereof. As
provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth,
Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of a
different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the
same.

      No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or
exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

      Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the
Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and any agent of the Company, the
Guarantors or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is
registered as the owner hereof for all purposes (subject to the provisions
hereof with respect to determination of the Person to whom interest is payable),
whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor
any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

      Interest on this Note shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
twelve 30-month days.

      All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have
the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

      The Indenture, this Note and the Senior Subordinated Guarantees shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York
without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.


                                       42
<PAGE>   51

                       OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

      If you want to elect to have this Note purchased in its entirety by the
Company pursuant to Section 10.14 or 10.16 of the Indenture, check the box:

                                       |_|

      If you want to elect to have only a part of this Note purchased by the
Company pursuant to Section 10.14 or 10.16 of the Indenture, state the principal
amount of this Note you want to elect to have so purchased by the Company:
$______________


Dated:                  Your Signature:
      --------------                   -----------------------------------------
                                          (Sign exactly as name
                                          appears on the other side of
                                          this Note)


Signature Guarantee:
                        --------------------------------------------------------
                        Notice: Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an "eligible
                        guarantor institution" meeting the requirements of the
                        Trustee, which requirements will include membership or
                        participation in STAMP or such other "signature
                        guarantee program" as may be determined by the Trustee
                        in addition to, or in substitution for STAMP, all in
                        accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
                        amended.

      SECTION 2.04. Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication. This is one
of the Notes with the Senior Subordinated Guarantees referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture.


                                    --------------------------------
                                              as Trustee

                                    By: 
                                        ----------------------------
                                        Authorized Signatory

Dated:
      ----------------


                                       43
<PAGE>   52

      SECTION 2.05. Form of Senior Subordinated Guarantee.

      SENIOR SUBORDINATED GUARANTEE

      For value received, each of the Guarantors named (or deemed herein to be
named) below hereby jointly and severally unconditionally guarantees, on a
senior subordinated basis to the Holder of the Note upon which this Senior
Subordinated Guarantee is endorsed, and to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder,
the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest on such Note when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether
at the Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or
otherwise, according to the terms thereof and of the Indenture referred to
therein. In case of the failure of the Company punctually to make any such
payment, each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agrees to cause
such payment to be made punctually when and as the same shall become due and
payable, whether at the Stated Maturity or by acceleration, call for redemption,
purchase or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the Company.

      The Senior Subordinated Guarantee of each Guarantor shall be subordinated
in right of payment to the Senior Debt of such Guarantor as provided in the
Indenture.

      Each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agrees that its
obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity,
regularity or enforceability of such Note or the Indenture, the absence of any
action to enforce the same, any creation, exchange, release or non-perfection of
any Lien on any collateral for, or any release or amendment or waiver of any
term of any other Guarantee of, or any consent to departure from any requirement
of any other Guarantee of, all or of any of the Securities, the election by the
Trustee or any of the Holders in any proceeding under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code,
any borrowing or grant of a security interest by the Company, as
debtor-in-possession, under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code, the
disallowance, under Section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, of all or any portion of
the claims of the Trustee or any of the Holders for payment of any of the Notes,
any waiver or consent by the Holder of such Note or by the Trustee or either of
them with respect to any provisions thereof or of the Indenture, the obtaining
of any judgment against the Company or any action to enforce the same or any
other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable
discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each of the Guarantors hereby waives the
benefits of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, any requirement that the
Trustee or any of the Holders protect, secure, perfect or insure any security
interest in or other Lien on any property subject thereto or exhaust any right
or take any action against the Company or any other


                                       44
<PAGE>   53

Person or any collateral, filing of claims with a court in the event of
insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first
against the Company, protest or notice with respect to such Note or the
indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that
this Senior Subordinated Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete
performance of the obligations contained in such Note and in this Senior
Subordinated Guarantee. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that, in the event
of a default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest on such
Note, whether at their Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption,
purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on
behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions
set forth in the Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce
this Senior Subordinated Guarantee without first proceeding against the Company.
Each Guarantor agrees that if, after the occurrence and during the continuance
of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by
applicable law from exercising their respective rights to accelerate the
maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or
exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, such Guarantor
agrees to pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand
therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such
rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the
Holders.

      No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Senior
Subordinated Guarantee or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the Senior
Subordinated Guarantee of any Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, of
the due and punctual payment of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest
on the Note upon which this Senior Subordinated Guarantee is endorsed.

      Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holder of such
Note against the Company in respect of any amounts paid by such Guarantor on
account of such Note pursuant to the provisions of its Senior Subordinated
Guarantee or the Indenture; provided, however, that such Guarantor shall not be
entitled to enforce or to receive any payments arising out of, or based upon,
such right of subrogation until the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest on this Note and all other Notes issued under the Indenture shall have
been paid in full.

      This Senior Subordinated Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect
and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the
Company for liquidation or reorganization, should the Company become insolvent
or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or
trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company's assets,
and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or
be


                                       45
<PAGE>   54

reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the
Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must
otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes, whether as a
"voidable preference," "fraudulent transfer" or otherwise, all as though such
payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any
part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to
the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by
such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

      The Guarantor shall have the right to seek contribution from any
non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the
rights of the Holders under this Senior Subordinated Guarantee.

      The Guarantors or any particular Guarantor shall be released from this
Senior Subordinated Guarantee upon the terms and subject to certain conditions
provided in the Indenture.

      By delivery of a supplemental indenture to the Trustee in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture, each Person that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor
after the date of the Indenture will be deemed to have executed and delivered
this Subsidiary Guarantee for the benefit of the Holder of the Note upon which
this Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, with the same effect as if such
Subsidiary Guarantor was named below and had executed and delivered this
Subsidiary Guarantee.

      All terms used in this Senior Subordinated Guarantee which are defined in
the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this Senior Subordinated
Guarantee is endorsed shall have the meanings assigned to them in such
Indenture.

      This Senior Subordinated Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for
any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this
Senior Subordinated Guarantee is endorsed shall have been executed by the
Trustee under the Indenture by manual signature.

      Reference is made to Article 13 of the Indenture for further provisions
with respect to this Senior Subordinated Guarantee.

      THIS SENIOR SUBORDINATED GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.


                                       46
<PAGE>   55

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Guarantors has caused this Senior
Subordinated Guarantee to be duly executed.

                                    The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation,
                                    As Guarantor


                                    By:
                                        ----------------------------------
                                        [Officer]

Attest:


- ------------------------------
         [Secretary]
    [Assistant Secretary]

                                    ARTICLE 3
                                    THE NOTES

      SECTION 3.01. Title and Terms. The aggregate principal amount of Notes
which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is limited to
$150,000,000 except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of
transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section
3.04, 3.05, 3.05, 9.06 or 11.08 or in connection with an Offer to Purchase
pursuant to Sections 10.14 and 10.16.

      The Notes shall be known and designated as the "___% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2008" of the Company. Their Stated Maturity shall be _________, 2008
and they shall bear interest at the rate of ___% per annum, from _________, 1998
or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or
duly provided for, as the case may be, payable semi-annually on _____________
and __________, commencing _______________, 1998, until the principal thereof is
paid or made available for payment provided, if any Registration Default occurs
under the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, then the per annum
interest rate on the applicable will increase for the period from the occurrence
of the Registration Default Period until such time as no Registration Default is
in effect (at which time the interest rate will be reduced


                                       47
<PAGE>   56

to its initial rate) by a per annum rate of 0.25% for the first 90-day period
following the occurrence of such Registration Default, and by an additional
0.25% during each subsequent 90-day period thereafter (up to a maximum of 1.0%).

      The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be
payable at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The
City of New York maintained for such purpose and at any other office or agency
maintained by the Company for such purpose; provided, however, that at the
option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the
address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Note
Register.

      The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Company pursuant to an
Offer to Purchase as provided in Sections 10.14 and 10.16.

      The Notes shall be redeemable as provided in Article 11.

      The Notes shall be Guaranteed by the Guarantors as provided in Article 12.

      The Notes and the Senior Subordinated Guarantees shall be subordinated in
right of payment to Senior Debt of the Company and each of the Guarantors
respectively, as provided in Article 13.

      The Notes shall be subject to defeasance at the option of the Company as
provided in Article 14.

      Unless the context otherwise requires, the Original Notes and the Exchange
Notes shall constitute one series for all purposes under the Indenture,
including with respect to any amendment, waiver, acceleration or other Act of
Holders, redemption or Offer to Purchase.

      SECTION 3.02. Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable only in regis
tered form without coupons and only in denominations of $1000 and integral
multiples thereof.

      SECTION 3.03. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating. The Notes
shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its
President or one of its Vice Presidents, thereon attested by its Secretary or
one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the
Notes may be manual or facsimile.


                                       48
<PAGE>   57

      Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were
at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwith
standing that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices
prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such
offices at the date of such Notes.

      At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this
Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company and having
endorsed (by attachment or imprint) thereon the Senior Subordinated Guarantees
executed as provided in Article 12 by the Guarantors to the Trustee for
authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and
delivery of such Notes with such Senior Subordinated Guarantees endorsed
thereon; and the Trustee in accordance with such Company Order shall
authenticate and make available for delivery such Notes with such Senior
Subordinated Guarantees endorsed thereon as in this Indenture provided and not
otherwise.

      At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this
Indenture and after the effectiveness of a registration statement under the
Securities Act with respect thereto, the Company may deliver Exchange Notes
executed by the Company, and having endorsed thereon the Senior Subordinated
Guarantees executed under Article 12 by the Guarantors, to the Trustee for
authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and
delivery of such Exchange Notes and a like principal amount of Original Notes
for cancellation in accordance with Section Twelve of this Indenture, and the
Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and make
available for delivery such Notes, with the Senior Subordinated Guarantees
endorsed thereon. Prior to authenticating such Exchange Notes, and accepting any
additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Notes, the
Trustee shall be entitled to receive, if requested, and (subject to Section
6.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating in
substance.

      (a) that all conditions hereunder precedent to the authentication and
delivery of such Exchange Notes with the Senior Subordinated Guarantees of the
Guarantors endorsed thereon have been complied with and that such Exchange Notes
and the Senior Subordinated Guarantees of the Guarantors endorsed thereon, when
such Notes have been duly authenticated and delivered by the Trustee (and
subject to any other conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel), have been
duly issued and delivered and will constitute valid and legally binding
obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, enforceable in
accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent
transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability
relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles; and


                                       49
<PAGE>   58

      (b) that the issuance of the Exchange Notes in exchange for Original Notes
has been effected in compliance with the Securities Act.

      Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

      No Note or Senior Subordinated Guarantee endorsed thereon shall be
entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any
purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication
substan tially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual
signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and
the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered
hereunder and that each Senior Subordinated Guarantee endorsed thereon has been
duly endorsed thereon and delivered hereunder.

      SECTION 3.04. Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of definitive Notes
and Senior Subordinated Guarantees, the Company may execute, and upon Company
Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes with temporary
Senior Subordinated Guarantees endorsed thereon, which Notes and Senior
Subordinated Guarantees are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or
otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, sub stantially of the tenor
of the definitive Notes and Senior Subordinated Guarantees, respectively, in
lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions,
substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Notes and
Senior Subordinated Guarantees may determine, as evidenced by their execution
thereof.If temporary Notes are issued, the Company will cause definitive Notes
and Senior Subordinated Guarantees to be prepared without unreasonable delay.
After the preparation of definitive Notes and Senior Subordinated Guarantees,
the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes with definitive
Senior Subordinated Guarantees endorsed thereon, upon surrender of the temporary
Notes at any office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section
10.02, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one
or more temporary Notes the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor a like
principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations having endorsed
thereon definitive Senior Subordinated Guarantees executed by the Guarantors.
Until so exchanged the temporary Notes and Senior Subordinated Guarantees shall
in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as
definitive Notes and Senior Subordinated Guarantees, respectively.

      SECTION 3.05. Global Notes. (a) Each Global Note authenticated under this
Indenture shall be registered in the name of the Depositary designated by the


                                       50
<PAGE>   59

Company for such Global Note or a nominee thereof and delivered to such
Depositary or a nominee thereof or custodian therefor, and each such Global Note
shall constitute a single Note for all purposes of this Indenture.

      (b) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no Global Note
may be exchanged in whole or in part for Notes registered, and no transfer of a
Global Note in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any Person
other than the Depositary for such Global Note or a nominee thereof unless (i)
such Depositary (A) has notified the Company that it is unwilling or unable to
continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (B) has ceased to be a clearing
agency registered as such under the Exchange Act, and in either case the Company
fails to appoint a successor Depositary, (ii) the Company executes and delivers
to the Trustee a Company Order stating that it elects to cause the issuance of
the Notes in certificated form and that all Global Notes shall be exchanged in
whole for Securities that are not Global Notes (in which case such exchange
shall be effected by the Trustee) or (iii) there shall have occurred and be
continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Note.

      (c) If any Global Note is to be exchanged for other Notes or cancelled in
whole, it shall be surrendered by or on behalf of the Depositary or its nominee
to the Trustee, as Security Registrar, for exchange or cancellation as provided
in this Article 3. If any Global Note is to be exchanged for other Notes or
cancelled in part, or if another Note is to be exchanged in whole or in part for
a beneficial interest in any Global Note, then either (i) such Global Note shall
be so surrendered for exchange or cancellation as provided in this Article 3 or
(ii) the principal amount thereof shall be reduced or increased by an amount
equal to the portion thereof to be so exchanged or cancelled, or equal to the
principal amount of such other Note to be so exchanged for a beneficial interest
therein, as the case may be, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the
records of the Trustee, as Security Registrar, whereupon the Trustee, in
accordance with the Applicable Procedures, shall instruct the Depositary or its
authorized representative to make a corresponding adjustment to its records.
Upon any such surrender or adjustment of a Global Note, the Trustee shall,
subject to Section 3.06(c) and as otherwise provided in this Article 3,
authenticate and deliver any Notes issuable in exchange for such Global Note (or
any portion thereof) to or upon the order of, and registered in such names as
may be directed by, the Depositary or its authorized representative. Upon the
request of the Trustee in connection with the occurrence of any of the events
specified in the preceding paragraph, the Company shall promptly make available
to the Trustee a rea sonable supply of Notes that are not in the form of Global
Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon any order, direction or
request of the Depositary or its authorized representative which is given or
made pursuant to this Article 3 if


                                       51
<PAGE>   60

such order, direction or request is given or made in accordance with the
Applicable Procedures.

      (d) Every Note authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer
of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof,
whether pursuant to this Article 3 or otherwise, shall be authenticated and
delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, unless such Note is
registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary for such Global
Note or a nominee thereof.

      (e) The Depositary or its nominee, as registered owner of a Global Note,
shall be the Holder of such Global Note for all purposes under the Indenture,
the Notes and the Senior Subordinated Guarantees, and owners of beneficial
interests in a Global Note shall hold such interests pursuant to the Applicable
Procedures. Accordingly, any such owner's beneficial interest in a Global Note
will be shown only on, and the transfer of such interest shall be effected only
through, records maintained by the Depositary or its nominee or its Agent
Members.

      SECTION 3.06. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange;
Securities Act Legends. (a) Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange
Generally. The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of
the Trustee a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other
office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 10.02 being
herein sometimes collectively referred to as the "Security Register") in which,
subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall
provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers and exchanges of Notes.
The Trustee is hereby appointed "Security Registrar" for the purpose of
registering Notes and transfers and exchanges of Notes as herein provided. Such
Security Register shall distinguish between Original Notes and Exchange Notes.

      Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at an office or
agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 10.02 for such purpose, the
Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the
name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any
authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount and bearing such
restrictive legends as may be required by this Indenture, each such new Note
having endorsed thereon the Senior Subordinated Guarantee executed by each
Guarantor.

      At the option of the Holder, and subject to the other provisions of this
Section 3.06, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized
denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount and bearing such restrictive
legends as may be required by this Indenture, each such new Note having endorsed
thereon the Senior Subordinated Guarantee executed by each Guarantor,


                                       52
<PAGE>   61

upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at any such office or agency.
Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute,
and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, the Notes
which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

      All Notes and the Senior Subordinated Guarantees endorsed thereon issued
upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid
obligations of the Company and the respective Guarantors, evidencing the same
debt, and (except for the differences between Original Notes and Exchange Notes
provided for herein) entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the
Notes and Senior Subordinated Guarantees endorsed thereon, respectively,
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

      Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for
exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Security Registrar) be duly
endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Company and the Note Registrar duly executed, by the Holder
thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

      No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection
with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges
pursuant to Sections 3.03, 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 9.06, 10.16, 3.03 or 11.09 [Please
note - this wasn't cross-ref'd because there is no 11.09] not involving any
transfer.

      The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of,
or exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15
days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes selected
for redemption under Section 11.05 and ending at the close of business on the
day of such mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note so
selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of
any Note being redeemed in part.

      (b) Certain Transfers and Exchanges. Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Indenture or the Notes, transfers and exchanges of Notes and beneficial
interests in a Global Note of the kinds specified in this Section 3.06(b) shall
be made only in accordance with this Section 3.06(b).

      (i) Restricted Global Note to Regulation S Temporary Global Note or
      Regulation S Global Note. If the owner of a beneficial interest in the
      Restricted Global Note wishes at any time to transfer such interest to a


                                       53
<PAGE>   62

      Person who wishes to acquire the same in the form of a beneficial interest
      in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (if before the expiration of the
      Restricted Period) or in the Regulation S Global Note (if thereafter),
      such transfer may be effected only in accordance with the provisions of
      this Clause (b)(i) subject to the Applicable Procedures. Upon receipt by
      the Trustee, as Security Registrar, of (A) an order given by the
      Depositary or its authorized representative directing that a beneficial
      interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S
      Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Global Note (as applicable) in a
      specified principal amount be credited to a specified Agent Member's
      account and that a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note in an
      equal principal amount be debited from another specified Agent Member's
      account and (B) a Regulation S Certificate, satisfactory to the Trustee
      and duly executed by the owner of such beneficial interest in the
      Restricted Global Note or his attorney duly authorized in writing, then
      the Trustee, as Security Registrar but subject to Clause (b)(iv) below,
      shall reduce the principal amount of the Restricted Global Note and
      increase the principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or
      Regulation S Global Note (as applicable) by such specified principal
      amount as provided in Section 3.05(c).

      (ii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Restricted Global Note. If the
      owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note
      wishes at any time to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to
      acquire the same in the form of a beneficial interest in the Restricted
      Global Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with this
      Clause (b)(ii) and subject to the Applicable Procedures. Upon receipt by
      the Trustee, as Security Registrar, of (A) an order given by the
      Depositary or its authorized representative directing that a beneficial
      interest in the Restricted Global Note in a specified principal amount be
      credited to a specified Agent Member's account and that a beneficial
      interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note in an equal principal
      amount be debited from another specified Agent Member's account and (B) a
      Restricted Notes Certificate, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly
      executed by the owner of such beneficial interest in the Regulation S
      Temporary Global Note or his attorney duly authorized in writing, then the
      Trustee, as Security Registrar, shall reduce the principal amount of the
      Regulation S Temporary Global Note and increase the principal amount of
      the Restricted Global Note by such specified principal amount as provided
      in Section 3.05(c).

      (iii) Exchanges between Global Note and Non-Global Note. A beneficial
      interest in a Global Note may be exchanged for a Note that is


                                       54
<PAGE>   63

      not a Global Note as provided in Section 3.05, provided that, if such
      interest is a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note, or if
      such interest is a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary
      Global Note, then such interest shall be exchanged for a Restricted Note
      (subject in each case to Section 3.06(c)).

      (iv) Regulation S Temporary Global Note to be Held Through Euroclear or
      Cedel during Restricted Period. The Company shall use its best efforts to
      cause the Depositary to ensure that beneficial interests in the Regulation
      S Temporary Global Note may be held only in or through accounts maintained
      at the Depositary by Euroclear or Cedel (or by Agent Members acting for
      the account thereof), and no person shall be entitled to effect any
      transfer or exchange that would result in any such interest being held
      otherwise than in or through such an account; provided that this Clause
      (b)(iv) shall not prohibit any transfer or exchange of such an interest in
      accordance with Clause (b)(ii) above.

      (c) Securities Act Legends. Rule 144A Notes and their respective Successor
Notes shall bear a Restricted Notes Legend, and Regulation S Notes and their
Successor Notes shall bear a Regulation S Legend, subject to the following:

      (i) subject to the following Clauses of this Section 3.06(c), a Note or
      any portion thereof which is exchanged, upon transfer or otherwise, for a
      Global Note or any portion thereof shall bear the Securities Act Legend
      borne by such Global Note while represented thereby;

      (ii) subject to the following Clauses of this Section 3.06(c), a new Note
      which is not a Global Note and is issued in exchange for another Note
      (including a Global Note) or any portion thereof, upon transfer or
      otherwise, shall bear the Securities Act Legend borne by such other Note,
      provided that, if such new Note is required pursuant to Section
      3.06(b)(iii) to be issued in the form of a Restricted Note, it shall bear
      a Restricted Notes Legend and, if such new Note is so required to be
      issued in the form of a Regulation S Note, it shall bear a Regulation S
      Legend;

      (iii) Exchange Notes shall not bear a Securities Act Legend;

      (iv) at any time after the Notes may be freely transferred without
      registration under the Securities Act or without being subject to transfer
      restrictions pursuant to the Securities Act, a new Note which does not
      bear a Securities Act Legend may be issued in exchange for or in lieu of a
      Note


                                       55
<PAGE>   64

      (other than a Global Note) or any portion thereof which bears such a
      legend if the Trustee has received an Unrestricted Notes Certificate,
      satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the Holder of such
      legended Note or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and after such
      date and receipt of such certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate and
      deliver such a new Note in exchange for or in lieu of such other Note as
      provided in this Article 3;

      (v) a new Note which does not bear a Securities Act Legend may be issued
      in exchange for or in lieu of a Note (other than a Global Note) or any
      portion thereof which bears such a legend if, in the Company's judgment,
      placing such a legend upon such new Note is not necessary to ensure
      compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and
      the Trustee, at the direction of the Company, shall authenticate and
      deliver such a new Note as provided in this Article 3; and

      (vi) notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.06(c), a
      Successor Note of a Note that does not bear a particular form of
      Securities Act Legend shall not bear such form of legend unless the
      Company has reasonable cause to believe that such Successor Note is a
      "restricted security" within the meaning of Rule 144, in which case the
      Trustee, at the direction of the Company, shall authenticate and deliver a
      new Note bearing a Restricted Notes Legend in exchange for such Successor
      Note as provided in this Article 3.

      SECTION 3.07. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes. If any
mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Company shall execute and the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Note of like
tenor and principal amount, having endorsed thereon the Senior Subordinated
Guarantees extended by the Guarantors and bearing a number not contemporaneously
outstanding.

      If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to
their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note and (ii) such
security or indemnity as may be required by either of them to save each of them,
each Guarantor, and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence
of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a
bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its request the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen
Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, having endorsed thereon the
Senior Subordinated Guarantees extended by the Guarantors and bearing a number
not contemporaneously outstanding.


                                       56
<PAGE>   65

      In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or
is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead
of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

      Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section, the Company may
require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including
the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

      Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed,
lost or stolen Note and each Senior Subordinated Guarantee endorsed thereon
shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company,
whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time
enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this
Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes and Senior
Subordinated Guarantees, respectively duly issued hereunder.

      The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the
extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

      SECTION 3.08. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved. Interest on
any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any
Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Note (or
one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the
Regular Record Date for such interest.

      Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not punctually paid or
duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called "Defaulted
Interest") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant
Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted
Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided
in Clause (1) or (2) below:

      (1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the
      Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes)
      are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the
      payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following
      manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of
      Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the
      proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the
      Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be
      paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest


                                       57
<PAGE>   66

      or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit
      prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be
      held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted
      Interest as in this Clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a
      Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall
      be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of
      the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the
      Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly
      notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the
      expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such
      Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed,
      first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder at his address as it appears
      in the Note Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record
      Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the
      Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted
      Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their
      respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on
      such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the
      following Clause (2).

      (2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other
      lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities
      exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be
      required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the
      Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Clause, such manner of
      payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

      Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note delivered
under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in
lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid,
and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

      SECTION 3.09. Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to due presentment of a Note
for registration of transfer, the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and any
agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Note
is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of
principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 3.08) interest on
such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be
overdue, and neither the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee nor any agent of
the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the
contrary.


                                       58
<PAGE>   67

      None of the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the
Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records
relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a
Note in global form, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records
relating to such beneficial ownership interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
with respect to any Note in global form, nothing herein shall prevent the
Company or the Trustee, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving
effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by
any Depositary (or its nominee), as a Holder, with respect to such Note in
global form or impair, as between such Depositary and owners of beneficial
interests in such Note in global form, the operation of customary practices
governing the exercise of the rights of such Depositary (or its nominee) as
Holder of such Note in global form.

      SECTION 3.10. Cancellation. All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption,
registration of transfer or exchange or any Offer to Purchase pursuant to
Section 10.14 or 10.16 shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the
Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and, together with the Senior Subordinated
Guarantees endorsed thereon, shall be promptly canceled by it. The Company may
at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously
authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any
manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall, together with the Senior
Subordinated Guarantees endorsed thereon, be promptly canceled by the Trustee.
No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes canceled
as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture.
All canceled Notes held by the Trustee, together with the Senior Subordinated
Guarantees endorsed thereon, shall be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance
with its customary procedures.

      SECTION 3.11. Computation of Interest. Interest on the Notes shall be
computed on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30-day months.

      SECTION 3.12. Cusip Numbers. The Company in issuing the Securities may use
"CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use
"CUSIP" numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided
that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the
correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained
in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall
not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will
promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the "CUSIP" numbers.


                                       59
<PAGE>   68

                                    ARTICLE 4
                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

      SECTION 4.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture
shall cease to be of further effect (except as to (i) rights of registration of
transfer and exchange and the Company's right of optional redemption, (ii)
substitution of apparently mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes,
(iii) rights of Holders to receive payment of principal and interest on the
Notes, (iv) rights, obligations and immunities of the Trustee under the
Indenture and (v) rights of the Holders of the Notes as beneficiaries of the
Indenture with respect to any property deposited with the Trustee payable to all
or any of them), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the
Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture (including, but not limited to, Article 12 hereof),
when

      (1) either

                  (A) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other
            than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which
            have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.07 and (ii)
            Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in
            trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter
            repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in
            Section 10.03) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;
            or

                  (B) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee
            for cancellation

                        (i) have become due and payable, or

                        (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated
                  Maturity within one year, or

                        (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year
                  under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving
                  of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the
                  expense, of the Company,

            and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has
            deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds
            in trust for the purpose an


                                       60
<PAGE>   69

            amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on
            such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
            cancellation, for prin cipal (and premium, if any) and interest to
            the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes which have become due
            and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the
            case may be;

      (2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable
      hereunder by the Company and the Guarantors; and

      (3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and
      an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein
      provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture
      have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to
this Article 4.01, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section
6.07 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
subclause (B) of Clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee
under Section 4.02 and the last paragraph of Section 10.03 shall survive.

      SECTION 4.02. Application of Trust Money. Subject to the provisions of the
last paragraph of Section 10.03, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant
to Section 4.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the
provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or
through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent)
as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal
(and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been
deposited with the Trustee but such money need not be separated from other funds
except to the extent required by law.

                                    ARTICLE 5
                                    REMEDIES

      SECTION 5.01. Events of Default. "Event of Default", wherever used herein,
means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of
Default and whether it shall be occasioned by the provisions of Article 13 or be
voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or


                                       61
<PAGE>   70

pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or
regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

      (1) failure to pay the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at
      its Maturity; or

      (2) failure to pay any interest upon any Note when it becomes due and
      payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or

      (3) default, on the applicable Purchase Date, in the purchase of Notes
      required to be purchased by the Company pursuant to an Offer to Purchase
      as described in Section 10.14 herein and Section 10.16 herein when due and
      payable; or

      (4) failure to perform or comply with the provisions of Section 8.01; or

      (5) failure to perform any other covenant or agreement of the Company in
      this Indenture or Notes (other than a covenant or warranty a default in
      whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section
      specifically dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a
      period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified
      mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by
      the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes a
      written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be
      remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder;
      or

      (6) default under the terms of any instrument evidencing or securing Debt
      for money borrowed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having an
      outstanding principal amount of $5.0 million individually or in the
      aggregate which default results in the acceleration of the payment of such
      indebtedness or constitutes the failure to pay such indebtedness when due;
      or

      (7) a final judgment or judgments (not subject to appeal) for the payment
      of money are entered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
      the Company in an amount in excess of $5.0 million by a court or courts of
      competent jurisdiction, which judgments remain undischarged or unstayed
      for a period of 60 days after the right to appeal all such judgments has
      expired; or


                                       62
<PAGE>   71

      (8) the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of (A) a
      decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any Restricted
      Subsidiary of the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding under any
      applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
      other similar law or (B) a decree or order adjudging the Company or any
      such Restricted Subsidiary a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as
      properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment
      or composition of or in respect of the Company or any such Restricted
      Subsidiary under any applicable Federal or State law, or appointing a
      custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other
      similar official of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary of any
      substantial part of the property of the Company or any such Restricted
      Subsidiary, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of
      the Company or any such Subsidiary, and the continuance of any such decree
      or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in
      effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

      (9) the commencement by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
      Company of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable Federal or
      State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or of
      any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or
      the consent by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary to the entry
      of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any
      Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding
      under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency,
      reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any
      bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against the Company or any
      Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or the filing by the Company or any
      such Restricted Subsidiary of a petition or answer or consent seeking
      reorganization or relief under any applicable Federal or State law, or the
      consent by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary to the filing of
      such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a
      custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or
      similar official of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
      Company of any substantial part of the property of the Company or any
      Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or the making by the Company or any
      Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of an assignment for the benefit of
      creditors, or the admission by the Company or any such Restricted Subsid
      iary in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become
      due, or the taking of corporate action by the Company or any such
      Restricted Subsidiary in furtherance of any such action.


                                       63
<PAGE>   72

      SECTION 5.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. If an
Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01(8) or
(9)) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the
Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding
Notes may declare all of the Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a
notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and
upon any such declaration such principal and any accrued interest, if any, shall
become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Section
5.01(8) or (9) occurs, the principal and any accrued interest on the Notes then
Outstanding shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any
declaration or other Act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

      At any time after such a declaration of acceleration has been made and
before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by
the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by written notice to the
Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its
consequences if

      (i) the Company or any of the Guarantors has paid or deposited with the
      Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

                  (A) all overdue interest on all Notes,

                  (B) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Notes which
            have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration
            (including any Notes required to have been purchased on the Purchase
            Date pursuant to an Offer to Purchase made by the Company) and, to
            the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest thereon
            at the rate provided by the Notes,

                  (C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful,
            interest upon overdue interest at the rate provided by the Notes,
            and

                  (D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the
            reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
            Trustee, its agents and counsel;

      and


                                       64
<PAGE>   73

      (ii) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the principal of
      Notes which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration,
      have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right
consequent thereon.

      SECTION 5.03. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
Trustee. The Company covenants that if

      (1) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Note when such
      interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period
      of 30 days, or

      (2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if
      any, on) any Note at the Maturity thereof or, with respect to any Note
      required to have been purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase made by
      the Company, at the Purchase Date thereof,

the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the
Holders of such Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for
principal (and premium, if any) and interest, and, to the extent that payment of
such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal
(and premium, if any) and on any overdue interest, at the rate provided by the
Notes, if any, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be
sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel.

      If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the
Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a
judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may
prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same
against the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the moneys
adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the
property of the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated.

      If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its
discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the
Holders by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most
effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific
enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the
exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.


                                       65
<PAGE>   74

      SECTION 5.04. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. In case of any judicial
proceeding relative to the Company, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the
Notes, or upon the property of the Company or its creditors or of any Guarantor
or its creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention
in such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions authorized under
the Trust Indenture Act in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee
allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee shall be authorized
to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on
any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver,
assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any
such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such
payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the
making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any
amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the
Trustee under Section 6.07.

      No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or
the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect
of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

      SECTION 5.05. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes. All
rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes or any Senior
Subordinated Guarantee may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the
possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding
relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be
brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of
judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be
for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such
judgment has been recovered.

      SECTION 5.06. Application of Money Collected. Subject to Article 12, any
money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the
following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the
distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or
interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment
if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

      FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07;
      and


                                       66
<PAGE>   75

      SECOND: To the extent provided in Article 12, to the holders of Senior
      Debt in accordance with Article 12; and

      THIRD: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of
      (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in respect of which or for
      the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without
      preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
      payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest,
      respectively.

      SECTION 5.07. Limitation on Suits. No Holder of any Note shall have any
right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this
Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other
remedy hereunder, unless

      (1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a
      continuing Event of Default;

      (2) the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
      Outstanding Notes shall have made written request to the Trustee to
      institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name
      as Trustee hereunder;

      (3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity against
      the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such
      request;

      (4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and
      offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

      (5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to
      the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in
      aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes;

it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders shall have any
right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of
this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders,
or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders
or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein
provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all the Holders.

      SECTION 5.08. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium
and Interest. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the


                                       67
<PAGE>   76

Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to
receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to
Section 3.06) interest on such Note on the respective Stated Maturities
expressed in such Note (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date or
in the case of an Offer to Purchase made by the Company and required to be
accepted as to such Note, on the Purchase Date) and to institute suit for the
enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without
the consent of such Holder.

      SECTION 5.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any
Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this
Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason,
or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in
every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company,
the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to
their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the
Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been
instituted.

      SECTION 5.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. Except as otherwise provided
with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or
stolen Notes in the last paragraph of Section 3.07, no right or remedy herein
conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be
exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the
extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and
remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or
otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or
otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other
appropriate right or remedy.

      SECTION 5.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the
Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing
upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a
waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and
remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be
exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the
Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

      SECTION 5.12. Control by Holders. The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the
time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to
the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided
that


                                       68
<PAGE>   77

      (1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with
      this Indenture, and

      (2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee
      which is not inconsistent with such direction.

      SECTION 5.13. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of not less than a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may on behalf of
the Holders of all the Notes waive any past default hereunder and its
consequences, except a default

      (1) in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on
      any Note (including any Note which is required to have been purchased
      pursuant to an Offer to Purchase which has been made by the Company), or

      (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article 10
      cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each
      Outstanding Note affected.

      Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose
of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
default or impair any right consequent thereon.

      SECTION 5.14. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of
any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for
any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any
party litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to pay the costs of such
suit, and may assess costs against any such party litigant, including attorney's
fees and expenses in the manner and to the extent provided in the Trust
Indenture Act; provided, that neither this Section nor the Trust Indenture Act
shall be deemed to authorize any court to require such an undertaking or to make
such an assessment in any suit instituted by the Trustee, the Company or any
Guarantor or in any suit for the enforcement of the right to convert any Note in
accordance with Article 13.

      SECTION 5.15. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Each of the Company and
the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will
not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take
the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or
at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the
performance of this Indenture; and each of the Company and the Guarantors (to
the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or
advantage of any such


                                       69
<PAGE>   78

law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

                                    ARTICLE 6
                                   THE TRUSTEE

      SECTION 6.01. Certain Duties and Responsibilities. Except during the
continuance of an Event of Default, the duties and responsibilities of the
Trustee shall be as provided by the Indenture. During the existence of an Event
of Default, the Trustee will exercise such rights and powers vested in it under
the Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a
prudent person would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such
person's own affairs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this
Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise
incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder,
or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable
grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against
such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein
expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct
or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be
subject to the provisions of this Section.

      SECTION 6.02. Notice of Defaults. The Trustee shall give the Holders
notice of any default hereunder as and to the extent provided by the Trust
Indenture Act; provided, however, that in the case of any default of the
character specified in Section 5.01(4), no such notice to Holders shall be given
until at least 30 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this
Section, the term "default" means any event which is, or after notice or lapse
of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

      SECTION 6.03. Certain Rights of Trustee. Subject to the provisions of
Section 6.01:

      (a) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or
refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture,
note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it
to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or
parties;


                                       70
<PAGE>   79

      (b) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be
sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution
of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

      (c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall
deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking,
suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence
be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part,
rely upon an Officers' Certificate;

      (d) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice
of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete
authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted
by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

      (e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of
the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered
to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and
liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or
direction;

      (f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture,
note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the
Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into
such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to
make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the
books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

      (g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or
negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it
hereunder;

      (h) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or
omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be
authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by
this Indenture;

      (i) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event
of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge


                                       71
<PAGE>   80

thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is
received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such
notice references the Securities and this Indenture; and

      (j) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to
the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are
extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities
hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act
hereunder.

      SECTION 6.04. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes. The
recitals contained herein and in the Notes and the Senior Subordinated
Guarantees except the Trustee's certificates of authentication, shall be taken
as the statements of the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, and the
Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no
representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the
Notes or the Senior Subordinated Guarantees. The Trustee shall not be
accountable for the use or application by the Company of Notes or the proceeds
thereof.

      SECTION 6.05. May Hold Notes. The Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Note
Registrar or any other agent of the Company, any Guarantor in its individual or
any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and, subject to
Sections 6.08 and 6.13, may otherwise deal with the Company any Guarantor with
the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Note
Registrar or such other agent.

      SECTION 6.06. Money Held in Trust. Money held by the Trustee in trust
hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required
by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money
received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company
or any Guarantor, as the case may be.

      SECTION 6.07. Compensation and Reimbursement. The Company agrees

      (1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be
      agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee for all services
      rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any
      provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express
      trust);

      (2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the
      Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and
      advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any pro vision
      of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the


                                       72
<PAGE>   81

      expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such
      expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence
      or bad faith; and

      (3) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any and
      all loss, liability damage, claim or expense, including taxes (other than
      taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred without negligence or
      bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance
      or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of
      defending itself against any claim (including any claim by the Company) or
      liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its
      powers or duties hereunder.

      The Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities as to all property
and funds held by it hereunder for any amount owing it or any predecessor
Trustee pursuant to this Section 6.07, except with respect to funds held in
trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular Securities.

      When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an
Event of Default specified in Section 5.01(5) or Section 5.01(6), the expenses
(including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the
compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or
other similar law.

      The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this
Indenture.

      SECTION 6.08. Disqualification; Conflicting Interest. If the Trustee has
or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust
Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to
the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the
Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture.

      SECTION 6.09. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility. There shall at all
times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant
to the Trust Indenture Act to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus
of at least $50,000,000 and its Corporate Trust Office in the Borough of
Manhattan, The City of New York. If such Person publishes reports of condition
at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or
examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital
and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and
surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at
any time the Trustee shall


                                       73
<PAGE>   82

cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall
resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in
this Article.

      SECTION 6.10. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor. (a) No
resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee
pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of
appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 6.11.

      (b) The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to
the Company. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not
have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such
notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition, at the expense of the
Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee.

      (c) The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, delivered to
the Trustee and to the Company. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor
Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the
giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition, at the
expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment
of a successor Trustee.

      (d) If at any time:

      (i) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 6.08 after written
      request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide
      Holder of a Note for at least six months, or

      (ii) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.09 and shall
      fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any
      such Holder, or

      (iii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a
      bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property
      shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of
      the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of
      rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (i) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove the
Trustee, or (ii) subject to Section 5.14, any Holder who has been a bona fide
Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all
others


                                       74
<PAGE>   83

similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal
of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

      (e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting,
or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Company,
by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. If, within
one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of
such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the
Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall,
forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee
and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor
Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted
appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder who has been a bona
fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all
others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee.

      (f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of
the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders in the
manner provided in Section 106. Each notice shall include the name of the
successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

      SECTION 6.11. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor. Every successor
Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the
Company, the Guarantors and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such
appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee
shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed
or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and
duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Company or the successor
Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and
deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights,
powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and
deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring
Trustee hereunder. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company and
the Guarantors shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and
certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights,
powers and trusts.

      No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of
such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under
this Article.


                                       75
<PAGE>   84

      SECTION 6.12. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.
Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which
it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion
or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation
succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the
Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such
corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article,
without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but
not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger,
conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such
authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if
such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

      SECTION 6.13. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. If and
when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other
obligor upon the Notes or any Senior Subordinated Guarantee), the Trustee shall
be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection
of claims against the Company (or any such other obligor).

                                    ARTICLE 7
                HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

      SECTION 7.01. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.
The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee

      (a) semi-annually, not more than 15 days after each Regular Record Date, a
list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and
addresses of the Holders as of such Regular Record Date, and

      (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30
days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar
form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list
is furnished;

excluding from any such list names and addresses received by the Trustee in its
capacity as Note Registrar.

      SECTION 7.02. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders.


                                       76
<PAGE>   85

      (a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent
list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 and the names and
addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar.
The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.01
upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

      (b) The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect
to their rights under this Indenture or under the Notes and the corresponding
rights and duties of the Trustee, shall be provided by the Trust Indenture Act.

      (c) Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with
the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee that neither the Company, the
Guarantors nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held
accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to the names and
addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

      SECTION 7.03. Reports by Trustee. (a) The Trustee shall transmit to
Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture
as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the
manner provided pursuant thereto. If required by Section 313(a) of the Trust
Indenture Act, the Trustee shall, within sixty days after each May 15, following
the date of this Indenture deliver to Holders a brief report, dated as of such
May 15, which complies with the provisions of such Section 313(a).

      (b) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to
Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which the Notes
are listed, with the Commission and with the Company. The Company will promptly
notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or of any
delisting thereof.

      SECTION 7.04. Reports by Company and the Parent Guarantor. The Company and
each of the Parent Guarantor shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, and
transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such
summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the
times and in the manner provided pursuant to such Act; provided that any such
information, documents or reports required to be filed with Commission pursuant
to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act shall be filed with the Trustee
within 30 days after the same is so required to be filed with the Commission.


                                       77
<PAGE>   86

      Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for
informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not
constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or
determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's
compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is
entitled to rely exclusively on Officers' Certificates).

      SECTION 7.05. Officers' Certificate with Respect to Change in Interest
Rates. Within five days after the day on which any Special Interest begins
accruing, and within five days after any Special Interest ceases to accrue, the
Company shall deliver an Officers' Certificate to the Trustee stating the
interest rate thereupon in effect for the Unregistered Notes (if any are
Outstanding) and the date on which such rate became effective.

                                    ARTICLE 8
              CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

      SECTION 8.01. Mergers, Consolidations and Certain Transfers, Leases and
Acquisition of Assets. The Company shall not, in a single transaction or a
series of related transactions, (i) consolidate with or merge into any other
Person or permit any other Person to consolidate with or merge into the Company
or (ii) directly or indirectly, transfer, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of
all or substantially all of its assets unless: (1) in a transaction in which the
Company does not survive or in which the Company sells, leases or otherwise
disposes of all or substantially all of its assets, the successor entity to the
Company is organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State
thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by a
supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee in form
satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the Company's obligations under the
Indenture; (2) immediately before and after giving effect to such transaction
and treating any Debt which becomes an obligation of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of the transaction, no Event
of Default or event that with the passing of time or the giving of notice, or
both, would constitute an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing; (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the
Consolidated Net Worth of the Company (or other successor entity to the Company)
is equal to or greater than that of the Company immediately prior to the
transaction; (4) except with respect to a merger of the Company with or into a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, immediately after giving effect to such
transaction and treating any Debt which becomes an


                                       78
<PAGE>   87

obligation of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such
transaction as having been Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
at the time of the transaction, the Company (including any successor entity to
the Company) could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the
provisions of the Indenture described in the first paragraph under Section 10.08
hereof; and (5) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer's
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation,
merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or acquisition and, if a supplemental
indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental
indenture, complies with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein
provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with, and, with
respect to such Officer's Certificate, setting forth the manner of determination
of the Consolidated Net Worth and the ability to Incur Debt in accordance with
Clause (4) of Section 8.01, the Company or, if applicable, of the Successor
Company as required pursuant to the foregoing.

      SECTION 8.02. Successor Substituted. Upon any consolidation of the Company
with, or merger of the Company into, any other Person or any transfer,
conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
properties and assets of the Company as an entirety in accordance with Section
8.01, the Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the
same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein,
and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be
relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.

                                    ARTICLE 9
                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

      SECTION 9.01. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders. Without
the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution
of the Company, the Guarantors, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to
time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form
satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

      (1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the
      assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein
      and in the Notes; or


                                       79
<PAGE>   88

      (2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders,
      or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or

      (3) to secure the Notes pursuant to the requirements of Section 10.11 or
      otherwise; or

      (4) to comply with any requirements of the Commission in order to effect
      and maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture
      Act; or

      (5) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein
      which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any
      other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this
      Indenture which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this
      Indenture, provided such action pursuant to this Clause (4) shall not
      adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect.

      (6) to add new Guarantors pursuant to Section 12.05.

      SECTION 9.02. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders. With the
consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the
Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution of the Company, the
Guarantors, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supple
mental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any
manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in
any manner the rights of the Holders under this Indenture; provided, however,
that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of
each Outstanding Note affected thereby,

      (1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any instalment of
      interest on, any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate
      of interest thereon or any premium payable thereon, or change the place of
      payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or any premium
      or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit
      for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity
      thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date
      or, in the case of an Offer to Purchase which has been made, on or after
      the applicable Purchase Date), or

      (2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes,
      the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental


                                       80
<PAGE>   89

      indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of
      compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults
      hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or

      (3) modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 5.13 or Section
      10.20, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain
      other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without
      the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby, or

      (4) modify any of the provisions of this Indenture relating to the
      subordination of the Notes in a manner adverse to the Holders, or

      (5) following the mailing of an Offer with respect to an Offer to Purchase
      pursuant to Sections 10.14 and 10.16, modify the provisions of this
      Indenture with respect to such Offer to Purchase in a manner materially
      adverse to such Holder.

      It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to
approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall
be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

      SECTION 9.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures. In executing, or
accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted
by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this
Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section
6.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating
that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by
this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any
such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

      SECTION 9.04. Effect of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any
supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in
accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this
Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter
authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

      SECTION 9.05. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act. Every supplemental
indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of
the Trust Indenture Act.


                                       81
<PAGE>   90

      SECTION 9.06. Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures. Notes
authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture
pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a
notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such
supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Notes so modified
as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such
supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

                                   ARTICLE 10
                                    COVENANTS

      SECTION 10.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest. The Company
will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest
on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture.

      SECTION 10.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain
in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or agency where
Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be
surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and
demands to or upon the Company or any Guarantor in respect of the Notes, the
Senior Subordinated Guarantees and this Indenture may be served. The Company
will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change
in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail
to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the
Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and
demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and
the Company and each Guarantor hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to
receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

      The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices
or agencies (in or outside the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) where
the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may
from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such
designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its
obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City
of New York, for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to
the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the
location of any such other office or agency.


                                       82
<PAGE>   91

      SECTION 10.03. Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust. If the Company
shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due
date of the principal of interest on any of the Notes, segregate and hold in
trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay
the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums
shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and
will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

      Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents, it will, prior
to each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any
Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and
premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for
the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and
(unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the
Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

      The Company will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute
and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree
with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying
Agent will:

      (1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of (and
      premium, if any) or interest on Notes in trust for the benefit of the
      Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or
      otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

      (2) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other
      obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment of principal (and
      premium, if any) or interest; and

      (3) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the
      written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so
      held in trust by such Paying Agent.

      The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company
Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by
the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the
same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such
Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such
Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such
money.


                                       83
<PAGE>   92

      Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by
the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any)
or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such
principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be
paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall
be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as
an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and
all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust
money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon
cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being
required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to
be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily
published on each Business Day and of general circulation in The City of New
York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified
therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication,
any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the
Company.

      SECTION 10.04. Existence. Subject to Article 8, the Company will do or
cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and
effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided,
however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or
franchise if the Board of Directors in good faith shall determine that the
preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of
the Company and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material
respect to the Holders.

      SECTION 10.05. Maintenance of Properties. The Company will cause all
properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any
Subsidiary of the Company to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair
and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be
made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improve
ments thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that
the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and
advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this
Section shall prevent the Company from discontinuing the operation or
maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, as determined
by the Board of Directors in good faith, desirable in the conduct of its
business or the business of any Subsidiary and not disadvantageous in any
material respect to the Holders.

      SECTION 10.06. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The Company will pay or
discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become
delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or
imposed upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits
or


                                       84
<PAGE>   93

property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (2) all lawful claims
for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien
upon the property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however,
that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid
or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount,
applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings.

      SECTION 10.07. Maintenance of Insurance. The Company shall, and shall
cause any of its Subsidiaries to, keep at all times all of their properties
which are of an insurable nature insured against loss or damage with insurers
believed by the Company to be responsible to the extent that property of similar
character is usually so insured by corporations similarly situated and owning
like properties in accordance with good business practice. The Company shall,
and shall cause any of its Subsidiaries to, use the proceeds from any such
insurance policy to repair, replace or otherwise restore the property to which
such proceeds relate.

      SECTION 10.08. Limitation on Consolidated Debt. The Company shall not, and
shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to, Incur any Debt
unless immediately after giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence of such Debt
and the receipt and application of the proceeds thereof, the Consolidated Cash
Flow Coverage Ratio of the Company would be greater than 2.0 to 1.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Company may, and may permit
any Restricted Subsidiary, to incur the following Debt:

      (i) Debt Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility; provided, however, that
      after giving effect to any such Incurrence, the aggregate principal amount
      of all Debt Incurred under this clause (i) then outstanding does not
      exceed $400 million less the sum of all principal payments with respect to
      such Debt pursuant to clause (iii) (1) of Section 10.14;

      (ii) the original issuance by the Company of the Debt evidenced by the
      Notes (including any Exchange Notes) and any Guarantees of the Notes;

      (iii) Debt (other than Debt described in another clause of this paragraph)
      outstanding on the date of original issuance of the Notes after giving
      effect to the application of the proceeds of the Notes;

      (iv) Debt owed by the Company to any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of
      the Company for which fair value has been received or Debt owed by a
      Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or a Wholly Owned
      Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however,


                                       85
<PAGE>   94

      that upon either (1) the transfer or other disposition by such Wholly
      Owned Restricted Subsidiary or the Company of any Debt so permitted to a
      Person other than the Company or another Wholly Owned Restricted
      Subsidiary of the Company or (2) the issuance (other than directors'
      qualifying shares), sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of shares
      of Capital Stock (including by consolidation or merger) of such Wholly
      Owned Restricted Subsidiary to a Person other than the Company or another
      such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the provisions of this clause
      (iv) shall no longer be applicable to such Debt and such Debt shall be
      deemed to have been Incurred at the time of such transfer or other
      disposition;

      (v) Debt consisting of Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity
      Price Agreements;

      (vi) Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that does not violate the covenant
      described under Section 10.13 hereof;

      (vii) Refinancing Debt in respect of Debt Incurred pursuant to the first
      paragraph of this covenant or pursuant to clause (ii), (iii) or (vi) or
      this clause (vii); provided, however, that to the extent such Refinancing
      Debt directly or indirectly Refinances Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary
      Incurred pursuant to clause (vi), such Refinancing Debt shall be incurred
      only by such Subsidiary; and

      (viii) Debt not otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Clauses (i)
      through (vii) above, which, together with any other outstanding Debt
      Incurred pursuant to this Clause (viii), has an aggregate principal amount
      not in excess of $5.0 million at any time outstanding.

      For purposes of determining compliance with the foregoing covenant, (i) in
the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types
of Debt described above, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify such
item of Debt and will only be required to include the amount and type of such
Debt in one of the above clauses, (ii) an item of Debt may be divided and
classified in more than one of the types of Debt described above and (iii) any
other obligation of the obligor on any item of Debt (or of any other Person who
could have Incurred such Debt under this covenant) arising under any Guarantee,
Lien or letter of credit supporting such Debt shall be disregarded to the extent
that it secures the principal amount of such Debt.


                                       86
<PAGE>   95

      SECTION 10.09. Limitation on Senior Subordinated Debt. The Company shall
not Incur any Debt which by its terms is both (i) subordinated in right of
payment to any Senior Debt and (ii) senior in right of payment to the Notes.

      SECTION 10.10. Limitation on Issuance of Guarantees of Subordinated Debt.
The Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly,
to assume, guarantee or in any other manner become liable with respect to any
Debt of the Company that by its terms is subordinate or junior in right of
payment to the Notes.

      SECTION 10.11. Limitation on Liens. The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on
or with respect to any property or assets of the Company or any such Restricted
Subsidiary now owned or hereafter acquired to secure Debt which is pari passu
with or subordinated in right of payment to the Notes without making, or causing
such Restricted Subsidiary to make, effective provision for securing the Notes
(and, if the Company shall so determine, any other Debt of the Company which is
not subordinate to the Notes or of such Restricted Subsidiary) (x) equally and
ratably with such Debt as to such property or asset for so long as such Debt
shall be so secured or (y) in the event such Debt is Debt of the Company which
is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes, prior to such Debt as to such
property for so long as such Debt will be so secured.

      SECTION 10.12. Limitation on Restricted Payments. The Company (i) shall
not, directly or indirectly, declare or pay any dividend or make any
distribution (including any payment in connection with any merger or
consolidation derived from assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary)
in respect of its Capital Stock, excluding any dividends or distributions by the
Company payable solely in shares of its Capital Stock (other than Redeemable
Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire its Capital Stock
(other than Redeemable Stock), (ii) shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, purchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire or retire for
value (a) any Capital Stock of the Company or any Related Person of the Company
or (b) any options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of Capital Stock
of the Company or any Related Person of the Company or any securities
convertible or exchangeable into shares of Capital Stock of the Company or any
Related Person of the Company, (iii) shall not make, or permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to make, any Investment other than a Permitted Investment, and (iv)
shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, redeem,
repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value prior to any
scheduled maturity, repayment or sinking fund payment Debt of the Company which
is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes (each of clauses (i) through
(iv) being a "Restricted Payment") if: (1) an Event of Default, or an event that
with the passing of time or the giving of


                                       87
<PAGE>   96

notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, shall have occurred and
is continuing or would result from such Restricted Payment, or (2) after giving
effect to such Restricted Payment, the Company could not Incur at least $1.00 of
additional Debt pursuant to the terms of the Indenture described in the first
paragraph of Section hereof, or (3) upon giving effect to such Restricted
Payment, the aggregate of all Restricted Payments from the date of issuance of
the Notes exceeds the sum of: (a) 50% of cumulative Consolidated Net Income (or,
in the case Consolidated Net Income shall be negative, less 100% of such
deficit) of the Company since the first day of the first full fiscal quarter
commencing immediately following the date of issuance of the Notes through the
last day of the last full fiscal quarter ending immediately preceding the date
of such Restricted Payment for which quarterly or annual financial statements
are available (taken as a single accounting period); plus (b) 100% of the
aggregate net proceeds received by the Company after the date of original
issuance of the Notes, including the fair market value of property other than
cash (determined in good faith by the Board of Directors as evidenced by a
resolution of the Board of Directors filed with the Trustee), from contributions
of capital or the issuance and sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of
Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the Company, options, warrants or
other rights to acquire Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the
Company and Debt of the Company that has been converted into or exchanged for
Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock and other than by or from a
Restricted Subsidiary) of the Company after the date of original issuance of the
Notes, provided that any such net proceeds received by the Company from an
employee stock ownership plan financed by loans from the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company shall be included only to the extent such loans have
been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination; plus (c) an
amount equal to the sum of (i) the net reduction in Investments in any Person
resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of
assets, in each case to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from such
Person, and (ii) the portion (proportionate to The Company's equity interest in
any Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted
Subsidiary; provided, however, that the foregoing sum shall not exceed, in the
case of any Person, the amount of Investments previously made (and treated as a
Restricted Payment) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person;
plus (d) $25 million. Prior to the making of any Restricted Payment, the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate setting forth the
computations by which the determinations required by clauses (2) and (3) above
were made and stating that no Event of Default, or event that with the passing
of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default,
has occurred and is continuing or will result from such Restricted Payment.


                                       88
<PAGE>   97

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default, or event
that with the passing of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute
an Event of Default, shall have occurred and is continuing or would result
therefrom, (i) the Company may pay any dividend on Capital Stock of any class
within 60 days after the declaration thereof if, on the date when the dividend
was declared, the Company could have paid such dividend in accordance with the
foregoing provisions; (ii) the Company may refinance any Debt otherwise
permitted by clause (vi) of the second paragraph under Section 10.08 above or
solely in exchange for or out of the net proceeds of the substantially
concurrent sale (other than from or to a Restricted Subsidiary or from or to an
employee stock ownership plan financed by loans from the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company) of shares of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable
Stock) of the Company, provided that the amount of net proceeds from such
exchange or sale shall be excluded from the calculation of the amount available
for Restricted Payments pursuant to the preceding paragraph; (iii) the Company
may purchase, redeem, acquire or retire any shares of Capital Stock of the
Company solely in exchange for or out of the net proceeds of the substantially
concurrent sale (other than from or to a Restricted Subsidiary or from or to an
employee stock ownership plan financed by loans from the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company) of shares of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable
Stock) of the Company; (iv) the Company may dividend to the Parent Company the
net proceeds from the issuance of the Notes and the proceeds of the initial
borrowings under the New Credit Facility in an aggregate amount not in excess of
$500 million; (v) the Company may dividend to the Parent Company up to all its
cash on the date prior to and on the date of the Distribution. Any payment made
pursuant to clause (i) or (iii) of this paragraph shall be a Restricted Payment
for purposes of calculating aggregate Restricted Payments pursuant to the
preceding paragraph and any payment made pursuant to clause (ii), (iv) or (v) of
this paragraph shall be excluded from Restricted Payments for purposes of such
calculation.

      SECTION 10.13. Limitations on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
Affecting Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or
suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the
ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (i) to pay dividends (in
cash or otherwise) or make any other distributions in respect of its Capital
Stock or pay any Debt or other obligation owed to the Company or any other
Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) to make loans or advances to the Company or any
other Restricted Subsidiary; or (iii) to transfer any of its property or assets
to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company may, and may permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, suffer
to exist any such encumbrance or restriction (a) pursuant to any agreement in
effect on the date of original issuance


                                       89
<PAGE>   98

of the Notes; (b) pursuant to an agreement relating to any Debt Incurred by a
Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company existing on the date
of original issuance of the Notes or any Restricted Subsidiary carrying on any
of the businesses of any such Restricted Subsidiary) prior to the date on which
such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and outstanding on
such date and not Incurred in anticipation of becoming a Restricted Subsidiary,
which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the
properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired; (c)
pursuant to an agreement effecting a renewal, refunding or extension of Debt
Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (a) or (b) above,
provided, however, that the provisions contained in such renewal, refunding or
extension agreement relating to such encumbrance or restriction are no more
restrictive in any material respect than the provisions contained in the
agreement the subject thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors filed with the
Trustee; (d) in the case of clause (iii) above, restrictions contained in any
security agreement (including a capital lease) securing Debt of a Restricted
Subsidiary otherwise permitted under this Indenture, but only to the extent such
restrictions restrict the transfer of the property subject to such security
agreement; (e) in the case of clause (iii) above, customary nonassignment
provisions entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practices in leases and other contracts to the extent such provisions restrict
the transfer or subletting of any such lease or the assignment of rights under
any such contract; (f) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company imposed pursuant to an agreement which has been entered into for
the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or
assets of such Restricted Subsidiary, provided that consummation of such
transaction would not result in an Event of Default or an event that, with the
passing of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute an Event of
Default, that such restriction terminates if such transaction is closed or
abandoned and that the closing or abandonment of such transaction occurs within
one year of the date such agreement was entered into; or (g) such encumbrance or
restriction is the result of applicable corporate law or regulation relating to
the payment of dividends or distributions.

      SECTION 10.14. Limitation on Asset Disposition. The Company shall not, and
shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Disposition in one
or more related transactions unless: (i) the Company or the Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration for such disposition at
least equal to the fair market value for the assets sold or disposed of as
determined by the Board of Directors in good faith and evidenced by a resolution
of the Board of Directors filed with the Trustee; (ii) at least 75% of the
consideration for such disposition consists of cash or readily marketable cash
equivalents or the assumption of Debt (other than Debt that is subordinated to
the Notes) relating to


                                       90
<PAGE>   99

such assets and release from all liability on the Debt assumed; and (iii) all
Net Available Proceeds, less any amounts invested within 360 days of such
disposition in assets related to the business of the Company, are applied within
360 days of such disposition (1) first, to the permanent repayment or reduction
of Senior Debt then outstanding under any agreements or instruments which would
require such application or prohibit payments pursuant to clause (2) following,
(2) second, to the extent of remaining Net Available Proceeds, to make an Offer
to Purchase outstanding Notes at 100% of their principal amount plus accrued
interest to the date of purchase and, to the extent required by the terms
thereof, any other Debt of the Company that is pari passu with the Notes at a
price no greater than 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest
to the date of purchase, (3) third, to the extent of any remaining Net Available
Proceeds to any other use as determined by the Company which is not otherwise
prohibited by the Indenture.

      SECTION 10.15. Transactions with Affiliates and Related Persons. The
Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
to, enter into any transaction (or series of related transactions) with an
Affiliate or Related Person of the Company (other than the Company or a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), including any Investment, either
directly or indirectly, unless such transaction is in the best interests of the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and is on terms no less favorable to the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained in a
comparable arm's-length transaction with an entity that is not an Affiliate or
Related Person (or, in the event that there are no comparable transactions
involving persons who are not Affiliates or Related Persons of the Company or
the relevant Restricted Subsidiary to apply for comparative purposes, is
otherwise on terms that, taken as a whole, the Company has determined to be fair
to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary). For any transaction that
involves in excess of $1,000,000, a majority of the disinterested members of the
Board of Directors shall determine that the transaction satisfies the above
criteria and shall evidence such a determination by a Board Resolution filed
with the Trustee. For any transaction that involves in excess of $5,000,000, the
Company shall also obtain an opinion from a nationally recognized expert with
experience in appraising the terms and conditions of the type of transaction (or
series of related transactions) for which the opinion is required stating that
such transaction (or series of related transactions) is on terms no less
favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be
obtained in a comparable arm's-length transaction with an entity that is not an
Affiliate or Related Person of the Company, which opinion shall be filed with
the Trustee.

      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Indenture, the
foregoing provisions shall not apply to (i) transactions with DonTech, CenDon


                                       91
<PAGE>   100

and any similar joint venture or partnership with a Person that is not a Related
Person that are pursuant to the agreements between the Company and DonTech and
CenDon in effect on the date of original issuance of The Notes or any other
substantially similar agreements, as the same may be amended or modified in a
manner not materially adverse to the interests of the holders of the Notes, (ii)
transactions between the Company and its Subsidiaries and New D&B and its
Subsidiaries pursuant to agreements in effect on the date of the Distribution
and any similar arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Company
or the Parent Company, as the same may be amended or modified in a manner not
materially adverse to the interests of the holders of the Notes, or (iii) any
Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 10.12 hereof.

      SECTION 10.16. Change of Control. Within 30 days following the date on
which a Person files with the Commission a Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act,
evidencing of the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will be
required to make an Offer to Purchase all Outstanding Notes at a purchase price
equal to 101% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of
purchase. A "Change of Control" will be deemed to have occurred at such time as
either (a) any Person or any Persons acting together that would constitute a
"group" (a "Group") for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, or any
successor provision thereto, together with any Affiliates or Related Persons
thereof, shall beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange Act, or any successor provision thereto), directly or indirectly, at
least 50% of the aggregate voting power of all classes of Voting Stock of the
Company (for the purposes of this clause (a) a person shall be deemed to
beneficially own the Voting Stock of a corporation that is beneficially owned
(as defined above) by another corporation (a "parent corporation"), if such
person beneficially owns (as defined above) at least 50% of the aggregate voting
power of all classes of Voting Stock of such parent corporation); or (b) any
Person or Group, together with any Affiliates or Related Persons thereof, shall
succeed in having a sufficient number of its nominees elected to the Board of
Directors of the Company such that such nominees, when added to any existing
director remaining on the Board of Directors of the Company after such election
who was a nominee of or is an Affiliate or Related Person of such Person or
Group, will constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company; or
(c) the Company shall, directly or indirectly, transfer, sell, lease or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; or (d) there shall
be adopted a plan of liquidation or dissolution of the Company, provided,
however, that a transaction effected to create a holding company of the Company
or the Parent Company, (i) pursuant to which the Company or the Parent Company
becomes a wholly owned Subsidiary of such holding company, and (ii) as a result
of which the holders of Capital Stock of the Company or the Parent Company
immediately prior to such transactions, shall not be deemed to involve a "Change
of Control".


                                       92
<PAGE>   101

      In the event that the Company makes an Offer to Purchase the Notes, the
Company intends to comply with any applicable securities laws and regulations,
including any applicable requirements of Section 14(e) of, and Rule 14e-1 under,
the Exchange Act.

      SECTION 10.17. Provision of Financial Information. Prior to the time the
Company becomes subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the
Company shall provide to all Holders and file with the Trustee copies of the
annual reports, quarterly reports and other documents which the Company would
have been required to file with the Commission pursuant to such Section 13(a) or
15(d) or any successor provision thereto if the Company were so required, such
documents to be mailed to Holders and filed with the Trustee on or prior to the
respective dates (the "Required Filing Dates") by which the Company would have
been required so to file such documents if the Company were so required. After
the Company commences filing such reports, and so long as any of the Notes are
outstanding, the Company shall file with the Commission the annual reports,
quarterly reports and other documents which the Company is required to file with
the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or any
successor provisions thereto.

      SECTION 10.18. Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The Company may designate any
Subsidiary of the Company to be an "Unrestricted Subsidiary" as provided below
in which event such Subsidiary and each other Person that is then or thereafter
becomes a Subsidiary of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (1) any Subsidiary designated as
such by the Board of Directors as set forth below where (a) neither the Company
nor any of its other Subsidiaries (other than another Unrestricted Subsidiary)
(i) provides credit support for, or any Guarantee of, any Debt of such
Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary (including any undertaking,
agreement or instrument evidencing such Debt) or (ii) is directly or indirectly
liable for any Debt of such Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary, and
(b) no default with respect to any Debt of such Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of
such Subsidiary (including any right which the holders thereof may have to take
enforcement action against such Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of
time or both) any holder of any other Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries
(other than another Unrestricted Subsidiary) to declare a default on such other
Debt or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its
final scheduled maturity and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds
any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the Company which is not a
Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted
Subsidiary, provided that either (x) the Subsidiary to be so designated has
total assets of


                                       93
<PAGE>   102

$1,000 or less or (y) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the
Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the first
paragraph under Section 10.08 hereof and provided, further, that the Company
could make a Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the greater of the fair
market value and book value of such Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.12 hereof
and such amount is thereafter treated as a Restricted Payment for the purpose of
calculating the aggregate amount available for Restricted Payments thereunder.

      SECTION 10.19. Statement by Officers as to Default; Compliance
Certificates. (a) The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after
the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company ending after the date hereof an
Officers' Certificate, one of the signers of which shall be the principal
executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer
of the Company, stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signers
thereof the Company or any Guarantor is in default in the performance and
observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of Section 8.01 or
Sections 10.04 to 10.18, inclusive, and if the Company shall be in default,
specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may
have knowledge. Such determination shall be made without regard to notice
requirements or periods of grace.

      (b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in
any event within 10 days after the Company becomes aware or should reasonably
become aware of the occurrence of an Event of Default or an event which, with
notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an
Officers' Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or
default, and the action which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

      (c) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 90 days after the end
of each fiscal year a written statement by the Company's independent public
accountants stating (A) that their audit examination has included a review of
the terms of this Indenture and the Notes as they relate to accounting matters,
and (B) whether, in connection with their audit examination, any event which,
with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default
has come to their attention and, if such a default has come to their attention,
specifying the nature and period of the existence thereof.

      SECTION 10.20. Waiver of Certain Covenants. The Company or any Guarantor
may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition set
forth in Section 8.01 and Sections 10.04 to 10.18, if before the time for such
compliance the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes shall, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in
such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but


                                       94
<PAGE>   103

no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to
the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective,
the obligations of the Company and each of the Guarantors and the duties of the
Trustee in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force
and effect; provided, however, with respect to an Offer to Purchase as to which
an Offer has been mailed, no such waiver may be made or shall be effective
against any Holder tendering Notes pursuant to such Offer, and the Company may
not omit to comply with the terms of such Offer as to such Holder.

                                   ARTICLE 11
                               REDEMPTION OF NOTES

      SECTION 11.01. Right of Redemption. The Notes may be redeemed at the
option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or after ___________,
2003, and prior to maturity, at the Redemption Prices specified in the form of
Note hereinbefore set forth together with accrued interest to, but excluding,
the Redemption Date.

      In addition, at any time prior to ____________, 2001 in the event the
Parent Company or the Company receives net cash proceeds from the sale of its
Common Stock or the Common Stock of the Parent Company in one or more Equity
Offerings, the Company (to the extent it receives such proceeds and has not used
such proceeds, directly or indirectly, to redeem or repurchase other securities
pursuant to optional redemption provisions) may, at its option, use all or a
portion of any such net proceeds to redeem, from time to time, Notes in an
aggregate principal amount of up to 35% of the original aggregate principal
amount of the Notes, provided, however, that Notes having a principal amount
equal to at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes
remain outstanding after such redemption. Such redemption must occur on a
Redemption Date within 120 days of such sale and upon not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days' notice mailed to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such
Holder's address appearing in the Note Register, in amounts of $1,000 or an
integral multiple of $1,000, at a redemption price of _______% of the principal
amount of the Notes plus accrued interest to but excluding the Redemption Date
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date
to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the
Redemption Date).


                                       95
<PAGE>   104

      If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select,
in such manner as it shall deem fair and appropriate, the particular Notes to be
redeemed or any portion thereof that is an integral multiple of $1,000.

      The Note will not have the benefit of any sinking fund.

      SECTION 11.02. Applicability of Article. Redemption of Notes at the
election of the Company, as permitted by any provision of this Indenture, shall
be made in accordance with such provision and this Article.

      SECTION 11.03. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee. The election of the
Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 11.01 shall be evidenced by a
Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company, the
Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the
Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify
the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Notes to be
redeemed.

      SECTION 11.04. Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than
all the Notes are to be redeemed, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be
selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from
the Outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption, by such method as
the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the
selection for redemption of portions (equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple
thereof) of the principal amount of Notes of a denomination larger than $1,000.

      The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and each Note Registrar in
writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes
selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

      For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires,
all provisions relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of
any Notes redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the
principal amount of such Notes which has been or is to be redeemed.

      SECTION 11.05. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be given
by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60
days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed, at
his address appearing in the Note Register.

      All notices of redemption shall state:

      (1) the Redemption Date,


                                       96
<PAGE>   105

      (2) the Redemption Price,

      (3) if less than all the Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the
      identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal
      amounts) of the particular Notes to be redeemed,

      (4) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and
      payable upon each such Note to be redeemed and that interest thereon will
      cease to accrue on and after said date,

      (5) the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment
      of the Redemption Price, and

      (6) CUSIP numbers of the Notes to be redeemed (if any).

      Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the election of the
Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's request, by the
Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

      SECTION 11.06. Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to any Redemption Date,
the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the
Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as
provided in Section 10.03) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption
Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date)
accrued interest on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date.

      SECTION 11.07. Notes Payable on Redemption Date. Notice of redemption
having been given as aforesaid, the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the
Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein
specified, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the
payment of the Redemption Price plus accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to
bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance with
said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price
together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that
instalments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption
Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor
Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates
according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.07.

      If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender
thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid,
bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate provided by the Note.


                                       97
<PAGE>   106

      SECTION 11.08. Notes Redeemed in Part. Any Note which is to be redeemed
only in part shall be surrendered at an office or agency of the Company
designated for that purpose pursuant to Section 10.02 (with, if the Company or
the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer
in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder
thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall
execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to
the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any
authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal
amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of
the Note so surrendered.

                                   ARTICLE 12
                          SENIOR SUBORDINATED GUARANTEE

      SECTION 12.01. Senior Subordinated Guarantee. The Guarantor hereby
unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered
by the Trustee, and to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, the due and
punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest and all
other amounts due hereunder on such Note when and as the same shall become due
and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity or by acceleration, call for
redemption, purchase or otherwise, in accordance with the terms of such Note and
of this Indenture. In case of the failure of the Company punctually to make any
such payment, the Guarantor hereby jointly and severally agrees to cause such
payment to be made punctually when and as the same shall become due and payable,
whether at the Stated Maturity or by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase
or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the Company.

      Each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agrees that its
obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity,
regularity or enforceability of any Note or this Indenture, the absence of any
action to enforce the same, any creation, exchange, release or non-perfection of
any Lien on any collateral for, or any release or amendment or waiver of any
term of any other Guarantee of, or any consent to departure from any requirement
of any other Guarantee, of all or any of the Notes, the election by the Trustee
or any of the Holders in any proceeding under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the
United States Code (the "Bankruptcy Code") of the application of Section
1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, any borrowing or grant of a security interest
by the Company, as debtor-in-possession, under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy
Code, the disallowance, under Section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, of all or any
portion of


                                       98
<PAGE>   107

the claims of the Trustee or any of the Holders for payment of any of the Notes,
any waiver or consent by the Holder of any Note or by the Trustee with respect
to any provisions thereof or of this Indenture, the obtaining of any judgment
against the Company or any action to enforce the same or any other circumstances
which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a
guarantor. Each of the Guarantors hereby waives the benefits of diligence,
presentment, demand of payment, any requirement that the Trustee or any of the
Holders protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest in or other
Lien on any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action
against the Company or any other Person or any collateral, filing of claims with
a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to
require a proceeding first against the Company, protest or notice with respect
to any Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever,
and covenants, that this Senior Subordinated Guarantee will not be discharged in
respect of any Note except by complete performance of the obligations contained
in such Note and in this Senior Subordinated Guarantee. Each of the Guarantors
hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal (or
premium, if any) or interest on any Note, whether at its Stated Maturity or by
acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may
be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note,
subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly
against each of the Guarantors to enforce its Senior Subordinated Guarantee
without first proceeding against the Company. Each Guarantor agrees that if,
after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the
Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by applicable law from exercising
their respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to collect
interest on the Notes or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with
respect to the Notes, or the Trustee or the Holders are prevented from taking
any action to realize on any collateral, such Guarantor agrees to pay to the
Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor, the amount that
would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been
permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders.

      No provision of any Senior Subordinated Guarantee or Note or of the
Indenture shall alter or impair the Senior Subordinated Guarantee of any
Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment
of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest on the Note upon which such
Senior Subordinated Guarantee is endorsed.

      Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holders of the
Notes upon which its Senior Subordinated Guarantee is endorsed against the
Company in respect of any amounts paid by such Guarantor on account of such Note
pursuant to the provisions of its Senior Subordinated Guarantee or this
Indenture; provided, however, that no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or
to


                                       99
<PAGE>   108

receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation
until the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all Notes issued
hereunder shall have been paid in full.

      Each Senior Subordinated Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect
and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the
Company for liquidation or reorganization, should the Company become insolvent
or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or
trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the assets of the
Company and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be
effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and
performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced
in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the
Notes, whether as a "voidable preference," "fraudulent transfer" or otherwise,
all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that
any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned,
the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and
deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored
or returned.

      No stockholder, officer, director, employer or incorporator, past, present
or future, of Guarantor, as such, shall have any personal liability under any
Senior Subordinated Guarantee by reason of his, her or its status as such
stockholder, officer, director, employer or incorporator.

      Notwithstanding any provision in this Article to the contrary, each
Guarantor, and by its acceptance hereof each Holder of the Notes, hereby
confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee by such
Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any
federal or state law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders of the
Notes and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each
Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount as will,
after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities (including,
but not limited to, Guarantor Senior Debt) of such Guarantor and after giving
effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other
Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its
Guarantee or pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph hereof, result in the
obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent
conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law. This paragraph is
for the benefit of the creditors of each Guarantor.

      To the extent that any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to pay any
amounts on account of the Notes pursuant to its Senior Subordinated Guarantee in
excess of the greater of (i) the amount of the economic benefit actually
received


                                      100
<PAGE>   109

by such Subsidiary Guarantor from the issuance of the Notes and (ii) an amount
calculated as the product of (A) the aggregate amount payable by the Subsidiary
Guarantors on account of the Notes pursuant to their Senior Subordinated
Guarantees times (B) the proportion (expressed as a fraction) that such
Subsidiary Guarantor's net worth at the date enforcement of its Senior
Subordinated Guarantee is sought bears to the aggregate net worth of all
Subsidiary Guarantors at such date, then such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be
reimbursed by the other Subsidiary Guarantors for the amount of such excess, pro
rata, based upon the respective net worth of such other Subsidiary Guarantors at
the date enforcement of its Senior Subordinated Guarantees is sought. This
paragraph is intended only to define the relative rights of the Subsidiary
Guarantors as among themselves, and nothing set forth in this paragraph is
intended to or shall impair the joint and several obligations of the Guarantors
under their respective Senior Subordinated Guarantees.

      The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any
non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise or such right does not impair the
rights of the Holders under any Senior Subordinated Guarantee.

      SECTION 12.02. Execution and Delivery of Senior Subordinated Guarantees.
The Senior Subordinated Guarantees to be endorsed on the Notes shall include the
terms of the Senior Subordinated Guarantee set forth in Section 12.01 and any
other terms that may be set forth in the form established pursuant to Section
2.05 [Section 2.05 not cross-ref'd because there is no section 2.05]. Each of
the Guarantors hereby agrees to execute its Senior Subordinated Guarantee, in a
form established pursuant to Section 2.05 [Section 2.05 not cross-ref'd because
there is no section 2.05], to be endorsed on each Note authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee.

      The Senior Subordinated Guarantee shall be executed on behalf of each
respective Guarantor by any one of such Guarantor's Chairman of the Board, Vice
Chairman of the Board, President or Vice Presidents, attested by its Secretary
or Assistant Secretary. The signature of any or all of these officers on the
Senior Subordinated Guarantee may be manual or facsimile and may be pursuant to
a duly executed power of attorney.

      A Senior Subordinated Guarantee bearing the manual or facsimile signatures
of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of a Guarantor shall
bind such Guarantor, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have
ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of the Note
on which such Senior Subordinated Guarantee is endorsed or did not hold such
offices at the date of such Senior Subordinated Guarantee.


                                      101
<PAGE>   110

      The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof
hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Senior Subordinated Guarantee
endorsed thereon on behalf of the Guarantors. Each of the Guarantors hereby
jointly and severally agrees that its Senior Subordinated Guarantee set forth in
Section 12.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure
to endorse a Senior Subordinated Guarantee on any Note.

      SECTION 12.03. Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain
Terms. (a) Except as may be provided in Section 12.04 and in Articles 8 and 10,
nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any
consolidation or merger of a Subsidiary Guarantor with or into the Company or a
Guarantor or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a
Subsidiary Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the
Company or a Guarantor.

      (b) Except as set forth in Article 8 hereof, nothing contained in this
Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a
Guarantor with or into a corporation or corporations other than the Company or a
Guarantor (whether or not affiliated with the Guarantor), or successive
consolidations or mergers in which a Guarantor or its successor or successors
shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the
property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, to a
corporation other than the Company or another Guarantor (whether or not
affiliated with the Guarantor) authorized to acquire and operate the same;
provided, however, that, subject to Sections 12.03(a) and 12.04 hereof, (i)
immediately after such transaction, and giving effect thereto, no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred as a result of such transaction and be
continuing, such transaction shall not violate any of the covenants in Article
10 hereof, and each Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees that, upon any such
consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, such Guarantor's Guarantee set forth
in this Article 12 and in an endorsement on the Notes, and the due and punctual
performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this
Indenture to be performed by such Guarantor, shall be expressly assumed (in the
event that the Guarantor is not the surviving corporation in the merger), by
supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee, executed and
delivered to the Trustee, by such corporation formed by such consolidation, or
into which the Guarantor shall have merged, or by the corporation that shall
have acquired such property (except to the extent the following Section 12.04
would result in the release of such Subsidiary Guarantee in which case such
surviving corporation does not have to execute any such supplemental indenture).
In the case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the
assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental indenture executed and
delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee of the due and
punctual performance of all of the covenants


                                      102
<PAGE>   111

and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Subsidiary Guarantor,
such successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for the
Subsidiary Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a
Subsidiary Guarantor.

      SECTION 12.04. Release of Guarantors. (a) Concurrently with any
consolidation or merger of a Subsidiary Guarantor or any sale or conveyance of
the property of a Subsidiary Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an
entirety, in each case as permitted by Section 12.03, and upon delivery by the
Company to the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to
the effect that such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance was made in
accordance with Section 12.03, the Trustee shall execute any documents
reasonably required in order to evidence the release of such Subsidiary
Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantees endorsed on the
Notes and under this Article 12. Any Subsidiary Guarantor not released from its
obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantees endorsed on the Notes and under this
Article 12 shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of (and premium,
if any) and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of a Subsidiary
Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantees endorsed on the Notes and under this
Article 12.

      (b) Concurrently with the defeasance of the Notes under Section 13.02 or
the covenant defeasance of the Notes under Section 13.03, the Guarantors shall
be released from all of their obligations under their Senior Subordinated
Guarantees endorsed on the Notes and under this Article 12.

      (c) Upon the consummation of any transaction (whether involving a sale or
other disposition of securities, a merger, a designation as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary or otherwise) whereby any Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be a
Restricted Subsidiary and which transaction is otherwise in compliance with the
provisions of this Indenture, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall automatically be
released from all obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantees endorsed on the
Notes and under this Article 12.

      SECTION 12.05. Additional Guarantors. The Company shall cause each Person
that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, upon
becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, to become a Subsidiary Guarantor with respect
to the Notes. Any such Person shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor by executing
and delivering to the Trustee (a) a supplemental indenture, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Trustee, which subjects such Person to the
provisions of this Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor and (b) an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized
and executed by such Person and constitutes the legal, valid, binding and
enforceable obligation of such


                                      103
<PAGE>   112

Person (subject to such customary exceptions concerning creditors' rights and
equitable principles as may be acceptable to the Trustee in its discretion).

                                   ARTICLE 13
            SUBORDINATION OF NOTES AND SENIOR SUBORDINATED GUARANTEES

      SECTION 13.01. Notes Subordinate to Senior Debt. The Company covenants and
agrees, and each Holder of a Note, by his acceptance thereof, likewise covenants
and agrees, that, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth in this
Article (subject to the provisions of Article 4.01 and Article 14), (i) the
payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on each and all
of the Notes are hereby expressly made subordinate and subject in right of
payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of the Company, and (ii)
the payment of each Guarantor's obligations in respect of its Senior
Subordinated Guarantee is hereby expressly made subordinate and subject in right
of payment to the prior payment in full of all the obligations of such Guarantor
under all Guarantor Senior Debt of such Guarantor.

      SECTION 13.02. Payment over of Proceeds upon Dissolution, Etc. In the
event of (a) any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any
receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding in
connection therewith, relative to the Company or to its creditors, as such, or
to its assets, or (b) any liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of the
Company, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving
insolvency or bankruptcy, or (c) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or
any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Company, then and in any
such event specified in (a), (b) or (c) above (each such event, if any, herein
sometimes referred to as a "Proceeding") the holders of Senior Debt shall be
entitled to receive or retain payment in full of all amounts due or to become
due on or in respect of all Senior Debt, or provision shall be made for such
payment in cash or cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the
holders of Senior Debt, before the Holders of the Notes are entitled to receive
any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property
or securities, on account of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on or
other obligations in respect of the Notes or on account of any purchase or other
acquisition of Notes by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (all such
payments, distributions, purchases and acquisitions herein referred to,
individually and collectively, as a "Notes Payment"), and to that end the
holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive, for application to the
payment thereof, any Notes Payment which may be payable or deliverable in
respect of the Notes in any such Proceeding.


                                      104
<PAGE>   113

      In the event of (a) any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or
any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or
proceeding in connection therewith, relative to any Guarantor or to its
creditors, as such, or to its assets, or (b) any liquidation, dissolution or
other winding up of any Guarantor, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether
or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, or (c) any assignment for the benefit
of creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of any
Guarantor, then and in any such event specified in (a), (b) or (c) above (each
such event, if any, herein sometimes referred to as a "Guarantor Proceeding";
the Company Proceeding and the Guarantor Proceeding each may be referred to as a
"Proceeding") the holders of all Guarantor Senior Debt of such Guarantor shall
first be entitled to receive payment in full of all amounts due or to become due
on or in respect of all such Guarantor Senior Debt, or provision shall be made
for such payment in cash or cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner
satisfactory to the holders of such Guarantor Senior Debt, before the Holders of
the Notes are entitled to receive or retain any payment or distribution of any
kind or character from such Guarantor, whether in cash, property or securities
(including any payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable by
reason of the payment of any other Debt of such Guarantor subordinated to the
payment of its Senior Subordinated Guarantee by such Guarantor) on account of
its Senior Subordinated Guarantee (all such payments and distributions herein
referred to, individually and collec tively, as a "Guarantor Notes Payment"; any
of the Company Notes Payment and the Guarantor Notes Payment each may be
referred to as a "Notes Payment"), and to that end the holders of Guarantor
Senior Debt of such Guarantor shall be entitled to receive, for application to
the payment thereof, any Guarantor Notes Payment which may be payable or
deliverable in respect of the Senior Subordinated Guarantee by such Guarantor in
any such Guarantor Proceeding.

      In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Section, the Trustee or the Holder of any Note shall have received any Notes
Payment before all Senior Debt of the Company or Guarantor Senior Debt of the
Guarantor, as applicable, is paid in full or payment thereof provided for in
cash or cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of
such Debt, and if such fact shall, at or prior to the time of such Notes
Payment, have been made known to the Trustee or, as the case may be, such
Holder, then and in such event such Notes Payment shall be paid over or
delivered forthwith to the trustee in bankruptcy or other person making payment
or distribution of assets of the Company for the application to the payment of
all Senior Debt remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay the Senior Debt
in full.

      For purposes of this Article only, the words "any payment or distribution
of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities" shall not be
deemed to include a payment or distribution of stock or securities of the
Company


                                      105
<PAGE>   114

or any Guarantor provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment
authorized by an order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in a
reorganization proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy law or of any other
corporation provided for by such plan of reorganization or readjustment which
stock or securities are subordinated in right of payment to all then outstanding
Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt to substantially the same extent as the
Notes or Senior Subordinated Guarantors are so subordinated as provided in this
Article. The consolidation of the Company or any Guarantor with, or the merger
of the Company or any Guarantor into, another Person or the liquidation or
dissolution of the Company or any Guarantor following the conveyance or transfer
of all or substantially all of its properties and assets as an entirety to
another Person upon the terms and conditions set forth in Article 8 shall not be
deemed a Proceeding for the purposes of this Section if the Person formed by
such consolidation or into which the Company or any Guarantor is merged or the
Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer such properties and assets as an
entirety, as the case may be, shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger,
conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions set forth in Article 8.

      SECTION 13.03. No Payment When Senior Debt in Default. In the event that
any Company Senior Payment Default (as defined below) shall have occurred and be
continuing, then no Company Notes Payment shall be made unless and until such
Company Senior Payment Default shall have been cured or waived or shall have
ceased to exist or all amounts then due and payable in respect of Senior Debt
shall have been paid in full, or provision shall have been made for such pay
ment in cash or cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the
holders of Senior Debt. "Company Senior Payment Default" means any default in
the payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on Designated
Senior Debt when due, whether at the Stated Maturity of any such payment or by
declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

      In the event that any Guarantor Senior Payment Default (as defined below)
shall have occurred and be continuing, then no Guarantor Notes Payment shall be
made unless and until such Guarantor Senior Payment Default shall have been
cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist or all amounts then due and
payable in respect of Guarantor Senior Debt shall have been paid in full, or
provision shall have been made for such payment in cash or cash equivalents or
otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt. "Guarantor
Senior Payment Default" means any default in the payment of principal of (or
premium, if any) or interest on Guarantor Senior Debt when due, whether at the
Stated Maturity of any such payment or by declamation of acceleration, call for
redemption or otherwise. Any Company Senior Payment Default or Guarantor Senior
Payment Default may be referred to herein as a "Senior Payment Default".


                                      106
<PAGE>   115

      Upon the occurrence of a Company Senior Nonmonetary Default and receipt of
written notice by the Company and the Trustee of the occurrence of such Company
Senior Nonmonetary Default from any holder of Senior Debt (or any trustee, agent
or other representative for such holder) which is the subject of such Company
Senior Nonmonetary Default, no payments on account of principal of, premium, if
any, or interest on, or in respect of the purchase or other acquisition of, the
Notes, and no defeasance of the Notes, may be made for a period (the "Company
Payment Blockage Period") commencing on the date of the receipt of such notice
and ending the earlier of (i) the date on which such Senior Nonmonetary Default
shall have been cured or waived or ceased to exist or all Senior Debt the
subject of such Senior Nonmonetary Default shall have been discharged and (ii)
the 179th day after the date of the receipt of such notice. In any event, no
more than one Company Payment Blockage Period may be commenced during any
360-day period and there shall be a period of at least 181 days during each
360-day period when no Company Payment Blockage Period is in effect. In
addition, no Senior Nonmonetary Default that existed or was continuing on the
date of the commencement of a Company Payment Blockage Period may be made the
basis of the commencement of a subsequent Company Payment Blockage Period
whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such Senior
Nonmonetary Default shall have been cured for a period of not less than 90
consecutive days. "Company Senior Nonmonetary Default" means the occurrence or
existence and continuance of an event of default with respect to Company Senior
Debt, other than a Senior Payment Default, permitting the holders of the Senior
Debt (or a trustee or other agent on behalf of the holders thereof) then to
declare such Senior Debt due and payable prior to the date on which it would
otherwise become due and payable.

      Upon the occurrence of a Guarantor Senior Nonmonetary Default and receipt
of written notice by the Company and the Trustee of the occurrence of such
Guarantor Senior Nonmonetary Default from any holder of Guarantor Senior Debt
(or any trustee, agent or other representative for such holder), which is the
subject of such Guarantor Senior Nonmonetary Default, no payments on account of
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or in respect of the purchase or
other acquisition of, the Notes, and no defeasance of the Notes, in each case by
the Guarantor may be made for a period (the "Guarantor Payment Blockage Period")
commencing on the date of the receipt of such notice and ending the earlier of
(i) the date on which such Guarantor Senior Nonmonetary Default shall have been
cured or waived or ceased to exist or all Guarantor Senior Debt the subject of
such Senior Nonmonetary Default shall have been discharged and (ii) the 179th
day after the date of the receipt of such notice. In any event, no more than one
Guarantor Payment Blockage Period may be commenced during any 360-day period and
there shall be a period of at least 181 days during each 360-day period when no
Guarantor Payment Blockage Period is in effect. In


                                      107
<PAGE>   116

addition, no Guarantor Senior Nonmonetary Default that existed or was continuing
on the date of the commencement of a Guarantor Payment Blockage Period may be
made the basis of the commencement of a subsequent Guarantor Payment Blockage
Period whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such
Guarantor Senior Nonmonetary Default shall have been cured for a period of not
less than 90 consecutive days. "Guarantor Senior Nonmonetary Default" means the
occurrence or existence and continuance of an event of default with respect to
Guarantor Senior Debt, other than a Guarantor Senior Payment Default, permitting
the holders of the Guarantor Senior Debt (or a trustee or other agent on behalf
of the holders thereof) then to declare such Guarantor Senior Debt due and
payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise become due and payable.
Any of the Company Senior Nonmonetary Defaults and the Guarantor Senior
Nonmonetary Defaults may be referred to herein as a "Senior Nonmonetary
Default".

      The failure to make any payment on the Notes by reason of the provisions
of the Indenture described under this Article 13 will not be construed as
preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes
arising from any such failure to make payment. Upon termination of any period of
payment blockage the Company shall resume making any and all required payments
in respect of the Notes, including any missed payments.

      In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or any
Guarantor shall make any Company Notes Payment or Guarantor Notes Payment to the
Trustee or any Holder prohibited by the foregoing of this Section, and if such
fact shall, at or prior to the time of such Notes Payment, have been made known
to the Trustee or, as the case may be, such Holder, then and in such event such
Notes Payment shall be paid over and delivered forthwith to the holders of the
Senior Debt of the Company or of the Guarantor Senior Debt of the Guarantor, as
the case may be.

      By reason of such subordination, in the event of insolvency, creditors of
the Company who are not holders of Senior Debt or of the Notes may recover less,
ratably, than holders of Senior Debt and more, ratably, than Holders of the
Notes.

      The subordination provisions described above will not be applicable to
payments in respect of the Notes from a defeasance trust established in
connection with any defeasance or covenant defeasance of the Notes as described
under Article 14.

      The provisions of this Section shall not apply to any Notes Payment with
respect to which Section 13.02 would be applicable.


                                      108
<PAGE>   117

      SECTION 13.04. Payment Permitted If No Default. Nothing contained in this
Article or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent (a)
the Company, at any time except during the pendency of any Proceeding referred
to in Section 13.02 or under the conditions described in Section 13.03, from
making Notes Payments, or (b) the application by the Trustee of any money
deposited with it hereunder to Notes Payments or the retention of such Notes
Payment by the Holders, if, at the time of such application by the Trustee, it
did not have knowledge that such Notes Payment would have been prohibited by the
provisions of this Article.

      SECTION 13.05. Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt. Subject to
the payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or in respect of
Senior Debt of the Company or Guarantor Senior Debt of a Guarantor, as the case
may be, or the provision for such payment in cash or cash equivalents or
otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, the Holders of
the Notes shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Debt to
receive payments and distributions of cash, property and securities applicable
to such Debt until the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the
Notes or the obligation under such Guarantor's Senior Subordinated Guarantee, as
the case may be, shall be paid in full. For purposes of such subrogation, no
payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Debt of the Company or
Guarantor Senior Debt of a Guarantor, as the case may be, of any cash, property
or securities to which the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee would be entitled
except for the provisions of this Article, and no payments over pursuant to the
provisions of this Article to the holders of Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior
Debt by Holders of the Notes or the Trustee, shall, as among the Company or such
Guarantor, as the case may be, its creditors other than holders of Senior Debt
or Guarantor Senior Debt, as the case may be, and the Holders of the Notes, be
deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company or such Guarantor, as the
case may be, to or on account of the Senior Debt of the Company or Guarantor
Senior Debt of such Guarantor, as the case may be.

      SECTION 13.06. Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights. The provisions
of this Article are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the
relative rights of the Holders on the one hand and the holders of Senior Debt
and Guarantor Senior Debt on the other hand. Nothing contained in this Article
or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Notes is intended to or shall (a)
impair, as among the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, its creditors
other than holders of Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt and the Holders of
the Notes as the Guarantees endorsed thereon, the obligation of the Company or
any Guarantor, as applicable, which is absolute and unconditional (and which,
subject to the rights under this Article of the holders of Senior Debt, is
intended to rank equally with all other general obligations of the Company), to
pay to the Holders


                                      109
<PAGE>   118

of the Notes with the Guarantees endorsed thereon the principal of (and premium,
if any) and interest on the Notes as and when the same shall become due and
payable in accordance with their terms; or (b) affect the relative rights
against the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, of the Holders of the Notes
with the Guarantees endorsed thereon and creditors of the Company or any
Guarantor, as applicable, other than the holders of Senior Debt, and Guarantor
Senior Debt; or (c) prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Note as the
Guarantees endorsed thereon from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by
applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any,
under this Article of the holders of Senior Debt and Guarantor Senior Debt and
Guarantor Senior Debt to receive cash, property and securities otherwise payable
or deliverable to the Trustee or such Holder.

      SECTION 13.07. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. Each Holder of a Note
by his acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to
take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the
subordination provided in this Article and appoints the Trustee his
attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

      SECTION 13.08. No Waiver of Subordination Provisions. No right of any
present or future holder of any Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt to enforce
subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or
impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or any
Guarantor or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or
by any noncompliance by the Company or any Guarantor with the terms, provisions
and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof any such
holder may have or be otherwise charged with.

      Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the
holders of Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt may, at any time and from time
to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders of the
Notes, without incurring responsibility to the Holders of the Notes and without
impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article or the
obligations hereunder of the Holders of the Notes to the holders of Senior Debt
and Guarantor Senior Debt, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the
manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or
alter, Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, or otherwise amend or supplement in
any manner Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt or any instrument evidencing the
same or any agreement under which Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt is
outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property
pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt;
(iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the collection of Senior Debt
or


                                      110
<PAGE>   119

Guarantor Senior Debt; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights
against the Company, the Guarantors and any other Person.

      SECTION 13.09. Notice to Trustee. The Company shall give prompt written
notice to the Trustee of any fact known to the Company which would prohibit the
making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Notes or any of the
Senior Subordinated Guarantees. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article
or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with
knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any
payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Notes or any of the Senior
Subordinated Guarantees, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee
shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a holder of
Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt or from any trustee therefor; and, prior to
the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions
of Section 6.01, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts
exist.

      Subject to the provisions of Section 6.01, the Trustee shall be entitled
to conclusively rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person
representing himself to be a holder of Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt (or
a trustee therefor) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of
Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt (or a trustee therefor). In the event that
the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with
respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt or Guarantor
Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this
Article, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt or
Guarantor Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is
entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts
pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article, and if such evidence
is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending
judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

      SECTION 13.10. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating
Agent. Upon any payment or distribution of assets or securities of the Company
or any Guarantor referred to in this Article, the Trustee, subject to the
provisions of Section 6.01, and the Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to
conclusively rely upon any order or decree entered by any court of competent
jurisdiction in which such Proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the
trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee for
the benefit of creditors, agent or other Person making such payment or
distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes, for the
purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or
distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt and other
indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor,


                                      111
<PAGE>   120

as the case may be, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts
paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this
Article.

      SECTION 13.11. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt. The
Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior
Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt and shall not be liable to any such holders if it
shall in good faith mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders of Notes or to
the Company or any Guarantor or to any other Person cash, property or securities
to which any holders of Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt shall be entitled
by virtue of this Article or otherwise. With respect to the holders of Senior
Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its
covenants or obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article and no
implied covenants or obligations with respect to holders of Senior Indebtedness
shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.

      SECTION 13.12. Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of
Trustee's Rights. The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to
all the rights set forth in this Article with respect to any Senior Debt or
Guarantor Senior Debt which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as
any other holder of Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, and nothing in this
Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

      Nothing in this Article shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the
Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.07.

      SECTION 13.13. Article Applicable to Paying Agents. In case at any time
any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company
and be then acting hereunder, the term "Trustee" as used in this Article shall
in such case (unless the context otherwise requires) be construed as extending
to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully for all intents
and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article in addition to
or in place of the Trustee; provided, however, that Section 13.12 shall not
apply to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company if it or such Affiliate
acts as Paying Agent.

      SECTION 13.14. Defeasance of this Article 13. The subordination of the
Notes and the Senior Subordinated Guarantees provided by this Article 13 is
expressly made subject to the provisions for defeasance or covenant defeasance
in Article 14 hereof and, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, upon
the effectiveness of any such defeasance or covenant defeasance, the Notes then
outstanding and the Senior Subordinated Guarantees related thereto shall
thereupon cease to be subordinated pursuant to this Article 13.


                                      112
<PAGE>   121

                                   ARTICLE 14
                       DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

      SECTION 14.01. Company's Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance. The Company may at its option by Board Resolution, at any time, in
accordance with the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, elect to have
either Section 14.02 or Section 14.03 applied to the Outstanding Notes upon
compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 14.

      SECTION 14.02. Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Company's exercise of
the option provided in Section 14.01 applicable to this Section, the Company
shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to the
Outstanding Notes, and the provisions of Article 12 and Thirteen hereof shall
cease to be effective, on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied
(hereinafter, "defeasance"). For this purpose, such defeasance means that the
Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness
represented by the Outstanding Notes and to have satisfied all its other
obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are
concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper
instruments acknowledging the same), and (ii) the Guarantors shall be released
from all of their obligations under their Senior Subordinated Guarantees and
under Article 12 of this Indenture except for the following which shall survive
until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (A) the rights of Holders of
such Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 14.04 and
as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of
(and premium, if any) and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (B)
the Company's obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 3.04, 3.05,
3.06, 10.02 and 10.03, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of
the Trustee hereunder and (D) this Article 14. Subject to compliance with this
Article 14, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 14.02
notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 14.03.

      SECTION 14.03. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Company's exercise of the
option provided in Section 14.01 applicable to this Section, (i) the Company
shall be released from its obligations under Sections 10.05 through 10.18,
inclusive, and Clauses (3), (4) and (5) of Section 8.01, (ii) the occurrence of
an event specified in Sections 5.01(3), 5.01(4) (with respect to Clauses (1),
(3), (4) or (5) of Section 8.01), 5.01(5) (with respect to any of Sections 10.05
through 10.18, inclusive), 5.01(6) and 5.01(7) shall not be deemed to be an
Event of Default and (iii) the provisions of Article 13 hereof shall cease to be
effective on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied
(hereinafter, "covenant defeasance"). For this purpose, such covenant defeasance
means that


                                      113
<PAGE>   122

the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of
any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section, Clause or
Article, whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere
herein to any such Section, Clause or Article or by reason of any reference in
any such Section, Clause or Article to any other provision herein or in any
other document, but the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be
unaffected thereby.

      SECTION 14.04. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The
following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 14.02 or
Section 14.03 to the then Outstanding Notes:

      (1) The Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited
      with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of
      Section 6.09 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article
      14 applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the
      following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated
      solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, (A) money in an
      amount, or (B) U.S. Government Obligations which through the scheduled
      payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with
      their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of
      any payment, money in an amount, or (C) a combi nation thereof,
      sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent
      public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered
      to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the
      Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, the principal
      of (, premium, if any,) and each instalment of interest on the Notes on
      the Stated Maturity of such principal or instalment of interest in
      accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Notes. For this
      purpose, "U.S. Government Obligations" means securities that are (x)
      direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of
      which its full faith and credit is pledged or (y) obligations of a Person
      controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of
      the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally
      guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of
      America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the
      option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt
      issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of
      1933, as amended) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government
      Obliga tion or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such
      U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the
      holder of such depository receipt, provided that (except as required by
      law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the
      amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount


                                      114
<PAGE>   123

      received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or
      the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government
      Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

      (2) In the case of an election under Section 14.02, the Company shall have
      delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (x) the
      Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal
      Revenue Service a ruling, or (y) since the date of this Indenture there
      has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case
      to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the
      Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize gain or loss for
      Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and
      discharge and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount, in
      the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
      deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred.

      (3) In the case of an election under Section 14.03, the Company shall have
      delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the
      Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize gain or loss for
      Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and covenant
      defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount,
      in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if
      such deposit and covenant defeasance had not occurred.

      (4) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
      Certificate to the effect that the Notes, if then listed on any securities
      exchange, will not be delisted as a result of such deposit.

      (5) Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to
      have a conflicting interest as defined in Section 6.08 and for purposes of
      the Trust Indenture Act with respect to any securities of the Company.

      (6) At the time of such deposit: (A) no default in the payment of all or a
      portion of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on or other
      obligations in respect of any Senior Debt shall have occurred and be
      continuing, and no event of default with respect to any Senior Debt shall
      have occurred and be continuing and shall have resulted in such Senior
      Debt becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which
      it would otherwise have become due and payable and (B) no other event of
      default with respect to any Senior Debt shall have occurred and be
      continuing permitting (after notice or the lapse of time, or both) the
      holders of such Senior Debt (or a trustee on behalf of the holders
      thereof)


                                      115
<PAGE>   124

      to declare such Senior Debt due and payable prior to the date on which it
      would otherwise have become due and payable, or, in the case of either
      Clause (A) or Clause (B) above, each such default or event of default
      shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist.

      (7) No Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time or
      both would become an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
      continuing.

      (8) Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or
      violation of, or constitute a default under, any other agreement or
      instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

      (9) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
      Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
      precedent provided for relating to either the defeasance under Section
      14.02 or the covenant defeasance under Section 14.03 (as the case may be)
      have been complied with.

      (10) Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in the trust
      arising from such deposit constituting an investment company as defined in
      the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or such trust shall be
      qualified under such act or exempt from regulation thereunder.

      SECTION 14.05. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held
in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to the provisions of the last
paragraph of Section 10.03, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including
the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying
trustee--collectively, for purposes of this Section 14.05, the "Trustee")
pursuant to Section 13.04 in respect of the Notes shall be held in trust and
applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this
Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent
(including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Holders of such Notes, of all sums due and to become due
thereon in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, but such
money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
law. Money so held in trust shall not be subject to the provisions of Article
12.

      The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or
other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations
deposited pursuant to Section 14.04 or the principal and interest received in
respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for
the account of the Holders of the Outstanding Notes.


                                      116
<PAGE>   125

      Anything in this Article 14 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee
shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any
money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 14.04
which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the
Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be
deposited to effect an equivalent defeasance or covenant defeasance.

      SECTION 14.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable
to apply any money in accordance with Section 14.02 or 14.03 by reason of any
order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining
or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company's obligations under
this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no
deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 13 until such time as the Trustee
or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section
14.02 or 14.03; provided, however, that if the Company makes any payment of
principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note following the
reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights
of the Holders of such Note to receive such payment from the money held by the
Trustee or the Paying Agent.

                          -----------------------------


                                      117
<PAGE>   126

      This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts
shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be
duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and
attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

                                          R.H. DONNELLEY INC.


                                          By: /s/ Philip C. Danford
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:  Philip C. Danford
                                              Title: Senior Vice President and
                                                       Chief Financial Officer

Attest:


- ----------------------------------

                                          THE DUN & BRADSTREET
                                          CORPORATION


                                          By: /s/ Chester J. Geveda, Jr.
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:  Chester J. Geveda, Jr.
                                              Title: Vice President and 
                                                       Controller

Attest:


- ----------------------------------

                                          THE BANK OF NEW YORK

                                          By: /s/ Lucille Firrincieli
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:  Lucille Firrincieli
                                              Title: Vice President

Attest:


- ----------------------------------


                                      118
<PAGE>   127

               [Pages 119 and 120 were intentionally left blank.]


                                      119
<PAGE>   128

                                                                      ANNEX A --
                                                Form of Regulation S Certificate

                            REGULATION S CERTIFICATE

           (For transfers pursuant to ss. 3.06(b)(i) of the Indenture)

The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West
New York, New York 10286
Attn:  Corporate Trust Trustee Administration

      Re: 9 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due June 1, 2008 of R.H. Donnelley
          Inc. (the "Securities")

      Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of June 5, 1998 (the
"Indenture"), from R.H. Donnelley Inc. (the "Company"), the Guarantors named
therein, The Bank of New York, as Trustee. Terms used herein and defined in the
Indenture or in Regulation S or Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933
(the "Securities Act") are used herein as so defined.

      This certificate relates to U.S. $____________ principal amount of
Securities, which are evidenced by the following certificate(s) (the "Specified
Securities"):

      CUSIP No(s). ___________________________

      CERTIFICATE No(s). _____________________

      The person in whose name this certificate is executed below (the
"Undersigned") hereby certifies that either (i) it is the sole beneficial owner
of the Specified Securities or (ii) it is acting on behalf of all the beneficial
owners of the Specified Securities and is duly authorized by them to do so. Such
beneficial owner or owners are referred to herein collectively as the "Owner".
If the Specified Securities are represented by a Global Security, they are held
through the Depositary or an Agent Member in the name of the Undersigned, as or
on behalf of the Owner. If the Specified Securities are not represented by a
Global Security, they are registered in the name of the Undersigned, as or on
behalf of the Owner.


                                       A-1
<PAGE>   129

      The Owner has requested that the Specified Securities be transferred to a
person (the "Transferee") who will take delivery in the form of a Regulation S
Security. In connection with such transfer, the Owner hereby certifies that,
unless such transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act, it is being effected in accordance with Rule
904 or Rule 144 under the Securities Act and with all applicable securities laws
of the states of the United States and other jurisdictions. Accordingly, the
Owner hereby further certifies as follows:

      1. Rule 904 Transfers. If the transfer is being effected in accordance
with Rule 904:

      (a) the Owner is not a distributor of the Securities, an affiliate of the
      Company or any such distributor or a person acting on behalf of any of the
      foregoing;

      (b) the offer of the Specified Securities was not made to a person in the
      United States;

      (c) either:

                  (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee
            was outside the United States or the Owner and any person acting on
            its behalf reasonably believed that the Transferee was outside the
            United States, or

                  (ii) the transaction is being executed in, on or through the
            facilities of the Eurobond market, as regulated by the Association
            of International Bond Dealers, or another designated offshore
            securities market and neither the Owner nor any person acting on its
            behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer
            in the United States;

      (d) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States by or
      on behalf of the Owner or any affiliate thereof;

      (e) if the Owner is a dealer in securities or has received a selling
      concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Specified
      Securities, and the transfer is to occur during the Restricted Period,
      then the requirements of Rule 904(b)(1) or (b)(3) have been satisfied; and

      (f) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the
      registration requirements of the Securities Act.


                                      A-2
<PAGE>   130

      2. Rule 144 Transfers. If the transfer is being effected pursuant to
Rule 144:

      (a) the transfer is occurring after a holding period of at least two years
      (computed in accordance with paragraph (d) of Rule 144) has elapsed since
      the Specified Securities were last acquired from the Company or from an
      affiliate of the Company, whichever is later, and is being effected in
      accordance with the applicable amount, manner of sale and notice
      requirements of Rule 144; or

      (b) the transfer is occurring after a holding period of at least three
      years has elapsed since the Specified Securities were last acquired from
      the Company or from an affiliate of the Company, whichever is later, and
      the Owner is not, and during the preceding three months has not been, an
      affiliate of the Company.

      This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your
benefit and the benefit of the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial
Purchasers.


Dated:                        __________________________________________________
                                          (Print the name of the Undersigned,   
                                          as such term is defined in the second 
                                          paragraph of this certificate.)


                                    ____________________________________________
                                    By:
                                    Name:
                                    Title:

                                          (If the Undersigned is a corporation,
                                          partnership or fiduciary, the title of
                                          the person signing on behalf of the
                                          Undersigned must be stated.)


                                      A-3
<PAGE>   131

                                                                      ANNEX B --
                                       Form of Restricted Securities Certificate

                        RESTRICTED SECURITIES CERTIFICATE

          (For transfers pursuant to ss. 3.06(b)(ii) of the Indenture)

The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West
New York, New York 10286
Attn: Corporate Trust Trustee Administration

      Re: 9 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due June 1, 2008 of R.H. Donnelley 
          Inc. (the "Securities")

      Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of June 5, 1998 (the
"Indenture"), from R.H. Donnelley Inc. (the "Company"), the Guarantors named
therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee. Terms used herein and defined in
the Indenture or in Rule 144A or Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933
(the "Securities Act") are used herein as so defined.

      This certificate relates to U.S. $_____________ principal amount of
Securities, which are evidenced by the following certificate(s) (the "Specified
Securities"):

      CUSIP No(s). ___________________________

      ISIN No(s), If any. ____________________

      CERTIFICATE No(s). _____________________

      The person in whose name this certificate is executed below (the
"Undersigned") hereby certifies that either (i) it is the sole beneficial owner
of the Specified Securities or (ii) it is acting on behalf of all the beneficial
owners of the Specified Securities and is duly authorized by them to do so. Such
beneficial owner or owners are referred to herein collectively as the "Owner".
If the Specified Securities are represented by a Global Security, they are held
through the Depositary or an Agent Member in the name of the Undersigned, as or
on behalf of the Owner. If the Specified Securities are not represented by a
Global Security, they are registered in the name of the Undersigned, as or on
behalf of the Owner.


                                      B-1
<PAGE>   132

      The Owner has requested that the Specified Securities be transferred to a
person (the "Transferee") who will take delivery in the form of a Restricted
Security. In connection with such transfer, the Owner hereby certifies that,
unless such transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act, (i) the Owner is not a U.S. Person (as
defined in the Indenture) and (ii) such transfer is being effected in accordance
with Rule 144A or Rule 144 under the Securities Act and all applicable
securities laws of the states of the United States and other jurisdictions.
Accordingly, the Owner hereby further certifies as:

      1. Rule 144A Transfers. If the transfer is being effected in accordance
with Rule 144A:

      (a) the Specified Securities are being transferred to a person that the
      Owner and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believe is a
      "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A, acquiring
      for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer;
      and

      (b) the Owner and any person acting on its behalf have taken reasonable
      steps to ensure that the Transferee is aware that the Owner may be relying
      on Rule 144A in connection with the transfer; and

      2. Rule 144 Transfers. If the transfer is being effected pursuant to Rule
144:

      (a) the transfer is occurring after a holding period of at least two years
      (computed in accordance with paragraph (d) of Rule 144) has elapsed since
      the Specified Securities were last acquired from the Company or from an
      affiliate of the Company, whichever is later, and is being effected in
      accordance with the applicable amount, manner of sale and notice
      requirements of Rule 144; or

      (b) the transfer is occurring after a holding period of at least three
      years has elapsed since the Specified Securities were last acquired from
      the Company or from an affiliate of the Company, whichever is later, and
      the Owner is not, and during the preceding three months has not been, an
      affiliate of the Company.


                                      B-2
<PAGE>   133

      This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your
benefit and the benefit of the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial
Purchasers.


Dated:                        __________________________________________________
                                          (Print the name of the Undersigned,   
                                          as such term is defined in the second 
                                          paragraph of this certificate.)


                                    ____________________________________________
                                    By:
                                    Name:
                                    Title:

                                          (If the Undersigned is a corporation,
                                          partnership or fiduciary, the title of
                                          the person signing on behalf of the
                                          Undersigned must be stated.)


                                      B-3
<PAGE>   134

                                                                      ANNEX C --
                                     Form of Unrestricted Securities Certificate

                       UNRESTRICTED SECURITIES CERTIFICATE

         (For removal of Securities Act Legends pursuant to ss. 3.06(c))

The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West
New York, New York 10286
Attn: Corporate Trust Trustee Administration

      Re: 9 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due June 1, 2008 of R.H. Donnelley 
          Inc. (the "Securities")

      Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of June 5, 1998 (the
"Indenture"), from R.H. Donnelley Inc. (the "Company"), the Guarantors named
therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee. Terms used herein and defined in
the Indenture or in Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the
"Securities Act") are used herein as so defined.

      This certificate relates to U.S. $_____________ principal amount of
Securities, which are evidenced by the following certificate(s) (the "Specified
Securities"):

      CUSIP No(s). ___________________________

      CERTIFICATE No(s). _____________________

      The person in whose name this certificate is executed below (the
"Undersigned") hereby certifies that either (i) it is the sole beneficial owner
of the Specified Securities or (ii) it is acting on behalf of all the beneficial
owners of the Specified Securities and is duly authorized by them to do so. Such
beneficial owner or owners are referred to herein collectively as the "Owner".
If the Specified Securities are represented by a Global Security, they are held
through the Depositary or an Agent Member in the name of the Undersigned, as or
on behalf of the Owner. If the Specified Securities are not represented by a
Global Security, they are registered in the name of the Undersigned, as or on
behalf of the Owner.


                                      C-1
<PAGE>   135

      The Owner has requested that the Specified Securities be exchanged for
Securities bearing no Securities Act Legend pursuant to Section 3.06(c) of the
Indenture. In connection with such exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that the
exchange is occurring after a holding period of at least three years (computed
in accordance with paragraph (d) of Rule 144) has elapsed since the Specified
Securities were last acquired from the Company or from an affiliate of the
Company, whichever is later, and the Owner is not, and during the preceding
three months has not been, an affiliate of the Company. The Owner also
acknowledges that any future transfers of the Specified Securities must comply
with all applicable securities laws of the states of the United States and other
jurisdictions.

      This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your
benefit and the benefit of the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial
Purchasers.


Dated:                        __________________________________________________
                                          (Print the name of the Undersigned,   
                                          as such term is defined in the second 
                                          paragraph of this certificate.)


                                    ____________________________________________
                                    By:
                                    Name:
                                    Title:

                                          (If the Undersigned is a corporation,
                                          partnership or fiduciary, the title of
                                          the person signing on behalf of the
                                          Undersigned must be stated.)


                                      C-2
<PAGE>   136

                                                                      ANNEX D --
                                          Form of Certification to Be Given
                                          by Holders of Beneficial Interest in a
                                          Regulation S Temporary Global Note

                         OWNER SECURITIES CERTIFICATION

                               R.H. DONNELLEY INC.

                    9-1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008

      This is to certify that, as of the date hereof, $________ of the
above-captioned Notes are beneficially owned by non-U.S. person(s). As used in
this paragraph, the term "U.S. person" has the meaning given to it by Regulation
S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

      We undertake to advise you promptly by tested telex on or prior to the
date on which you intend to submit your certification relating to the Notes held
by you for our account in accordance with your operating procedures if any
applicable statement herein is not correct on such date, and in the absence of
any such notification it may be assumed that this certification applies as of
such date.

      We understand that this certificate is required in connection with certain
securities laws of the United States. In connection therewith, if administrative
or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this
certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce
this certificate to any interested party in such proceedings.

Dated:______________, ____


By:____________________________________
   As, or as agent for, the beneficial
   owner(s) of the Notes to which this
   certificate relates.


                                       D-1
<PAGE>   137

                                                                      ANNEX E --
                                           Form of Certification to Be Given by
                                           the Euroclear Operator  or Cedel S.A.

                       DEPOSITARY SECURITIES CERTIFICATION

                               R.H. DONNELLEY INC.

                    9-1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008

      This is to certify that, with respect to U.S.$___________ principal amount
of the above-captioned Notes, except as set forth below, we have received in
writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission, from member
organizations appearing in our records as persons being entitled to a portion of
the principal amount of Notes set forth above (our "Member Organizations"),
certifications with respect to such portion, substantially to the effect set
forth in the Indenture.

      We further certify (i) that we are not making available herewith for
exchange (or, if relevant, exercise of any rights or collection of any interest)
any portion of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (as defined in the
Indenture) excepted in such certifications and (ii) that as of the date hereof
we have not received any notification from any of our Member Organizations to
the effect that the statements made by such Member Organizations with respect to
any portion of the part submitted herewith for exchange (or, if relevant,
exercise of any rights or collection of any interest) are no longer true and
cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.

      We understand that this certification is required in connection with
certain securities laws of the United States. In connection therewith, if
administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection
with which this


                                       E-1
<PAGE>   138

certification is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce
this certification to any interested party in such proceedings.

Dated:  _____________, _______

Yours faithfully,
[MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
   OF NEW YORK, Brussels office,
as operator of the Euroclear System]

   or

[CEDEL S.A.]


By ____________________________


                                       E-2

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.4

                  EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

      EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of June 5,1998, among
R.H. Donnelley Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), The Dun &
Bradstreet Corporation, a Delaware corporation and parent to the Company
("Parent Company"), Goldman, Sachs & Co., and Chase Securities Inc., as initial
purchasers (collectively, the "Purchasers") of the 9-1/8% Senior Subordinated
Notes due June 1, 2008 (the "Notes"), of the Company, which are guaranteed on a
senior subordinated basis by the Parent Company and will be guaranteed by any
future Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

      The Company proposes to issue and sell to the Purchasers upon the terms
set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) the Notes. As an
inducement to the Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in
satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Purchasers thereunder, the
Company agrees with the Purchasers for the benefit of holders (as defined
herein) from time to time of the Registrable Notes (as defined herein) as
follows:

      1. Certain Definitions.

      For purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the
following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

      "Base Interest" shall mean the interest that would otherwise accrue on the
Notes under the terms thereof and the Indenture, without giving effect to the
provisions of this Agreement.

      The term "broker-dealer" shall mean any broker or dealer registered with
the Commission under the Exchange Act.

      "Closing Date" shall mean June 5, 1998.

      "Commission" shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange
Act or the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular
purpose.

      "Effective Date," in the case of (i) an Exchange Registration, shall mean
the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement otherwise becomes effective and (ii) a Shelf Registration, shall mean
the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration
Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise
becomes effective.

      "Electing Holder" shall mean any holder of Registrable Notes that has
returned a


<PAGE>   2

completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with
Section 3(d)(ii) or 3(d)(iii) hereof.

      "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any
successor thereto, as the same shall be amended from time to time.

      "Exchange Notes" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a)
hereof

      "Exchange Offer" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a)
hereof

      "Exchange Offer Registration Statement" shall have the meaning assigned
thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

      "Exchange Registration" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section
3(c) hereof.

      "Guarantors" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Indenture.

      The term "holder" shall mean each of the Purchasers and other persons who
acquire Registrable Notes from time to time (including any successors or
assigns), in each case for so long as such person owns any Registrable Notes.

      "Indenture" shall mean the Indenture, dated as of June 5, 1998, between
the Company and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, as the same shall be amended
from time to time.

      "Notes" shall mean, collectively, the 9-1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due
June 1, 2008 of the Company to be issued and sold to the Purchasers, and
securities issued in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof pursuant to the
Indenture. Each Note is entitled to the benefit of the guarantees provided for
in the Indenture (the "Guarantees") and, unless the context otherwise requires,
any reference herein to a "Note," an "Exchange Note" or a "Registrable Note"
shall include a reference to the related Guarantees.

      "Notice and Questionnaire" shall mean a Notice of Registration Statement
and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A
hereto.

      The term "person" shall mean a corporation, association, partnership,
organization, business, individual, government or political subdivision thereof
or governmental agency.

      "Purchase Agreement" shall mean the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June
2, 1998, between the Purchasers and the Company relating to the Notes.

      "Registrable Notes" shall mean the Notes; provided, however, that a Note
shall cease to be a Registrable Note when (i) in the circumstances contemplated
by Section 2(a) hereof, the


<PAGE>   3

Note has been exchanged for an Exchange Note in an Exchange Offer as
contemplated in Section 2(a) (provided that any Exchange Note received by a
broker-dealer in an Exchange Offer in, exchange for a Registrable Note that was
not acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Company will also be a
Registrable Note through and including the earlier of the 180th day after the
Exchange Offer is completed or such time as such broker-dealer no longer owns
such Note); (ii) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(b) hereof, a
Shelf Registration Statement registering such Note under the Securities Act has
been declared or becomes effective and such Note has been sold or otherwise
transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to and in a manner contemplated by
such effective Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) such Note is sold pursuant to
Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Note relating to
restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise,
is removed by the Company or pursuant to the Indenture; (iv) such Note is
eligible to be sold pursuant to paragraph (k) of Rule 144; or (v) such Note
shall cease to be outstanding.

      "Registration Default" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section
2(c) hereof.

      "Registration Expenses" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section
4 hereof.

      "Resale Period" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a)
hereof

      "Restricted Holder" shall mean (i) a holder that is an affiliate of the
Company within the meaning of Rule 405, (ii) a holder who acquires Exchange
Notes outside the ordinary course of such holder's business, (iii) a holder who
has arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the
Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing Exchange Notes and (iv) a holder
that is a broker-dealer, but only with respect to Exchange Notes received by
such brokerdealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable
Notes acquired by the brokerdealer directly from the Company.

      "Restricted Subsidiary" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the
Indenture.

      "Rule 144," "Rule 405" and "Rule 415" shall mean, in each case, such rule
promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same
shall be amended from time to time.

      "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, or any successor
thereto, as the same shall be amended from time to time.

      "Shelf Registration" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section
2(b) hereof.

      "Shelf Registration Statement" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in
Section 2(b) hereof.


<PAGE>   4

      "Special Interest" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c)
hereof.

      "Trust Indenture Act" shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or any
successor thereto, and the rules, regulations and forms promulgated thereunder,
all as the same shall be amended from time to time.

      Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a "Section"
or "clause" refers to a Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Exchange
and Registration Rights Agreement, and the words "herein," "hereof" and
"hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Exchange and
Registration Rights Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or
other subdivision.

      2. Registration Under the Securities Act.

      (a) Except as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Company agrees to use
      its reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission under the
      Securities Act, within 60 days after the Closing Date, a registration
      statement relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statement,
      the "Exchange Offer Registration Statement", and such offer, the "Exchange
      Offer") any and all of the Notes for a like aggregate principal amount of
      debt securities issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors,
      which debt securities and guarantees are substantially identical to the
      Notes and the related Guarantees, respectively (and are entitled to the
      benefits of a trust indenture which is substantially identical to the
      Indenture or is the Indenture and which has been qualified under the Trust
      Indenture Act), except that they have been registered pursuant to an
      effective registration statement under the Securities Act and do not
      contain provisions for the Special Interest payments contemplated in
      Section 2(c) below (such new debt securities hereinafter called "Exchange
      Notes"). The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to cause
      the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the
      Securities Act as soon as practicable, but no later than 120 days after
      the Closing Date. The Exchange Offer will be registered under the
      Securities Act on the appropriate form and will comply with all applicable
      tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act. The Company
      further agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to commence and complete
      the Exchange Offer promptly after such registration statement has become
      effective, hold the Exchange Offer open for at least 30 days and issue
      Exchange Notes for all Registrable Notes that have been properly tendered
      and not withdrawn on or prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The
      Exchange Offer will be deemed to have been "completed" only if the debt
      securities and related guarantees received by holders other than
      Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Notes are, upon
      receipt, transferable by each such holder without need for further
      compliance with Section 5 of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act
      (except for the requirement to deliver a prospectus included in the
      Exchange Offer Registration Statement applicable to resales by
      brokerdealers of Exchange Notes received by such broker-dealer


<PAGE>   5

      pursuant to an Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Notes other than
      those acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Company), and
      without material restrictions under the blue sky or securities laws of a
      substantial majority of the States of the United States of America. The
      Exchange Offer shall be deemed to have been completed upon the earlier to
      occur of (i) the Company having exchanged the Exchange Notes for all
      outstanding Registrable Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer and (ii) the
      Company having exchanged, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Notes
      for all Registrable Notes that have been properly tendered and not
      withdrawn before the expiration of the Exchange Offer, which shall be on a
      date that is at least 30 days following the commencement of the Exchange
      Offer. The Company agrees (x) to include in the Exchange Offer
      Registration Statement a prospectus for use in connection with any resales
      of Exchange Notes by a broker-dealer, other than resales of Exchange Notes
      received by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer in exchange for
      Registrable Notes acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Company,
      and (y) to use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Exchange Offer
      Registration Statement effective for a period (the "Resale Period")
      beginning when Exchange Notes are first issued in the Exchange Offer and
      ending upon the earlier of the expiration of the 180th day after the
      Exchange Offer has been consummated or such time as such broker-dealers no
      longer own any Registrable Notes. With respect to such Exchange Offer
      Registration Statement, each broker-dealer that holds Exchange Notes
      received in an Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Notes not
      acquired by it directly from the Company shall have the benefit of the
      rights of indemnification and contribution set forth in Sections 6(a),
      (c), (d) and (e) hereof.

      (b) If (i) on or prior to the date of consummation of the Exchange Offer,
      existing Commission interpretations are changed such that the debt
      securities or any related guarantees received by holders other than
      Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Notes are not or
      would not be, upon receipt, freely transferable by each such holder
      without need for further compliance with Section 5 of the Securities Act
      (except for the requirement to deliver a prospectus included in the
      Exchange Offer Registration Statement applicable to resales by
      broker-dealers of Exchange Notes received by such broker-dealer pursuant
      to an Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Notes other than those
      acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Company), (ii) the
      Exchange Offer has not been consummated within 210 days following the
      Closing Date or (iii) the Initial Purchasers so request within 60 days
      after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, in lieu of (or, in the case
      of clause (iii), in addition to) conducting the Exchange Offer
      contemplated by Section 2(a) the Company shall use its reasonable best
      efforts to file under the Securities Act as soon as practicable, but no
      later than 60 days, or 270 days with respect to the event referenced in
      clause (ii) above, after the Closing Date, a "shelf" registration
      statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous
      or delayed basis by the holders of, all of the Registrable Notes, or in
      the case of clause (iii), of Notes held by a holder of Notes for resale by
      such holder, pursuant to Rule 415 or any


<PAGE>   6

      similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the
      "Shelf Registration" and such registration statement, the "Shelf
      Registration Statement"). The Company agrees (i) to use its reasonable
      best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement be declared
      effective within 180 days, or 390 days with respect to the event
      referenced in clause (ii) above, of the Closing Date and to remain
      effective for two years following the effective date of the Shelf
      Registration Statement or such shorter period that will terminate when all
      the securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold
      pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, provided, however, that no
      holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the
      Shelf Registration Statement or to use the prospectus forming a part
      thereof for resales of Registrable Notes unless such holder is an Electing
      Holder, and (ii) after the Effective Date of the Shelf Registration
      Statement, promptly upon the request of any holder of Registrable Notes
      that is not then an Electing Holder, to take any action reasonably
      necessary to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part
      thereof for resales of Registrable Notes, including, without limitation,
      any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder
      in the Shelf Registration Statement, provided, however, that nothing in
      this clause (ii) shall relieve any such holder of the obligation to return
      a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in
      accordance with Section 3(d)(iii) hereof. Notwithstanding clause (i) of
      the previous sentence, the Company shall not be obligated to keep the
      Shelf Registration Statement effective if (A) the Company determines, in
      its reasonable judgment, upon advice of counsel, that the continued
      effectiveness and usability of the Shelf Registration Statement would (x)
      require the disclosure of confidential information, which the Company has
      a bona fide business reason for preserving as confidential, or (y)
      interfere with any financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or
      other material transaction involving the Company or any affiliate, and
      provided further, that the failure to keep the Shelf Registration
      Statement effective and usable for offers and sales of Registrable Notes
      for such reasons shall last no longer than 45 days in any 12-month period.
      Any such period during which the Company is excused from keeping the Shelf
      Registration Statement effective and usable for offers and sales of
      Registrable Notes is referred to herein as a "Suspension Period"; a
      Suspension Period shall commence and include the date that the Company
      gives notice to the Electing Holders that the Shelf Registration Statement
      is no longer effective or the prospectus included therein is no longer
      usable for offers and sales of Registrable Notes as a result of the
      application of the proviso of the foregoing sentence and shall end on the
      earlier to occur of (1) the date on which each seller of Registrable Notes
      covered by the Shelf Registration Statement either receives copies of the
      supplemented or amended prospectus or is advised in writing by the Company
      that use of the prospectus may be resumed or (2) the expiration of 45 days
      in any 12-month period during which one or more Suspension Periods has
      been in effect.

      (c) In the event that (i) the Company has not filed the Exchange Offer
      Registration Statement (or, if applicable, the Shelf Registration
      Statement) within 60 days


<PAGE>   7

      following the Closing Date, or (ii) such Exchange Offer Registration
      Statement or Shelf Registration Statement has not become effective or been
      declared effective by the Commission within 120 days following the Closing
      Date, or (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been consummated within 60
      business days after the Effective Date or (iv) any Exchange Offer
      Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required by Section
      2(a) or 2(b) hereof is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter
      either be withdrawn by the Company or shall become subject to an effective
      stop order issued pursuant to Section 8(d) of the Securities Act
      suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement (except as
      specifically permitted herein) without being succeeded immediately by an
      additional registration statement filed and declared effective (each such
      event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a "Registration Default"
      and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is
      continuing, a "Registration Default Period"), then, the per annum interest
      rate on the applicable Notes will increase (such increase referred to
      herein as the "Special Interest"), for the period from the occurrence of
      the Registration Default until such time as no Registration Default is in
      effect (at which time the interest rate will be reduced to its initial
      rate) by 0.25% during the first 90-day period following the occurrence of
      such Registration Default, and by an additional 0.25% during each
      subsequent 90-day period thereafter (up to a maximum of 1.0%).

      (d) The Company shall take, and shall cause each Guarantor to take, all
      action necessary or advisable to be taken by it to ensure that the
      transactions contemplated herein are effected as so contemplated,
      including all action necessary or desirable to register the Guarantees
      under the registration statement contemplated in Section 2(a) or 2(b)
      hereof, as applicable.

      (e) Any reference herein to a registration statement as of any time shall
      be deemed to include any document incorporated therein by reference as of
      such time and any reference herein to any post-effective amendment to a
      registration statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any
      document incorporated therein by reference as of such time.

      3. Registration Procedures.

      If the Company files a registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a) or
Section 2(b), the following provisions shall apply:

      (a) At or before the Effective Date of the Exchange Offer or the Shelf
      Registration, as the case may be, the Company shall qualify the Indenture
      under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

      (b) In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of
      a new


<PAGE>   8

      trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee
      thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

      (c) In connection with the Company's obligations with respect to the
      registration of Exchange Securities as contemplated by Section 2(a) (the
      "Exchange Registration"), if applicable, the Company shall, as soon as
      practicable (or as otherwise specified):

                  (i) prepare and file with the Commission, as soon as
            practicable but no later than 60 days after the Closing Date, an
            Exchange Offer Registration Statement on any form which may be
            utilized by the Company and which shall permit the Exchange Offer
            and resales of Exchange Notes by broker-dealers during the Resale
            Period to be effected as contemplated by Section 2(a), and use its
            best efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to
            become effective as soon as practicable thereafter, but no later
            than 120 days after the Closing Date;

                  (ii) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the
            Commission such amendments and supplements to such Exchange Offer
            Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be
            necessary to use its reasonable best efforts to effect and maintain
            the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement for
            the periods and purposes contemplated in Section 2(a) hereof and as
            may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the
            Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such
            Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and promptly provide each
            broker-dealer holding Exchange Notes with such number of copies of
            the prospectus included therein (as then amended or supplemented),
            in conformity in all material respects with the requirements of the
            Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and
            regulations of the Commission thereunder, as such broker-dealer
            reasonably may request prior to the expiration of the Resale Period,
            for use in connection with resales of Exchange Notes;

                  (iii) promptly notify Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of each
            broker-dealer that has requested or received copies of the
            prospectus included in such registration statement for use in
            consummating resales during the Resale Period (and which has
            provided in writing to the Company a telephone or facsimile number
            and address for notices), and confirm such advice in writing, (A)
            when such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the prospectus
            included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or
            post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such
            Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any post-effective
            amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments
            by the Commission or any request by the Commission for amendments or
            supplements to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or
            prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the
            Commission of any stop


<PAGE>   9

            order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer
            Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any
            proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations
            and warranties of the Company contemplated by Section 5 cease to be
            true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the
            Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the
            qualification of the Exchange Notes for sale in any jurisdiction or
            the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, or
            (F) at any time during the Resale Period when a prospectus is
            required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such
            Exchange Offer Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus
            amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform
            in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the
            Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and
            regulations of the Commission thereunder or contains an untrue
            statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact
            required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
            therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

                  (iv) in the event that the Company would be required, pursuant
            to Section 3(e)(iii)(F) above, to notify any broker-dealers holding
            Exchange Notes, prepare and furnish as promptly as practicable to
            each such holder a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus
            supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to
            purchasers of such Exchange Notes during the Resale Period, such
            prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable
            requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and
            the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and shall not
            contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
            material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
            statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then
            existing;

                  (v) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal
            of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer
            Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto as
            promptly as practicable;

                  (vi) use its reasonable best efforts to (A) register or
            qualify the Exchange Notes under the securities laws or blue sky
            laws of such jurisdictions as are contemplated by Section 2(a) no
            later than the commencement of the Exchange Offer, (B) keep such
            registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws
            so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings
            therein in such jurisdictions until the expiration of the Resale
            Period and (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably
            necessary or advisable to enable each broker-dealer holding Exchange
            Notes to consummate the disposition thereof in such jurisdictions;
            provided, however, that neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall
            be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign
            corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be
            required to qualify but for the


<PAGE>   10

            requirements of this Section 3(c)(vi), (2) consent to general
            service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes
            to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or any agreement
            between it and its stockholders;

                  (vii) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the consent or
            approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal,
            state or local, which may be required to effect the Exchange
            Registration, the Exchange Offer and the offering and sale of
            Exchange Notes by broker-dealers during the Resale Period;

                  (viii) provide a CUSIP number for all Exchange Notes, not
            later than the applicable Effective Date;

                  (ix) use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all
            applicable rules and regulations of the Commission; and make
            generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable
            but no later than eighteen months after the effective date of such
            Exchange Offer Registration Statement, an earnings statement of the
            Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the
            Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158
            thereunder).

      (d) In connection with the Company's obligations with respect to the Shelf
      Registration, if applicable, the Company shall, as soon as practicable (or
      as otherwise specified):

                  (i) prepare and file with the Commission, as soon as
            practicable but in any case within the time period specified in
            Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement on any form which may
            be utilized by the Company and which shall register all of the
            Registrable Notes for resale by the holders thereof in accordance
            with such method or methods of disposition as may be specified by
            such of the holders as, from time to time, may be Electing Holders
            and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration
            Statement to become effective as soon as practicable but in any case
            within the time period specified in Section 2(b);

                  (ii) not less than 30 calendar days prior to the Effective
            Date of the Shelf Registration Statement, mail the Notice and
            Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Notes; no holder shall
            be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf
            Registration Statement as of the Effective Date, and no holder shall
            be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales
            of Registrable Notes at any time, unless such holder has returned a
            completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company by the
            deadline for response set forth therein; provided, however, holders
            of Registrable Notes shall have at least 21 calendar days from the
            date on which the Notice and Questionnaire is first mailed to such
            holders to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire


<PAGE>   11

            to the Company;

                  (iii) after the Effective Date of the Shelf Registration
            Statement, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Notes that
            is not then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and
            Questionnaire to such holder; provided that the Company shall not be
            required to take any action to name such holder as a selling
            securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable such
            holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of
            Registrable Notes until such holder has returned a completed and
            signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;

                  (iv) as soon as reasonably practicable prepare and file with
            the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Shelf
            Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be
            necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Shelf
            Registration Statement for the period specified in Section 2(b)
            hereof and as may be required by the applicable rules and
            regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the
            form of such Shelf Registration Statement, and furnish to the
            Electing Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment
            simultaneously with or prior to its being used or filed with the
            Commission;

                  (v) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with
            respect to the disposition of all of the Registrable Notes covered
            by such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended
            methods of disposition by the Electing Holders provided for in such
            Shelf Registration Statement;

                  (vi) provide (A) the Electing Holders, (B) the underwriters
            (which term, for purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights
            Agreement, shall include a person deemed to be an underwriter within
            the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act), if any,
            thereof, (C) any sales or placement agent therefor, (D) counsel for
            any such underwriter or agent and (E) not more than one counsel for
            all the Electing Holders the opportunity to participate in the
            preparation of such Shelf Registration Statement each prospectus
            included therein or filed with the Commission and each amendment or
            supplement thereto;

                  (vii) for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such
            Shelf Registration Statement, and throughout the period specified in
            Section 2(b), make available at reasonable times at the Company's
            principal place of business or such other reasonable place for
            inspection by the persons referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) who shall
            certify to the Company that they have a current intention to sell
            the Registrable Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration such
            financial and other information and books and records of the
            Company, and cause the officers,


<PAGE>   12

            employees, counsel and independent certified public accountants of
            the Company to respond to such inquiries, as shall be reasonably
            necessary, in the reasonable judgment of the respective counsel
            referred to in such Section, to conduct a reasonable investigation
            within the meaning of Section I I of the Securities Act; provided,
            however, that each such party shall be required to maintain in
            confidence and not to disclose to any other person any information
            or records reasonably designated by the Company as being
            confidential, until such time as (A) such information becomes a
            matter of public record (whether by virtue of its inclusion in such
            registration statement or otherwise), or (B) such person shall be
            required so to disclose such information pursuant to a subpoena or
            order of any court or other governmental agency or body having
            jurisdiction over the matter (subject to the requirements of such
            order, and only after such person shall have given the Company
            prompt prior written notice of such requirement), or (C) subject to
            the provisions of Section 2(b) relating to Suspension Periods, such
            information is required to be set forth in such Shelf Registration
            Statement or the prospectus included therein or in an amendment to
            such Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to
            such prospectus in order that such Shelf Registration Statement,
            prospectus, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, complies
            with applicable requirements of the federal securities laws and the
            rules and regulations of the Commission and does not contain an
            untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state therein a
            material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
            statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then
            existing;

                  (viii) promptly notify each of the Electing Holders, any sales
            or placement agent therefor and any underwriter thereof (which
            notification may be made through any managing underwriter that is a
            representative of such underwriter for such purpose) and confirm
            such advice in writing, (A) when such Shelf Registration Statement
            or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or
            supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with
            respect to such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective
            amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments
            by the Commission with respect thereto or any request by the
            Commission for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration
            Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the
            issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the
            effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation
            or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any
            time the representations and warranties of the Company contemplated
            by Section 3(d)(xvii) or Section 5 cease to be true and correct in
            all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any
            notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of
            the Registrable Notes for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation
            or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, or (F) if at any
            time when a


<PAGE>   13

            prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act,
            such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment
            or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all
            material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities
            Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the
            Commission thereunder or contains an untrue statement of a material
            fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated
            therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading
            in light of the circumstances then existing;

                  (ix) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal
            of any order suspending the effectiveness of such registration
            statement or any post-effective amendment thereto as promptly as
            practicable;

                  (x) if requested by any managing underwriter or underwriters,
            any placement or sales agent or Electing Holder, promptly
            incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment
            such information as is required by the applicable rules and
            regulations of the Commission and as such managing underwriter or
            underwriters, such agent or such Electing Holder specifies should be
            included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such
            Registrable Notes, including information with respect to the
            principal amount of Registrable Notes being sold by such Electing
            Holder or agent or to any underwriters, the name and description of
            such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, the offering price of
            such Registrable Notes and any discount, commission or other
            compensation payable in respect thereof, the purchase price being
            paid therefor by such underwriters and with respect to any other
            terms of the offering of the Registrable Notes to be sold by such
            Electing Holder or agent or to such underwriters; and make all
            required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective
            amendment as soon as practicable after notification of the matters
            to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective
            amendment;

                  (xi) furnish to each Electing Holder, each placement or sales
            agent, if any, therefor, each underwriter, if any, thereof and the
            respective counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) an executed copy
            (or, in the case of an Electing Holder, a conformed copy) of such
            Shelf Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement
            thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto (in the case of
            an Electing Holder, upon request) and documents incorporated by
            reference therein) and such number of copies of such Shelf
            Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto and documents
            incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested
            by such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, as the case may be)
            and of the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement
            (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus),
            and such other documents, as such Electing Holder, agent, if any,
            and underwriter, if any,


<PAGE>   14

            may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and
            disposition of the Registrable Notes owned by such Electing Holder,
            offered or sold by such agent or underwritten by such underwriter
            and to permit such Electing Holder, agent and underwriter to satisfy
            the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and the
            Company hereby consents to the use of such prospectus (including
            such preliminary and summary prospectus) and any amendment or
            supplement thereto by each such Electing Holder and by any such
            agent and underwriter, in each case in the form most recently
            provided to such person by the Company, in connection with the
            offering and sale of the Registrable Notes covered by the prospectus
            (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any
            supplement or amendment thereto;

                  (xii) use its reasonable best efforts to (A) register or
            qualify the Registrable Notes to be included in such Shelf
            Registration Statement under such securities laws or blue sky laws
            of such jurisdictions as any Electing Holder and each placement or
            sales agent, if any, therefor and underwriter, if any, thereof shall
            reasonably request, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in
            effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of
            offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions during the
            period the Shelf Registration is required to remain effective under
            Section 2(b) above and for so long as may be necessary to enable any
            Electing Holder, agent or underwriter to complete its distribution
            of Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement and (C) take
            any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or
            advisable to enable each such Electing Holder, agent, if any, and
            underwriter, if any, to consummate the disposition in such
            jurisdictions of such Registrable Notes; provided, however, that
            neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required for any such
            purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction
            wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the
            requirements of this Section 3(d)(xii), (2) consent to general
            service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes
            to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or any agreement
            between it and its stockholders;

                  (xiii) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the consent
            or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether
            federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Shelf
            Registration or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to
            enable the selling Electing Holder or Electing Holders to offer, or
            to consummate the disposition of, their Registrable Notes;

                  (xiv) cooperate with the Electing Holders and the managing
            underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and
            delivery of certificates representing Registrable Notes to be sold,
            which certificates shall be printed, lithographed or engraved, or
            produced by any combination of such methods, and which shall not


<PAGE>   15

            bear any restrictive legends; and, in the case of an underwritten
            offering, enable such Registrable Notes to be in such denominations
            and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may
            request at least two business days prior to any sale of the
            Registrable Notes;

                  (xv) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Notes, not
            later than the applicable Effective Date;

                  (xvi) enter into one or more underwriting agreements,
            engagement letters, agency agreements, "best efforts" underwriting
            agreements or similar agreements, as appropriate, including
            customary provisions relating to indemnification and contribution,
            and take such other actions in connection therewith as any Electing
            Holders aggregating at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of
            the Registrable Notes at the time outstanding shall reasonably
            request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such
            Registrable Notes;

                  (xvii) if any portion of the offering contemplated by the
            Shelf Registration is an underwritten offering or is made through a
            placement or sales agent or any other entity, (A) make such
            representations and warranties to the Electing Holders covered by
            such Shelf Registration and the placement or sales agent, if any,
            therefor and the underwriters, if any, thereof in form, substance
            and scope as are customarily made in connection with an underwritten
            offering of debt securities; (B) obtain an opinion of counsel to the
            Company in customary form and covering such matters, of the type
            customarily covered by such an opinion, as the managing
            underwriters, if any, or as any Electing Holders of at least 25% in
            aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes at the time
            outstanding may reasonably request, addressed to such Electing
            Holder or Electing Holders and the placement or sales agent, if any,
            therefor and the underwriters, if any, thereof and dated the
            effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (and if such
            Shelf Registration Statement contemplates an underwritten offering
            of a part or all of the Registrable Notes, dated the date of the
            closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto) (it being
            agreed that the matters to be covered by such opinion shall include
            the due incorporation and good standing of the Company and its
            subsidiaries; the due authorization, execution and delivery of the
            relevant agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(d)(xvi)
            hereof; the due authorization, execution, authentication and
            issuance, and the validity and enforceability, of the Notes; the
            absence of material legal or governmental proceedings involving the
            Company; the absence of a breach by the Company or any of its
            subsidiaries of, or a default under, material agreements binding
            upon the Company or any subsidiary of the Company; the absence of
            governmental approvals required to be obtained in connection with
            the Shelf Registration, the offering and sale of the Registrable
            Notes, this Exchange and Registration Rights


<PAGE>   16

            Agreement or any agreement of the type referred to in Section
            3(d)(xvi) hereof, except such approvals as may be required under
            state securities or blue sky laws; the material compliance as to
            form of such Shelf Registration Statement and any documents
            incorporated by reference therein and of the Indenture with the
            requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and
            the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder,
            respectively; and, as of the date of the opinion and of the Shelf
            Registration Statement or most recent post-effective amendment
            thereto, as the case may be, the absence from such Shelf
            Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein, as then
            amended or supplemented, and from the documents incorporated by
            reference therein (in each case other than the financial statements
            and other financial information contained therein) of an untrue
            statement of a material fact or the omission to state therein a
            material fact necessary to make the statements therein not
            misleading (in the case of such documents, in the light of the
            circumstances existing at the time that such documents were filed
            with the Commission under the Exchange Act)); (C) obtain a "cold
            comfort" letter or letters from the independent certified public
            accountants of the Company addressed to the Electing Holders, the
            placement or sales agent, if any, therefor or the underwriters, if
            any, thereof, dated (i) the effective date of such Shelf
            Registration Statement and (ii) the effective date of any prospectus
            supplement to the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration
            Statement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration
            Statement which includes unaudited or audited financial statements
            as of a date or for a period subsequent to that of the latest such
            statements included in such prospectus (and, if such Shelf
            Registration Statement contemplates an underwritten offering
            pursuant to any prospectus supplement to the prospectus included in
            such Shelf Registration Statement or post-effective amendment to
            such Shelf Registration Statement which includes unaudited or
            audited financial statements as of a date or for a period subsequent
            to that of the latest such statements included in such prospectus,
            dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement
            relating thereto), such letter or letters to be in customary form
            and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by letters
            of such type; (D) deliver such documents and certificates, including
            officers' certificates, as may be reasonably requested by any
            Electing Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of
            the Registrable Notes at the time outstanding or the placement or
            sales agent, if any, therefor and the managing underwriters, if any,
            thereof to evidence the accuracy of the representations and
            warranties made pursuant to clause (A) above or those contained in
            Section 5(a) hereof and the compliance with or satisfaction of any
            agreements or conditions contained in the underwriting agreement;
            and (E) undertake such obligations relating to expense
            reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as are no less
            favorable than those provided in Section 6 hereof;

                  (xviii) notify in writing each holder of Registrable Notes of
            any proposal by


<PAGE>   17

            the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Exchange and
            Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to Section 9(h) hereof and of
            any amendment or waiver effected pursuant thereto, each of which
            notices shall contain the text of the amendment or waiver proposed
            or effected, as the case may be;

                  (xix) in the event that any broker-dealer registered under the
            Exchange Act shall underwrite any Registrable Notes or participate
            as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or "assist
            in the distribution" (within the meaning of the Rules of Fair
            Practice and the By-Laws of the National Association of Securities
            Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") or any successor thereto, as amended from
            time to time) thereof, whether as an Electing Holder or as an
            underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in
            respect thereof, or otherwise, assist such broker-dealer in
            complying with the requirements of such Rules and By-Laws, including
            by providing such information to such broker-dealer as may be
            required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the
            requirements of the Rules of Fair Practice of the NASD; and

                  (xx) use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all
            applicable rules and regulations of the Commission; and make
            generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable
            but in any event not later than eighteen months after the effective
            date of such Shelf Registration Statement, an earning statement of
            the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section I I (a) of
            the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule
            158 thereunder).

      (e) In the event that the Company would be required, pursuant to Section
      3(d)(viii)(F) above, to notify the selling Electing Holders, the placement
      or sales agent, if any, therefor and the managing underwriters, if any,
      thereof, the Company shall prepare and furnish as promptly as practicable
      to each of the Electing Holders, to each placement or sales agent, if any,
      and to each such underwriter, if any, a reasonable number of copies of a
      prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to
      purchasers of Registrable Notes, such prospectus shall conform in all
      material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and
      the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
      thereunder and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or
      omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
      to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the
      circumstances then existing. Each Electing Holder and-agent therefor or
      underwriter thereof agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the
      Company pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(F) hereof, such Electing Holder,
      agent or underwriter shall forthwith discontinue the disposition of
      Registrable Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement applicable
      to such Registrable Notes until such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter
      shall have received copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus, and
      if so directed by the Company, such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter
      shall deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all


<PAGE>   18

      copies, other than permanent file copies; then in their possession of the
      prospectus covering such Registrable Notes at the time of receipt of such
      notice.

      (f) In the event of a Shelf Registration, in addition to the information
      required to be provided by each Electing Holder in its Notice
      Questionnaire, the Company may require each Electing Holder as to which
      any Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 2(b) is being effected to
      furnish to the Company such additional information regarding such Electing
      Holder and such Electing Holder's intended method of distribution of such
      Registrable Notes as may be required in order to comply with the
      Securities Act. Each such Electing Holder agrees to notify the Company as
      promptly as practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information
      previously furnished by such Electing Holder to the Company or of the
      occurrence of any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus
      relating to such Shelf Registration contains or would contain an untrue
      statement of a material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such
      Electing Holder's intended method of disposition of such Registrable Notes
      or omits to state any material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such
      Electing Holder's intended method of disposition of such Registrable Notes
      required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
      not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly
      to furnish to the Company any additional information required to correct
      and update any previously furnished information or required so that such
      prospectus shall not contain, with respect to such Electing Holder or the
      disposition of such Registrable Notes, an untrue statement of a material
      fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
      necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the
      circumstances then existing.

      4. Registration Expenses.

      The Company agrees to bear and to pay or cause to be paid promptly all
expenses incident to the Company's performance of or compliance with this
Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, including (a) all Commission and any
NASD registration, filing and review fees and expenses including reasonable fees
and disbursements of counsel for the placement or sales agent or underwriters in
connection with such registration, filing and review, (b) all fees and expenses
in connection with the qualification of the Notes for offering and sale under
the State securities and blue sky laws referred to in Section 3(d)(xii) hereof,
including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Electing Holders
(subject to the limitation of clause (i) below) or underwriters in connection
with such qualification and determination, (c) all expenses relating to the
preparation, printing, production, distribution and reproduction of each
registration statement required to be filed hereunder, each prospectus included
therein or prepared for distribution pursuant hereto, each amendment or
supplement to the foregoing, the expenses of preparing the Notes for delivery
and blue sky or legal investment memoranda and certificates representing the
Notes, (d) fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture, any agent of
the Trustee and any counsel for the Trustee and of any collateral agent or
custodian, (e) fees, disbursements and


<PAGE>   19

expenses of counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company
(including the expenses of any opinions or "cold comfort" letters required by or
incident to such performance and compliance), (f) fees, disbursements and
expenses of one counsel for the Electing Holders retained in connection with a
Shelf Registration, as selected by the Electing Holders of at least a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes held by Electing Holders
(which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company) and (g) any fees
charged by securities rating services for rating the Notes (collectively, the
"Registration Expenses"). To the extent that any Registration Expenses are
incurred, assumed or paid by any holder of Registrable Notes or any placement or
sales agent therefor or underwriter thereof, the Company shall reimburse such
person for the full amount of the Registration Expenses so incurred, assumed or
paid promptly after receipt of a request therefor. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the holders of the Registrable Notes being registered shall pay all
agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions
attributable to the sale of such Registrable Notes and the fees and
disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts retained by such
holders (severally or jointly), other than the counsel and experts specifically
referred to above, and shall bear all out-of-pocket expenses of such holders
incurred in connection with the registration of the Registrable Notes.

      5. Representations and Warranties.

      The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Purchaser
and each of the holders from time to time of Registrable Notes that:

      (a) Each registration statement covering Registrable Notes and each
      prospectus (including any preliminary or summary prospectus) contained
      therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(d) or Section 3(c) hereof and
      any further amendments or supplements to any such registration statement
      or prospectus, when it becomes effective or is filed with the Commission,
      as the case may be, and, in the case of an underwritten offering of
      Registrable Notes, at the time of the closing under the underwriting
      agreement relating thereto, will conform in all material respects to the
      applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act
      and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and will not
      contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
      fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
      therein not misleading; and at all times subsequent to the Effective Date
      when a prospectus would be required to be delivered under the Securities
      Act, other than (A) from (i) such time as a notice has been given to
      holders of Registrable Notes pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(F) or Section
      3(c)(iii)(F) hereof until (ii) such time as the Company furnishes an
      amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to Section 3(e) or Section
      3(c)(iv) hereof and (B) during a Suspension Period, each such registration
      statement, and each prospectus (including any summary prospectus)
      contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(d) or Section 3(c)
      hereof, as then amended or supplemented, will conform in all material
      respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and


<PAGE>   20

      the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
      thereunder and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or
      omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
      to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the
      circumstances then existing; provided, however, that this representation
      and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in
      reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to
      the Company by a holder of Registrable Notes expressly for use therein.

      (b) Any documents incorporated by reference in any prospectus referred to
      in Section 5(a) hereof, when they become or became effective or are or
      were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform or
      conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities
      Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and none of such documents will
      contain or contained an untrue statement of a material fact or will omit
      or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
      necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided,
      however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any
      statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with
      information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable
      Notes expressly for use therein.

      (c) The compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this
      Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and the consummation of the
      transactions herein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a
      breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default
      under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other
      agreement or instrument to which the Company or any subsidiary of the
      Company is a party or by which the Company or any subsidiary of the
      Company is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company
      or any subsidiary of the Company is subject, nor will such action result
      in any violation of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, as
      amended, or the by-laws of the Company or any Guarantor or any statute or
      any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body
      having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or
      any of their properties; and no consent, approval, authorization, order,
      registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental
      agency or body is required for the consummation by the Company and the
      Guarantors of the transactions contemplated by this Exchange and
      Registration Rights Agreement, except the registration under the
      Securities Act of the Notes, qualification of the Indenture under the
      Trust indenture Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations,
      registrations or qualifications as may be required under State securities
      or blue sky laws in connection with the offering and distribution of the
      Notes.

      (d) This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement has been duly
      authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

      6. Indemnification.


<PAGE>   21

      (a) Indemnification by the Company. The Company shall indemnify and hold
      harmless each of the holders of Registrable Notes included in an Exchange
      Offer Registration Statement, each of the Electing Holders of Registrable
      Notes included in a Shelf Registration Statement, and each person who
      participates as a placement or sales agent or as an underwriter in any
      offering or sale of such Registrable Notes against any losses, claims,
      damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such holder, agent or
      underwriter may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise,
      insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
      respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or
      alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Exchange
      Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, as the case
      may be, under which such Registrable Notes were registered under the
      Securities Act, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained
      therein or furnished by the Company to any such Electing Holder, agent or
      underwriter, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or
      are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
      material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
      statements therein not misleading, and the Company shall, and it hereby
      agrees to, reimburse such holder, such Electing Holder, such agent and
      such underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by
      them in connection with investigating or defending any such action or
      claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company
      shall not be liable to any such person in any such case to the extent that
      any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon
      an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
      omission made in such registration statement, or preliminary, final or
      summary prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon
      and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by
      such person expressly for use therein;

      (b) Indemnification by the Electing Holders and any, agents and
      Underwriters. The Company may require, as a condition to including any
      Registrable Notes in any registration statement filed pursuant to Section
      2(b) hereof and to entering into any underwriting agreement with respect
      thereto, that the Company shall have received an undertaking reasonably
      satisfactory to it from the Electing Holder of such Registrable Notes and
      from each underwriter named in any such underwriting agreement, severally
      and not jointly, to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and all
      other holders of Registrable Notes, against any losses, claims, damages or
      liabilities to which the Company or such other holders of Registrable
      Notes may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar
      as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect
      thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged
      untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration
      statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained
      therein or furnished by the Company to any such Electing Holder, agent or
      underwriter, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or
      are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
      material fact required to


<PAGE>   22

      be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
      misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such
      untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
      omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written
      information furnished to the Company by such Electing Holder or
      underwriter expressly for use therein, and (ii) reimburse the Company for
      any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in
      connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as
      such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that no such Electing
      Holder shall be required to undertake liability to any person under this
      Section 6(b) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the
      proceeds to be received by such Electing Holder from the sale of such
      Electing Holder's Registrable Notes pursuant to such registration.

      (c) Notices of Claims, Etc. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party
      under subsection (a) or (b) above of written notice of the commencement of
      any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is
      to be made against an indemnifying party pursuant to the indemnification
      provisions of or contemplated by this Section 6, notify such indemnifying
      party in writing of the commencement of such action; but the omission so
      to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability
      which it may have to any indemnified party other than under the
      indemnification provisions of or contemplated by Section 6(a) or 6(b)
      hereof. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified
      party and it shall notify an indemnifying party of the commencement
      thereof, such indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein
      and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying
      party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel
      reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except
      with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying
      party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified
      party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, such indemnifying
      party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses
      of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred
      by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other
      than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall,
      without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the
      settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with
      respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which
      indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not
      the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or
      claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an
      unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising
      out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or
      an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of
      any indemnified party.

      (d) Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provisions
      contemplated by Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) are unavailable to or
      insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any
      losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in


<PAGE>   23

      respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall
      contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a
      result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
      respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the
      relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in
      connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses,
      claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as
      any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such
      indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference
      to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of
      a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact
      relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such
      indemnified party, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to
      information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
      omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable
      if contributions pursuant to this Section 6(d) were determined by pro rata
      allocation (even if the holders or any agents or underwriters or all of
      them were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method
      of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations
      referred to in this Section 6(d). The amount paid or payable by an
      indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, or
      liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be
      deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred
      by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending
      any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section
      6(d), no holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of
      the amount by which the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such
      holder from the sale of any Registrable Notes (after deducting any fees,
      discounts and commissions applicable thereto) exceeds the amount of any
      damages which such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of
      such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission,
      and no underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of
      the amount by which the total price at which the Registrable Notes
      underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the
      public exceeds the amount of any damages which such underwriter has
      otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue
      statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent
      misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities
      Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty
      of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The holders' and any underwriters'
      obligations in this Section 6(d) to contribute shall be several in
      proportion to the principal amount of Registrable Notes registered or
      underwritten, as the case may be, by them and not joint.

      (e) The obligations of the Company under this Section 6 shall be in
      addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have and shall
      extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer, director and
      partner of each holder, agent and underwriter and each person, if any, who
      controls any holder, agent or underwriter within the meaning of the
      Securities Act; and the obligations of the holders and any agents or
      underwriters contemplated by this Section 6 shall be in addition to any
      liability which the


<PAGE>   24

      respective holder, agent or underwriter may otherwise have and shall
      extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director
      of the Company (including any person who, with his consent, is named in
      any registration statement as about to become a director of the Company)
      and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of
      the Securities Act.

      7. Underwritten Offerings.

      (a) Selection of Underwriters. If any of the Registrable Notes covered by
      the Shelf Registration are to be sold pursuant to an underwritten
      offering, the managing underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be
      designated by Electing Holder's holding at least a majority in aggregate
      principal amount of the Registrable Notes to be included in such offering,
      provided that such designated managing underwriter or underwriters is or
      are reasonably acceptable to the Company.

      (b) Participation by Holders. Each holder of Registrable Notes hereby
      agrees with each other such holder that no such holder may participate in
      any underwritten offering hereunder unless such holder (i) agrees to sell
      such holder's Registrable Notes on the basis provided in any underwriting
      arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such
      arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of
      attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents
      reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

      8. Rule 144.

      The Company covenants to the holders of Registrable Notes that to the
extent it shall be required to do so under the Exchange Act, the Company shall
timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act or the
Securities Act (including the reports under Section 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange
Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144 adopted by the Commission
under the Securities Act) and the rules and regulations adopted by the
Commission thereunder, and shall take such further action as any holder of
Registrable Notes may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time
to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Notes without registration
under the Securities Act within the limitations of the exemption provided by
Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to
time, or any similar or successor rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the
Commission. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Notes in connection
with that holder's sale pursuant to Rule 144, the Company shall deliver to such
holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

      9. Miscellaneous.

      (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company represents, warrants,
      covenants


<PAGE>   25

      and agrees that it has not granted, and shall not grant, registration
      rights with respect to Registrable Notes or any other securities which
      would be inconsistent with the terms contained in this Exchange and
      Registration Rights Agreement.

      (b) Specific Performance. The parties hereto acknowledge that there would
      be no adequate remedy at law if the Company fails to perform any of their
      respective obligations hereunder and that the Purchasers and the holders
      from time to time of the Registrable Notes may be irreparably harmed by
      any such failure, and accordingly agree that the Purchasers and such
      holders, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at
      law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the
      respective obligations of the Company and Allied under this Exchange and
      Registration Rights Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions
      of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, in any court of the
      United States or any State thereof having jurisdiction.

      (c) Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other
      communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have
      been duly given when delivered by hand, if delivered personally or by
      courier, or three days after being deposited in the mail (registered or
      certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) as follows: If
      to the Company, to it at One Manhattanville Road, Purchase, New York
      10577, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, with a copy to Cravath, Swaine
      & Moore, Worldwide Plaza, 825 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10019,
      Attention: Thomas R. Brome, and if to a holder, to the address of such
      holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company,
      or to such other address as the Company or any such holder may have
      furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that
      notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

      (d) Parties in Interest. All the terms and provisions of this Exchange and
      Registration Rights Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the
      benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and the holders
      from time to time of the Registrable Notes and the respective successors
      and assigns of the parties hereto and such holders. In the event that any
      transferee of any holder of Registrable Notes shall acquire Registrable
      Notes, in any manner, whether by gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law
      or otherwise, such transferee shall, without any further writing or action
      of any kind, be deemed a beneficiary hereof for all purposes and such
      Registrable Notes shall be held subject to all of the terms of this
      Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, and by taking and holding such
      Registrable Notes such transferee shall be entitled to receive the
      benefits of, and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by all
      of the applicable terms and provisions of this Exchange and Registration
      Rights Agreement. If the Company shall so request, any such successor,
      assign or transferee shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the
      Registrable Notes subject to all of the applicable terms hereof.


<PAGE>   26

      (e) Survival. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations,
      warranties and each other provision set forth in this Exchange and
      Registration Rights Agreement or made pursuant hereto shall remain in full
      force and effect regardless of any investigation (or statement as to the
      results thereof) made by or on behalf of any holder of Registrable Notes,
      any director, officer or partner of such holder, any agent or underwriter
      or any director, officer or partner thereof, or any controlling person of
      any of the foregoing, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the
      Registrable Notes pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the transfer and
      registration of Registrable Notes by such holder and the consummation of
      an Exchange Offer.

      (f) LAW GOVERNING. THIS EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT SHALL
      BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF
      NEW YORK.

      (g) Headings. The descriptive headings of the several Sections and
      paragraphs of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement are inserted
      for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Exchange and
      Registration Rights Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning
      or interpretation of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

      (h) Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Exchange and Registration Rights
      Agreement and the other writings referred to herein (including the
      Indenture and the form of Notes) or delivered pursuant hereto which form a
      part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect
      to its subject matter. This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement
      supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties
      with respect to its subject matter. This Exchange and Registration Rights
      Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Exchange
      and Registration Rights Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a
      particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a
      written instrument duly executed by the Company and the holders of at
      least 50 percent in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes at
      the time outstanding. Each holder of any Registrable Notes at the time or
      thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any amendment or waiver effected
      pursuant to this Section 9(h), whether or not any notice, writing or
      marking indicating such amendment or waiver appears on such Registrable
      Notes or is delivered to such holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a
      waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a
      matter that relates exclusively to the rights of the holders whose
      Registrable Notes are being sold, tendered or registered and that does not
      affect the rights of other holders, may be given by at least a majority of
      such holders, determined on the basis of Registrable Notes sold, tendered
      or registered.

      (i) Inspection. For so long as this Exchange and Registration Rights
      Agreement shall be in effect, this Exchange and Registration Rights
      Agreement and a complete list of


<PAGE>   27

      the names and addresses of all the holders of Registrable Notes shall be
      made available for inspection and copying on any business day by any
      holder of Registrable Notes for proper purposes only (which shall include
      any purpose related to the rights of the holders of Registrable Notes
      under the Notes, the Indenture and this Agreement) at the offices of the
      Company at the address thereof set forth in Section 9(c) above and at the
      office of the Trustee under the Indenture.

      (j) Counterparts. This agreement may be executed by the parties in
      counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all
      such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same
      instrument.

      Agreed to and accepted as of the date referred to above.

                                     R.H. DONNELLEY INC.                       
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                     By: /s/ Phillip C. Danford                
                                         ------------------------------------- 
                                          Name:  Philip C. Danford              
                                          Title: Senior Vice President       
                                                 and Chief Financial Officer    
                                                                               
                                     THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION          
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                     By: /s/ Frank Sowinski                    
                                         ------------------------------------- 
                                           Name:  Frank Sowinski                
                                           Title: Senior Vice President and  
                                                  Chief Financial Officer       
                                                                               
                                     GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.                      
                                       CHASE SECURITIES INC.                   
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                     By: /s/ Goldman Sachs & Co.               
                                         ------------------------------------- 
                                         (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)


<PAGE>   28

                                                                     Exhibit A

                               R.H. DONNELLEY INC.

                         INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS

                                (Date of Mailing)

                     URGENT - IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED

                         DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE: [DATE](1)

      The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") has identified you as a DTC
Participant through which beneficial interests in R.H. Donnelley Inc. (the
"Company") 9 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due June 1, 2008 (the "Securities")
are held.

      The Company is in the process of registering the Securities under the
Securities Act of 1933 for resale by the beneficial owners thereof. In order to
have their Securities included in the registration statement, beneficial owners
must complete and return the enclosed Notice of Registration Statement and
Selling Securityholder Questionnaire (the "Notice and Questionnaire").

      It is important that beneficial owners of the Securities receive a copy of
the enclosed materials as soon as possible as their rights to have the
Securities included in the registration statement depend upon their returning
the Notice and Questionnaire by [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE]. Please forward a copy
of the enclosed documents to each beneficial owner that holds interests in the
Securities through you. If you require more copies of the enclosed materials or
have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact R.H. Donnelley
Inc., One Manhattanville Road, Purchase, New York 10577, Attention: Stephen B.
Wiznitzer.

- --------
(1) Not less than 21 calendar days from date of mailing.


<PAGE>   29

                               R.H. Donnelley Inc.

                        Notice of Registration Statement
                                       and
                      Selling Securityholder Questionnaire

                                     [Date]

      Reference is hereby made to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement
(the "Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement") by and between R.H. Donnelley
Inc. (the "Company"), The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and the Purchasers named
therein. Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Company
has filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a registration statement on Form S-3 (the "Shelf Registration
Statement") for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), of the Company's 9 1/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due June 1, 2008 (the "Securities"). A copy of the Exchange
and Registration Rights Agreement is attached hereto. All capitalized terms not
otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the
Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

      Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities is entitled to have the
Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it included in the Shelf
Registration Statement. In order to have Registrable Securities included in the
Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice of Registration Statement and Selling
Securityholder Questionnaire ("Notice and Questionnaire") must be completed,
executed and delivered to the Company's counsel at the address set forth herein
for receipt ON OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE]. Beneficial owners of
Registrable Securities who do not complete, execute and return this Notice and
Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders in
the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the Prospectus forming a
part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities.

      Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling
securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised
to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being
named or not being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration
Statement and related Prospectus.


<PAGE>   30

                                    ELECTION

      The undersigned holder (the "Selling Securityholder") of Registrable
Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the
Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3).
The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, agrees
to be bound with respect to such Registrable Securities by the terms and
conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration
Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 6 of the Exchange and
Registration Rights Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were
an original party thereto.

      Upon any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration
Statement, the Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Company
and Trustee the Notice of Transfer set forth in Appendix A to the Prospectus and
as Exhibit B to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

      The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to
the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and
complete:


<PAGE>   31

                                  QUESTIONNAIRE

      (a)   Full Legal Name of Selling Securityholder:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

            (i)   Full Legal Name of Registered Holder (if not the same as in
                  (a) above) of Registrable Securities Listed in Item (3) below:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

            (ii)  Full Legal Name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not
                  the same as (b) above) Through Which Registrable Securities
                  Listed in Item (3) below are Held:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      (b)   Address for Notices to Selling Securityholder:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Telephone:  ________________

Fax:        ________________

Contact Person: ____________

      (c)   Beneficial Ownership of Securities:

Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned does not
beneficially own any Securities.

            (i)   Principal amount at maturity of Registrable Securities
                  beneficially owned:___________________________________________

      CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities:______________________________

            (ii)  Principal amount at maturity of Securities other than
                  Registrable Securities beneficially owned:____________________


<PAGE>   32

      CUSIP No(s). of such other Securities:

            (iii) Principal amount at maturity of Registrable Securities which
                  the undersigned wishes to be included in the Shelf
                  Registration Statement:_______________________________________

      CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf
      Registration Statement:___________________________________________________

      (d)   Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company:

      Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned Selling
Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of any other securities
of the Company, other than the Securities listed above in Item (3).

      State any exceptions here:

      (e)   Relationships with the Company:

      Except as set forth below, neither the Selling Securityholder nor any of
its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has
held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the
Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.

      State any exceptions here:

      (f)   Plan of Distribution:

      Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends
to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) only as
follows (if at all): Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time
directly by the undersigned Selling Securityholder or, alternatively, through
underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. Such Registrable Securities may be sold
in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the
time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated
prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or
block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service
on which the Registered Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale,
(ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on
such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv) through
the writing of options. In connection with sales of the Registrable Securities
or otherwise, the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions
with broker-dealers, which may in turn


<PAGE>   33

engage in short sales of the Registrable Securities in the course of hedging the
positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Registrable
Securities short and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short
positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to broker-dealers that in
turn may sell such securities.

State any exceptions here:

      (g)   Whether you are a corporation or not, the following three questions
            should be answered. If you are a corporation these questions should
            also be answered with respect to your officers, directors and
            holders of 5% or more of your equity securities; if you are a
            partnership such questions should also be answered with respect to
            your general partners.

      (i) Except as set forth below in this Item (7)(a), neither the
undersigned nor any of its affiliates(2) is a

- --------- 
      (2) NASD Rule 2720 defines the term "affiliate" to mean a company which
controls, is controlled by or is under common control with a member. The term
affiliate is presumed to include the following:

      (i) a company will be presumed to control a member if the company
beneficially owns 10 percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of a
member which is a corporation, or beneficially owns a partnership interest in 10
percent or more of the distributable profits or losses of a member which is a
partnership;

      (ii) a member will be presumed to control a company if the member and
persons associated with the member beneficially own 10 percent or more of the
outstanding voting securities of a company which is a corporation, or
beneficially own a partnership interest in 10 percent or more of the
distributable profits or losses of a company which is a partnership;

      (iii) a company will be presumed to be under common control with a member
if:

            (1) the same natural person or company controls both the member and
      company by beneficially owning 10 percent or more of the outstanding
      voting securities of a member or company which is a corporation, or by
      beneficially owning a partnership interest in 10 percent or more of the
      distributable profits or losses of a member or company which is a
      partnership; or

            (2) a person having the power to direct or cause the direction of
      the management or policies of the member or the company also has the power
      to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the
      other entity in question.


<PAGE>   34

member(3) of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD")
or a person associated with a member(3) of the NASD.

State any exceptions here:

            (ii)  Except as set forth below in this Item (7) (b), the
                  undersigned does not own stock or other securities of any NASD
                  member not purchased in the open market.

State any exceptions here:

            (iii) Except as set forth below in this Item (7)(c), the undersigned
                  has not made any outstanding subordinated loans to any NASD
                  member.

State any exceptions here:

      By signing below, the Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it
understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the
provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder,
particularly Regulation M (which governs manipulation, stabilization and trading
activity during a distribution of securities).

      In the event that the Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion
of the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which
such information is provided to the Company, the Selling Securityholder agrees
to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of its rights and
obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and
Registration Rights Agreement.

      By signing below, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of
the information

- --------
      (3) Article I of the NASD's By-Laws defines the term "member " to mean any
broker or dealer admitted to membership in the NASD and defines the term "person
associated with a member" to mean every sole proprietor, partner, officer,
director or branch manager of any member, or any natural person occupying a
similar status or performing similar functions, or any natural person engaged in
the investment banking or securities business who is directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by such member (for example, any employee), whether or
not such person is registered or exempt from registration with the NASD.


<PAGE>   35

contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (7) above and the inclusion
of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
The Selling Securityholder understands that such information will be relied upon
by the Company, and any underwriters in an underwritten offering of such Selling
Securityholder's Registrable Securities listed in Item(3) above, in connection
with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

      In accordance with the Selling Securityholder's obligation under Section
3(d) of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to provide such
information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration
Statement, the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly notify the Company of
any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which may occur
subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement
remains in effect. All notices hereunder and pursuant to the Exchange and
Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery,
first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows:

      (i)   To the Company:

            R.H. Donnelley Inc.
            One Manhattanville Road
            Purchase, New York 10577
            Attention: Stephen B. Wiznitzer
            (914) 933-1000

      (ii)  With a copy to:

            Cravath, Swaine & Moore
            Worldwide Plaza
            825 Eighth Avenue
            New York, New York 10019
            Attention: Thomas R. Brome
            (212) 474-1000

      Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling
Securityholder and received by the Company's counsel, the terms of this Notice
and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein,
shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by
the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the
Company and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Registrable
Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item
(3) above). This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the
State of New York.


<PAGE>   36

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused
this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or
by its duly authorized agent.

Dated: 
       -------------

                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Selling Securityholder
                              (Print/type full legal name of beneficial
                              owner of Registrable Securities)

                              By:
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                              Name:
                              Title:

PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE FOR RECEIPT ON
OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE] TO THE COMPANY'S COUNSEL AT:

            Cravath, Swaine & Moore
            Worldwide Plaza
            825 Eighth Avenue
            New York, New York 10019
            Attention: Thomas R. Brome (212) 474-1000


<PAGE>   37

                                                                       Exhibit B

              NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT

The Bank of New York
R.H. Donnelley Inc.
c/o The Bank of New York
- ------------------------
- ------------------------
- ------------------------
Attention: Trust Officer

      Re:   R.H. Donnelley Inc. (the "Company")
            9 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due June 1, 2008s

Dear Sirs:

      Please be advised that __________________________ has transferred
$__________ aggregate principal amount at maturity of the above-referenced Notes
pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form ___ (File No. 333-_____)
filed by the Company.

      We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the
above-named beneficial owner of the Notes is named as a "Selling Holder" in the
Prospectus dated ____________, 199_ or in supplements thereto, and that the
aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes transferred are the Notes
listed in such Prospectus opposite such owner's name.

Dated:

                                    Very truly yours,


                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    (Name)


                                    By:
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                          (Authorized Signature)

                                             On behalf of each of the Purchasers


<PAGE>   1
                                                                    Exhibit 10.9

                                                                  CONFORMED COPY

================================================================================
                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                   dated as of

                                  June 5, 1998

                                      among

                        THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION
                   (to be renamed R.H. Donnelley Corporation)

                              R. H. DONNELLEY INC.

                            The Lenders Party Hereto

                                       and

                            THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
                             as Administrative Agent

                           ---------------------------

                             CHASE SECURITIES INC.,
                                   as Arranger

                           ---------------------------

                       GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,
                      as Co-Arranger and Syndication Agent

================================================================================


<PAGE>   2

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----

                              ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01.  Defined Terms.....................................1
SECTION 1.02.  Classification of Loans and Borrowings...........24
SECTION 1.03.  Terms Generally..................................25
SECTION 1.04.  Accounting Terms; GAAP...........................25

                              ARTICLE 2 THE CREDITS

SECTION 2.01.  Commitments......................................26
SECTION 2.02.  Loans and Borrowings.............................26
SECTION 2.03.  Requests for Borrowings..........................27
SECTION 2.04.  Swingline Loans..................................28
SECTION 2.05.  Funding of Borrowings............................29
SECTION 2.06.  Interest Elections...............................30
SECTION 2.07.  Termination and Reduction of Commitments.........31
SECTION 2.08.  Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.............32
SECTION 2.09.  Amortization of Term Loans.......................34
SECTION 2.10.  Prepayment of Loans..............................37
SECTION 2.11.  Fees.............................................38
SECTION 2.12.  Interest.........................................39
SECTION 2.13.  Alternate Rate of Interest.......................40
SECTION 2.14.  Increased Costs..................................41
SECTION 2.15.  Break Funding Payments...........................42
SECTION 2.16.  Taxes............................................42
SECTION 2.17.  Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; 
               Sharing of Set-offs..............................44
SECTION 2.18.  Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders...46

                    ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 3.01.  Organization; Powers.............................47
SECTION 3.02.  Authorization; Enforceability....................47
SECTION 3.03.  Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts.............47
SECTION 3.04.  Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change..48


                                        i

<PAGE>   3

                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----

SECTION 3.05.  Properties.......................................50
SECTION 3.06.  Litigation and Environmental Matters.............50
SECTION 3.07.  Compliance with Laws and Agreements..............51
SECTION 3.08.  Investment and Holding Company Status............51
SECTION 3.09.  Taxes............................................51
SECTION 3.10.  ERISA............................................51
SECTION 3.11.  Disclosure.......................................52
SECTION 3.12.  Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures..................52
SECTION 3.13.  Insurance........................................52
SECTION 3.14.  Use of Proceeds..................................52
SECTION 3.15.  Solvency.........................................52
SECTION 3.16.  Senior Indebtedness..............................53
SECTION 3.17.  Security Documents...............................53
SECTION 3.18.  Representation and Warranties Related to 
               New D&B and the Spin-off.........................53

                              ARTICLE 4 CONDITIONS

SECTION 4.01.  Effective Date...................................54
SECTION 4.02.  Each Credit Event................................57

                         ARTICLE 5 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

SECTION 5.01.  Financial Statements and Other Information.......58
SECTION 5.02.  Notices of Material Events.......................61
SECTION 5.03.  Information Regarding Collateral.................61
SECTION 5.04.  Existence; Conduct of Business...................62
SECTION 5.05.  Payment of Obligations...........................62
SECTION 5.06.  Maintenance of Properties........................62
SECTION 5.07.  Insurance........................................63
SECTION 5.08.  Casualty and Condemnation........................63
SECTION 5.09.  Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights...63
SECTION 5.10.  Compliance with Laws.............................63
SECTION 5.11.  Year 2000........................................64
SECTION 5.12.  Use of Proceeds..................................64
SECTION 5.13.  Subsidiaries.....................................64
SECTION 5.14.  Further Assurances...............................65


                                       ii

<PAGE>   4

                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----

                          ARTICLE 6 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

SECTION 6.01.  Leverage Ratio...................................66
SECTION 6.02.  Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio......................66
SECTION 6.03.  Indebtedness; Certain Equity Securities..........66
SECTION 6.04.  Liens............................................68
SECTION 6.05.  Fundamental Changes..............................70
SECTION 6.06.  Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and
               Acquisitions.....................................71
SECTION 6.07.  Asset Sales......................................73
SECTION 6.08.  Sale and Leaseback Transactions..................74
SECTION 6.09.  Hedging Agreements...............................74
SECTION 6.10.  Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of 
               Indebtedness.....................................74
SECTION 6.11.  Transactions with Affiliates.....................76
SECTION 6.12.  Restrictive Agreements...........................77
SECTION 6.13.  Amendment of Material Documents..................77

                           ARTICLE 7 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

                       ARTICLE 8 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

                             ARTICLE 9 MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.01.  Notices..........................................84
SECTION 9.02.  Waivers; Amendments..............................85
SECTION 9.03.  Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver...............87
SECTION 9.04.  Successors and Assigns...........................88
SECTION 9.05.  Survival.........................................91
SECTION 9.06.  Counterparts; Effectiveness......................92
SECTION 9.07.  Severability.....................................92
SECTION 9.08.  Right of Setoff..................................92
SECTION 9.09.  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to
               Service of Process...............................92
SECTION 9.10.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.............................93
SECTION 9.11.  Headings.........................................93


                                       iii

<PAGE>   5

                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----

SECTION 9.12.  Confidentiality..................................94

EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A   -- Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit B   -- Form of Borrower Security Agreement
Exhibit C   -- Form of Holdings Collateral Agreement
Exhibit D   -- Form of Subsidiary Collateral Agreement
Exhibit E-1 -- Form of Opinion of New York Counsel for the Loan Parties 
Exhibit E-2 -- Form of Opinion of Counsel for Holdings 
Exhibit E-3 -- Form of Opinion of Counsel for the Borrower 
Exhibit F   -- Section 2.16(e) Certificate


                                       iv

<PAGE>   6

      CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of June 5, 1998 among R. H. DONNELLEY INC., THE
DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION (to be renamed R.H. Donnelley Corporation), the
LENDERS party hereto, and THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as Administrative Agent.

      The parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE 1
                                   DEFINITIONS

      SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following
terms have the meanings specified below:

      "ABR", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether
such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a
rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

      "Adjusted LIBO Rate" means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for
any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary,
to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period
multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.

      "Administrative Agent" means The Chase Manhattan Bank, in its capacity as
administrative agent for the Lenders under the Loan Documents.

      "Administrative Questionnaire" means an Administrative Questionnaire in a
form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

      "Affiliate" means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that
directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is
Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

      "Alternate Base Rate" means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the
greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds
Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. Any change in the Alternate
Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate
shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the
Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

      "Applicable Percentage" means, with respect to any Revolving Lender, the
percentage of the total Revolving Commitments represented by such Lender's


                                        1

<PAGE>   7

Revolving Commitment. If the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired,
the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Revolving
Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments (assuming,
for this purpose, that any assignment by a Revolving Lender of any of its
Revolving Exposure is an assignment by such Revolving Lender of an equivalent
portion of its Revolving Commitment).

      "Applicable Rate" means, for any day,

      (a) with respect to any ABR Loan or Eurodollar Loan that is a Revolving
Loan, a Tranche A Term Loan or a Swingline Loan, or with respect to the
commitment fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, the applicable rate per
annum set forth below under the caption "ABR Spread", "Eurodollar Spread" or
"Commitment Fee Rate", as the case may be, based upon the Leverage Ratio as of
the most recent determination date; provided that for any day on or prior to the
day which falls six months after the Effective Date, the "Applicable Rate" for
purposes of this clause shall be the applicable rate per annum set forth below
in Category 3:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  Leverage      ABR       Eurodollar    Commitment
   Ratio       Spread       Spread       Fee Rate
- ------------ ----------   ----------   ------------
<S>               <C>           <C>         <C>   
 Category 1       1.00%         2.00%       0.375%
 Category 2       0.75%         1.75%       0.350%
 Category 3       0.50%         1.50%       0.300%
 Category 4       0.25%         1.25%       0.250%
- ------------ ---------- ------------- ------------
 Category 5          0%         1.00%       0.200%
============ ========== ============= ============
</TABLE>

      (b) with respect to any ABR Loan or Eurodollar Loan that is a Tranche B
Term Loan, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption "ABR
Spread" or "Eurodollar Spread", as the case may be, based upon the Leverage
Ratio as of the most recent determination date; provided that for any day on or
prior to the day which falls six months after the Effective Date, the
"Applicable Rate" for purposes of this clause shall be the applicable rate per
annum set forth below in Category 3:


                                        2

<PAGE>   8

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  Leverage         ABR Spread        Eurodollar Spread
- ------------     --------------    ---------------------
<S>                  <C>                <C>  
Category 1           1.25%              2.25%
Category 2           1.00%              2.00%
Category 3           0.75%              1.75%
Category 4           0.50%              1.50%
- -------------- ----------------- -------------------
Category 5           0.50%              1.50%
============== ================= ===================
</TABLE>

      and

      (c) with respect to any ABR Loan or Eurodollar Loan that is a Tranche C
Term Loan, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption "ABR
Spread" or "Eurodollar Spread", as the case may be, based upon the Leverage
Ratio as of the most recent determination date; provided that for any day on or
prior to the day which falls six months after the Effective Date, the
"Applicable Rate" for purposes of this clause shall be the applicable rate per
annum set forth below in Category 3:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  Leverage       ABR Spread        Eurodollar Spread
- ------------   --------------    ---------------------
<S>                 <C>                <C>  
  Category 1        1.50%              2.50%
  Category 2        1.25%              2.25%
  Category 3        1.00%              2.00%
  Category 4        0.75%              1.75%
- ----------------------------------------------------
  Category 5        0.75%              1.75%
====================================================
</TABLE>

      For purposes of the foregoing, (i) the Leverage Ratio shall be determined
as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower's fiscal year based upon
the Borrower's consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Section
5.01(a) or 5.01(b) and (ii) each change in the Applicable Rate resulting from a
change in the Leverage Ratio shall be effective during the period commencing on
and including the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of such
consolidated financial statements indicating such change and ending on the date
immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change; provided that
the Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 (A) at any time that an
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) at the option of the
Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, if the Borrower fails to deliver
the consolidated financial statements required to be delivered by it pursuant to
Section 5.01(a) or (b), during the period from the expiration of the time for
delivery thereof until such consolidated financial statements are delivered.

      "Approved Fund" means, with respect to any Lender that is a fund that
invests in commercial loans, any other fund that invests in commercial loans and
is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an
Affiliate of such investment advisor.


                                        3

<PAGE>   9

      "Assignment and Acceptance" means an assignment and acceptance entered
into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is
required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form
of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

      "Basket Amount" means, on any date, an amount equal to the sum of (1)
$25,000,000 and (2) 50% of cumulative consolidated net income (including any net
losses) of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the period from
and including the first day of the first fiscal quarter commencing on or after
the Effective Date to and including the last day of the fiscal quarter most
recently ended on or prior to such date, treated as a single accounting period.

      "Board" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the
United States of America.

      "Borrower" means R. H. Donnelley Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its
successors.

      "Borrower Security Agreement" means the Security Agreement dated as of the
Effective Date between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, substantially
in the form of Exhibit B, as amended from time to time.

      "Borrowing" means (a) Loans of the same Class and Type, made, converted or
continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a
single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.

      "Borrowing Request" means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in
accordance with Section 2.03 .

      "Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day
on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to
remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan,
the term "Business Day" shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open
for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

      "Capital Lease Obligations" of any Person means the obligations of such
Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement
conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof,
which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital
leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such


                                        4

<PAGE>   10

obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance
with GAAP.

      "Category 1" exists if the Leverage Ratio is greater than or equal to
4.25:1.

      "Category 2" exists if the Leverage Ratio is greater than or equal to
3.75:1 and less than 4.25:1.

      "Category 3" exists if the Leverage Ratio is greater than or equal to
3.25:1 and less than 3.75:1.

      "Category 4" exists if the Leverage Ratio is greater than or equal to
2.75:1 and less than 3.25:1.

      "Category 5" exists if the Leverage Ratio is less than 2.75:1.

      "CenDon" means The CenDon Partnership, an Illinois partnership, and its
successors.

      "Change in Control" means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or
indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person other than Holdings of any
shares of capital stock of the Borrower; (b) the acquisition of ownership,
directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group
(within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the
rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the
date hereof), of shares representing more than 25% of the aggregate ordinary
voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of
Holdings; (c) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on
the board of directors of Holdings by Persons who were neither (i) nominated by
the board of directors of Holdings nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated;
or (d) the acquisition of direct or indirect Control of Holdings by any Person
or group.

      "Change in Law" means (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation
after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation
or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority
after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for
purposes of Section 2.14(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such
Lender's holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive
(whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or
issued after the date of this Agreement.

      "Class", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to
whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving


                                        5

<PAGE>   11

Loans, Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans or
Swingline Loans and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether
such Commitment is a Revolving Commitment, Tranche A Commitment, Tranche B
Commitment or Tranche C Commitment.

      "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time.

      "Collateral" means any and all "Collateral", as defined in any applicable
Security Document.

      "Commitment" means a Revolving Commitment, Tranche A Commitment, Tranche B
Commitment or Tranche C Commitment, or any combination thereof (as the context
requires).

      "Consolidated Capital Expenditures" means, for any period, (a) the
additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of the
Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries that are (or would be) set forth
under the caption "Cash Flow from Investing Activities" or a comparable caption
in a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower for such period
prepared in accordance with GAAP and (b) Capital Lease Obligations incurred by
the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries during such period.

      "Consolidated Cash Interest Expense" for any period means Consolidated
Interest Expense for such period minus (a) in each case to the extent included
in determining such Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, the sum of
the following: (i) non-cash expenses for interest payable in kind and (ii)
amortization of debt discount and fees plus (b) to the extent subtracted
pursuant to clause (a) of this definition for any prior period, cash payments
made during such period in respect of the items referred to in clause (a)(i).

      "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, the sum of:

      (1) consolidated net income of the Borrower and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries for such period (exclusive of the portion of net income allocable
to minority interests in unconsolidated Persons (including without limitation
any Material Joint Venture) to the extent that cash distributions have not
actually been received from such Persons), plus

      (2) to the extent deducted in determining such consolidated net income,
the aggregate amount of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) income tax
expense and (iii) depreciation and amortization (including without limitation
amortization of debt issuance costs); minus


                                        6

<PAGE>   12

      (3) any Restricted Payment made by Borrower to Holdings during such period
in reliance on clause (iv) of Section 6.10;

      provided that:

      (x) "Consolidated EBITDA" for any period will in any event include 100% of
the cash distributions to the Borrower or any Consolidated Subsidiary from any
Material Joint Venture to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated
EBITDA;

      (y) "Consolidated EBITDA" for any fiscal quarter ended prior to June 30,
1998 shall be determined on the basis of the pro forma statements of operations
of the Borrower set forth on Schedule 1 and "Consolidated EBITDA" for any other
fiscal quarter ended prior to the Spin-off Date or during which the Spin-off
Date occurs shall be determined on the basis of the financial statements for
such fiscal quarter delivered by the Borrower to the Lenders pursuant to Section
5.01(a) or (b) and prepared in accordance therewith; and

      (z) solely for purposes of calculating the Leverage Ratio, "Consolidated
EBITDA" for any period in which the Borrower or any of its Consolidated
Subsidiaries shall have consummated a Permitted Acquisition or a sale, transfer
or other disposition of assets (other than any such disposition permitted by
clauses (i) or (ii) of Section 6.07) shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as
if such Permitted Acquisition or disposition of assets had occurred on the first
day of such period. Nothing in this clause (z) shall be construed to affect any
limitation on the consummation of Permitted Acquisitions or the sale, transfer
or other disposition of any assets by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries imposed
by Article VI.

      "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the interest
expense of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a
consolidated basis for such period, including in any event the interest portion
of payments under Capital Lease Obligations.

      "Consolidated Subsidiary"means, at any date, any Subsidiary or other
entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the Borrower in
its consolidated financial statements if such statements were prepared as of
such date.

      "Consolidated Total Debt" means, at any date, the Indebtedness of the
Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis
as of such date.


                                        7

<PAGE>   13

      "Control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to
direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether
through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.
"Controlling" and "Controlled" have meanings correlative thereto.

      "Default" means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of
Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or
waived, become an Event of Default.

      "Disclosed Matters" means the actions, suits and proceedings and the
environmental matters disclosed in the Information Memorandum, the Offering
Circular or Schedule 3.06.

      "Distribution Agreement" means the Distribution Agreement between Holdings
and New D&B, substantially in the form provided to the Lenders on June 2, 1998,
as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 6.13.

      "dollars" or "$" refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

      "DonTech I" means Am-Don Partnership, an Illinois partnership, and its
successors.

      "DonTech II" means DonTech II, an Illinois partnership, and its
successors.

      "Effective Date" means the date on which the conditions specified in
Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02).

      "Environmental Laws" means all laws, rules, regulations, codes,
ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding
agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority,
relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural
resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous
Material or to health and safety matters.

      "Environmental Liability" means any liability, contingent or otherwise
(including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines,
penalties or indemnities), of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly
or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental
Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or
disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials,
(d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the
environment or (e) any


                                        8

<PAGE>   14

contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability
is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

      "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time.

      "ERISA Affiliate" means any trade or business (whether or not
incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer
under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302
of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under
Section 414 of the Code.

      "ERISA Event" means (a) any "reportable event", as defined in Section 4043
of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than
an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with
respect to any Plan of an "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in
Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the
filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an
application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any
Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any
liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan;
(e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan
administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or
Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the
Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the
withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the
receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by
any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice,
concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a
Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization,
within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

      "Eurodollar", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to
whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest
at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

      "Event of Default" has the meaning assigned to such term in Article 7.

      "Excluded Taxes" means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any
Lender, or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any
obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on
(or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the
jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its


                                        9

<PAGE>   15

principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its
applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by
the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other
jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign
Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under
Section 2.18(b)), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such
Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement
(or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender's
failure to comply with Section 2.16(e), except to the extent that such Foreign
Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a
new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the
Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.16(e).

      "Federal Funds Effective Rate" means, for any day, the weighted average
(rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on
overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System
arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business
Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so
published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if
necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such
transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds
brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

      "Financial Officer" means the chief financial officer, principal
accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower.

      "Financing Transactions" means (a) the execution, delivery and performance
by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is to be a party, the
borrowing of Loans and the use of the proceeds thereof and (b) the execution,
delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Subordinated Debt Documents
to which it is to be a party, the issuance of the Subordinated Debt and the use
of the proceeds thereof.

      "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, at the last day of any fiscal
quarter, the ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive
fiscal quarters then ended to (ii) the sum of (A) Consolidated Cash Interest
Expense for such period plus (B) Consolidated Capital Expenditures for such
period plus (C) income tax expense of the Borrower and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries for such period plus (D) dividends paid or payable (without
duplication) by the Borrower during such period plus (E) the aggregate principal
amount of long term Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries scheduled to be amortized during such period minus (F) any
Restricted Payment made by Borrower to Holdings in reliance on clause (iv) of
Section 6.10 during such


                                       10

<PAGE>   16

period. The "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" for any fiscal quarter ended prior to
June 30, 1998 shall be determined on the basis of the pro forma financial
statements of the Borrower set forth on Schedule 1 and the "Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio" for any other fiscal quarter ended prior to the Spin-off Date or
during which the Spin-off Date occurs shall be determined on the basis of the
financial statements for such fiscal quarter delivered by the Borrower to the
Lenders pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) and prepared in accordance therewith.

      "Foreign Lender" means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a
jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located. For purposes of
this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the
District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

      "Foreign Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws
of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America or any State thereof
or the District of Columbia.

      "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
of America.

      "Governmental Authority" means the government of the United States of
America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or
local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court,
central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial,
taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to
government.

      "Guarantee" of or by any Person (the "guarantor") means any obligation,
contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic
effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person
(the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and
including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase
or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such
Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds
for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or
lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of
such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain
working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or
liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such
Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any
letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or
obligation; provided, that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for
collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.


                                       11

<PAGE>   17

      "Hazardous Materials" means all explosive or radioactive substances or
wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants,
including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing
materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes
and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any
Environmental Law.

      "Hedging Agreement" means any interest rate protection agreement, foreign
currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other
interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

      "Holdings" means The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, a Delaware corporation
(which will be renamed R. H. Donnelley Corporation before or immediately after
the consummation of the Spin-off), and its successors.

      "Holdings Collateral Agreement" means the Guarantee and Collateral
Agreement dated as of the Effective Date between Holdings and the Administrative
Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, as amended from time to time.

      "Indebtedness" of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all
obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or
advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,
debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person
upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such
Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to
property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect
of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current
accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all
Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness
has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on
property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness
secured thereby has been assumed, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of
Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i)
all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in
respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty and (j) all obligations,
contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers' acceptances. The
Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity
(including any Material Joint Venture or other partnership in which such Person
is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result
of such Person's ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity
(including by virtue of any partnership agreement), except to the extent the
terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor;
provided that, for purposes of the definition of "Consolidated Total Debt", the
Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries shall


                                       12

<PAGE>   18

include only a percentage of the Indebtedness of any Material Joint Venture or
other partnership equal to the percentage interest in such Material Joint
Venture held by the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, so long as the
long term unsecured debt securities of each other partner in such Material Joint
Venture (or any entity which holds, directly or indirectly, 100% of the equity
interests of such partner) are rated at least BBB- by S&P and Baa3 by Moody's.

      "Indemnified Taxes" means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

      "Information Memorandum" means the Confidential Information Memorandum
dated May 1998 relating to Holdings, the Borrower and the Transactions.

      "Information Statement" means the Information Statement of Holdings and
New D&B dated May __, 1998.

      "Interest Election Request" means a request by the Borrower to convert or
continue a Revolving Borrowing or Term Borrowing in accordance with Section
2.06.

      "Interest Payment Date" means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (other than
a Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December, (b)
with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period
applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a
Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months'
duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at
intervals of three months' duration after the first day of such Interest Period,
and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required
to be repaid.

      "Interest Period" means with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the
period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically
corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months
thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided, that (i) if any Interest Period
would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be
extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding
Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest
Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period
that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for
which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of
such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar
month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing
initially


                                       13

<PAGE>   19

shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the
effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

      "IRS Ruling" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(i).

      "Lenders" means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person
that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance,
other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an
Assignment and Acceptance. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term
"Lenders" includes the Swingline Lender.

      "Leverage Ratio" means, on any date, the ratio of (i) Consolidated Total
Debt at such date to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive
fiscal quarters ended on or most recently prior to such date.

      "LIBO Rate" means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any
Interest Period, the rate appearing on Page 3750 of the Dow Jones Market Service
(or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or
substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those
currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the
Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of
interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at
approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the
commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a
maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not
available at such time for any reason, then the "LIBO Rate" with respect to such
Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which dollar
deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are
offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in
immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately
11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such
Interest Period.

      "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust,
lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or
of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional
sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing
lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing)
relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option,
call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

      "Loan Documents" means this Agreement and the Security Documents.


                                       14

<PAGE>   20

      "Loan Parties" means Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan
Parties.

      "Loans" means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to
this Agreement.

      "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on (a) the
business, assets, operations, prospects or condition, financial or otherwise, of
Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or of the Material
Joint Ventures, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of any Loan Party to perform
any of its obligations under any Loan Document or (c) the rights of or benefits
available to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document.

      "Material Agreements" means (i) the Partnership Agreement dated as of
August 19, 1997 between the Borrower and Ameritech Publishing of Illinois, Inc.
with respect to DonTech II, (ii) the Revenue Participation Agreement dated as of
August 19, 1997 between the Borrower and the APIL Partners Partnership, (iii)
the Partnership Agreement dated as of May 5, 1988 between the Borrower and
Centel Directory Company, with respect to CenDon, (iv) the Directory Services
Agreement dated September 5, 1985 between NYNEX Information Resources Company
and Donnelley Directory, a division of the Borrower and (v) the Indemnity and
Joint Defense Agreement dated as of October 28, 1996, among AC Nielsen
Corporation, Holdings and Cognizant Corporation, as amended by the side letter
dated December 10, 1996, from AC Nielsen Corporation and confirmed and agreed by
Holdings and Cognizant Corporation, in each case as amended, revised or replaced
from time to time in accordance with Section 6.13.

      "Material Indebtedness" means Indebtedness (other than the Loans), or
obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements, of any one or more of
Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount
exceeding $5,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the
"principal amount" of the obligations of Holdings, the Borrower or any
Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum
aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that Holdings, the
Borrower or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement
were terminated at such time.

      "Material Joint Ventures" means (i) DonTech II and (ii) CenDon and, for
the purpose of the definition of "Consolidated EBITDA", DonTech I.

      "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.


                                       15

<PAGE>   21

      "Multiemployer Plan" means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section
4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

      "Net Proceeds" means, with respect to any Prepayment Event (a) the cash
proceeds received in respect of such event including (i) any cash received in
respect of any non-cash proceeds, but only as and when received, (ii) in the
case of a casualty, insurance proceeds, and (iii) in the case of a condemnation
or similar event, condemnation awards and similar payments, net of (b) the sum
of (i) all reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses paid by Holdings, the
Borrower and the Subsidiaries to third parties (other than Affiliates) in
connection with such event, (ii) the amount of all payments required to be made
by Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as a result of such event to
repay Indebtedness (other than Loans and the Subordinated Debt) secured by such
asset or otherwise subject to mandatory prepayment as a result of such event,
and (iii) the amount of all taxes paid (or reasonably estimated to be payable)
by Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, and the amount of any reserves
established by Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries to fund contingent
liabilities reasonably estimated to be payable, in each case during the year
that such event occurred or the next succeeding year and that are directly
attributable to such event (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the
chief financial officer of the Borrower).

      "New D&B" means The New Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, a Delaware
corporation (which will be renamed The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation before or
immediately after the consummation of the Spin-off), and its successors.

      "Obligations" means all obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan
Documents.

      "Offering Circular" means the Confidential Offering Circular dated June 3,
1998 relating to Holdings, the Borrower and the Transactions.

      "Other Taxes" means any and all present or future stamp or documentary
taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising
from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or
enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document.

      "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and
defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

      "Permitted Acquisition" means any acquisition, whether in a single
transaction or series of related transactions, by the Borrower or any one or
more Subsidiaries, or any combination thereof, of all or a substantial part of
the assets,


                                       16

<PAGE>   22

or a going concern business or division, of any Person, whether through purchase
of assets or securities, by merger or otherwise; provided that:

      (w) both before and immediately after giving effect to such acquisition,
no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

      (x) the Person whose assets, securities or equity interests are being
acquired is engaged in the same line of business activity as the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries and businesses reasonably related thereto in compliance with
Section 6.05;

      (y) immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, the Borrower
shall be in compliance with the ratios set forth in Sections 6.01 and 6.02,
respectively, opposite the period in which the date of proposed consummation of
such acquisition falls (the "Transaction Date") (and, for purposes of
determining such compliance, "Consolidated EBITDA" and the "Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio" shall each be as in effect on the last day of the fiscal quarter
most recently ended on or prior to such Transaction Date and adjusted to give
effect to the proposed acquisition as if it had occurred on the first day of the
relevant period for testing compliance and "Consolidated Total Debt" shall be as
in effect on such Transaction Date and assuming the proposed acquisition has
been consummated); and

      (z) if immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, the Borrower
shall have any additional Subsidiaries, the Borrower shall have complied, and
shall have caused such additional Subsidiaries to have complied, with the
provision of Section 5.13 with respect thereto.

      "Permitted Encumbrances" means:

            (a) Liens imposed by law for taxes that are not yet due or are being
      contested in compliance with Section 5.05;

            (b) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's,
      repairmen's and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary
      course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more
      than 30 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.05;

            (c) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in
      compliance with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other
      social security laws or regulations;


                                       17

<PAGE>   23

            (d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts,
      leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds
      and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary
      course of business;

            (e) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an
      Event of Default under clause (k) of Article 7; and

            (f) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar
      encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary
      course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not
      materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere
      with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

provided that the term "Permitted Encumbrances" shall not include any Lien
securing Indebtedness.

      "Permitted Investments" means:

            (a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and
      interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of
      America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are
      backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in
      each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

            (b) investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from
      the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition,
      the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody's;

            (c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker's acceptances and
      time deposits maturing within 180 days from the date of acquisition
      thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit
      accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank
      organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State
      thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of
      not less than $500,000,000; and

            (d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not
      more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered
      into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in
      clause (c) above.


                                       18

<PAGE>   24

      "Person" means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company,
trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority
or other entity.

      "Plan" means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer
Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code
or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA
Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of
ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

      "Prepayment Event" means:

            (a) any sale, transfer or other disposition (including pursuant to a
      sale and leaseback transaction) of any property or asset of the Borrower
      or any Subsidiary or Holdings, other than (i) dispositions described in
      clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of Section 6.07 and (ii) other
      dispositions resulting in aggregate Net Proceeds not exceeding $5,000,000
      during any fiscal year of the Borrower; or

            (b) any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under
      power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any
      property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Holdings, other
      than any such damage to, or taking of, any property or asset the Net
      Proceeds of which do not exceed in the aggregate $20,000,000;

provided that any transaction not otherwise excluded from the definition of
"Prepayment Event" shall not constitute a "Prepayment Event" if the Net Proceeds
therefrom have been reinvested by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries within 360
days after receipt thereof (and, to the extent such Net Proceeds are not so
invested within such period, such transaction shall constitute a "Prepayment
Event" on the first day after such period, and the Net Proceeds with respect
thereto shall be equal to the amount of such Net Proceeds not so invested during
such period.)

      "Prime Rate" means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from
time to time by The Chase Manhattan Bank as its prime rate in effect at its
principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be
effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being
effective.

      "Register" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c).


                                       19

<PAGE>   25

      "Related Parties" means, with respect to any specified Person, such
Person's Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents
and advisors of such Person and such Person's Affiliates.

      "Required Lenders" means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Exposures,
Term Loans and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the
total Revolving Exposures, outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments at such
time.

      "Restricted Payment" means any dividend or other distribution (whether in
cash, securities or other property) with respect to any shares of any class of
capital stock or other equity interests of Holdings, the Borrower or any
Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property) in
respect of any shares of any class of capital stock or other equity interests of
Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, including any sinking fund or similar
deposit or any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement,
acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such shares of capital stock or
other equity interests or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such
shares of capital stock or other equity interests.

      "Revolving Availability Period" means the period from and including the
Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and
the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments.

      "Revolving Commitment" means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment,
if any, of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in
Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum
aggregate amount of such Lender's Revolving Exposure hereunder, as such
commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07 and (b)
reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such
Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender's Revolving
Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance
pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Revolving Commitment, as
applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders' Revolving Commitments
is $100,000,000.

      "Revolving Exposure" means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the
sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's Revolving Loans and
Swingline Exposure at such time.

      "Revolving Lender" means a Lender with a Revolving Commitment or, if the
Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, a Lender with Revolving
Exposure.


                                       20

<PAGE>   26

      "Revolving Loan" means a Loan made pursuant to clause (d) of Section 2.01.

      "Revolving Maturity Date" means June 5, 2004 (or, if such day is not a
Business Day, the immediately succeeding Business Day).

      "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group and its successors.

      "Security Documents" means the Borrower Security Agreement, the Holdings
Collateral Agreement, the Subsidiary Collateral Agreement and each other
security agreement, pledge agreement, mortgage or other instrument or document
executed and delivered pursuant to Section 5.13 or 5.14 to secure any of the
Obligations.

      "Spin-off" means all of the transactions contemplated by the Information
Statement and Article 2 of the Distribution Agreement to be consummated on or
prior to the Distribution Date (as defined therein), including without
limitation (i) the transfer by Holdings to New D&B of all of Holdings' and its
subsidiaries' right, title and interest in the New D&B Assets (as defined in the
Distribution Agreement), (ii) the transfer by New D&B and its subsidiaries to
Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of all of New D&B's and its
subsidiaries' right, title and interest in the RHD Assets (as defined in the
Distribution Agreement), (iii) the execution and delivery of each Spin-off
Document by each party thereto, and (iv) the Distribution (as defined in the
Distribution Agreement).

      "Spin-off Date" means the date of consummation of the Spin-off.

      "Spin-off Documents" means (i) the Information Statement, (ii) the
Distribution Agreement and (iii) each Ancillary Agreement (as defined in the
Distribution Agreement), in the case of the documents described in clauses (ii)
and (iii), substantially in the form provided to the Lenders on June 2, 1998 and
as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 6.13.

      "Statutory Reserve Rate" means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the
numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number
one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any
marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal
established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject for
eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency Liabilities" in
Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed
pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute
eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without
benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be


                                       21

<PAGE>   27

available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any
comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted
automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve
percentage.

      "Subordinated Debt" means the Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2008 to be
issued by the Borrower on or prior to the Effective Date in the aggregate
principal amount of $150,000,000 and the Indebtedness represented thereby.

      "Subordinated Debt Documents" means the indenture under which the
Subordinated Debt is issued and all other instruments, agreements and other
documents evidencing or governing the Subordinated Debt or providing for any
Guarantee or other right in respect thereof, as amended from time to time in
accordance with Section 6.13.

      "subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person (the "parent") at any date,
any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other
entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in
the parent's consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were
prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other
corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity
(a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50%
of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a
partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such
date, owned, Controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise
Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the
parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

      "Subsidiary" means any subsidiary of the Borrower.

      "Subsidiary Collateral Agreement" means the Subsidiary Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement dated as of the Effective Date among the Subsidiary Loan
Parties and the Administrative Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit D, as
amended from time to time.

      "Subsidiary Loan Party" means any Subsidiary that is not a Foreign
Subsidiary.

      "Swingline Exposure" means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of
all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any
Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total Swingline
Exposure at such time.


                                       22

<PAGE>   28

      "Swingline Lender" means The Chase Manhattan Bank, in its capacity as
lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

      "Swingline Loan" means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.

      "Taxes" means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts,
duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental
Authority.

      "Term Loans" means Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans and Tranche
C Term Loans.

      "Tranche A Commitment" means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment,
if any, of such Lender to make a Tranche A Term Loan hereunder on the Effective
Date, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the
Tranche A Term Loan to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such commitment may
be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07 and (b) reduced or
increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender
pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender's Tranche A
Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance
pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Tranche A Commitment, as
applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders' Tranche A Commitments
is $75,000,000.

      "Tranche A Lender" means a Lender with a Tranche A Commitment or an
outstanding Tranche A Term Loan.

      "Tranche A Maturity Date" means June 5, 2004 (or, if such day is not a
Business Day, the immediately succeeding Business Day).

      "Tranche A Term Loan" means a Loan made pursuant to clause (a) of Section
2.01.

      "Tranche B Commitment" means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment,
if any, of such Lender to make a Tranche B Term Loan hereunder on the Effective
Date, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the
Tranche B Term Loan to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such commitment may
be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07 and (b) reduced or
increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender
pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender's Tranche B
Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance
pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Tranche B Commitment, as
applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders' Tranche B Commitments
is $125,000,000.


                                       23

<PAGE>   29

      "Tranche B Lender" means a Lender with a Tranche B Commitment or an
outstanding Tranche B Term Loan.

      "Tranche B Maturity Date" means December 5, 2005 (or, if such day is not a
Business Day, the immediately succeeding Business Day).

      "Tranche B Term Loan" means a Loan made pursuant to clause (b) of Section
2.01.

      "Tranche C Commitment" means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment,
if any, of such Lender to make a Tranche C Term Loan hereunder on the Effective
Date, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the
Tranche C Term Loan to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such commitment may
be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07 and (b) reduced or
increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender
pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender's Tranche C
Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance
pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Tranche C Commitment, as
applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders' Tranche C Commitments
is $100,000,000.

      "Tranche C Lender" means a Lender with a Tranche C Commitment or an
outstanding Tranche C Term Loan.

      "Tranche C Maturity Date" means December 5, 2006 (or, if such day is not a
Business Day, the immediately succeeding Business Day).

      "Tranche C Term Loan" means a Loan made pursuant to clause (c) of Section
2.01.

      "Transactions" means the Spin-off and the Financing Transactions.

      "Type", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether
the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is
determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

      "Withdrawal Liability" means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result
of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms
are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

      SECTION 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this
Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a


                                       24

<PAGE>   30

"Revolving Loan") or by Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar Loan") or by Class and Type
(e.g., a "Eurodollar Revolving Loan"). Borrowings also may be classified and
referred to by Class (e.g., a "Revolving Borrowing") or by Type (e.g., a
"Eurodollar Borrowing") or by Class and Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar Revolving
Borrowing").

      SECTION 1.03. Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply
equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the
context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine,
feminine and neuter forms. The words "include", "includes" and "including" shall
be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation". The word "will"
shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word "shall".
Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any
agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring
to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such
amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference
herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person's successors and
assigns, (c) the words "herein", "hereof" and "hereunder", and words of similar
import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to
any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles,
Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and
Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words
"asset" and "property" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect
and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties,
including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

      SECTION 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly
provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be
construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided
that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower
requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any
change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on
the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the
Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof
for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or
after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision
shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately
before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been
withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.


                                       25

<PAGE>   31

                                    ARTICLE 2
                                   THE CREDITS

      SECTION 2.01. Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth
herein, each Lender agrees (a) to make a Tranche A Term Loan to the Borrower on
the Effective Date in a principal amount not exceeding its Tranche A Commitment,
(b) to make a Tranche B Term Loan to the Borrower on the Effective Date in a
principal amount not exceeding its Tranche B Commitment, (c) to make a Tranche C
Term Loan to the Borrower on the Effective Date in a principal amount not
exceeding its Tranche C Commitment, and (d) to make Revolving Loans to the
Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period in an
aggregate principal amount that will not result in such Lender's Revolving
Exposure exceeding such Lender's Revolving Commitment. Within the foregoing
limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower
may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. Amounts repaid in respect of
Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

      SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings.Each Loan (other than a Swingline Loan)
shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Class and
Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments
of the applicable Class. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to
be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder;
provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be
responsible for any other Lender's failure to make Loans as required.

      (b) Subject to Section 2.13, each Revolving Borrowing and Term Borrowing
shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may
request in accordance herewith. Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan. Each
Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or
foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any
exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay
such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

      (c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar
Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral
multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $10,000,000. At the time that each ABR
Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an
integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000. Each Swingline
Loan shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $50,000 and not less
than $250,000. Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding


                                       26

<PAGE>   32

at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total
of five Eurodollar Borrowings in each Class outstanding.

      (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower
shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any
Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after
the Revolving Maturity Date, Tranche A Maturity Date, Tranche B Maturity Date or
Tranche C Maturity Date, as applicable.

      SECTION 2.03. Requests for Borrowings. To request a Revolving Borrowing or
Term Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such
request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than
11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the
proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00
a.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed
Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall
be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent
of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent
and signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request
shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

      (i) whether the requested Borrowing is to be a Revolving Borrowing,
      Tranche A Term Borrowing, Tranche B Term Borrowing or Tranche C Term
      Borrowing;

      (ii) the aggregate amount of such Borrowing;

      (iii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

      (iv) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar
      Borrowing;

      (v) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to
      be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the
      definition of the term "Interest Period"; and

      (vi) the location and number of the Borrower's account to which funds are
      to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.05.

If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested
Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with


                                       27

<PAGE>   33

respect to any requested Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, then the Borrower shall
be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month's duration. Promptly
following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the
Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the
amount of such Lender's Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

      SECTION 2.04. Swingline Loans. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set
forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the
Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period, in an
aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i)
the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding
$10,000,000 or (ii) the sum of the total Revolving Exposures exceeding the total
Revolving Commitments. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and
conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow
Swingline Loans.

      (b) To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the
Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by telecopy), not
later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline
Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date
(which shall be a Business Day) and amount of the requested Swingline Loan. The
Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such
notice received from the Borrower. The Swingline Lender shall make each
Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the general
deposit account of the Borrower with the Swingline Lender by 3:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.

      (c) The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative
Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require
the Revolving Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a
portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the
aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Revolving Lenders will participate.
Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice
thereof to each Revolving Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender's
Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Lender
hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided
above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline
Lender, such Lender's Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans.
Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire
participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and
unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever,
including the occurrence and continuance of a Default


                                       28

<PAGE>   34

or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall
be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each
Revolving Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire
transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in
Section 2.05 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.05 shall
apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders),
and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the
amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. The Administrative Agent
shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired
pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline
Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender.
Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other party
on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the
Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be
promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the
Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to
the Revolving Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this
paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear. The
purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall
not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

      SECTION 2.05. Funding of Borrowings. (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan
to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of
immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, New York City time, to the account of
the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by
notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided
in Section 2.04. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the
Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an
account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York
City and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request.

      (b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a
Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not
make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender's share of such
Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such
share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section
and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a
corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share
of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the
applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative
Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for
each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the
Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at
(i)


                                       29

<PAGE>   35

in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and
a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking
industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower,
the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to
the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender's Loan
included in such Borrowing.

      SECTION 2.06. Interest Elections. (a) Each Revolving Borrowing and Term
Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing
Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial
Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower
may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such
Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods
therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different
options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which
case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the
Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion
shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to
Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.

      (b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall
notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a
Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were
requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be
made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest
Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand
delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election
Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the
Borrower.

      (c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify
the following information in compliance with Section 2.02 and paragraph (f) of
this Section:

      (i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if
      different options are being elected with respect to different portions
      thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing
      (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii)
      and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

      (ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest
      Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;


                                       30

<PAGE>   36

      (iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a
      Eurodollar Borrowing; and

      (iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest
      Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election,
      which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term
      "Interest Period".

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does
not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have
selected an Interest Period of one month's duration.

      (d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the
Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such
Lender's portion of each resulting Borrowing.

      (e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request
with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period
applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at
the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR
Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of
the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of
Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or
continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar
Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest
Period applicable thereto.

      (f) A Borrowing of any Class may not be converted to or continued as a
Eurodollar Borrowing if after giving effect thereto (i) the Interest Period
therefor would commence before and end after a date on which any principal of
the Loans of such Class is scheduled to be repaid and (ii) the sum of the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Eurodollar Borrowings of such Class
with Interest Periods ending on or prior to such scheduled repayment date plus
the aggregate principal amount of outstanding ABR Borrowings of such Class would
be less than the aggregate principal amount of Loans of such Class required to
be repaid on such scheduled repayment date.

      SECTION 2.07. Termination and Reduction of Commitments. (a) Unless
previously terminated, (i) the Tranche A Commitments, Tranche B Commitments and
Tranche C Commitments shall terminate at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
earlier of (x) July 15, 1998 and (y) the date of the first Borrowing


                                       31

<PAGE>   37

hereunder and (ii) the Revolving Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving
Maturity Date.

      (b) In the event and on each occasion that any Net Proceeds are received
by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Holdings in respect of any
Prepayment Event, the Revolving Commitments shall be immediately and permanently
reduced by an amount (if any) equal to the amount of such Net Proceeds minus the
portion of such amount required to be applied to repay the Term Borrowings in
accordance with Section 2.10(b); provided that after giving effect to any such
reduction pursuant to this subsection (b), the Revolving Commitments shall not
be less than $50,000,000.

      (c) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce,
the Commitments of any Class; provided that (i) each reduction of the
Commitments of any Class shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of
$1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not
terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments if, after giving effect to any
concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.10,
the sum of the Revolving Exposures would exceed the total Revolving Commitments.

      (d) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to
terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (c) of this Section at least
three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or
reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly
following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the
Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant
to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of
the Revolving Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice
is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case
such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative
Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not
satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be
permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be made ratably
among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments of such Class.

      SECTION 2.08. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) The Borrower
hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the
account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan
of such Lender on the Revolving Maturity Date, (ii) to the Administrative Agent
for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Term
Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.09 and (iii) to the Swingline
Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of
the Revolving Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made
that


                                       32

<PAGE>   38

is the 15th or last day of a calendar month and is at least two Business Days
after such Swingline Loan is made.

      (b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an
account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender
resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal
and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

      (c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall
record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof
and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or
interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each
Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative
Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender's share thereof.

      (d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b)
or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and
amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any
Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error
therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay
the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     (e) Any Lender may request that Loans of any Class made by it be evidenced
by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and
deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender
(or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and
in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced
by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after
assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory
notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such
promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).


                                       33
<PAGE>   39

         Section 2.09. Amortization of Term Loans. (a) Subject to adjustment
pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section, the Borrower shall repay Tranche A
Term Borrowings on each date set forth below in the aggregate principal amount
set forth opposite such date:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             ----------------------------------------------------
                  Date                               Amount
                  -----                              ------
                <S>                                <C>  
                 9/30/99                           $  937,500
                12/31/99                           $  937,500
                 3/31/00                           $  937,500
                 6/30/00                           $  937,500
                 9/30/00                           $2,812,500
                12/31/00                           $2,812,500
                 3/31/01                           $2,812,500
                 6/30/01                           $2,812,500
                 9/30/01                           $3,750,000
                12/31/01                           $3,750,000
                 3/31/02                           $3,750,000
                 6/30/02                           $3,750,000
                 9/30/02                           $4,687,500
                12/31/02                           $4,687,500
                 3/31/03                           $4,687,500
                 6/30/03                           $4,687,500
                 9/30/03                           $6,562,500
                12/31/03                           $6,562,500
                 3/31/04                           $6,562,500
             Tranche A                             $6,562,500
             Maturity Date        
             ----------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                       34
<PAGE>   40

         (b) Subject to adjustment pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section,
the Borrower shall repay Tranche B Term Borrowings on each date set forth below
in the aggregate principal amount set forth opposite such date:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             ----------------------------------------------------
                  Date                               Amount
                  -----                              ------
                <S>                                 <C>  
                 9/30/98                            $   312,500
                12/31/98                            $   312,500
                 3/31/99                            $   312,500
                 6/30/99                            $   312,500
                 9/30/99                            $   312,500
                12/31/99                            $   312,500
                 3/31/00                            $   312,500
                 6/30/00                            $   312,500
                 9/30/00                            $   312,500
                12/31/00                            $   312,500
                 3/31/01                            $   312,500
                 6/30/01                            $   312,500
                 9/30/01                            $   312,500
                12/31/01                            $   312,500
                 3/31/02                            $   312,500
                 6/30/02                            $   312,500
                 9/30/02                            $   312,500
                12/31/02                            $   312,500
                 3/31/03                            $   312,500
                 6/30/03                            $   312,500
                 9/30/03                            $   312,500
                12/31/03                            $   312,500
                 3/31/04                            $   312,500
                 6/30/04                            $   312,500
                 9/30/04                            $ 9,375,000
                12/31/04                            $ 9,375,000
                 3/31/05                            $ 9,375,000
                 6/30/05                            $ 9,375,000
                 9/30/05                            $40,000,000
             Tranche B                              $40,000,000
             Maturity Date        
             ----------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                       35
<PAGE>   41

      (c) Subject to adjustment pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section, the
Borrower shall repay Tranche C Term Borrowings on each date set forth below in
the aggregate principal amount set forth opposite such date:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             ----------------------------------------------------
                  Date                               Amount
                  -----                              ------
                <S>                              <C>  
                 9/30/98                         $   250,000
                12/31/98                         $   250,000
                 3/31/99                         $   250,000
                 6/30/99                         $   250,000
                 9/30/99                         $   250,000
                12/31/99                         $   250,000
                 3/31/00                         $   250,000
                 6/30/00                         $   250,000
                 9/30/00                         $   250,000
                12/31/00                         $   250,000
                 3/31/01                         $   250,000
                 6/30/01                         $   250,000
                 9/30/01                         $   250,000
                12/31/01                         $   250,000
                 3/31/02                         $   250,000
                 6/30/02                         $   250,000
                 9/30/02                         $   250,000
                12/31/02                         $   250,000
                 3/31/03                         $   250,000
                 6/30/03                         $   250,000
                 9/30/03                         $   250,000
                12/31/03                         $   250,000
                 3/31/04                         $   250,000
                 6/30/04                         $   250,000
                 9/30/04                         $   250,000
                12/31/04                         $   250,000
                 3/31/05                         $   250,000
                 6/30/05                         $   250,000
                 9/30/05                         $   250,000
                12/31/05                         $   250,000
                 3/31/06                         $   250,000
                 6/30/06                         $   250,000
                 9/30/06                         $46,000,000
             Tranche C                           $46,000,000
             Maturity Date                    
             ----------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                       36
<PAGE>   42

      (d) If the initial aggregate amount of the Lenders' Term Commitments of
any Class exceeds the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans of such Class
that are made on the Effective Date, then the scheduled repayments of Term
Borrowings of such Class to be made pursuant to this Section shall be reduced
ratably by an aggregate amount equal to such excess. Any prepayment of a Term
Borrowing of any Class shall be applied to reduce the subsequent scheduled
repayments of the Term Borrowings of such Class to be made pursuant to this
Section (i) in the case of a prepayment made pursuant to Section 2.10(a), first,
to reduce scheduled repayments of the Term Borrowings of such Class due in the
365-day period immediately following the day such prepayment is made (until all
such scheduled repayments have been reduced to zero) and thereafter, ratably and
(ii) in the case of a prepayment made pursuant to Section 2.10(b), ratably.

      (e) Prior to any repayment of any Term Borrowings of any Class hereunder,
the Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings of the applicable Class to
be repaid and shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by
telecopy) of such selection not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three
Business Days before the scheduled date of such repayment. Each repayment of a
Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the repaid
Borrowing. Repayments of Term Borrowings shall be accompanied by accrued
interest on the amount repaid.

      Section 2.10. Prepayment of Loans. (a) The Borrower shall have the right
at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part,
subject to the requirements of this Section.

      (b) In the event and on each occasion that any Net Proceeds are received
by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Holdings in respect of any
Prepayment Event, the Borrower shall, within three Business Days after such Net
Proceeds are received, prepay Term Borrowings in an aggregate amount equal to
such Net Proceeds.

      (c) If on any date the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced
pursuant to Section 2.07(b), then, on such date, the Borrower shall prepay
Revolving Borrowings and/or Swingline Loans in an aggregate amount equal to the
amount (if any) by which the sum of the Revolving Exposures exceed the Revolving
Commitments as then reduced.

      (d) Prior to any optional or mandatory prepayment of Borrowings hereunder,
the Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings to be prepaid and shall
specify such selection in the notice of such prepayment pursuant to paragraph
(e) of this Section. In the event of any optional or mandatory prepayment of
Term Borrowings made at a time when Term Borrowings of more


                                       37
<PAGE>   43

than one Class remain outstanding, the Borrower shall select Term Borrowings to
be prepaid so that the aggregate amount of such prepayment is allocated between
the Term Borrowings of each Class then outstanding pro rata based on the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Borrowings of each such Class;
provided that any Tranche B Lender or Tranche C Lender may elect, by notice to
the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) at least one
Business Day prior to the prepayment date, to decline all or any portion of any
prepayment of its Tranche B Term Borrowings or Tranche C Term Borrowings, as the
case may be, pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section, in which case the
aggregate amount of the prepayment that would have been applied to prepay
Tranche B Term Borrowings or Tranche C Term Borrowings, as the case may be, but
was so declined shall be applied to prepay Tranche A Term Borrowings then
outstanding.

      (e) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case
of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by telephone (confirmed
by telecopy) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a
Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three
Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of
an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one Business
Day before the date of prepayment or (iii) in the case of prepayment of a
Swingline Loan, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date of
prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the
prepayment date, the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be
prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a reasonably detailed
calculation of the amount of such prepayment; provided that, if a notice of
optional prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of
termination of the Revolving Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.07, then
such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is
revoked in accordance with Section 2.07. Promptly following receipt of any such
notice (other than a notice relating solely to Swingline Loans), the
Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each
partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be
permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided
in Section 2.02, except as necessary to apply fully the required amount of a
mandatory prepayment. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to
the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by
accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.12 and, to the extent
applicable, amounts required to be paid by Section 2.15.

      Section 2.11. Fees. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative
Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at the
Applicable Rate on the average daily unused amount of each


                                       38
<PAGE>   44

Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Effective
Date to but excluding the date on which such Commitment terminates. Accrued
commitment fees shall be payable in arrears (i) in the case of commitment fees
in respect of the Revolving Commitments, on the last day of March, June,
September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving
Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date
hereof, and (ii) in the case of commitment fees in respect of the Term
Commitments of any Class, on the date on which such Commitments terminate. All
commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall
be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but
excluding the last day). For purposes of computing commitment fees with respect
to Revolving Commitments, a Revolving Commitment of a Lender shall be deemed to
be used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans of such Lender (and the
Swingline Exposure of such Lender shall be disregarded for such purpose).

      (b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own
account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon
between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

      (c) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in
immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, in
the case of commitment fees, to the Lenders entitled thereto. Fees paid shall
not be refundable under any circumstances.

      Section 2.12. Interest. (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing
(including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate
plus the Applicable Rate.

      (b) The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at
the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus
the Applicable Rate.

      (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any
Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid
when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such
overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate
per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the
rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs
of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate
applicable to ABR Revolving Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.


                                       39
<PAGE>   45

      (d) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each
Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans, upon
termination of the Revolving Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued
pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in
the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of
an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Revolving Availability Period),
accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on
the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any
conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest
Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective
date of such conversion.

      (e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360
days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at
times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed
on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each
case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first
day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted
LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such
determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

      Section 2.13. Alternate Rate of Interest. If prior to the commencement of
any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

            (a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall
            be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable
            means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such
            Interest Period; or

            (b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that
            the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately
            and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or
            maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for
            such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the
Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and,
until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the
circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest
Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or
continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective
and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such
Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing.


                                       40
<PAGE>   46

      Section 2.14. Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall:

            (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit
            or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the
            account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such
            reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate); or

            (ii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other
            condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such
            Lender;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such
Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its
obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or to
reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder
(whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to
such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for
such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

      (b) If any Lender determines that any Change in Law regarding capital
requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such
Lender's capital or on the capital of such Lender's holding company, if any, as
a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, such Lender, to a level
below that which such Lender or such Lender's holding company could have
achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender's
policies and the policies of such Lender's holding company with respect to
capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender
such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such
Lender's holding company for any such reduction suffered.

      (c) A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts
necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be,
as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the
Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay
such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after
receipt thereof.

      (d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation
pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender's right to
demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to
compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or
reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender
notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs
or reductions


                                       41
<PAGE>   47

and of such Lender's intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further
that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is
retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to
include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

      Section 2.15. Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of
any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest
Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b)
the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest
Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or
prepay any Revolving Loan or Term Loan on the date specified in any notice
delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked
under Section 2.10(e) and is revoked in accordance therewith), or (d) the
assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest
Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to
Section 2.18, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender
for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a
Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to
include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the
amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan
had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been
applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last
day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure
to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest
Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on
such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender
would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar
deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar
market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that
such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered
to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower
shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10
days after receipt thereof.

      Section 2.16. Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any
obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be
made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other
Taxes; provided that if the Borrower shall be required to deduct any Indemnified
Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be
increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including
deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the
Administrative Agent or Lender (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to
the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the
Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full


                                       42
<PAGE>   48

amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with
applicable law.

      (b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant
Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

      (c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender,
within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any
Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent or such
Lender, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account
of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document
(including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or
attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest
and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or
not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or
asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount
of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or by the
Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be
conclusive absent manifest error.

      (d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other
Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to
the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by
such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return
reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory
to the Administrative Agent.

      (e) Each Foreign Lender, or any estate or trust that is subject to federal
income taxation regardless of the source of its income (each, a "Non-U.S.
Lender") shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or, in the
case of a participant, to the Lender from which the related participation shall
have been purchased) two copies of either U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form
1001 or Form 4224, or, in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption from
U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with
respect to payments of "portfolio interest" a statement substantially in the
form of Exhibit F and a Form W-8, or any subsequent versions thereof or
successors thereto properly completed and duly executed by such Non-U.S. Lender
claiming complete exemption from, or a reduced rate of, U.S. federal withholding
tax on all payments by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents. Such forms shall be delivered by each Non-U.S. Lender on or before
the date it becomes a party to this Agreement (or, in the case of any
Participant, on or before the date such Participant purchases the related
participation), In addition, each Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver such forms
promptly upon the obsolescence or


                                       43
<PAGE>   49

invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Non-U.S. Lender. Each Non-
U.S. Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower at any time it determines that it
is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to
the Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. taxing
authorities for such purpose). Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section, a Non- U.S. Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant
to this Section that such Non-U.S. Lender is not legally able to deliver.

      Section 2.17. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-
offs. (a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it
hereunder or under any other Loan Document (whether of principal, interest or
fees, or of amounts payable under Section 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 or 9.03, or
otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date when due, in
immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts
received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the
Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding
Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments
shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 270 Park Avenue, New
York, New York, except payments to be made directly to the Swingline Lender as
expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.14,
2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto and
payments pursuant to other Loan Documents shall be made to the Persons specified
therein. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by
it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly
following receipt thereof. If any payment under any Loan Document shall be due
on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to
the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing
interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.
All payments under each Loan Document shall be made in dollars.

      (b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the
Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees
then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of
interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto
in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties,
and (ii) second, towards payment of principal then due hereunder, ratably among
the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then
due to such parties.

      (c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or
counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or
interest on any of its Revolving Loans, Term Loans or Swingline Loans resulting
in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount
of its


                                       44
<PAGE>   50

Revolving Loans, Term Loans and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon
than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such
greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the
Revolving Loans, Term Loans and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent
necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the
Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and
accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans, Term Loans and Swingline
Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any
portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations
shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such
recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not
be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in
accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a
Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any
of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any
Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph
shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent
it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a
participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the
Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation
as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount
of such participation.

      (d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the
Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative
Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make
such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made
such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such
assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the
Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally
agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so
distributed to such Lender with interest thereon, for each day from and
including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of
payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds
Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance
with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

      (e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it
pursuant to Section 2.04(c), 2.05(b), 2.17(d) or 9.03(c), then the
Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary
provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative
Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender's obligations under
such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.


                                       45
<PAGE>   51

      Section 2.18. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. (a) If any
Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required
to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the
account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, then such Lender shall use
reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or
booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to
another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such
Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts
payable pursuant to Section 2.14 or 2.16, as the case may be, in the future and
(ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would
not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to
pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with
any such designation or assignment.

      (b) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the
Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any
Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16,
or if any Lender defaults in its obligation to fund Loans hereunder, then the
Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the
Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without
recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in
Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to
an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another
Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower
shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and,
if a Revolving Commitment is being assigned, the Swingline Lender), which
consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received
payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and
participations in Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and
all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of
such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in
the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment
resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required
to be made pursuant to Section 2.16, such assignment will result in a reduction
in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any
such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by
such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require
such assignment and delegation cease to apply.


                                       46
<PAGE>   52

                                    ARTICLE 3
                         Representations and Warranties

      Each of Holdings and the Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders
that:

      Section 3.01. Organization; Powers. Each of Holdings, the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries and each Material Joint Venture is duly organized, validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has
all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and
as proposed to be conducted on or after the Spin-off Date and, except where the
failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in,
and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is
required.

      Section 3.02. Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions to be
entered into by each Loan Party are within such Loan Party's corporate powers
and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and stockholder action.
This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of Holdings and the
Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party
is to be a party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party, will
constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of Holdings, the Borrower or
such Loan Party (as the case may be), enforceable in accordance with its terms,
subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
other laws affecting creditors' rights generally and subject to general
principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity
or at law. Each Spin-off Document to which any Loan Party is to be a party, when
executed and delivered by such Loan Party, will constitute a legal, valid and
binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms,
subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
other laws affecting creditors' rights generally and subject to general
principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity
or at law.

      Section 3.03. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a)
do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any
other action by, any Governmental Authority, except for the filing of a Form 10
by Holdings and New D&B with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the filing
of a Form 8-K by Holdings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the
filing by Holdings and the Borrower with and declaration of effectiveness of a
registration statement by the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to an
exchange offer of the Subordinated Debt, the filing of UCC-1 financing
statements necessary to perfect the Liens created under the Security Documents,


                                       47
<PAGE>   53

each of which has been made and is in full force and effect, and certain filings
and approvals relating to the Spin-off with respect to the transfer of assets
and stock of non-United States entities and to the transfer of licenses related
to the collection agency business, the failure of which to make or obtain could
not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) will not
violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other
organizational documents of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or
any Material Joint Venture or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will
not violate or result in a default under any indenture, material agreement or
other material instrument binding upon Holdings, the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or any Material Joint Venture or its assets, or give rise to a
right thereunder to require any payment to be made by Holdings, the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries or any Material Joint Venture, and (d) will not result
in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of Holdings, the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries or any Material Joint Venture, except Liens created
under the Security Documents.

      Section 3.04. Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change. (a) The
Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its consolidated balance sheet
and statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows (i) as of and for
the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1997, each reported on
by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent public accountants, and (ii) as of and
for the fiscal quarter and the portion of the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998,
certified by a Financial Officer. Such financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash
flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for
such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and
the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements referred to in clause
(ii) above.

      (b) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders (i) its unaudited
pro forma condensed balance sheet and unaudited pro forma condensed statement of
operations, each prepared giving effect to the Transactions as if the
Transactions had occurred on December 31, 1997, in the case of such balance
sheet and January 1, 1997, in the case of such statement of operations and (ii)
its unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet and unaudited pro forma condensed
statement of operations, each prepared giving effect to the Transactions as if
the Transactions had occurred on March 31, 1998, in the case of such balance
sheet and January 1, 1998, in the case of such statement of operations. Such pro
forma financial statements (i) have been prepared in good faith based on the
same assumptions used to prepare the pro forma financial statements included in
the Information Memorandum (which assumptions are believed by Holdings and the
Borrower to be reasonable), (ii) are based on the best information available to
Holdings and the Borrower after due inquiry, (iii) accurately reflect all


                                       48
<PAGE>   54

adjustments necessary to give effect to the Transactions and (iv) present
fairly, in all material respects (x) in the case of such pro forma balance
sheets, the financial position of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries
as of December 31, 1997 and March 31, 1998, respectively (as if the Transactions
had occurred on such dates) and (y) in the case of such pro forma statements of
operations, the results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated
Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (as if the Transactions
had occurred on January 1, 1997) and for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1998
(as if the Transactions had occurred on January 1, 1998), respectively.

      (c) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders (i) the audited
combined balance sheets of DonTech I and DonTech II and the audited balance
sheet of CenDon as of the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996 and December 31,
1997, in each case reported on by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent public
accountants, (ii) the audited combined statements of operations, partners'
capital and cash flows for DonTech I and DonTech II and the audited statements
of operations and cash flows for CenDon for each of the fiscal years ended
December 31, 1995, December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1997, in each case
reported on by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent public accountants, and
(iii) the unaudited balance sheet of each of DonTech I and DonTech II as of the
fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1998 and their respective statements of
operations, partners' capital and cash flows for the fiscal quarter and the
portion of the fiscal year then ended, certified by a Financial Officer. Such
financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, (x) in the case
of the financial statements described in clause (i), the combined financial
position of DonTech I and DonTech II and the financial position of CenDon as of
December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1997, respectively, (y) in the case of the
financial statements described in clause (ii), the combined statements of
operations of DonTech I and DonTech II and their combined cash flows and the
statement of operations and cash flows of CenDon for each of the fiscal years in
the three year period ended December 31, 1997 and (z) in the case of the
financial statements described in clause (iii), the financial position of each
of DonTech I and DonTech II, respectively, at March 31, 1998 and their
respective results of operations and their respective cash flows for the portion
of the fiscal year then ended, in each case in accordance with GAAP, subject to
year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the
statements referred to in clause (iii) above.

      (d) Except as disclosed in the financial statements referred to above or
the notes thereto or in the Information Memorandum or the Offering Circular and
except for the Disclosed Matters, after giving effect to the Transactions, none
of Holdings, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the Material Joint Ventures
has, as of each of the Effective Date and the Spin-off Date, any material
contingent liabilities, unusual long-term commitments or unrealized losses.


                                       49
<PAGE>   55

      (e) Since December 31, 1997, except as disclosed in the Information
Memorandum or the Offering Circular, there has been no material adverse change
in the business, assets, operations, prospects or condition, financial or
otherwise, of Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or
the Material Joint Ventures, taken as a whole.

      Section 3.05. Properties. (a) Each of Holdings, the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries and each Material Joint Venture has good title to, or valid
leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its
business, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its
ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such
properties for their intended purposes. There are no Liens on any such property
other than Liens permitted under Section 6.04.

      (b) Each of Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and each Material
Joint Venture owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames,
copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to its business,
and the use thereof by Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and each
Material Joint Venture does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person,
except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could
not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

      (c) Schedule 3.05 sets forth the address of each real property that is or
will be owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as of each of
the Effective Date and the Spin-off Date, in each case after giving effect to
the Transactions.

      Section 3.06. Litigation and Environmental Matters. (a) There are no
actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental
Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower,
threatened against or affecting Holdings, the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or any Material Joint Venture (i) as to which there is a reasonable
possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could
reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a
Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters) or (ii) that involve
any of the Loan Documents, any of the Spin-off Documents, any of the Material
Agreements or the Transactions.

      (b) Except for the Disclosed Matters and except with respect to any other
matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected
to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither Holdings, the Borrower nor any
of its Subsidiaries nor any Material Joint Venture (i) has failed to comply with
any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit,


                                       50
<PAGE>   56

license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become
subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim
with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any
Environmental Liability.

      (c) Since the date of this Agreement, there has been no change in the
status of the Disclosed Matters that, individually or in the aggregate, has
resulted in, or materially increased the likelihood of, a Material Adverse
Effect.

      Section 3.07. Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each of Holdings, the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries and each Material Joint Venture is in compliance
with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable
to it or its property (including without limitation any "margin" rules or
regulations promulgated by the Board) and all indentures, agreements (including
without limitation all Material Agreements) and other instruments binding upon
it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the
aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing.

      Section 3.08. Investment and Holding Company Status. Neither Holdings, the
Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any Material Joint Venture is (a) an
"investment company" as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the
Investment Company Act of 1940 or (b) a "holding company" as defined in, or
subject to regulation under, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.

      Section 3.09. Taxes. Each of Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
and each Material Joint Venture has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax
returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be
paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Holdings, the
Borrower or such Subsidiary or such Material Joint Venture, as applicable, has
set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure
to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect.

      Section 3.10. ERISA. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected
to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which
liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all accumulated
benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes
of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date
of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair
market value of the assets of such Plan.


                                       51
<PAGE>   57

      Section 3.11. Disclosure. The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all
agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which Holdings,
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Material Joint Venture is
subject, and all other matters known to any of them, that, individually or in
the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect. None of the Information Statement, the Offering Circular, the
Information Memorandum or any of the other reports, financial statements,
certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to
the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of
this Agreement or any other Loan Document or delivered hereunder or thereunder
(as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any
material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to
make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial
information, Holdings and the Borrower represent only that such information was
prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by management to be
reasonable at the time.

      Section 3.12. Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures. On the Effective Date,
Holdings will not have any subsidiaries other than the Borrower, New D&B and New
D&B's subsidiaries, and the Borrower will have no Subsidiaries. On the Spin-off
Date and after giving effect to the Spin-off, Holdings will not have any
subsidiaries other than the Borrower and the Borrower will not have any
Subsidiaries. Schedule 3.12 sets forth the name of, and the ownership interest
of the Borrower in, each Material Joint Venture and each partnership or joint
venture to which the Borrower is a party or in which the Borrower has an
economic interest as of the Effective Date and the Spin-off Date.

      Section 3.13. Insurance. Schedule 3.13 sets forth a description of all
insurance maintained by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of
the Effective Date. As of the Effective Date, all premiums in respect of such
insurance that are due have been paid.

      Section 3.14. Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loans will be applied
by the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.12.

      Section 3.15. Solvency. Immediately after the consummation of the
Transactions to occur on the Effective Date and the Spin-off Date and
immediately following the making of each Loan, if any, made on the Effective
Date and the Spin-off Date, respectively, and after giving effect to the
application of the proceeds of such Loans, (a) the fair value of the assets of
each Loan Party, at a fair valuation, will exceed its debts and liabilities,
subordinated, contingent or otherwise; (b) the present fair saleable value of
the property of each Loan Party will be greater than the amount that will be
required to pay the probable liability


                                       52
<PAGE>   58

of its debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as
such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) each Loan
Party will be able to pay its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or
otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (d)
each Loan Party will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct
the business in which it is engaged as such business is now conducted and is
proposed to be conducted following the Spin-off Date.

      Section 3.16. Senior Indebtedness. The Obligations constitute "Senior
Debt" and "Parent Company Senior Debt" under and as defined in the Subordinated
Debt Documents.

      Section 3.17. Security Documents. The Security Documents create valid
security interests in the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, which
security interests are and will remain perfected security interests, prior to
all other Liens other than Permitted Encumbrances in existence on the Effective
Date. Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in the
Security Documents is true and correct.

      Section 3.18. Representation and Warranties Related to New D&B and the
Spin-off. (a) New D&B is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has all requisite
power and authority to execute, deliver and perform the Spin-off Documents to
which it is a party and to consummate the Spin-off.

      (b) The execution, delivery and performance by New D&B of the Spin-off
Documents to which it is a party and the consummation by New D&B of the Spin-off
(i) are within New D&B's corporate powers, (ii) have been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate and, if required, stockholder action and (iii) (w) do not
require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other
action by, any Governmental Authority, except for the filings which have been
made and are in full force and effect and except for those referred to in
Section 3.03(a), (x) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the
charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of New D&B or any order of
any Governmental Authority and (y) will not violate or result in a default under
any indenture, material agreement or other material instrument binding upon New
D&B or any of its subsidiaries or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder
to require any material payment to be made by New D&B or any of its
subsidiaries. Each Spin-off Document to which New D&B is to be a party, when
executed and delivered by New D&B, will constitute a legal, valid and binding
obligation of New D&B, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws
affecting


                                       53
<PAGE>   59

creditors' rights generally and subject to general principles of equity,
regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

                                    ARTICLE 4
                                   Conditions

      Section 4.01. Effective Date. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans
shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following
conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):

            (a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received
            from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement
            signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory
            to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission
            of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has
            signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

            (b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written
            opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and
            dated the Effective Date) of each of (i) Cravath, Swaine & Moore,
            New York counsel for the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of
            Exhibit E-1, (ii) Nancy L. Henry, Senior Vice President and General
            Counsel of Holdings, substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 and
            (iii) Steven Wiznitzer, General Counsel of the Borrower,
            substantially in the form of Exhibit E-3, and, in each case,
            covering such other matters relating to the Loan Parties, the Loan
            Documents or the Transactions as the Required Lenders shall
            reasonably request. The Borrower and Holdings hereby request each
            such counsel to deliver such opinions.

            (c) The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and
            certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may
            reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good
            standing of each Loan Party, the authorization of the Transactions
            and any other legal matters relating to the Loan Parties, the Loan
            Documents or the Transactions, all in form and substance
            satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

            (d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate,
            dated the Effective Date and signed by the President, a Vice
            President or a


                                       54
<PAGE>   60

            Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the
            conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02.

            (e) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other
            amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date,
            including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all
            out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by any Loan
            Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

            (f) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received
            counterparts of the Holdings Collateral Agreement and the Borrower
            Security Agreement duly executed by each party thereto, together
            with the following:

                        (i) stock certificates representing all the outstanding
                  shares of capital stock of the Borrower owned by or on behalf
                  of Holdings as of the Effective Date after giving effect to
                  the Transactions and stock powers endorsed in blank with
                  respect to such stock certificates;

                        (ii) all documents and instruments, including Uniform
                  Commercial Code financing statements, required by law or
                  reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed,
                  registered or recorded to create or perfect the Liens intended
                  to be created under the Security Documents; and

                        (iii) a completed Perfection Certificate of each Loan
                  Party dated the Effective Date and signed by an executive
                  officer or Financial Officer of such Loan Party, together with
                  all attachments contemplated thereby, including the results of
                  a search of the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent)
                  filings made with respect to the Loan Parties in the
                  jurisdictions contemplated by the Perfection Certificate and
                  copies of the financing statements (or similar documents)
                  disclosed by such search and evidence reasonably satisfactory
                  to the Administrative Agent that the Liens indicated by such
                  financing statements (or similar documents) are permitted by
                  Section 6.04(a) or have been released;

            (g) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that the
            insurance required by Section 5.07 is in effect.

            (h) The Borrower shall have received gross cash proceeds of not less
            than $150,000,000 from the issuance of the Subordinated Debt. The


                                       55
<PAGE>   61

            terms and conditions of the Subordinated Debt and the provisions of
            the Subordinated Debt Documents shall be substantially as described
            in the Offering Circular. The Administrative Agent shall have
            received copies of the Subordinated Debt Documents, certified by a
            Financial Officer as complete and correct.

            (i) The proposed distribution by Holdings of all of its assets
            (other than the capital stock of the Borrower and certain related
            miscellaneous assets) to the shareholders of Holdings as approved by
            the board of directors of Holdings shall be substantially on the
            terms and conditions described in the Information Statement. All
            material authorizations and approvals to be obtained from any
            Governmental Authority with respect to the Transactions (including
            without limitation the private letter ruling from the Internal
            Revenue Service to the effect that the Spin-off will be tax-free to
            Holdings and the shareholders of Holdings (the "IRS Ruling")) shall
            have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect, with only
            the exceptions described in Section 3.03(a). The board of directors
            of Holdings shall have authorized the Spin-off and declared a
            ratable dividend to the shareholders of Holdings payable in shares
            of capital stock of New D&B and all other conditions precedent to
            the consummation of the Spin-off on the terms and conditions
            described in the Information Statement shall have been satisfied,
            except for the conditions precedent set forth on Schedule 4.01(i).
            The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of each such
            material authorization or approval (including without limitation the
            IRS Ruling), each Spin-off Document, if any, in effect on the
            Effective Date and each Material Agreement, certified by a Financial
            Officer as complete and correct. All agreements relating to
            Holdings, the Borrower, each Subsidiary and each Material Joint
            Venture (including without limitation all material contracts, tax
            sharing agreements, indemnity agreements and transitional agreements
            to which Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Material
            Joint Venture is a party) and all organizational documents and the
            corporate and capital structure of such entities, in each case as
            proposed to be in effect after giving effect to the Spin-off, shall
            be in all material respects as described in the Information
            Statement or the Offering Circular, with only such material changes
            as the Required Lenders shall have approved.

            (j) The Lenders shall have received a solvency certificate, dated
            the Effective Date and signed by a Financial Officer, in form and
            substance satisfactory to the Lenders.

            (k) The Lenders shall have received evidence satisfactory to them
            that there are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any


                                       56
<PAGE>   62

            arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against, or threatened
            against or affecting Holdings, the Borrower or any of its
            Subsidiaries or any Material Joint Venture (i) as to which there is
            a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if
            adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or
            in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect (other than
            the Disclosed Matters) or (ii) that involve any of the Loan
            Documents, any of the Spin-off Documents, any of the Material
            Agreements or the Transactions.

            (l) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence
            satisfactory to it that, concurrently with the application of the
            proceeds of the loans to be made on the Effective Date, all
            commitments to extend credit under the Multi-year Revolving Credit
            and Competitive Advance Facility and the 364-Day Revolving Credit
            and Competitive Advance Facility, each dated as of August 30, 1996
            and among Holdings, the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
            lenders party thereto, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as administrative
            agent, Citibank, N.A., as syndication agent and Morgan Guaranty
            Trust Company of New York, as documentation agent, shall have been
            terminated and all amounts outstanding thereunder shall have been
            repaid in full.

            (m) The Lenders shall have received the financial statements
            described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of Section 3.04. After giving
            effect to the Transactions to be consummated on the Effective Date,
            neither Holdings, the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall
            have outstanding any shares of preferred stock or any Indebtedness,
            other than Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.03(a) or (c).

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the
Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder shall not
become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived
pursuant to Section 9.02) at or prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on July
15, 1998 (and, in the event such conditions are not so satisfied or waived, the
Commitments shall terminate at such time).

      Section 4.02. Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make a
Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing is subject to the satisfaction of the
following conditions:

            (a) The representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth
            in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct on and as of the
            date of such Borrowing.


                                       57
<PAGE>   63

            (b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such
            Borrowing, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each Borrowing shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by
Holdings and the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.

                                    ARTICLE 5
                              Affirmative Covenants

      Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of
and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in
full, each of Holdings and the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders
that:

      Section 5.01. Financial Statements and Other Information. The Borrower
will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

            (a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the
            Borrower, its audited consolidated balance sheet and related
            statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows as of
            the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in
            comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all
            reported on by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. or other independent public
            accountants of recognized national standing (without a "going
            concern" or like qualification or exception and without any
            qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the
            effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in
            all material respects the financial condition and results of
            operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a
            consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;
            provided that such financial statements for any fiscal year ended
            prior to the Spin-off Date or during which the Spin-off Date occurs
            shall be prepared on a pro forma basis giving effect to the
            Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred on the first day of
            such fiscal year and on the basis of the assumptions used to prepare
            the financial statements set forth in Schedule 1;

            (b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal
            quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its consolidated
            balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders'
            equity and cash flows


                                       58
<PAGE>   64

            as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed
            portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in
            comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods
            of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the
            previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers
            as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial
            condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its
            consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with
            GAAP consis tently applied, subject to normal year-end audit
            adjustments and the absence of footnotes; provided that such
            financial statements for any fiscal quarter ended prior to the
            Spin-off Date or during which the Spin-off Date occurs shall be
            prepared on a pro forma basis giving effect to the Transactions as
            if the Transactions had occurred on the first day of such fiscal
            quarter and on the basis of the assumptions used to prepare the
            financial statements set forth in Schedule 1;

            (c) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of each
            Material Joint Venture, its audited balance sheet and related
            statements of operations, partners' capital and cash flows as of the
            end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative
            form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by
            Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. or other independent public accountants of
            recognized national standing (without a "going concern" or like
            qualification or exception and without any qualification or
            exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such
            financial statements present fairly in all material respects the
            financial condition and results of operations of such Material Joint
            Venture in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

            (d) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal
            quarters of each fiscal year of the Material Joint Ventures (i) in
            the case of CenDon, its balance sheet and related statements of
            operations as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then
            elapsed portion of the fiscal year and (ii) in the case of DonTech
            II, its balance sheet and related statements of operations,
            partners' capital and cash flows as of the end of and for such
            fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year;
            setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the
            corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance
            sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by
            one of such Material Joint Venture's financial officers as
            presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition
            and results of operations of such Material Joint Venture in
            accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal
            year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;


                                       59
<PAGE>   65

            (e) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under
            clause (a) and (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of
            the Borrower (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred
            and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and
            any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii)
            setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating
            compliance with Sections 6.01 through 6.04, inclusive, 6.06, 6.07,
            6.08 and 6.10, (iii) listing the Subsidiaries at the last day of the
            relevant fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as the case may be, and
            setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating the
            determination thereof and (iv) stating whether any change in GAAP or
            in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the
            Borrower's most recent audited financial statements referred to in
            Section 3.04 and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the
            effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such
            certificate;

            (f) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under
            clause (a) above, a certificate of the accounting firm that reported
            on such financial statements stating whether they obtained knowledge
            during the course of their examination of such financial statements
            of any Default (which certificate may be limited to the extent
            required by accounting rules or guidelines);

            (g) at least 30 days prior to the commencement of each fiscal year
            of the Borrower, a detailed consolidated budget for the Borrower for
            such fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet
            and related statements of projected operations and cash flow as of
            the end of and for such fiscal year and the assumptions used
            therein) and, promptly when available, any material revisions of
            such budget;

            (h) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all
            periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials
            filed by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any Material
            Joint Venture with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any
            Govern mental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of
            said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or
            distributed by Holdings to its shareholders generally, as the case
            may be; and

            (i) promptly following any request therefor, such other information
            regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition
            of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any Material Joint
            Venture, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, Spin-off
            Document or Material Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any
            Lender may reasonably request.


                                       60
<PAGE>   66

      Section 5.02. Notices of Material Events. Holdings and the Borrower will
furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the
following:

            (a) the occurrence of any Default;

            (b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by
            or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or
            affecting Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Material
            Joint Venture that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be
            expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

            (c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with
            any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be
            expected to result in liability of Holdings, the Borrower and its
            Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $2,500,000; and

            (d) any other development that results in, or could reasonably be
            expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of
a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the
details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken
or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

      Section 5.03. Information Regarding Collateral. (a) The Borrower will
furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any change (i) in
any Loan Party's corporate name or in any trade name used to identify it in the
conduct of its business or in the ownership of its properties, (ii) in the
location of any Loan Party's chief executive office, its principal place of
business, any office in which it maintains books or records relating to
Collateral owned by it or any office or facility at which Collateral owned by it
is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility),
(iii) in any Loan Party's identity or corporate structure or (iv) in any Loan
Party's Federal Taxpayer Identification Number. Holdings and the Borrower agree
not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence
(including without limitation the change of Holdings' corporate name to "R. H.
Donnelley Corporation," as contemplated in the Information Statement), unless
all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that
are required in order for the Administrative Agent to continue at all times
following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in
all the Collateral. The Borrower also agrees


                                       61
<PAGE>   67

promptly to notify the Administrative Agent if any material portion of the
Collateral is damaged or destroyed.

      (b) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with
respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to clause (a) of Section 5.01, the
Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial
Officer and the chief legal officer of the Borrower (i) setting forth the
information required pursuant to Section 2 of each of the Perfection
Certificates (as defined in the Borrower Security Agreement or the Subsidiary
Collateral Agreement, as applicable) or confirming that there has been no change
in such information since the date of such Perfection Certificate delivered on
the Effective Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant
to this Section and (ii) certifying that all Uniform Commercial Code financing
statements (including fixture filings, as applicable) or other appropriate
filings, recordings or registrations, including all refilings, rerecordings and
reregistrations, containing a description of the Collateral have been filed of
record in each governmental, municipal or other appropriate office in each
jurisdiction identified pursuant to clause (i) above to the extent necessary to
protect and perfect the security interests under the Security Documents for a
period of not less than 18 months after the date of such certificate (except as
noted therein with respect to any continuation statements to be filed within
such period).

      Section 5.04. Existence; Conduct of Business. Each of Holdings and the
Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be
done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect
its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises,
patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its
business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger,
consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.05.

      Section 5.05. Payment of Obligations. Each of Holdings and the Borrower
will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay its Indebtedness and other
material obligations, including Tax liabilities, before the same shall become
delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) Holdings, the
Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with
respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, (c) such contest effectively suspends
collection of the contested obligation and the enforcement of any Lien securing
such obligation and (d) the failure to make payment pending such contest could
not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

      Section 5.06. Maintenance of Properties. Each of Holdings and the Borrower
will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all


                                       62
<PAGE>   68

property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and
condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

      Section 5.07. Insurance. (a) Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and
will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain with financially sound and
responsible insurance companies, insurance on all their respective properties in
at least such amounts (with no greater risk retention) and against at least such
risks as are usually maintained, retained or insured against in the same general
area by companies of established repute engaged in the same or a similar
business. In addition, each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause
each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain all the insurance required to be
maintained under the Security Documents. The Borrower will furnish to the
Lenders, upon request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in
reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried.

      Section 5.08. Casualty and Condemnation. The Borrower will furnish to the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders prompt written notice of any casualty or
other insured damage to any material portion of any Collateral or the
commencement of any action or proceeding for the taking of any Collateral or any
part thereof or interest therein under power of eminent domain or by
condemnation or similar proceeding in accordance with the provisions of the
Security Documents.

      Section 5.09. Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights. Each of
Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep
proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are
made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and
activities. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative
Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its
properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to
discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent
accountants (including without limitation, but subject to any confidentiality
obligation to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is subject, any of the
foregoing in the possession of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with
respect to, or relating to, the Material Joint Ventures) all at such reasonable
times and as often as reasonably requested. In addition, Holdings and the
Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, use its reasonable
efforts to give the Administrative Agent and the Lenders the rights set forth in
the immediately preceding sentence with respect to the Material Joint Ventures.

      Section 5.10. Compliance with Laws. Each of Holdings and the Borrower
will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws,


                                       63
<PAGE>   69

rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or
its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the
aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect.

      Section 5.11. Year 2000. Any reprogramming required to permit the proper
functioning, in and following the year 2000, of (i) the Borrower's and its
Subsidiaries' computer systems and (ii) equipment containing embedded microchips
(including systems and equipment supplied by others or with which Borrower's or
its Subsidiaries' systems interface) and the testing of all such systems and
equipment, as so reprogrammed, will be substantially completed by January 1,
1999. The cost to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of such reprogramming and
testing and of the reasonably foreseeable consequences of year 2000 to the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, reprogramming
errors and the failure of others' systems or equipment ) will not result in a
Default or a Material Adverse Effect. Except for such of the reprogramming
referred to in the preceding sentence as may be necessary, the computer and
management information systems of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are and,
with ordinary course upgrading and maintenance, will continue for the term of
this Agreement to be, sufficient to permit the Borrower to conduct its business
without Material Adverse Effect.

      Section 5.12. Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Term Loans and the
Revolving Loans made on the Effective Date, together with the proceeds of the
Subordinated Debt, will be used by the Borrower only for the payment of (a) a
dividend or other distribution to Holdings, the proceeds of which will be
applied by Holdings to repay Indebtedness outstanding on the Effective Date
(including without limitation Indebtedness of Holdings to subsidiaries that,
following the Spin-off, will be subsidiaries of New D&B) and (b) fees and
expenses payable in connection with the Transactions. The proceeds of the
Revolving Loans made after the Effective Date and Swingline Loans will be used
only for general corporate purposes, including working capital and the payment
of fees and expenses payable in connection with the Transactions. No part of the
proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any
purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board,
including Regulations G, U and X.

      Section 5.13. Subsidiaries. If any Subsidiary is formed or acquired after
the Effective Date, the Borrower will notify the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders thereof and (a) if such Subsidiary is a Subsidiary Loan Party, the
Borrower will cause such Subsidiary to become a party to the Subsidiary
Collateral Agreement within ten Business Days after such Subsidiary is formed or
acquired and promptly take such actions to create and perfect Liens on such
Subsidiary's assets to secure the Obligations as the Administrative Agent or the


                                       64
<PAGE>   70

Required Lenders shall reasonably request and (b) if any shares of capital stock
or other equity interests or Indebtedness of such Subsidiary are owned by or on
behalf of any Loan Party, the Borrower will cause such shares and promissory
notes evidencing such Indebtedness to be pledged pursuant to the Security
Documents within ten Business Days after such Subsidiary is formed or acquired
(except that, if such Subsidiary is a Foreign Subsidiary, shares of common stock
of such Subsidiary to be pledged pursuant to the Security Documents may be
limited to 65% of the outstanding shares of common stock or other equity
interests of such Subsidiary).

      Section 5.14. Further Assurances. (a) Each of Holdings and the Borrower
will, and will cause each Subsidiary Loan Party to, execute any and all further
documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such
further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements,
fixture filings, deeds of trust and other documents), which may be required
under any applicable law, or which the Administrative Agent or the Required
Lenders may reasonably request, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by
the Loan Documents or to grant, preserve, protect or perfect the Liens created
or intended to be created by the Security Documents or the validity or priority
of any such Lien, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. Holdings and the
Borrower also agree to provide to the Administrative Agent, from time to time
upon request, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as to
the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by
the Security Documents.

      (b) If any material assets (including any real property or improvements
thereto or any interest therein) are acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary
Loan Party after the Effective Date (other than assets constituting Collateral
under the Subsidiary Collateral Agreement that become subject to the Lien of the
Subsidiary Collateral Agreement upon acquisition thereof), the Borrower will
notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereof, and, if requested by
the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, the Borrower will cause such
assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Obligations and will take, and
cause the Subsidiary Loan Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or
reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect such
Liens, including actions described in paragraph (a) of this Section, all at the
expense of the Loan Parties.


                                       65
<PAGE>   71

                                    ARTICLE 6
                               Negative Covenants

      Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and
interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full,
each of Holdings and the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

      Section 6.01. Leverage Ratio. At any date during any period set forth
below, the Leverage Ratio will not exceed the ratio set forth below opposite
such period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               ----------------------------------------------
                    Period                         Ratio     
                    ------                         -----     
               <S>                                 <C>  
                9/30/98-9/29/99                    4.25:1    
                9/30/99-12/30/00                   4.00:1    
               12/31/00-12/30/01                   3.75:1    
               12/31/01-12/30/02                   3.50:1    
                12/31/02-9/29/03                   3.25:1    
                9/30/03-6/29/04                    3.00:1    
                   Thereafter                      2.75:1    
               ----------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

      Section 6.02. Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. At the last day of any fiscal
quarter, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will not be less than 1.10:1.00.

      Section 6.03. Indebtedness; Certain Equity Securities. (a) The Borrower
will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, (i) create, incur, assume or
permit to exist any Indebtedness or (ii) issue any preferred stock or other
preferred equity, except:

            (i) Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents;

            (ii) the Subordinated Debt;

            (iii) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in
            Schedule 6.03(a), and extensions, renewals and replacements of any
            such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal
            amount thereof or result in an earlier maturity date or decreased
            weighted average life thereof;

            (iv) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary and of any
            Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that
            Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to the
            Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party shall be subject to Section
            6.06;


                                       66
<PAGE>   72

            (v) Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary and
            by any Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other
            Subsidiary; provided that Guarantees by the Borrower or any
            Subsidiary Loan Party of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not
            a Loan Party shall be subject to Section 6.06;

            (vi) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred to
            finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or
            capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and any
            Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such
            assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the
            acquisition thereof, and extensions, renewals and replacements of
            any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal
            amount thereof or result in an earlier maturity date or decreased
            weighted average life thereof; provided that (A) such Indebtedness
            is incurred prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the
            completion of such construction or improvement and (B) the aggregate
            principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (vi) shall
            not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding;

            (vii) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the
            date hereof; provided that (A) such Indebtedness exists at the time
            such Person becomes a Subsidiary and is not created in contemplation
            of or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary and (B)
            the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this
            clause (vii) shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding;

            (viii) Indebtedness of the Borrower incurred to finance a Permitted
            Acquisition that is permitted by Section 6.06 so long as (w) such
            Indebtedness is subordinated to the Indebtedness created under the
            Loan Documents in a manner substantially equivalent to the
            subordination of the Subordinated Debt, (x) the terms of such
            Indebtedness are no more restrictive than the terms applicable to
            the Loans, (y) the final maturity of such Indebtedness is no earlier
            than the final maturity of the Loans and (z) such Indebtedness shall
            not require any payments of principal thereof prior to the final
            maturity of the Loans; provided that, immediately after giving
            effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Borrower shall be
            in compliance with the ratios set forth in Sections 6.01 and 6.02,
            respectively, opposite the period in which the date of the proposed
            incurring of such Indebtedness falls (the "Indebtedness Measurement
            Date") (and, for purposes of determining such compliance,
            "Consolidated EBITDA"and the "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" shall
            each be as in effect on the last day of the fiscal quarter most
            recently ended on or prior to such


                                       67
<PAGE>   73

            Indebtedness Measurement Date and adjusted to give effect to the
            proposed incurrence of Indebtedness and the uses of the proceeds
            thereof as if such Indebtedness had been incurred on the first day
            of the relevant period for testing compliance and "Consolidated
            Total Debt" shall be as in effect on such Indebtedness Measurement
            Date and assuming the proposed Indebtedness has been incurred); and

            (ix) unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary not
            permitted by any of the foregoing clauses in an aggregate principal
            amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.

      (b) The Borrower will not vote its direct or indirect interest in any
Material Joint Venture to permit the Material Joint Ventures to create, incur,
assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness except:

            (i) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in
            Schedule 6.03(b), and extensions, renewals and replacements of any
            such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal
            amount thereof or result in an earlier maturity date or decreased
            weighted average life thereof; and

            (ii) other Indebtedness of the Material Joint Ventures in an
            aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time
            outstanding.

      (c) Holdings will not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any
Indebtedness except (i) Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents and (ii)
Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.03(c).

      Section 6.04. Liens. (a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property
or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or
revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof
(including without limitation any such rights under any Material Agreement),
except:

            (i) Liens created under the Loan Documents;

            (ii) Permitted Encumbrances;

            (iii) any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any
            Subsidiary existing on the date hereof of the types and securing
            obligations in the amounts set forth in Schedule 6.04(a); provided
            that (A)


                                       68
<PAGE>   74

            such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the
            Borrower or any Subsidiary and (B) such Lien shall secure only those
            obligations which it secures on the date hereof;

            (iv) any Lien (other than Liens permitted by clause (iii)) existing
            on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the
            Borrower or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of
            any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to
            the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that (A) such
            Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such
            acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may
            be, (B) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of
            the Borrower or any Subsidiary and (C) such Lien shall secure only
            those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition
            or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be;
            and

            (v) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or
            improved by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that (A) such
            Liens secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.03(a)(vi), (B) such
            security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred
            prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the completion
            of such construction or improvement, (C) the Indebtedness secured
            thereby does not exceed 90% of the cost of acquiring, constructing
            or improving such fixed or capital assets and (D) such security
            interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the
            Borrower or any Subsidiary.

      (b) The Borrower will not vote its direct or indirect interest in any
Material Joint Venture to permit the Material Joint Ventures to create, incur,
assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or
hereafter acquired by them, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including
accounts receivable) or rights in respect thereof, except:

            (i) Permitted Encumbrances;

            (ii) any Lien on any property or asset of any Material Joint Venture
            existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.04(b);
            provided that (A) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or
            asset of such Material Joint Venture and (B) such Lien shall secure
            only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof;

            (iii) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the
            acquisition thereof by any Material Joint Venture; provided that (A)
            such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with
            such acquisi tion, (B) such Lien shall not apply to any other
            property or assets of such Material Joint Venture and (C) such Lien
            shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of
            such acquisition;

            (iv) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or
            improved by any Material Joint Venture; provided that (A) such Liens
            secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.03(b)(ii), (B) such
            security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred
            prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the completion
            of such construction or improvement, (C) the Indebtedness secured
            thereby does not exceed 90% of the cost of acquiring, constructing
            or improving such fixed or capital assets and (D) such security
            interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of such
            Material Joint Venture; and

            (v) Liens not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses securing
            Indebtedness of the Material Joint Ventures in an aggregate
            principal amount not to exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding.

      (c) Holdings will not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on
any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell
any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect
thereof except liens created under the Holdings Collateral Agreement and
Permitted Encumbrances.

      Section 6.05. Fundamental Changes. (a) Neither Holdings nor the Borrower
will, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with any
other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it,
or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately
after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (i)
any Subsidiary may merge into the Borrower in a transaction in which the
Borrower is the surviving corporation, (ii) any Subsidiary may merge into any
Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Subsidiary and
(iii) any Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Loan Party) may liquidate or
dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or
dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially
disadvantageous to the Lenders; provided that any such merger involving a Person
that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger shall not
be permitted unless also permitted by Section 6.06.

      (b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
and will not vote its direct or indirect interest in any Material Joint Venture
to permit such Material Joint Venture to, engage to any material extent in any
business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower and its


                                       69
<PAGE>   75

Subsidiaries or such Material Joint Venture, as the case may be, on the date of
execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related thereto.

      (c) Holdings will not engage in any business or activity other than the
ownership of all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Borrower (and,
prior to the Spin-off Date, the capital stock of New D&B and of subsidiaries
that, following the Spin-off, will be subsidiaries of New D&B) and activities
incidental thereto. Holdings will not own or acquire any assets (other than
shares of capital stock of the Borrower and, prior to the Spin-off Date, the
capital stock of New D&B and subsidiaries that, following the Spin-off, will be
subsidiaries of New D&B, cash, Permitted Investments and equipment having a de
minimus value) or incur any liabilities (other than liabilities under the Loan
Documents, the Subordinated Debt Documents, the Spin-off Documents, liabilities
imposed by law, including tax liabilities, and other liabilities incidental to
its existence and permitted business and activities).

      Section 6.06. Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions.
The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase,
hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a
wholly owned Subsidiary prior to such merger) any capital stock, evidences of
indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right
to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or
advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any
investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise
acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other
Person constituting a business unit (any of the foregoing, for purposes of this
Section 6.06, an "investment"), except:

            (i) Permitted Investments;

            (ii) investments existing on the date hereof and set forth on
            Schedule 6.06;

            (iii) investments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the
            capital stock of their Subsidiaries; provided that (i) any such
            shares of capital stock held by a Loan Party shall be pledged
            pursuant to the Subsidiary Collateral Agreement (subject to the
            limitations applicable to common stock of a Foreign Subsidiary
            referred to in Section 5.13) and (ii) the amount of investments made
            by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in Subsidiaries that are not
            Loan Parties under this clause (iii) after the Effective Date,
            together with loans and advances made to any such Subsidiaries after
            the Effective Date under Section 6.06(a)(iv) and Guarantees for the
            benefit of any such Subsidiaries granted after the


                                       70
<PAGE>   76

            Effective Date under Section 6.06(a)(v), shall not exceed $5,000,000
            in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

            (iv) loans or advances made by the Borrower to any Subsidiary and
            made by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;
            provided that the amount of all such loans and advances made by Loan
            Parties to Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties under this clause
            (iv) after the Effective Date, together with investments in any such
            Subsidiaries made after the Effective Date under Section
            6.06(a)(iii) and Guarantees for the benefit of any such Subsidiaries
            granted after the Effective Date under Section 6.06(a)(v), shall not
            exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

            (v) Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section
            6.03(a); provided that (i) a Subsidiary shall not Guarantee the
            Subordinated Debt unless (A) such Subsidiary also has Guaranteed the
            Obligations pursuant to the Subsidiary Collateral Agreement and (B)
            such Guarantee of the Subordinated Debt is subordinated to such
            Guarantee of the Obligations on terms no less favorable to the
            Lenders than the subordination provisions of the Subordinated Debt
            and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness that is (A) outstanding with
            respect to Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties and (B) Guaranteed
            by any Loan Party under this clause (v) after the Effective Date,
            together with investments made under Section 6.06(a)(iii) after the
            Effective Date and loans and advances made to any such Subsidiaries
            after the Effective Date under Section 6.06(a)(iv), shall not exceed
            $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

            (vi) (x) investments in existence on the date hereof in Material
            Joint Ventures and (y) investments in Material Joint Ventures (other
            than investments permitted by clause (vi)(x) or any other clause of
            this Section) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000;

            (vii) investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or
            reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes
            with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course
            of business; and

            (viii) investments not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses
            of this Section and consisting of (x) Permitted Acquisitions in an
            aggregate amount not to exceed on any date the greater of (1)
            $30,000,000 and (2) the amount by which the Basket Amount in effect
            on such date exceeds the sum of (xx) the aggregate amount of
            Restricted Payments declared or made (without duplication) by the
            Borrower in reliance on


                                       71
<PAGE>   77

            clause (v) of Section 6.10 on or prior to such date and (yy) the
            aggregate amount of investments in excess of $30,000,000 made by the
            Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in reliance on clause (y)(2) of
            this Section 6.06(viii); provided that at least 10 Business Days
            prior to consummating any Permitted Acquisition, the Borrower shall
            have delivered to the Lenders a certificate of a Financial Officer
            of the Borrower certifying that the conditions described in the
            definition of "Permitted Acquisition" have been met with respect
            thereto and setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations
            required to be made pursuant to clause (y) of such definition and
            the assumptions used by the Borrower to make such calculations and
            (y) investments in joint ventures and partnerships (other than
            Permitted Acquisitions) in an aggregate amount not to exceed on any
            date the greater of (1) $30,000,000 and (2) the amount by which the
            Basket Amount in effect on such date exceeds the sum of (xx) the
            aggregate amount of Restricted Payments declared or made (without
            duplication) by the Borrower in reliance on clause (v) of Section
            6.10 on or prior to such date and (yy) the aggregate amount of
            Permitted Acquisitions in excess of $30,000,000 made by the Borrower
            or any of its Subsidiaries in reliance on clause (x)(2) of this
            Section 6.06(viii) on or prior to such date. Any calculation to be
            made pursuant to this Section 6.06(viii) on any date shall be made
            after giving pro forma effect to any Restricted Payments proposed to
            be declared or made by the Borrower in reliance on clause (v) of
            Section 6.10 and any investments proposed to be made by the Borrower
            and its Subsidiaries in reliance on this Section 6.06(viii), in each
            case on such date.

      Section 6.07. Asset Sales. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any asset,
including any capital stock, nor will the Borrower permit any of its
Subsidiaries to issue any additional shares of its capital stock or other
ownership interest in such Subsidiary, except:

            (i) sales of inventory, used or surplus equipment and Permitted
            Investments in the ordinary course of business;

            (ii) sales, transfers and other dispositions to the Borrower or a
            Subsidiary; provided that any such sales, transfers or dispositions
            involving a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be made in
            compliance with Section 6.06;

            (iii) sales, transfers and other dispositions pursuant to the
            Spin-off, so long as the Spin-off is consummated in accordance with
            all


                                       72
<PAGE>   78

            applicable laws and substantially in accordance with the terms and
            conditions set forth in the Information Statement;

            (iv) the sale, transfer and other disposition of the assets used in
            connection with the Borrower's existing proprietary directory
            operation in Cincinnati, Ohio, northern Kentucky and southeast
            Indiana; and

            (v) sales, transfers and other dispositions of assets (other than
            capital stock of a Subsidiary) that are not permitted by any other
            clause of this Section; provided that the aggregate fair market
            value of all assets sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in
            reliance upon this clause (v) shall not exceed $5,000,000 during any
            fiscal year of the Borrower;

provided that all sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions permitted by
clauses (iv) and (v) shall be made for fair value and the consideration therefor
shall consists of at least 75% cash or cash equivalents.

      Section 6.08. Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The Borrower will not, and
will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into
any arrangement with any Person (other than a Subsidiary) whereby it shall sell
or transfer any property used or useful in its business, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property
which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the
property being sold or transferred, except to the extent that any such
arrangement or arrangements does not contravene the provisions of Section 6.07
and, if applicable, Section 6.03(a)(vi).

      Section 6.09. Hedging Agreements. The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any Hedging Agreement, other than
Hedging Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or
mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is exposed in the conduct
of its business or the management of its liabilities.

      Section 6.10. Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Indebtedness. (a)
Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Subsidiary or
Material Joint Venture to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or
indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except (i) Holdings may declare and pay
dividends with respect to its capital stock payable solely in additional shares
of its common stock, (ii) Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends ratably
with respect to their capital stock, (iii) Holdings may make Restricted Payments
with the proceeds from the sale of capital stock pursuant to stock option plans
or other benefit plans for management or employees of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, such Restricted Payments to consist of (1) purchases of capital
stock in respect of


                                       73
<PAGE>   79

option or stock grants or repurchases of options or stock, in each case from
management or employees leaving their positions or (2) purchases of capital
stock in the open market to counter the dilutive effect of any issuance of
options or capital stock pursuant to such stock option plans or other benefit
plans, (iv) the Borrower may pay dividends to Holdings so long as upon receipt
of any such dividends Holdings shall apply the proceeds thereof in full to pay
taxes of Holdings then due and payable, (v) the Borrower may declare and pay
dividends to Holdings so long as: (x) after giving effect to the declaration of
any such proposed dividend on any date (a "Dividend Date"), the aggregate amount
of dividends declared and/or paid (without duplication) by the Borrower to
Holdings in reliance on this clause (v) would not exceed the amount by which
(aa) the Basket Amount in effect on such Dividend Date exceeds (bb) the sum of
the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments declared or made by the Borrower in
reliance on this clause (v) on or prior to such Dividend Date plus the aggregate
amount of Permitted Acquisitions in excess of $30,000,000 made by the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries in reliance on Section 6.06(viii)(x)(2) plus the aggregate
amount of investments in excess of $30,000,000 made by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries in reliance on Section 6.06(viii)(y)(2), in each case on or prior
to such Dividend Date, (y) on such Dividend Date, immediately before and after
giving effect to such dividend, (1) no Default shall have occurred and be
continuing and (2) the Borrower shall be in compliance with the ratios set forth
in Sections 6.01 and 6.02, respectively, opposite the period in which such
Dividend Date falls (and, for purposes of determining such compliance,
"Consolidated EBITDA" and the "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" shall each be for
the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior
to such Dividend Date, and adjusted to give effect to the payment of each
dividend, including the proposed dividend, declared or paid (without
duplication) during the period from and including the first day immediately
after such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters to and including such
Dividend Date, but excluding each dividend declared or paid (without
duplication) during the first quarter included in such period of four
consecutive fiscal quarters) and (z) upon receipt of any such dividends,
Holdings shall apply the proceeds thereof in full to make Restricted Payments in
an aggregate amount equal to the amount of any such dividend paid by the
Borrower to Holdings, (vi) Holdings may make Restricted Payments as contemplated
by clause (v)(z) and (vii) the Borrower may dividend to Holdings (x) the net
proceeds from the issuance of the Subordinated Debt and the proceeds from the
initial Borrowings hereunder in an aggregate amount not in excess of $500
million plus (y) any other cash of the Borrower on and prior to the effective
date of the Spin-off up to an amount equal to the amount required to be
distributed by Holdings to New D&B pursuant to the Distribution Agreement on
such date, and Holdings may use the proceeds of such dividends to repay
Indebtedness of Holdings and for advances to New D&B, in all cases without such
dividends or uses contemplated by this clause (vii) counting against any
restriction set forth in


                                       74
<PAGE>   80

this Section including without limitation clause (v) hereof. Nothing in this
Section shall prohibit the Borrower from paying any dividend to Holdings in
reliance on clause (v) within 60 days after the declaration thereof in
accordance therewith. Any calculation to be made pursuant to clause (v) of this
Section 6.10 on any Dividend Date shall be made after giving pro forma effect to
any Restricted Payments proposed to be declared or made by the Borrower in
reliance on such clause (v) and any investments proposed to be made by the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries in reliance on Section 6.06(viii), in each case on
such Dividend Date.

      (b) Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any
Subsidiary to, make or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any payment
or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) of or in
respect of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness, or any payment or other
distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any
sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption,
retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Indebtedness,
except:

            (i) payment of Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents;

            (ii) payment of regularly scheduled interest and principal payments
            as and when due in respect of any Indebtedness (including without
            limitation intercompany Indebtedness), other than payments in
            respect of the Subordinated Debt prohibited by the subordination
            provisions thereof; and

            (iii) payment of secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result
            of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing
            such Indebtedness.

      Section 6.11. Transactions with Affiliates. Neither Holdings nor the
Borrower will, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, sell, lease or otherwise
transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any
property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any
of its Affiliates, except (a) transactions in the ordinary course of business
that do not involve Holdings and are at prices and on terms and conditions not
less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an
arm's-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) transactions between or
among the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties not involving any other
Affiliate, (c) transactions contemplated by the Spin-off Documents and
consummated in accordance therewith, (d) transactions contemplated by the
Material Agreements and consummated in accordance therewith and (e) any
Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.10.


                                       75
<PAGE>   81

      Section 6.12. Restrictive Agreements. (a) Neither Holdings nor the
Borrower will, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,
enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that
prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (i) the ability of Holdings,
the Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon
any of its property or assets, or (ii) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay
dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock
or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or
to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that
(v) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law
or by any Loan Document or Subordinated Debt Document, (w) the foregoing shall
not apply to restrictions and conditions existing on the date hereof identified
on Schedule 6.12(a) (but shall apply to any extension or renewal of, or any
amendment or modification expanding the scope of, any such restriction or
condition), (x) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and
conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending
such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the
Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (y) clause
(i) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by
any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if
such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing
such Indebtedness and (z) clause (i) of the foregoing shall not apply to
customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment
thereof.

      (b) The Borrower will not vote its direct or indirect interest in any
Material Joint Venture to permit such Material Joint Venture to, directly or
indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other
arrangement with any Person (other than any partner in any such Material Joint
Venture) that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon the ability of
such Material Joint Venture to pay dividends or other distributions to, or to
make or repay loans or advances to, the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided
that the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions existing on
the date hereof identified on Schedule 6.12(b) (but shall apply to any amendment
or modification expanding the scope of, any such restriction or condition).

      Section 6.13. Amendment of Material Documents. Neither Holdings nor the
Borrower will, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, (a) amend, waive or
modify any provisions of any Subordinated Debt Document relating to
subordination, (b) change the interest rate applicable to the Subordinated Debt,
(c) change the maturity date or the amortization of the Subordinated Notes, or
(d) amend, waive or modify any covenants applicable to the Subordinated Debt.
Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to,
amend, modify or waive any of its rights under (i) any Subordinated Debt


                                       76
<PAGE>   82

Document (other than any such amendment, waiver or modification described in
clauses (a) through (d) of the immediately preceding sentence), (ii) its
certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents or (iii)
any Material Agreement or any Spin-off Document (other than Sections 2.1(a),
(i), (m), (n) and (p) or Article III (or any related definitions) the amendment,
waiver or modification of which is governed by the last sentence of this
Section) of the Distribution Agreement), if any such amendment, modification or
waiver could reasonably be expected to have (x) a Material Adverse Effect or (y)
an adverse effect on the rights or remedies of the Agent or the Lenders under
the Loan Documents. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit
any Subsidiary to, amend, waive or modify in any material respect any provision
of Section 2.1(a), (i), (m), (n) and ( p) or Article III (or any related
definitions) of the Distribution Agreement.

                                    ARTICLE 7
                                Events of Default

            If any of the following events ("Events of Default") shall occur:

            (a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when
            and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due
            date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

            (b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any
            fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause
            (a) of this Article) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan
            Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and
            such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three
            Business Days;

            (c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on
            behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in or in
            connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification
            thereof or waiver thereunder, or in any report, certificate,
            financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in
            connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification
            thereof or waiver thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in
            any material respect when made or deemed made;

            (d) Holdings or the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any
            covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02, 5.04
            (with


                                       77
<PAGE>   83

            respect to the existence of Holdings or the Borrower) or 5.12 or in
            Article 6;

            (e) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant,
            condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than
            those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article), and such
            failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after
            notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (which
            notice will be given at the request of any Lender);

            (f) Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any
            payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount)
            in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall
            become due and payable;

            (g) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material
            Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that
            enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse
            of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness
            or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material
            Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment,
            repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled
            maturity; provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to secured
            Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or
            transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness;

            (h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary
            petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or
            other relief in respect of Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or
            any Material Joint Venture or any of their respective debts, or of a
            substantial part of their respective assets, under any Federal,
            state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law
            now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver,
            trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official
            for Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Material Joint
            Venture or for a substantial part of their respective assets, and,
            in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue
            undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering
            any of the foregoing shall be entered;

            (i) Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Material Joint
            Venture shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any
            petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under
            any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership
            or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the
            institution of, or fail to contest in a


                                       78
<PAGE>   84

            timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described
            in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the
            appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator,
            conservator or similar official for Holdings, the Borrower, any
            Subsidiary or any Material Joint Venture or for a substantial part
            of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material
            allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding,
            (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi)
            take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

            (j) Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Material Joint
            Venture shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail
            generally to pay its debts as they become due;

            (k) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate
            amount in excess of $5,000,000 shall be rendered against Holdings,
            the Borrower, any Subsidiary, any Material Joint Venture or any
            combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a
            period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be
            effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a
            judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of Holdings, the
            Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Material Joint Venture to enforce
            any such judgment;

            (l) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the
            Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events
            that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in
            liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate
            amount exceeding $5,000,000;

            (m) (i) any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document
            shall cease to be a valid and perfected Lien on any Collateral
            (other than Collateral which in the aggregate has a fair market
            value not in excess of $1,000,000) with the priority required by the
            applicable Security Document, except as a result of the
            Administrative Agent's failure to maintain possession of any stock
            certificates, promissory notes or other instruments delivered to it
            under any pledge agreement which is a Security Document, (ii) any
            Loan Party shall assert, in writing, that any Lien purported to be
            created under any Security Document shall cease to be a valid and
            perfected Lien on any Collateral with the priority required by the
            applicable Security Document, except as a result of the
            Administrative Agent's failure to maintain possession of any stock
            certificates, promissory notes or other instruments delivered to it
            under any pledge agreement which is a Security Document or (iii) the
            Holdings Collateral


                                       79
<PAGE>   85

            Agreement or the Subsidiary Collateral Agreement shall cease to be
            in full force and effect (or any Loan Party shall so assert in
            writing);

            (n) a Change in Control shall occur;

            (o) the Spin-off Date shall not have occurred by the 45th day after
            the Effective Date;

            (p) (i) any Material Agreement shall cease to be in full force and
            effect (or any party shall so assert in writing) or (ii) any
            Material Joint Venture shall terminate (other than on the final
            scheduled termination date thereof in accordance with the terms of
            the Material Agreements applicable thereto);

            (q) (i) any Spin-off Document shall cease to be in full force and
            effect (or any party shall so assert in writing) or (ii) any party
            to any Spin-off Document shall fail to perform its obligations
            thereunder and such failure (x) could result in the loss by the
            Borrower of any material right thereunder or (y) could result in a
            Material Adverse Effect; or

            (r) (i) the IRS Ruling shall cease to be in full force and effect,
            (ii) the Spin-off shall for any reason cease to qualify as a
            tax-free distribution under Section 355 of the Code or (iii)
            Holdings shall fail to take any action, or shall take any action, in
            each case that would constitute non-compliance with, or a breach of,
            any of the representations or undertakings of Holdings set forth in
            Section 2.10 of the Distribution Agreement;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower
described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter
during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the
request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or
both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the
Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii)
declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part,
in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter
be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so
declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all
fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due
and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of
any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any
event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this
Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the
Loans then


                                       80
<PAGE>   86

outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other
obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due
and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind,
all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

                                    ARTICLE 8
                            The Administrative Agent

      Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent
as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its
behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent
by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are
reasonably incidental thereto.

      The bank serving as the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents
shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other
Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent,
and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and
generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings, the Borrower or any
Subsidiary, any Material Joint Venture or other Affiliate thereof as if it were
not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

      The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except
those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any
fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred
and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take
any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except
discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents
that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required
Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary
under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02), and (c) except as
expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not
have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose,
any information relating to Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or
any Material Joint Ventures that is communicated to or obtained by the bank
serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The
Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it
with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number
or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as
provided in Section


                                       81
<PAGE>   87

9.02) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct. The
Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless
and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by
Holdings, the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be
responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement,
warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii)
the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder
or in connection therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the
covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan
Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any
Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, (v) the existence
or sufficiency of any Collateral or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set
forth in Article 4 or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm
receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

      The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not
incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent,
statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine
and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent
also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed
by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for
relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who
may be counsel for Holdings or the Borrower), independent accountants and other
experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not
taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or
experts.

      The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise
its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the
Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may
perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their
respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding
paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each
Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective
activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided
for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

      Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor the
Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may
resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, and the Borrower. Upon any such
resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the
Borrower, to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed
by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days
after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its


                                       82
<PAGE>   88

resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the
Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an
office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the
acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor,
such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers,
privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring
Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations
hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent
shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed
between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent's
resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall
continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its
sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken
or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative
Agent.

      Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance
upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents
and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and
decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it
will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any
other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time
to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not
taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or
related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.


                                    ARTICLE 9
                                  Miscellaneous

      Section 9.01. Notices. Except in the case of notices and other
communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and
other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be


                                       83
<PAGE>   89

delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or
registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

            (a) if to Holdings (x) prior to the Spin-off Date, to Holdings at
            One Diamond Hill Road, Murray Hill, New Jersey 07474, Attention of
            Robert J. Levin, Esq. (Telecopy No. (908) 665-1409) and (y) on and
            after the Spin-off Date, to Holdings at One Manhattanville Road,
            Purchase New York 10577, Attention of Frank Colarusso (Telecopy No.
            (914) 933- 6744);

            (b) if to the Borrower, to it at One Manhattanville Road, Purchase
            New York 10577, Attention of Frank Colarusso (Telecopy No. (914)
            933-6744 );

            (c) if to the Administrative Agent, to The Chase Manhattan Bank,
            Loan and Agency Services Group, One Chase Manhattan Plaza, 8th
            Floor, New York, New York 10081, Attention of Janet Belden (Telecopy
            No. (212) 552-5658), with a copy to The Chase Manhattan Bank, 270
            Park Avenue, New York 10017, Attention of Tracey Navin (Telecopy No.
            (212) 270-4164);

            (d) if to the Swingline Lender, to it at Loan and Agency Services
            Group, One Chase Manhattan Plaza, 8th Floor, New York, New York
            10081, Attention of Janet Belden (Telecopy No. (212) 552-5658), with
            a copy to The Chase Manhattan Bank, 270 Park Avenue, New York 10017,
            Attention of Tracey Navin (Telecopy No. (212) 270-4164); and

            (e) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy
            number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other
communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and
other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions
of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

      Section 9.02. Waivers; Amendments. (a) No failure or delay by the
Administrative Agent, or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder
or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall
any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or
discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights
and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under the
other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or


                                       84
<PAGE>   90

remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan
Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any
event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this
Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific
instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, the making of a Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any
Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have
had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

      (b) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision
hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except, in the case of this
Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by
Holdings, the Borrower and the Required Lenders or, in the case of any other
Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by
the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are parties
thereto, in each case with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no
such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the
written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or
reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder,
without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the
scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan, or any interest
thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse
any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any
Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv)
change Section 2.17(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing
of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v)
change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of "Required
Lenders" or any other provision of any Loan Document specifying the number or
percentage of Lenders (or Lenders of any Class) required to waive, amend or
modify any rights thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent
thereunder, without the written consent of each Lender (or each Lender of such
Class, as the case may be), (vi) release all or substantially all of the Loan
Parties Guaranteeing the Obligations (or limit their liability with respect
thereto) without the written consent of each Lender, (vii) release all or
substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents,
without the written consent of each Lender, (viii) change any provisions of any
Loan Document in a manner that by its terms adversely affects the rights in
respect of payments due to Lenders holding Loans of any Class differently than
those holding Loans of any other Class, without the written consent of Lenders
holding a majority in interest of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments
of each affected Class, (ix) change the rights of the Tranche B Lenders to
decline mandatory prepayments as provided in Section 2.10, without the written
consent of Tranche B Lenders holding a majority of the outstanding Tranche B
Term Loans or (x) change the rights of the Tranche C


                                       85
<PAGE>   91

Lenders to decline mandatory prepayments as provided in Section 2.10, without
the written consent of Tranche C Lenders holding a majority of the outstanding
Tranche C Term Loans; provided further that (A) no such agreement shall amend,
modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or
the Swingline Lender without the prior written consent of the Administrative
Agent or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, and (B) any waiver, amendment
or modification of this Agreement that by its terms affects the rights or duties
under this Agreement of the Revolving Lenders (but not the Tranche A Lenders,
Tranche B Lenders and Tranche C Lenders), the Tranche A Lenders (but not the
Revolving Lenders, Tranche B Lenders and Tranche C Lenders), the Tranche B
Lenders (but not the Revolving Lenders, Tranche A Lenders and Tranche C Lenders)
or the Tranche C Lenders (but not the Revolving Lenders, Tranche A Lenders and
Tranche B Lenders) may be effected by an agreement or agreements in writing
entered into by Holdings, the Borrower and requisite percentage in interest of
the affected Class of Lenders.

      Section 9.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. (a) The Borrower shall
pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative
Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and
disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the
syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and
administration of the Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers
of the provisions thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby
or thereby shall be consummated), and (ii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred
by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, including the fees, charges and
disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent or any Lender, in
connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with
the Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or in connection
with the Loans made hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses
incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such
Loans.

      (b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender,
and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being
called an "Indemnitee") against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and
all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the
fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by
or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a
result of (i) the execution or delivery of any Loan Document or any other
agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties to
the Loan Documents of their respective obligations thereunder or the
consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby,
(ii) any Loan or the use of the proceeds therefrom (iii) any actual or alleged
presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or
operated by the Borrower


                                       86
<PAGE>   92

or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective
claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing,
whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether
any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to
any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction by final judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or
wilful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

      (c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be
paid by it to the Administrative Agent or the Swingline Lender under paragraph
(a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the
Administrative Agent or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender's
pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed
expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the
unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related
expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the
Administrative Agent or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such. For
purposes hereof, a Lender's "pro rata share" shall be determined based upon its
share of the sum of the total Revolving Exposures, outstanding Term Loans and
unused Commitments at the time.

      (d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not
assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory
of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as
opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a
result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby,
the Transactions, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof.

      (e) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than 10
days after written demand therefor.

      Section 9.04. Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither Holdings
nor the Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or
obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any
attempted assignment or transfer by Holdings or the Borrower without such
consent shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or
implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties
hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the
extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the
Administrative Agent and


                                       87
<PAGE>   93

the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of
this Agreement.

      (b) Any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its
rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its
Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that (i) except in
the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or, solely in
the case of a Lender that is a fund that invests in commercial loans, to an
Approved Fund of such Lender, each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent
(and, in the case of an assignment of all or a portion of a Revolving Commitment
or any Lender's obligations in respect of its Swingline Exposure, the Swingline
Lender) must give their prior written consent to such assignment (which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld), (ii) except in the case of an assignment to
a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or, solely in the case of a Lender that is a
fund that invests in commercial loans, to an Approved Fund of such Lender, or an
assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender's Commitment
or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject
to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance
with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall
not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative
Agent otherwise consent, (iii) each partial assignment shall be made as an
assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender's rights and
obligations under this Agreement, except that this clause (iii) shall not be
construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the
assigning Lender's rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments
or Loans, (iv) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the
Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing
and recordation fee of $3,500 and (v) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender,
shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and
provided further that any consent of the Borrower otherwise required under this
paragraph shall not be required if an Event of Default under clause (h) or (i)
of Article 7 has occurred and is continuing. Subject to acceptance and recording
thereof pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section, from and after the effective
date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance the assignee thereunder shall
be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment
and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this
Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the
interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its
obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and
Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under
this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue
to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16, and 9.03). Any
assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement
that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for


                                       88
<PAGE>   94

purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such
rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section.

      (c) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the
Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in The City of New York a copy of
each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the
recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of,
and principal amount of the Loans to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof
from time to time (the "Register"). The entries in the Register shall be
conclusive, and Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the
terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement,
notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for
inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time
to time upon reasonable prior notice.

      (d) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance
executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee's completed
Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender
hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of
this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph
(b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and
Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register. No
assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been
recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

      (e) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the
Administrative Agent or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more
banks or other entities (a "Participant") in all or a portion of such Lender's
rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its
Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender's
obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall
remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of
such obligations and (iii) Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and
the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in
connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under the Loan Documents.
Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a
participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to
enforce the Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver
of any provision of the Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or
instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the
Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the
first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to
paragraph (f) of this


                                       89
<PAGE>   95

Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the
benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15 and 2.16 to the same extent as if it were a
Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of
this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be
entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender, provided
such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.17(c) as though it were a
Lender.

      (f) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment
under Section 2.14 and 2.16 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled
to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless
the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower's
prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a
Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16 unless the Borrower
is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant
agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 2.16(e) as
though it were a Lender.

      (g) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all
or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such
Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal
Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment
of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security
interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or
substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

      Section 9.05. Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and
warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the
certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to
this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been
relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and
delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans, regardless of any
investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding
that the Administrative Agent, or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of
any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is
extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the
principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount
payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the
Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14,
2.15, 2.16, and 9.03 and Article 8 shall survive and remain in full force and
effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby,
the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Commitments or
the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.


                                       90
<PAGE>   96

      Section 9.06. Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed
in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts),
each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together
shall constitute a single contract. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this
Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the
Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received
counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of
the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by
telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of
this Agreement.

      Section 9.07. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or
unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of
the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in
a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other
jurisdiction.

      Section 9.08. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized
at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to
set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand,
provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing
by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower
against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing
under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such
Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such
obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are
in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff)
which such Lender may have.

      Section 9.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.
(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law
of the State of New York.

      (b) Each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive
jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York
County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New
York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding
arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or
enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably
and


                                       91
<PAGE>   97

unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or
proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent
permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that
a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be
enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner
provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall
affect any right that the Administrative Agent, or any Lender may otherwise have
to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan
Document against Holdings, the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any
jurisdiction.

      (c) Each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do
so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of
any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or
any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this
Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance
of such action or proceeding in any such court.

      (d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of
process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this
Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this
Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

      Section 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO
THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL
BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH
PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY
OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD
NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B)
ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER
INTO THIS AGREE MENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND
CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

      Section 9.11. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of
Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this


                                       92
<PAGE>   98

Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into
consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

      Section 9.12. Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined
below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates'
directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel
and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure
is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and
instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested
by any regulatory authority, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or
regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party
to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder
or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan
Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an
agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section,
to any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or
Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (g) to
any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in swap agreements or such
contractual counterparty's professional advisor (so long as such contractual
counterparty or professional advisor to such contractual counterparty agrees to
be bound by the provisions of Section 9.12), (h) with the consent of the
Borrower or (i) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available
other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to
the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source
other than Holdings or the Borrower. For the purposes of this Section,
"Information" means all information received from Holdings or the Borrower
relating to Holdings or the Borrower or its business, other than any such
information that is available to the Administrative Agent, or any Lender on a
nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by Holdings or the Borrower; provided
that, in the case of information received from Holdings or the Borrower after
the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery
as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of
Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied
with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of
care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would
accord to its own confidential information.


                                       93
<PAGE>   99

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year
first above written.

                                    R. H. DONNELLEY INC.


                                    By: /s/ Frank M. Colarusso
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President and Treasurer


                                    THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION


                                    By: /s/ Roxanne E. Parker
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President and Treasurer


                                    THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as 
                                    Lender, Swingline Lender and 
                                    Administrative Agent


                                    By: /s/ Marian N. Schulman
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President


                                    GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.
                                    as Lender


                                    By: /s/ Stephen B. King
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Authorized Signatory


                                       94
<PAGE>   100

                                    BANKBOSTON, N.A.


                                    By: /s/ Julie V. Jalelian
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Director


                                    CREDIT LYONNAIS NEW YORK BRANCH


                                    By: /s/ Vladimir Labun
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: First Vice President - Manager


                                    PARIBAS


                                    By: /s/ Salo Aizenberg
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President


                                    By: /s/ Lynne S. Randall
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Director


                                    ROYAL BANK OF CANADA


                                    By: /s/ Colleen Roux
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Senior Manager


                                       95
<PAGE>   101

                                    THE BANK OF NEW YORK


                                    By: /s/ Ernest Fung
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President


                                    THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA


                                    By: /s/ Mark Narbey
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Authorized Signatory


                                    FLEET NATIONAL BANK


                                    By: /s/ Stephen Curran
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: AVP


                                    UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.


                                    By: /s/ Sonia L. Isaacs
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President


                                       96
<PAGE>   102

                                    ERSTE BANK DER OESTERREICHISCHEN
                                    SPARKASSEN AG


                                    By: /s/ Anca Trifan
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President


                                    By: /s/ John S. Runnion
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: First Vice President


                                    SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA


                                    By: /s/ W. David Wisdom
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Group Vice President


                                    By: /s/ Laura G. Harrison
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Assistant Vice President


                                       97
<PAGE>   103

                                    KZH-IV CORPORATION


                                    By: /s/ Virginia Conway
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Authorized Agent


                                    DLJ CAPITAL FUNDING, INC


                                    By: /s/ Howard Shams
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President


                                    KZH-CYPRESS TREE-1 CORPORATION


                                    By: /s/ Virginia Conway
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Authorized Agent


                                    KZH-ING-2 CORPORATION


                                    By: /s/ Virginia Conway
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Authorized Agent


                                    THE TRAVELERS INSURANCE COMPANY


                                    By: /s/ Allen R. Cantrell
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Investment Officer


                                       98
<PAGE>   104

                                    KZH-CRESCENT CORPORATION


                                    By: /s/ Virginia Conway
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Authorized Agent


                                    TRANSAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE AND
                                    ANNUITY COMPANY


                                    By: /s/ John M. Casparian
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Investment Officer


                                    MERRILL LYNCH SENIOR FLOATING
                                    RATE FUND, INC.


                                    By: /s/ Joseph Matteo
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President


                                    OCTAGON LOAN TRUST
                                    By: Octagon Credit Investors as Manager


                                    By: /s/ Andrew D. Gordon
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Managing Director


                                    KZH-SOLEIL-2 CORPORATION


                                    By: /s/ Virginia Conway
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Authorized Agent


                                       99
<PAGE>   105

                                 METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE
                                 COMPANY


                                 By: /s/ James R. Dingler
                                     -------------------------------------
                                     Title: Director


                                 NATIONAL WESTMINSTER BANK PLC
                                 By: NatWest Capital Markets Limited, its agent
                                 By: Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc., its agent


                                 By: /s/ Jeremy J. Hood
                                     -------------------------------------
                                     Title: Vice President


                                 THE TRAVELERS LIFE AND ANNUITY COMPANY


                                 By: /s/ Allen R. Cantrell
                                     -------------------------------------
                                     Title: Investment Officer


                                       100

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    Exhibit 12.1

                           R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
                COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Pro Forma
                                                               Three Months 
                                                              Ended March 31,
                                                            1998           1997
                                                          --------      --------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>     
Income before Taxes                                       $ 20,246      $103,715
Add:
     Portion of rents representative of the
     interest factor                                           764         3,700
     Interest and related debt expenses                     10,239        40,436
                                                          --------      --------
Income before Taxes as adjusted                             31,249       147,851
                                                          ========      ========

Fixed Charges
     Interest and related debt expenses                     10,239        40,436
     Portion of rents representative of the
     interest factor                                           764         3,700
                                                          --------      --------
         Fixed Charges                                    $ 11,003      $ 44,136
                                                          ========      ========
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges                             2.8           3.3
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    Exhibit 21.1

                     LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF DONNELLEY CORP.

      R.H. Donnelley Inc., a Delaware corporation.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1


                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We consent to the inclusion in this registration statement on From S-4 of (i)
our report dated March 31, 1998, except as to Note 14, for which the date is
July 1, 1998, on our audits of the consolidated financial statements of R.H.
Donnelley Corporation and (ii) our report dated January 8, 1998, on our audits
of the combined financial statements of DonTech I and DonTech II. We also
consent to the references to our firm under the caption "Experts".



                                        PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


New York, New York
July 17,1998

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<CIK>   0000030419
<NAME>  R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
       
<S>                               <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                        12-MOS  
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>               DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-START>                  JAN-01-1995
<PERIOD-END>                    DEC-31-1995  
<CASH>                                1,444  
<SECURITIES>                          1,327  
<RECEIVABLES>                       196,115  
<ALLOWANCES>                        (21,168) 
<INVENTORY>                               0  
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                     38,419  
<PP&E>                               71,192  
<DEPRECIATION>                      (37,281) 
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                      520,214  
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                80,875  
<BONDS>                                   0  
                     0  
                               0  
<COMMON>                             12,002  
<OTHER-SE>                          411,767  
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>        520,214  
<SALES>                                   0  
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                    312,940  
<CGS>                                     0  
<TOTAL-COSTS>                       130,145  
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                          0  
<LOSS-PROVISION>                          0  
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                        0  
<INCOME-PRETAX>                     182,795  
<INCOME-TAX>                        (74,398) 
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                 108,397  
<DISCONTINUED>                            0  
<EXTRAORDINARY>                           0  
<CHANGES>                                 0  
<NET-INCOME>                        108,397  
<EPS-PRIMARY>                          0.64  
<EPS-DILUTED>                          0.64  
                                

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<CIK>   0000030419
<NAME>  R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
       
<S>                               <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>    
<PERIOD-TYPE>                       3-MOS        6-MOS        9-MOS       12-MOS 
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>             DEC-31-1996  DEC-31-1996  DEC-31-1996  DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                JAN-01-1996  JAN-01-1996  JAN-01-1996  JAN-01-1996  
<PERIOD-END>                  MAR-31-1996  JUN-30-1996  SEP-30-1996  DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                              1,469        1,443        1,605           60 
<SECURITIES>                        1,327        1,327        1,327            0 
<RECEIVABLES>                     153,194      145,796      124,526      164,765 
<ALLOWANCES>                      (18,216)     (14,157)     (10,262)     (11,607)
<INVENTORY>                             0            0            0            0 
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                   16,587       48,685       48,909       30,931 
<PP&E>                             68,153       61,848       64,774       58,297 
<DEPRECIATION>                    (32,344)     (32,352)     (32,958)     (27,545)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                    475,859      482,946      478,560      502,193 
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>              63,157       65,907       72,336       58,549 
<BONDS>                                 0            0            0            0 
                   0            0            0            0 
                             0            0            0            0 
<COMMON>                           12,002       12,002       12,002       12,002 
<OTHER-SE>                        355,176      359,513      348,698      367,182 
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>      475,859      482,946      478,560      502,193 
<SALES>                                 0            0            0            0 
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                   23,170       87,785      145,528      270,029 
<CGS>                                   0            0            0            0 
<TOTAL-COSTS>                      16,249       85,264      115,539      102,587 
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                        0       28,500       28,500       28,500 
<LOSS-PROVISION>                        0            0            0            0 
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                      0            0            0            0 
<INCOME-PRETAX>                     6,921      (25,979)       1,489      138,942 
<INCOME-TAX>                       (3,032)      11,378         (653)     (60,857)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                 3,889      (14,601)         836       78,085 
<DISCONTINUED>                          0            0            0            0 
<EXTRAORDINARY>                         0            0            0            0 
<CHANGES>                               0            0            0            0 
<NET-INCOME>                        3,889      (14,601)         836       78,085 
<EPS-PRIMARY>                        0.02        (0.09)        0.00         0.46 
<EPS-DILUTED>                        0.02        (0.09)        0.00         0.46 
        


</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<CIK>   0000030419
<NAME>  R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
       
<S>                                <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>     
<PERIOD-TYPE>                          3-MOS        6-MOS        9-MOS        12-MOS  
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                DEC-31-1997  DEC-31-1997  DEC-31-1997   DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                   JAN-01-1997  JAN-01-1997  JAN-01-1997   JAN-01-1997 
<PERIOD-END>                     MAR-31-1997  JUN-30-1997  SEP-30-1997   DEC-31-1997  
<CASH>                                    64           58           64            32  
<SECURITIES>                               0            0            0             0  
<RECEIVABLES>                        111,750      105,047      139,885       134,828  
<ALLOWANCES>                         (10,212)      (8,193)      (8,002)       (4,014) 
<INVENTORY>                                0            0            0             0  
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                      55,893       56,251       57,748        11,894  
<PP&E>                                64,194       65,644       66,588        55,585  
<DEPRECIATION>                       (30,077)     (33,116)     (36,003)      (30,125) 
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                       443,724      418,212      438,818       382,286  
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                 48,014       49,806       55,437        59,465  
<BONDS>                                    0            0            0             0  
                      0            0            0             0  
                                0            0            0             0  
<COMMON>                              12,002       12,002       12,002        12,002  
<OTHER-SE>                           316,798      289,494      304,469       246,673  
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>         443,724      418,212      438,818       382,286  
<SALES>                                    0            0            0             0  
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                      20,200       80,664      143,392       239,865  
<CGS>                                      0            0            0             0  
<TOTAL-COSTS>                         22,490       73,165       89,060       105,126  
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                           0            0            0        (9,412) 
<LOSS-PROVISION>                           0            0            0             0  
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                         0            0            0             0  
<INCOME-PRETAX>                       (2,290)       7,499       54,332       144,151  
<INCOME-TAX>                             916       (3,000)     (21,733)      (59,246) 
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                   (1,374)       4,499       32,599        84,905  
<DISCONTINUED>                             0            0            0             0  
<EXTRAORDINARY>                            0            0            0             0  
<CHANGES>                                  0            0            0             0  
<NET-INCOME>                          (1,374)       4,499       32,599        84,905  
<EPS-PRIMARY>                          (0.01)        0.02         0.18          0.50  
<EPS-DILUTED>                          (0.01)        0.02         0.18          0.50  
                                


</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<CIK>   0000030419
<NAME>  R.H. DONNELLEY CORPORATION
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                        3-MOS 
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>              DEC-31-1998 
<PERIOD-START>                 JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                   MAR-31-1998 
<CASH>                                  17 
<SECURITIES>                             0 
<RECEIVABLES>                      124,185 
<ALLOWANCES>                        (5,657)
<INVENTORY>                              0 
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                    18,175 
<PP&E>                              56,208 
<DEPRECIATION>                     (32,601)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                     359,174 
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>               50,527 
<BONDS>                                  0 
                    0 
                              0 
<COMMON>                            12,002 
<OTHER-SE>                         233,885 
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>       359,174 
<SALES>                                  0 
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                    24,344 
<CGS>                                    0 
<TOTAL-COSTS>                        4,098 
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                         0 
<LOSS-PROVISION>                         0 
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                       0 
<INCOME-PRETAX>                     20,246 
<INCOME-TAX>                        (8,098)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                 12,148 
<DISCONTINUED>                           0 
<EXTRAORDINARY>                          0 
<CHANGES>                                0 
<NET-INCOME>                        12,248 
<EPS-PRIMARY>                         0.07 
<EPS-DILUTED>                         0.07 
                                


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission